¿¼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ¼°´ð°¸1980-2011

2011Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle viewed laughter as ¡°a bodily exercise precious to health.¡± But ???_____some claims to the contrary, laughing probably has little influence on physical filness Laughter does _____short-term changes in the function of the heart and its blood vessels, ____ heart rate and oxygen consumption But because hard laughter is difficult to ____, a good laugh is unlikely to have _____ benefits the way, say, walking or jogging does.
____, instead of straining muscles to build them, as exercise does, laughter apparently accomplishes the ____, studies dating back to the 1930¡¯s indicate that laughter. muscles,
Such bodily reaction might conceivably help____the effects of psychological stress.Anyway,the act of laughing probably does produce other types of ______feedback,that improve an individual¡¯s emotional state. ______one classical theory of emotion,our feelings are partially rooted _______ physical reactions. It was argued at the end of the 19th century that humans do not cry ______they are sad but they become sad when te tears begin to flow.
Although sadness also _______ tears,evidence suggests that emotions can flow _____ muscular responses.In an experiment published in 1988,social psychologist Fritz.
1£®[A]among [B]except [C]despite [D]like
2£®[A]reflect [B]demand [C]indicate [D]produce
3£®[A]stabilizing [B]boosting [C]impairing [D]determining
4£®[A]transmit [B]sustain [C]evaluate [D]observe
5£®[A]measurable [B]manageable [C]affordable [D]renewable
6£®[A]In turn [B]In fact [C]In addition [D]In brief
7£®[A]opposite [B]impossible [C]average [D]expected
8£®[A]hardens [B]weakens [C]tightens [D]relaxes
9£®[A]aggravate [B]generate [C]moderate [D]enhance
10£®[A]physical [B]mental [C]subconscious [D]internal
11£®[A]Except for [B]According to [C]Due to [D]As for
12£®[A]with [B]on [C]in [D]at
13£®[A]unless [B]until [C]if [D]because
14£®[A]exhausts [B]follows [C]precedes [D]suppresses
15£®[A]into [B]from [C]towards [D]beyond
16£®[A]fetch [B]bite [C]pick [D]hold
17£®[A]disappointed [B]excited [C]joyful [D]indifferent
18£®[A]adapted [B]catered [C]turned [D]reacted
19£®[A]suggesting [B]requiring [C]mentioning [D]supposing
20£®[A]Eventually [B]Consequently [C]Similarly [D]Conversely
Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
The decision of the New York Philharmonic to hire Alan Gilbert as its next music director has been the talk of the classical-music world ever since the sudden announcement of his appointment in 2009. For the most part, the response has been favorable, to say the least. ¡°Hooray! At last!¡± wrote Anthony Tommasini, a sober-sided classical-music critic.
One of the reasons why the appointment came as such a surprise, however, is that Gilbert is comparatively little known. Even Tommasini, who had advocated Gilbert¡¯s appointment in the Times, calls him ¡°an unpretentious musician with no air of the formidable conductor about him.¡± As a description of the next music director of an orchestra that has hitherto been led by musicians like Gustav Mahler and Pierre Boulez, that seems likely to have struck at least some Times readers as faint praise.
For my part, I have no idea whether Gilbert is a great conductor or even a good one. To be sure, he performs an impressive variety of interesting compositions, but it is not necessary for me to visit Avery Fisher Hall, or anywhere else, to hear interesting orchestral music. All I have to do is to go to my CD shelf, or boot up my computer and download still more recorded music from iTunes.
Devoted concertgoers who reply that recordings are no substitute for live performance are missing the point. For the time, attention, and money of the art-loving public, classical instrumentalists must compete not only with opera houses, dance troupes, theater companies, and museums, but also with the recorded performances of the great classical musicians of the 20th century. There recordings are cheap, available everywhere, and very often much higher in artistic quality than today¡¯s live performances; moreover, they can be ¡°consumed¡± at a time and place of the listener¡¯s choosing. The widespread availability of such recordings has thus brought about a crisis in the institution of the traditional classical concert.
One possible response is for classical performers to program attractive new music that is not yet available on record. Gilbert¡¯s own interest in new music has been widely noted: Alex Ross, a classical-music critic, has described him as a man who is capable of turning the Philharmonic into ¡°a markedly different, more vibrant organization.¡± But what will be the nature of that difference? Merely expanding the orchestra¡¯s repertoire will not be enough. If Gilbert and the Philharmonic are to succeed, they must first change the relationship between America¡¯s oldest orchestra and the new audience it hops to attract.
21. We learn from Para.1 that Gilbert¡¯s appointment has
[A]incurred criticism.
[B]raised suspicion.
[C]received acclaim.
[D]aroused curiosity.
22. Tommasini regards Gilbert as an artist who is
[A]influential.
[B]modest.
[C]respectable.
[D]talented.
23. The author believes that the devoted concertgoers
[A]ignore the expenses of live performances.
[B]reject most kinds of recorded performances.
[C]exaggerate the variety of live performances.
[D]overestimate the value of live performances.
24. According to the text, which of the following is true of recordings?
[A]They are often inferior to live concerts in quality.
[B]They are easily accessible to the general public.
[C]They help improve the quality of music.
[D]They have only covered masterpieces.
25. Regarding Gilbert¡¯s role in revitalizing the Philharmonic, the author feels
[A]doubtful.
[B]enthusiastic.
[C]confident.
[D]puzzled.
Text 2
When Liam McGee departed as president of Bank of America in August, his explanation was surprisingly straight up. Rather than cloaking his exit in the usual vague excuses, he came right out and said he was leaving ¡°to pursue my goal of running a company.¡± Broadcasting his ambition was ¡°very much my decision,¡± McGee says. Within two weeks, he was talking for the first time with the board of Hartford Financial Services Group, which named him CEO and chairman on September 29.
McGee says leaving without a position lined up gave him time to reflect on what kind of company he wanted to run. It also sent a clear message to the outside world about his aspirations. And McGee isn¡¯t alone. In recent weeks the No.2 executives at Avon and American Express quit with the explanation that they were looking for a CEO post. As boards scrutinize succession plans in response to shareholder pressure, executives who don¡¯t get the nod also may wish to move on. A turbulent business environment also has senior managers cautious of letting vague pronouncements cloud their reputations.
As the first signs of recovery begin to take hold, deputy chiefs may be more willing to make the jump without a net. In the third quarter, CEO turnover was down 23% from a year ago as nervous boards stuck with the leaders they had, according to Liberum Research. As the economy picks up, opportunities will abound for aspiring leaders.
The decision to quit a senior position to look for a better one is unconventional. For years executives and headhunters have adhered to the rule that the most attractive CEO candidates are the ones who must be poached. Says Korn/Ferry senior partner Dennis Carey:¡±I can¡¯t think of a single search I¡¯ve done where a board has not instructed me to look at sitting CEOs first.¡±
Those who jumped without a job haven¡¯t always landed in top positions quickly. Ellen Marram quit as chief of Tropicana a decade age, saying she wanted to be a CEO. It was a year before she became head of a tiny Internet-based commodities exchange. Robert Willumstad left Citigroup in 2005 with ambitions to be a CEO. He finally took that post at a major financial institution three years later.
Many recruiters say the old disgrace is fading for top performers. The financial crisis has made it more acceptable to be between jobs or to leave a bad one. ¡°The traditional rule was it¡¯s safer to stay where you are, but that¡¯s been fundamentally inverted,¡± says one headhunter. ¡°The people who¡¯ve been hurt the worst are those who¡¯ve stayed too long.¡±
26. When McGee announced his departure, his manner can best be described as being
[A]arrogant.
[B]frank.
[C]self-centered.
[D]impulsive.
27. According to Paragraph 2, senior executives¡¯ quitting may be spurred by
[A]their expectation of better financial status.
[B]their need to reflect on their private life.
[C]their strained relations with the boards.
[D]their pursuit of new career goals.
28. The word ¡°poached¡± (Line 3, Paragraph 4) most probably means
[A]approved of.
[B]attended to.
[C]hunted for.
[D]guarded against.
29. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that
[A]top performers used to cling to their posts.
[B]loyalty of top performers is getting out-dated.
[C]top performers care more about reputations.
[D]it¡¯s safer to stick to the traditional rules.
30. Which of the following is the best title for the text?
[A]CEOs: Where to Go?
[B]CEOs: All the Way Up?
[C]Top Managers Jump without a Net
[D]The Only Way Out for Top Performers
Text 3
The rough guide to marketing success used to be that you got what you paid for. No longer. While traditional ¡°paid¡± media ¨C such as television commercials and print advertisements ¨C still play a major role, companies today can exploit many alternative forms of media. Consumers passionate about a product may create ¡°owned¡± media by sending e-mail alerts about products and sales to customers registered with its Web site. The way consumers now approach the broad range of factors beyond conventional paid media.
Paid and owned media are controlled by marketers promoting their own products. For earned media , such marketers act as the initiator for users¡¯ responses. But in some cases, one marketer¡¯s owned media become another marketer¡¯s paid media ¨C for instance, when an e-commerce retailer sells ad space on its Web site. We define such sold media as owned media whose traffic is so strong that other organizations place their content or e-commerce engines within that environment. This trend ,which we believe is still in its infancy, effectively began with retailers and travel providers such as airlines and hotels and will no doubt go further. Johnson & Johnson, for example, has created BabyCenter, a stand-alone media property that promotes complementary and even competitive products. Besides generating income, the presence of other marketers makes the site seem objective, gives companies opportunities to learn valuable information about the appeal of other companies¡¯ marketing, and may help expand user traffic for all companies concerned.
The same dramatic technological changes that have provided marketers with more (and more diverse) communications choices have also increased the risk that passionate consumers will voice their opinions in quicker, more visible, and much more damaging ways. Such hijacked media are the opposite of earned media: an asset or campaign becomes hostage to consumers, other stakeholders, or activists who make negative allegations about a brand or product. Members of social networks, for instance, are learning that they can hijack media to apply pressure on the businesses that originally created them.
If that happens, passionate consumers would try to persuade others to boycott products, putting the reputation of the target company at risk. In such a case, the company¡¯s response may not be sufficiently quick or thoughtful, and the learning curve has been steep. Toyota Motor, for example, alleviated some of the damage from its recall crisis earlier this year with a relatively quick and well-orchestrated social-media response campaign, which included efforts to engage with consumers directly on sites such as Twitter and the social-news site Digg.
31.Consumers may create ¡°earned¡± media when they are
[A] obscssed with online shopping at certain Web sites.
[B] inspired by product-promoting e-mails sent to them.
[C] eager to help their friends promote quality products.
[D] enthusiastic about recommending their favorite products.
32. According to Paragraph 2,sold media feature
[A] a safe business environment.
[B] random competition.
[C] strong user traffic.
[D] flexibility in organization.
33. The author indicates in Paragraph 3 that earned media
[A] invite constant conflicts with passionate consumers.
[B] can be used to produce negative effects in marketing.
[C] may be responsible for fiercer competition.
[D] deserve all the negative comments about them.
34. Toyota Motor¡¯s experience is cited as an example of
[A] responding effectively to hijacked media.
[B] persuading customers into boycotting products.
[C] cooperating with supportive consumers.
[D] taking advantage of hijacked media.
35. Which of the following is the text mainly about ?
[A] Alternatives to conventional paid media.
[B] Conflict between hijacked and earned media.
[C] Dominance of hijacked media.
[D] Popularity of owned media.
Text 4
It¡¯s no surprise that Jennifer Senior¡¯s insightful, provocative magazine cover story, ¡°I love My Children, I Hate My Life,¡± is arousing much chatter ¨C nothing gets people talking like the suggestion that child rearing is anything less than a completely fulfilling, life-enriching experience. Rather than concluding that children make parents either happy or miserable, Senior suggests we need to redefine happiness: instead of thinking of it as something that can be measured by moment-to-moment joy, we should consider being happy as a past-tense condition. Even though the day-to-day experience of raising kids can be soul-crushingly hard, Senior writes that ¡°the very things that in the moment dampen our moods can later be sources of intense gratification and delight.¡±
The magazine cover showing an attractive mother holding a cute baby is hardly the only Madonna-and-child image on newsstands this week. There are also stories about newly adoptive ¨C and newly single ¨C mom Sandra Bullock, as well as the usual ¡°Jennifer Aniston is pregnant¡± news. Practically every week features at least one celebrity mom, or mom-to-be, smiling on the newsstands.
In a society that so persistently celebrates procreation, is it any wonder that admitting you regret having children is equivalent to admitting you support kitten-killing ? It doesn¡¯t seem quite fair, then, to compare the regrets of parents to the regrets of the children. Unhappy parents rarely are provoked to wonder if they shouldn¡¯t have had kids, but unhappy childless folks are bothered with the message that children are the single most important thing in the world: obviously their misery must be a direct result of the gaping baby-size holes in their lives.
Of course, the image of parenthood that celebrity magazines like Us Weekly and People present is hugely unrealistic, especially when the parents are single mothers like Bullock. According to several studies concluding that parents are less happy than childless couples, single parents are the least happy of all. No shock there, considering how much work it is to raise a kid without a partner to lean on; yet to hear Sandra and Britney tell it, raising a kid on their ¡°own¡± (read: with round-the-clock help) is a piece of cake.
It¡¯s hard to imagine that many people are dumb enough to want children just because Reese and Angelina make it look so glamorous: most adults understand that a baby is not a haircut. But it¡¯s interesting to wonder if the images we see every week of stress-free, happiness-enhancing parenthood aren¡¯t in some small, subconscious way contributing to our own dissatisfactions with the actual experience, in the same way that a small part of us hoped getting ¡° the Rachel¡± might make us look just a little bit like Jennifer Aniston.
36.Jennifer Senior suggests in her article that raising a child can bring
[A]temporary delight
[B]enjoyment in progress
[C]happiness in retrospect
[D]lasting reward
37.We learn from Paragraph 2 that
[A]celebrity moms are a permanent source for gossip.
[B]single mothers with babies deserve greater attention.
[C]news about pregnant celebrities is entertaining.
[D]having children is highly valued by the public.
38.It is suggested in Paragraph 3 that childless folks
[A]are constantly exposed to criticism.
[B]are largely ignored by the media.
[C]fail to fulfill their social responsibilities.
[D]are less likely to be satisfied with their life.
39.According to Paragraph 4, the message conveyed by celebrity magazines is
[A]soothing.
[B]ambiguous.
[C]compensatory.
[D]misleading.
40.Which of the following can be inferred from the last paragraph?
[A]Having children contributes little to the glamour of celebrity moms.
[B]Celebrity moms have influenced our attitude towards child rearing.
[C]Having children intensifies our dissatisfaction with life.
[D]We sometimes neglect the happiness from child rearing.
Part B
Directions:
The following paragraph are given in a wrong order. For Questions 41-45, you are required to reorganize these paragraphs into a coherent text by choosing from the list A-G to filling them into the numbered boxes. Paragraphs E and G have been correctly placed. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
[A] No disciplines have seized on professionalism with as much enthusiasm as the humanities. You can, Mr Menand points out, became a lawyer in three years and a medical doctor in four. But the regular time it takes to get a doctoral degree in the humanities is nine years. Not surprisingly, up to half of all doctoral students in English drop out before getting their degrees.
[B] His concern is mainly with the humanities: Literature, languages, philosophy and so on. These are disciplines that are going out of style: 22% of American college graduates now major in business compared with only 2% in history and 4% in English. However, many leading American universities want their undergraduates to have a grounding in the basic canon of ideas that every educated person should posses. But most find it difficult to agree on what a ¡°general education¡± should look like. At Harvard, Mr Menand notes, ¡°the great books are read because they have been read¡±-they form a sort of social glue.
[C] Equally unsurprisingly, only about half end up with professorships for which they entered graduate school. There are simply too few posts. This is partly because universities continue to produce ever more PhDs. But fewer students want to study humanities subjects: English departments awarded more bachelor¡¯s degrees in 1970-71 than they did 20 years later. Fewer students requires fewer teachers. So, at the end of a decade of theses-writing, many humanities students leave the profession to do something for which they have not been trained.
[D] One reason why it is hard to design and teach such courses is that they can cut across the insistence by top American universities that liberal-arts educations and professional education should be kept separate, taught in different schools. Many students experience both varieties. Although more than half of Harvard undergraduates end up in law, medicine or business, future doctors and lawyers must study a non-specialist liberal-arts degree before embarking on a professional qualification.
[E] Besides professionalizing the professions by this separation, top American universities have professionalised the professor. The growth in public money for academic research has speeded the process: federal research grants rose fourfold between 1960and 1990, but faculty teaching hours fell by half as research took its toll. Professionalism has turned the acquisition of a doctoral degree into a prerequisite for a successful academic career: as late as 1969a third of American professors did not possess one. But the key idea behind professionalisation, argues Mr Menand, is that ¡°the knowledge and skills needed for a particular specialization are transmissible but not transferable.¡±So disciplines acquire a monopoly not just over the production of knowledge, but also over the production of the producers of knowledge.
[F] The key to reforming higher education, concludes Mr Menand, is to alter the way in which ¡°the producers of knowledge are produced.¡±Otherwise, academics will continue to think dangerously alike, increasingly detached from the societies which they study, investigate and criticize.¡±Academic inquiry, at least in some fields, may need to become less exclusionary and more holistic.¡±Yet quite how that happens, Mr Menand dose not say.
[G] The subtle and intelligent little book The Marketplace of Ideas: Reform and Resistance in the American University should be read by every student thinking of applying to take a doctoral degree. They may then decide to go elsewhere. For something curious has been happening in American Universities, and Louis Menand, a professor of English at Harvard University, captured it skillfully.
G ¡ú 41. ¡ú42. ¡ú E ¡ú43. ¡ú44. ¡ú45.
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written carefully on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
With its theme that ¡°Mind is the master weaver,¡± creating our inner character and outer circumstances, the book As a Man Thinking by James Allen is an in-depth exploration of the central idea of self-help writing.
(46) Allen¡¯s contribution was to take an assumption we all share-that because we are not robots we therefore control our thoughts-and reveal its erroneous nature. Because most of us believe that mind is separate from matter, we think that thoughts can be hidden and made powerless; this allows us to think one way and act another. However, Allen believed that the unconscious mind generates as much action as the conscious mind, and (47) while we may be able to sustain the illusion of control through the conscious mind alone, in reality we are continually faced with a question: ¡°Why cannot I make myself do this or achieve that? ¡±
Since desire and will are damaged by the presence of thoughts that do not accord with desire, Allen concluded : ¡° We do not attract what we want, but what we are.¡± Achievement happens because you as a person embody the external achievement; you don¡¯t ¡° get¡± success but become it. There is no gap between mind and matter.
\Part of the fame of Allen¡¯s book is its contention that ¡°Circumstances do not make a person, they reveal him.¡± (48) This seems a justification for neglect of those in need, and a rationalization of exploitation, of the superiority of those at the top and the inferiority of those at the bottom.
This ,however, would be a knee-jerk reaction to a subtle argument. Each set of circumstances, however bad, offers a unique opportunity for growth. If circumstances always determined the life and prospects of people, then humanity would never have progressed. In fat, (49)circumstances seem to be designed to bring out the best in us and if we feel that we have been ¡°wronged¡± then we are unlikely to begin a conscious effort to escape from our situation .Nevertheless, as any biographer knows, a person¡¯s early life and its conditions are often the greatest gift to an individual.
The sobering aspect of Allen¡¯s book is that we have no one else to blame for our present condition except ourselves. (50) The upside is the possibilities contained in knowing that everything is up to us; where before we were experts in the array of limitations, now we become authorities of what is possible.
Section ¢ó Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
Write a letter to a friend of yours to
1) recommend one of your favorite movies and
2) give reasons for your recommendation
Your should write about 100 words on ANSWER SHEET 2
Do not sign your own name at the end of the leter. User ¡°LI MING¡± instead.
Do not writer the address.(10 points)
Part B
52. Directions:
Write an essay of 160---200 words based on the following drawing. In your essay, you should
1) describe the drawing briefly,
2) explain it¡¯s intended meaning, and
3) give your comments.
Your should write neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)

´ð°¸
Section I Use of English
¡¡¡¡CDBBA BADCA BCDCB DADAC
¡¡¡¡Section II Reading Comprehension
¡¡¡¡Part A
¡¡¡¡DBDBA BDCAC DCBAA CCDDB
¡¡¡¡Part B
¡¡¡¡41.B 42.D 43.A 44.C 45.F

·­ÒëÌ⣺

46¡¢°¬Â׵űÏ×ÔÚÓÚÌṩÁËÎÒÃÇÄÜ·Öµ£ºÍ½Òʾ´íÎóÐÔÖʵļÙÉè--ÒòΪÎÒÃDz»ÊÇ»úÆ÷ÈË£¬Òò´ËÎÒÃÇÄܹ»¿ØÖÆÎÒÃǵÄÀíÏë¡£
47¡¢ÎÒÃÇ¿ÉÒÔµ¥¶Àͨ¹ýÒâʶά³Ö¿ØÖƵĸоõ£¬µ«Êµ¼ÊÉÏÎÒÃÇÒ»Ö±ÃæÁÙ×ÅÒ»¸öÎÊÌ⣬ΪʲôÎÒ²»ÄÜÍê³ÉÕâ¼þÊÂÇé»òÄǼþÊÂÇé¡£
48¡¢ÕâËƺõ¿ÉÄÜΪ±ØҪʱµÄºöÊÓÕýÃû£¬Ò²ÄܺÏÀí˵Ã÷°þÏ÷£¬ÒÔ¼°ÔÚ¶¥²ãµÄÈ˵ÄÓÅÔ½¸Ð¼°´¦ÓÚºó²ãÈËÃǵÄÁÓÊƸС£
49¡¢»·¾³ËƺõÊÇΪÁË·¢»ÓÎÒÃǵÄÓÅÊÆ£¬¶øÇÒÈç¹ûÎÒÃǸоõÊÜÁËίÇü£¬ÄÇôÎÒÃǾͲ»¿ÉÄÜÓÐÒâʶµÄ×ö³öŬÁ¦ÌÓÀëÎÒÃÇÔ­À´µÄ´¦¾³¡£
50¡¢ÕýÃæÔÚÓÚÎÒÃÇ´¦ÓÚÕâÑùµÄλÖã¬ÖªµÀËùÓÐÊÂÇ鶼ȡ¾öÓëÎÒÃÇ×Ô¼º£¬Ö®Ç°ÎÒÃÇÊÇÊܵ½Ò»ÏµÁÐÏÞÖƵÄר¼Ò£¬ÏÖÔÚÎÒÃdzÉÁËȨÍþ

×÷ÎÄ

51. Directions:
С×÷ÎÄ·¶ÎÄ£º
Dear friends:
I am writing, without hesitation, to share one of my favorite movies, If You Are The One, with you, which is not only conducive to your study, but also beneficial to your life¡£
¡¡¡¡For one thing, it¡¯s storyline is very tight and characters' language is classic and thought-provoking. For another thing, the profound cultural elements implicit in the scene will equip you with profound cultural background and, above all, enrich your daily life¡£
¡¡¡¡Would you like to see this movie after my recommendation? Remember to tell me your opinion about the movie. I am looking forward to your early reply¡£
¡¡¡¡Yours,
Li Ming

52.
Our surroundings are being polluted fast and man's present efforts cannot prevent it. Time is bringing us more people, and more people will bring us more industry, more cars, larger cities and the growing use of man-made materials. The drawing sets us thinking too much due to its far-reaching influence¡£
¡¡¡¡Nowadays, though the awareness of protecting environment is being accepted by more and more people, we can still see many unpleasant scenes especially in scenic spots. Why does this phenomenon arise? Many factors are accounting for it. First and foremost, to some people, the consciousness of protecting environment is still not so strong. They may not think it is a big deal to throw rubbish everywhere. In addition, the environmental management system isn¡¯t so satisfying. For example, in some places there¡¯re few regulations or the implementation is seldom performed actually¡£
¡¡¡¡From what has been discussed above, it is urgent to take some effective and relative measures. In the first place, we should continue to conduct more propaganda in communities and schools so as to let people realize the importance of protecting environment. In the second, more rules should be made and carried out by the government to restrain the conduction of destroying environment. People should work together to create clean and beautiful surroundings¡£

2010ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
¡¡¡¡Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
In 1924 America's National Research Council sent two engineers to supervise a series of industrial experiments at a large telephone-parts factory called the Hawthorne Plant near Chicago. It hoped they would learn how stop-floor lighting ´ó1¼Ò workers' productivity. Instead, the studies ended ´ó2¼Ò giving their name to the "Hawthorne effect", the extremely influential idea that the very ´ó3¼Ò to being experimented upon changed subjects' behavior.
The idea arose because of the ´ó4¼Ò behavior of the women in the Hawthorne plant. According to ´ó5¼Ò of the experiments, their hourly output rose when lighting was increased, but also when it was dimmed. It did not ´ó6¼Ò what was done in the experiment; ´ó7¼Ò something was changed, productivity rose. A(n) ´ó8¼Ò that they were being experimented upon seemed to be ´ó9¼Ò to alter workers' behavior ´ó10¼Ò itself.
After several decades, the same data were ´ó11¼Ò to econometric the analysis. Hawthorne experiments has another surprise store ´ó12¼Òthe descriptions on record, no systematic ´ó13¼Ò was found that levels of productivity were related to changes in lighting.
It turns out that peculiar way of conducting the experiments may be have let to ´ó14¼Ò interpretation of what happed. ´ó15¼Ò, lighting was always changed on a Sunday. When work started again on Monday, output ´ó16¼Ò rose compared with the previous Saturday and ´ó17¼Ò to rise for the next couple of days. ´ó18¼Ò, a comparison with data for weeks when there was no experimentation showed that output always went up on Monday, workers ´ó19¼Ò to be diligent for the first few days of the week in any case, before ´ó20¼Ò a plateau and then slackening off. This suggests that the alleged "Hawthorne effect" is hard to pin down.
1. [A] affected [B] achieved [C] extracted [D] restored
2. [A] at [B] up [C] with [D] off
3. [A] truth [B] sight [C] act [D] proof
4. [A] controversial [B] perplexing [C] mischievous [D] ambiguous
5. [A] requirements [B] explanations [C] accounts [D] assessments
6. [A] conclude [B] matter [C] indicate [D] work
7. [A] as far as [B] for fear that [C] in case that [D] so long as
8. [A] awareness [B] expectation [C] sentiment [D] illusion
9. [A] suitable [B] excessive [C] enough [D] abundant
10. [A] about [B] for [C] on [D] by
11. [A] compared [B] shown [C] subjected [D] conveyed
12. [A] contrary to [B] consistent with [C] parallel with [D] peculiar to
13. [A] evidence [B] guidance [C] implication [D] source
14. [A] disputable [B] enlightening [C] reliable [D] misleading
15. [A] In contrast [B] For example [C] In consequence [D] As usual
16. [A] duly [B] accidentally [C] unpredictably [D] suddenly
17. [A] failed [B] ceased [C] started [D] continued
20. [A] breaking [B] climbing [C] surpassing [D] hitting
¡¡¡¡Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
Of all the changes that have taken place in English-language newspapers during the past quarter-century, perhaps the most far-reaching has been the inexorable decline in the scope and seriousness of their arts coverage.
It is difficult to the point of impossibility for the average reader under the age of forty to imagine a time when high-quality arts criticism could be found in most big-city newspapers. Yet a considerable number of the most significant collections of criticism published in the 20th century consisted in large part of newspaper reviews. To read such books today is to marvel at the fact that their learned contents were once deemed suitable for publication in general-circulation dailies.
We are even farther removed from the unfocused newspaper reviews published in England between the turn of the 20th century and the eve of World War II, at a time when newsprint was dirt-cheap and stylish arts criticism was considered an ornament to the publications in which it appeared. In those far-off days, it was taken for granted that the critics of major papers would write in detail and at length about the events they covered. Theirs was a serious business, and even those reviewers who wore their learning lightly, like George Bernard Shaw and Ernest Newman, could be trusted to know what they were about. These men believed in journalism as a calling, and were proud to be published in the daily press. ¡°So few authors have brains enough or literary gift enough to keep their own end up in journalism,¡± Newman wrote, ¡°that I am tempted to define ¡®journalism¡¯ as ¡®a term of contempt applied by writers who are not read to writers who are.¡¯¡±
Unfortunately, these critics are virtually forgotten. Neville Cardus, who wrote for the Manchester Guardian from 1917 until shortly before his death in 1975, is now known solely as a writer of essays on the game of cricket. During his lifetime, though, he was also one of England¡¯s foremost classical-music critics, a stylist so widely admired that his Autobiography (1947) became a best-seller. He was knighted in 1967, the first music critic to be so honored. Yet only one of his books is now in print, and his vast body of writings on music is unknown save to specialists.
Is there any chance that Cardus¡¯s criticism will enjoy a revival? The prospect seems remote. Journalistic tastes had changed long before his death, and postmodern readers have little use for the richly upholstered Vicwardian prose in which he specialized. Moreover, the amateur tradition in music criticism has been in headlong retreat.
21. It is indicated in Paragraphs 1 and 2 that
[A] arts criticism has disappeared from big-city newspapers.
[B] English-language newspapers used to carry more arts reviews.
[C] high-quality newspapers retain a large body of readers.
[D] young readers doubt the suitability of criticism on dailies.
22. Newspaper reviews in England before World War II were characterized by
[A] free themes.
[B] casual style.
[C] elaborate layout.
[D] radical viewpoints.
23. Which of the following would Shaw and Newman most probably agree on?
[A] It is writers' duty to fulfill journalistic goals.
[B] It is contemptible for writers to be journalists.
[C] Writers are likely to be tempted into journalism.
[D] Not all writers are capable of journalistic writing.
24. What can be learned about Cardus according to the last two paragraphs?
[A] His music criticism may not appeal to readers today.
[B] His reputation as a music critic has long been in dispute.
[C] His style caters largely to modern specialists.
[D] His writings fail to follow the amateur tradition.
25. What would be the best title for the text?
[A] Newspapers of the Good Old Days
[B] The Lost Horizon in Newspapers
[C] Mournful Decline of Journalism
[D] Prominent Critics in Memory
Text 2
Over the past decade, thousands of patents have been granted for what are called business methods. Amazon.com received one for its "one-click" online payment system. Merrill Lynch got legal protection for an asset allocation strategy. One inventor patented a technique for lifting a box.
Now the nation's top patent court appears completely ready to scale back on business-method patents, which have been controversial ever since they were first authorized 10 years ago. In a move that has intellectual-property lawyers abuzz the U.S. court of Appeals for the federal circuit said it would use a particular case to conduct a broad review of business-method patents. In re Bilski, as the case is known , is "a very big deal", says Dennis D. Crouch of the University of Missouri School of law. It "has the potential to eliminate an entire class of patents."
Curbs on business-method claims would be a dramatic about-face, because it was the federal circuit itself that introduced such patents with is 1998 decision in the so-called state Street Bank case, approving a patent on a way of pooling mutual-fund assets. That ruling produced an explosion in business-method patent filings, initially by emerging internet companies trying to stake out exclusive rights to specific types of online transactions. Later, move established companies raced to add such patents to their files, if only as a defensive move against rivals that might beat them to the punch. In 2005, IBM noted in a court filing that it had been issued more than 300 business-method patents despite the fact that it questioned the legal basis for granting them. Similarly, some Wall Street investment films armed themselves with patents for financial products, even as they took positions in court cases opposing the practice.
The Bilski case involves a claimed patent on a method for hedging risk in the energy market. The Federal circuit issued an unusual order stating that the case would be heard by all 12 of the court's judges, rather than a typical panel of three, and that one issue it wants to evaluate is whether it should "reconsider" its state street Bank ruling.
The Federal Circuit's action comes in the wake of a series of recent decisions by the supreme Court that has narrowed the scope of protections for patent holders. Last April, for example the justices signaled that too many patents were being upheld for "inventions" that are obvious. The judges on the Federal circuit are "reacting to the anti-patent trend at the Supreme Court", says Harold C. Wegner, a patent attorney and professor at George Washington University Law School.
26. Business-method patents have recently aroused concern because of
[A] their limited value to business
[B] their connection with asset allocation
[C] the possible restriction on their granting
[D] the controversy over authorization
27. Which of the following is true of the Bilski case?
[A] Its ruling complies with the court decisions
[B] It involves a very big business transaction
[C] It has been dismissed by the Federal Circuit
[D] It may change the legal practices in the U.S.
28. The word "about-face" (Line 1, Para 3) most probably means
[A] loss of good will
[B] increase of hostility
[C] change of attitude
[D] enhancement of dignity
29. We learn from the last two paragraphs that business-method patents
[A] are immune to legal challenges
[B] are often unnecessarily issued
[C] lower the esteem for patent holders
[D] increase the incidence of risks
30. Which of the following would be the subject of the text?
[A] A looming threat to business-method patents
[B] Protection for business-method patent holders
[C] A legal case regarding business-method patents
[D] A prevailing trend against business-method patents
Text 3
In his book The Tipping Point, Malcolm Gladwell argues that social epidemics are driven in large part by the acting of a tiny minority of special individuals, often called influentials, who are unusually informed, persuasive, or well-connected. The idea is intuitively compelling, but it doesn't explain how ideas actually spread.
The supposed importance of influentials derives from a plausible sounding but largely untested theory called the "two step flow of communication": Information flows from the media to the influentials and from them to everyone else. Marketers have embraced the two-step flow because it suggests that if they can just find and influence the influentials, those selected people will do most of the work for them. The theory also seems to explain the sudden and unexpected popularity of certain looks, brands, or neighborhoods. In many such cases, a cursory search for causes finds that some small group of people was wearing, promoting, or developing whatever it is before anyone else paid attention. Anecdotal evidence of this kind fits nicely with the idea that only certain special people can drive trends
In their recent work, however, some researchers have come up with the finding that influentials have far less impact on social epidemics than is generally supposed. In fact, they don't seem to be required of all.
The researchers' argument stems from a simple observing about social influence, with the exception of a few celebrities like Oprah Winfrey¡ªwhose outsize presence is primarily a function of media, not interpersonal, influence¡ªeven the most influential members of a population simply don't interact with that many others. Yet it is precisely these non-celebrity influentials who, according to the two-step-flow theory, are supposed to drive social epidemics by influencing their friends and colleagues directly. For a social epidemic to occur, however, each person so affected, must then influence his or her own acquaintances, who must in turn influence theirs, and so on; and just how many others pay attention to each of these people has little to do with the initial influential. If people in the network just two degrees removed from the initial influential prove resistant, for example from the initial influential prove resistant, for example the cascade of change won't propagate very far or affect many people.
Building on the basic truth about interpersonal influence, the researchers studied the dynamics of populations manipulating a number of variables relating of populations, manipulating a number of variables relating to people's ability to influence others and their tendency to be influenced. Our work shows that the principal requirement for what we call "global cascades"¨C the widespread propagation of influence through networks ¨C is the presence not of a few influentials but, rather, of a critical mass of easily influenced people, each of whom adopts, say, a look or a brand after being exposed to a single adopting neighbor. Regardless of how influential an individual is locally, he or she can exert global influence only if this critical mass is available to propagate a chain reaction.
31. By citing the book The Tipping Point, the author intends to
[A] analyze the consequences of social epidemics
[B] discuss influentials' function in spreading ideas
[C] exemplify people's intuitive response to social epidemics
[D] describe the essential characteristics of influentials.
32. The author suggests that the "two-step-flow theory"
[A] serves as a solution to marketing problems
[B] has helped explain certain prevalent trends
[C] has won support from influentials
[D] requires solid evidence for its validity
33. What the researchers have observed recently shows that
[A] the power of influence goes with social interactions
[B] interpersonal links can be enhanced through the media
[C] influentials have more channels to reach the public
[D] most celebrities enjoy wide media attention
34. The underlined phrase "these people" in paragraph 4 refers to the ones who
[A] stay outside the network of social influence
[B] have little contact with the source of influence
[C] are influenced and then influence others
[D] are influenced by the initial influential
35. what is the essential element in the dynamics of social influence?
[A] The eagerness to be accepted
[B] The impulse to influence others
[C] The readiness to be influenced
[D] The inclination to rely on others
Text 4
Bankers have been blaming themselves for their troubles in public. Behind the scenes, they have been taking aim at someone else: the accounting standard-setters. Their rules, moan the banks, have forced them to report enormous losses, and it's just not fair. These rules say they must value some assets at the price a third party would pay, not the price managers and regulators would like them to fetch.
Unfortunately, banks' lobbying now seems to be working. The details may be unknowable, but the independence of standard-setters, essential to the proper functioning of capital markets, is being compromised. And, unless banks carry toxic assets at prices that attract buyers, reviving the banking system will be difficult.
After a bruising encounter with Congress, America's Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) rushed through rule changes. These gave banks more freedom to use models to value illiquid assets and more flexibility in recognizing losses on long-term assets in their income statement. Bob Herz, the FASB's chairman, cried out against those who "question our motives." Yet bank shares rose and the changes enhance what one lobby group politely calls "the use of judgment by management."
European ministers instantly demanded that the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) do likewise. The IASB says it does not want to act without overall planning, but the pressure to fold when it completes it reconstruction of rules later this year is strong. Charlie McCreevy, a European commissioner, warned the IASB that it did "not live in a political vacuum" but "in the real word" and that Europe could yet develop different rules.
It was banks that were on the wrong planet, with accounts that vastly overvalued assets. Today they argue that market prices overstate losses, because they largely reflect the temporary illiquidity of markets, not the likely extent of bad debts. The truth will not be known for years. But bank's shares trade below their book value, suggesting that investors are skeptical. And dead markets partly reflect the paralysis of banks which will not sell assets for fear of booking losses, yet are reluctant to buy all those supposed bargains.
To get the system working again, losses must be recognized and dealt with. America's new plan to buy up toxic assets will not work unless banks mark assets to levels which buyers find attractive. Successful markets require independent and even combative standard-setters. The FASB and IASB have been exactly that, cleaning up rules on stock options and pensions, for example, against hostility from special interests. But by giving in to critics now they are inviting pressure to make more concessions.
36. Bankers complained that they were forced to
[A] follow unfavorable asset evaluation rules
[B] collect payments from third parties
[C] cooperate with the price managers
[D] reevaluate some of their assets.
37. According to the author , the rule changes of the FASB may result in
[A] the diminishing role of management
[B] the revival of the banking system
[C] the banks' long-term asset losses
[D] the weakening of its independence
38. According to Paragraph 4, McCreevy objects to the IASB's attempt to
[A] keep away from political influences.
[B] evade the pressure from their peers.
[C] act on their own in rule-setting.
[D] take gradual measures in reform.
39. The author thinks the banks were "on the wrong planet" in that they
[A] misinterpreted market price indicators
[B] exaggerated the real value of their assets
[C] neglected the likely existence of bad debts.
[D] denied booking losses in their sale of assets.
40. The author's attitude towards standard-setters is one of
[A] satisfaction.
[B] skepticism.
[C] objectiveness
[D] sympathy
Part B
Directions:
For Questions 41-45, choose the most suitable paragraphs from the list A-G and fill them into the numbered boxes to form a coherent text. Paragraph E has been correctly placed. There is one paragraph which does not fit in with the text. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET1. (10 points)
[A] The first and more important is the consumer's growing preference for eating out; the consumption of food and drink in places other than homes has risen from about 32 percent of total consumption in 1995 to 35 percent in 2000 and is expected to approach 38 percent by 2005. This development is boosting wholesale demand from the food service segment by 4 to 5 percent a year across Europe, compared with growth in retail demand of 1 to 2 percent. Meanwhile, as the recession is looming large, people are getting anxious. They tend to keep a tighter hold on their purse and consider eating at home a realistic alternative.
[B] Retail sales of food and drink in Europe's largest markets are at a standstill, leaving European grocery retailers hungry for opportunities to grow. Most leading retailers have already tried e-commerce, with limited success, and expansion abroad. But almost all have ignored the big, profitable opportunity in their own backyard: the wholesale food and drink trade, which appears to be just the kind of market retailers need.
[C] Will such variations bring about a change in the overall structure of the food and drink market? Definitely not. The functioning of the market is based on flexible trends dominated by potential buyers. In other words, it is up to the buyer, rather than the seller, to decide what to buy .At any rate, this change will ultimately be acclaimed by an ever-growing number of both domestic and international consumers, regardless of how long the current consumer pattern will take hold.
[D] All in all, this clearly seems to be a market in which big retailers could profitably apply their scale, existing infrastructure and proven skills in the management of product ranges, logistics, and marketing intelligence. Retailers that master the intricacies of wholesaling in Europe may well expect to rake in substantial profits thereby. At least, that is how it looks as a whole. Closer inspection reveals important differences among the biggest national markets, especially in their customer segments and wholesale structures, as well as the competitive dynamics of individual food and drink categories. Big retailers must understand these differences before they can identify the segments of European wholesaling in which their particular abilities might unseat smaller but entrenched competitors. New skills and unfamiliar business models are needed too.
[E] Despite variations in detail, wholesale markets in the countries that have been closely examined¡ªFrance, Germany, Italy, and Spain¡ªare made out of the same building blocks. Demand comes mainly from two sources: independent mom-and-pop grocery stores which, unlike large retail chains, are two small to buy straight from producers, and food service operators that cater to consumers when they don't eat at home. Such food service operators range from snack machines to large institutional catering ventures, but most of these businesses are known in the trade as "horeca": hotels, restaurants, and cafes. Overall, Europe's wholesale market for food and drink is growing at the same sluggish pace as the retail market, but the figures, when added together, mask two opposing trends.
[F] For example, wholesale food and drink sales come to $268 billion in France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and the United Kingdom in 2000¡ªmore than 40 percent of retail sales. Moreover, average overall margins are higher in wholesale than in retail; wholesale demand from the food service sector is growing quickly as more Europeans eat out more often; and changes in the competitive dynamics of this fragmented industry are at last making it feasible for wholesalers to consolidate.
[G] However, none of these requirements should deter large retailers (and even some large good producers and existing wholesalers) from trying their hand, for those that master the intricacies of wholesaling in Europe stand to reap considerable gains.
41¡ú42¡ú43¡ú44¡úE¡ú45
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written carefully on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
One basic weakness in a conservation system based wholly on economic motives is that most members of the land community have no economic value. Yet these creatures are members of the biotic community and, if its stability depends on its integrity, they are entitled to continuance.
When one of these noneconomic categories is threatened and, if we happen to love it .We invert excuses to give it economic importance. At the beginning of century songbirds were supposed to be disappearing. (46) Scientists jumped to the rescue with some distinctly shaky evidence to the effect that insects would eat us up if birds failed to control them. the evidence had to be economic in order to be valid.
It is painful to read these round about accounts today. We have no land ethic yet, (47) but we have at least drawn near the point of admitting that birds should continue as a matter of intrinsic right, regardless of the presence or absence of economic advantage to us.
A parallel situation exists in respect of predatory mammals and fish-eating birds. (48) Time was when biologists somewhat over worded the evidence that these creatures preserve the health of game by killing the physically weak, or that they prey only on "worthless" species.
Some species of tree have been read out of the party by economics-minded foresters because they grow too slowly, or have too low a sale vale to pay as timber crops. (49) In Europe, where forestry is ecologically more advanced, the non-commercial tree species are recognized as members of native forest community, to be preserved as such, within reason.
To sum up: a system of conservation based solely on economic self-interest is hopelessly lopsided. (50) It tends to ignore, and thus eventually to eliminate, many elements in the land community that lack commercial value, but that are essential to its healthy functioning. It assumes, falsely, I think, that the economic parts of the biotic clock will function without the uneconomic parts.
Section ¢ó Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
You are supposed to write for the postgraduate association a notice to recruit volunteers for an international conference on globalization, you should conclude the basic qualification of applicant and the other information you think relative.
You should write about 100 words. Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter. Use "postgraduate association" instead.
Part B
52. Directions:
Write an essay of 160-200 words based on the following drawing. In your essay, you should
1) describe the drawing briefly,
2) explain its intended meaning, and then
3) give your comments.
You should write neatly on ANSHWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2009ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark A, B, C or D on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Research on animal intelligence always makes me wonder just how smart humans are. ´ó1¼Ò the fruit-fly experiments described in Carl Zimmer's piece in the Science Times on Tuesday. Fruit flies who were taught to be smarter than the average fruit fly ´ó2¼Ò to live shorter lives. This suggests that ´ó3¼Ò bulbs burn longer, that there is an ´ó4¼Ò in not being too terrifically bright.
Intelligence, it ´ó5¼Ò out, is a high-priced option. It takes more upkeep, burns more fuel and is slow ´ó6¼Ò the starting line because it depends on learning ¡ª a gradual ´ó7¼Ò ¡ª instead of instinct. Plenty of other species are able to learn, and one of the things they've apparently learned is when to ´ó8¼Ò.
Is there an adaptive value to ´ó9¼Ò intelligence? That's the question behind this new research. I like it. Instead of casting a wistful glance ´ó10¼Ò at all the species we've left in the dust I.Q.-wise, it implicitly asks what the real ´ó11¼Ò of our own intelligence might be. This is ´ó12¼Ò the mind of every animal I've ever met.
Research on animal intelligence also makes me wonder what experiments animals would ´ó13¼Ò on humans if they had the chance. Every cat with an owner, ´ó14¼Ò, is running a small-scale study in operant conditioning. we believe that ´ó15¼Ò animals ran the labs, they would test us to ´ó16¼Ò the limits of our patience, our faithfulness, our memory for terrain. They would try to decide what intelligence in humans is really ´ó1¼Ò7, not merely how much of it there is. ´ó18¼Ò, they would hope to study a ´ó19¼Ò question: Are humans actually aware of the world they live in? ´ó20¼Ò the results are inconclusive.
1. [A] Suppose [B] Consider [C] Observe [D] Imagine
2. [A] tended [B] feared [C] happened [D] threatened
3. [A] thinner [B] stabler [C] lighter [D] dimmer
4. [A] tendency [B] advantage [C] inclination [D] priority
5. [A] insists on [B] sums up [C] turns out [D] puts forward
6. [A] off [B] behind [C] over [D] along
7. [A] incredible [B] spontaneous [C] inevitable [D] gradual
8. [A] fight [B] doubt [C] stop [D] think
9. [A] invisible [B] limited [C] indefinite [D] different
10. [A] upward [B] forward [C] afterward [D] backward
11. [A] features [B] influences [C] results [D] costs
12. [A] outside [B] on [C] by [D] across
13. [A] deliver [B] carry [C] perform [D] apply
14. [A] by chance [B] in contrast [C] as usual [D] for instance
15. [A] if [B] unless [C] as [D] lest
16. [A] moderate [B] overcome [C] determine [D] reach
17. [A] at [B] for [C] after [D] with
18. [A] Above all [B] After all [C] However [D] Otherwise
19. [A] fundamental [B] comprehensive [C] equivalent [D] hostile
20. [A] By accident [B] In time [C] So far [D] Better still

Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing A, B, C or D. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
Habits are a funny thing. We reach for them mindlessly, setting our brains on auto-pilot and relaxing into the unconscious comfort of familiar routine. "Not choice, but habit rules the unreflecting herd," William Wordsworth said in the 19th century. In the ever-changing 21st century, even the word "habit" carries a negative connotation.
So it seems antithetical to talk about habits in the same context as creativity and innovation. But brain researchers have discovered that when we consciously develop new habits, we create parallel synaptic paths, and even entirely new brain cells, that can jump our trains of thought onto new, innovative tracks.
But don't bother trying to kill off old habits; once those ruts of procedure are worn into the hippocampus, they're there to stay. Instead, the new habits we deliberately ingrain into ourselves create parallel pathways that can bypass those old roads.
"The first thing needed for innovation is a fascination with wonder," says Dawna Markova, author of "The Open Mind" and an executive change consultant for Professional Thinking Partners. "But we are taught instead to 'decide,' just as our president calls himself 'the Decider.' " She adds, however, that "to decide is to kill off all possibilities but one. A good innovational thinker is always exploring the many other possibilities."
All of us work through problems in ways of which we're unaware, she says. Researchers in the late 1960 covered that humans are born with the capacity to approach challenges in four primary ways: analytically, procedurally, relationally (or collaboratively) and innovatively. At puberty, however, the brain shuts down half of that capacity, preserving only those modes of thought that have seemed most valuable during the first decade or so of life.
The current emphasis on standardized testing highlights analysis and procedure, meaning that few of us inherently use our innovative and collaborative modes of thought. "This breaks the major rule in the American belief system ¡ª that anyone can do anything," explains M. J. Ryan, author of the 2006 book "This Year I Will..." and Ms. Markova's business partner. "That's a lie that we have perpetuated, and it fosters commonness. Knowing what you're good at and doing even more of it creates excellence." This is where developing new habits comes in.
21. The view of Wordsworth habit is claimed by being ________.
A. casual B. familiar C. mechanical D. changeable
22. The researchers have discovered that the formation of habit can be ________
A. predicted B. regulated C. traced D. guided
23. "ruts"(in line one, paragraph 3) has closest meaning to ________
A. tracks B. series C. characteristics D. connections
24. Ms. Markova's comments suggest that the practice of standard testing ________?
A, prevents new habits form being formed
B, no longer emphasizes commonness
C, maintains the inherent American thinking model
D, complies with the American belief system
25. Ryan most probably agree that
A. ideas are born of a relaxing mind
B. innovativeness could be taught
C. decisiveness derives from fantastic ideas
D. curiosity activates creative minds
Text 2
It is a wise father that knows his own child, but today a man can boost his paternal (fatherly) wisdom ¨C or at least confirm that he's the kid's dad. All he needs to do is shell our $30 for paternity testing kit (PTK) at his local drugstore ¨C and another $120 to get the results.
More than 60,000 people have purchased the PTKs since they first become available without prescriptions last years, according to Doug Fog, chief operating officer of Identigene, which makes the over-the-counter kits. More than two dozen companies sell DNA tests Directly to the public , ranging in price from a few hundred dollars to more than $2500.
Among the most popular : paternity and kinship testing , which adopted children can use to find their biological relatives and latest rage a many passionate genealogists-and supports businesses that offer to search for a family's geographic roots .
Most tests require collecting cells by webbing saliva in the mouth and sending it to the company for testing. All tests require a potential candidate with whom to compare DNA.
But some observers are skeptical, "There is a kind of false precision being hawked by people claiming they are doing ancestry testing," says Trey Duster, a New York University sociologist. He notes that each individual has many ancestors-numbering in the hundreds just a few centuries back. Yet most ancestry testing only considers a single lineage, either the Y chromosome inherited through men in a father's line or mitochondrial DNA, which a passed down only from mothers. This DNA can reveal genetic information about only one or two ancestors, even though, for example, just three generations back people also have six other great-grandparents or, four generations back, 14 other great-great-grandparents.
Critics also argue that commercial genetic testing is only as good as the reference collections to which a sample is compared. Databases used by some companies don't rely on data collected systematically but rather lump together information from different research projects. This means that a DNA database may differ depending on the company that processes the results. In addition, the computer programs a company uses to estimate relationships may be patented and not subject to peer review or outside evaluation.
26. In paragraphs 1 and 2, the text shows PTK's ___________.
[A] easy availability
[B] flexibility in pricing
[C] successful promotion
[D] popularity with households
27. PTK is used to __________.
[A] locate one's birth place
[B] promote genetic research
[C] identify parent-child kinship
[D] choose children for adoption
28. Skeptical observers believe that ancestry testing fails to__________.
[A] trace distant ancestors
[B] rebuild reliable bloodlines
[C] fully use genetic information
[D] achieve the claimed accuracy
29. In the last paragraph, a problem commercial genetic testing faces is __________.
[A] disorganized data collection
[B] overlapping database building
[C] excessive sample comparison
[D] lack of patent evaluation
30. An appropriate title for the text is most likely to be__________.
[A] Fors and Againsts of DNA testing
[B] DNA testing and It's problems
[C] DNA testing outside the lab
[D] lies behind DNA testing
Text 3
The relationship between formal education and economic growth in poor countries is widely misunderstood by economists and politicians alike progress in both area is undoubtedly necessary for the social, political and intellectual development of these and all other societies; however, the conventional view that education should be one of the very highest priorities for promoting rapid economic development in poor countries is wrong. We are fortunate that is it, because new educational systems there and putting enough people through them to improve economic performance would require two or three generations. The findings of a research institution have consistently shown that workers in all countries can be trained on the job to achieve radical higher productivity and, as a result, radically higher standards of living.
Ironically, the first evidence for this idea appeared in the United States. Not long ago, with the country entering a recessing and Japan at its pre-bubble peak. The U.S. workforce was derided as poorly educated and one of primary cause of the poor U.S. economic performance. Japan was, and remains, the global leader in automotive-assembly productivity. Yet the research revealed that the U.S. factories of Honda Nissan, and Toyota achieved about 95 percent of the productivity of their Japanese counterparts -- a result of the training that U.S. workers received on the job.
More recently, while examining housing construction, the researchers discovered that illiterate, non-English- speaking Mexican workers in Houston, Texas, consistently met best-practice labor productivity standards despite the complexity of the building industry's work.
What is the real relationship between education and economic development? We have to suspect that continuing economic growth promotes the development of education even when governments don't force it. After all, that's how education got started. When our ancestors were hunters and gatherers 10,000 years ago, they didn't have time to wonder much about anything besides finding food. Only when humanity began to get its food in a more productive way was there time for other things.
As education improved, humanity's productivity potential, they could in turn afford more education. This increasingly high level of education is probably a necessary, but not a sufficient, condition for the complex political systems required by advanced economic performance. Thus poor countries might not be able to escape their poverty traps without political changes that may be possible only with broader formal education. A lack of formal education, however, doesn't constrain the ability of the developing world's workforce to substantially improve productivity for the forested future. On the contrary, constraints on improving productivity explain why education isn't developing more quickly there than it is.
31. The author holds in paragraph 1 that the important of education in poor countries ___________.
[A] is subject groundless doubts
[B] has fallen victim of bias
[C] is conventional downgraded
[D] has been overestimated
32. It is stated in paragraph 1 that construction of a new education system __________.
[A] challenges economists and politicians
[B] takes efforts of generations
[C] demands priority from the government
[D] requires sufficient labor force
33. A major difference between the Japanese and U.S workforces is that __________.
[A] the Japanese workforce is better disciplined
[B] the Japanese workforce is more productive
[C] the U.S workforce has a better education
[D] the U.S workforce is more organize
34. The author quotes the example of our ancestors to show that education emerged __________.
[A] when people had enough time
[B] prior to better ways of finding food
[C] when people on longer went hung
[D] as a result of pressure on government
35. According to the last paragraph , development of education __________.
[A] results directly from competitive environments
[B] does not depend on economic performance
[C] follows improved productivity
[D] cannot afford political changes
Text 4
The most thoroughly studied in the history of the new world are the ministers and political leaders of seventeenth-century New England. According to the standard history of American philosophy, nowhere else in colonial America was "So much important attached to intellectual pursuits " According to many books and articles, New England's leaders established the basic themes and preoccupations of an unfolding, dominant Puritan tradition in American intellectual life.
To take this approach to the New Englanders normally mean to start with the Puritans' theological innovations and their distinctive ideas about the church-important subjects that we may not neglect. But in keeping with our examination of southern intellectual life, we may consider the original Puritans as carriers of European culture adjusting to New world circumstances. The New England colonies were the scenes of important episodes in the pursuit of widely understood ideals of civility and virtuosity.
The early settlers of Massachusetts Bay included men of impressive education and influence in England. `Besides the ninety or so learned ministers who came to Massachusetts church in the decade after 1629,There were political leaders like John Winthrop, an educated gentleman, lawyer, and official of the Crown before he journeyed to Boston. There men wrote and published extensively, reaching both New World and Old World audiences, and giving New England an atmosphere of intellectual earnestness.
We should not forget , however, that most New Englanders were less well educated. While few crafts men or farmers, let alone dependents and servants, left literary compositions to be analyzed, The in thinking often had a traditional superstitions quality. A tailor named John Dane, who emigrated in the late 1630s, left an account of his reasons for leaving England that is filled with signs. sexual confusion, economic frustrations , and religious hope-all name together in a decisive moment when he opened the Bible, told his father the first line he saw would settle his fate, and read the magical words: "come out from among them, touch no unclean thing , and I will be your God and you shall be my people." One wonders what Dane thought of the careful sermons explaining the Bible that he heard in puritan churched.
Meanwhile, many settles had slighter religious commitments than Dane's, as one clergyman learned in confronting folk along the coast who mocked that they had not come to the New world for religion . "Our main end was to catch fish. "
36. The author notes that in the seventeenth-century New England___________.
[A] Puritan tradition dominated political life.
[B] intellectual interests were encouraged.
[C] Politics benefited much from intellectual endeavors.
[D] intellectual pursuits enjoyed a liberal environment.
37. It is suggested in paragraph 2 that New Englanders__________.
[A] experienced a comparatively peaceful early history.
[B] brought with them the culture of the Old World
[C] paid little attention to southern intellectual life
[D] were obsessed with religious innovations
38. The early ministers and political leaders in Massachusetts Bay__________.
[A] were famous in the New World for their writings
[B] gained increasing importance in religious affairs
[C] abandoned high positions before coming to the New World
[D] created a new intellectual atmosphere in New England
39. The story of John Dane shows that less well-educated New Englanders were often __________.
[A] influenced by superstitions
[B] troubled with religious beliefs
[C] puzzled by church sermons
[D] frustrated with family earnings
40. The text suggests that early settlers in New England__________.
[A] were mostly engaged in political activities
[B] were motivated by an illusory prospect
[C] came from different backgrounds.
[D] left few formal records for later reference
Part B
Directions:
Directions: In the following text, some sentences have been removed. For Questions (41-45), choose the most suitable one from the list A-G to fit into each of the numbered blank. There are two extra choices, which do not fit in any of the gaps. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Coinciding with the groundbreaking theory of biological evolution proposed by British naturalist Charles Darwin in the 1860s, British social philosopher Herbert Spencer put forward his own theory of biological and cultural evolution. Spencer argued that all worldly phenomena, including human societies, changed over time, advancing toward perfection. 41.____________.
American social scientist Lewis Henry Morgan introduced another theory of cultural evolution in the late 1800s. Morgan, along with Tylor, was one of the founders of modern anthropology. In his work, he attempted to show how all aspects of culture changed together in the evolution of societies.42._____________.
In the early 1900s in North America, German-born American anthropologist Franz Boas developed a new theory of culture known as historical particularism. Historical particularism, which emphasized the uniqueness of all cultures, gave new direction to anthropology. 43._____________.
Boas felt that the culture of any society must be understood as the result of a unique history and not as one of many cultures belonging to a broader evolutionary stage or type of culture. 44._______________.
Historical particularism became a dominant approach to the study of culture in American anthropology, largely through the influence of many students of Boas. But a number of anthropologists in the early 1900s also rejected the particularist theory of culture in favor of diffusionism. Some attributed virtually every important cultural achievement to the inventions of a few, especially gifted peoples that, according to diffusionists, then spread to other cultures. 45.________________.
Also in the early 1900s, French sociologist ¨¦mile Durkheim developed a theory of culture that would greatly influence anthropology. Durkheim proposed that religious beliefs functioned to reinforce social solidarity. An interest in the relationship between the function of society and culture¡ªknown as functionalism¡ªbecame a major theme in European, and especially British, anthropology.
[A] Other anthropologists believed that cultural innovations, such as inventions, had a single origin and passed from society to society. This theory was known as diffusionism.
[B] In order to study particular cultures as completely as possible, Boas became skilled in linguistics, the study of languages, and in physical anthropology, the study of human biology and anatomy.
[C] He argued that human evolution was characterized by a struggle he called the "survival of the fittest," in which weaker races and societies must eventually be replaced by stronger, more advanced races and societies.
[D] They also focused on important rituals that appeared to preserve a people's social structure, such as initiation ceremonies that formally signify children's entrance into adulthood.
[E] Thus, in his view, diverse aspects of culture, such as the structure of families, forms of marriage, categories of kinship, ownership of property, forms of government, technology, and systems of food production, all changed as societies evolved.
[F] Supporters of the theory viewed as a collection of integrated parts that work together to keep a society functioning.
[G] For example, British anthropologists Grafton Elliot Smith and W. J. Perry incorrectly suggested, on the basis of inadequate information, that farming, pottery making, and metallurgy all originated in ancient Egypt and diffused throughout the world. In fact, all of these cultural developments occurred separately at different times in many parts of the world.
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written carefully on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
There is a marked difference between the education which everyone gets from living with others, and the deliberate educating of the young. In the former case the education is incidental; it is natural and important, but it is not the express reason of the association. (46) It may be said that the measure of the worth of any social institution is its effect in enlarging and improving experience; but this effect is not a part of its original motive. Religious associations began, for example, in the desire to secure the favor of overruling powers and to ward off evil influences; family life in the desire to gratify appetites and secure family perpetuity; systematic labor, for the most part, because of enslavement to others, etc. (47) Only gradually was the by-product of the institution noted, and only more gradually still was this effect considered as a directive factor in the conduct of the institution. Even today, in our industrial life, apart from certain values of industriousness and thrift, the intellectual and emotional reaction of the forms of human association under which the world's work is carried on receives little attention as compared with physical output.
But in dealing with the young, the fact of association itself as an immediate human fact, gains in importance. (48) While it is easy to ignore in our contact with them the effect of our acts upon their disposition, it is not so easy as in dealing with adults. The need of training is too evident; the pressure to accomplish a change in their attitude and habits is too urgent to leave these consequences wholly out of account. (49) Since our chief business with them is to enable them to share in a common life we cannot help considering whether or no we are forming the powers which will secure this ability. If humanity has made some headway in realizing that the ultimate value of every institution is its distinctively human effect we may well believe that this lesson has been learned largely through dealings with the young.
(50) We are thus led to distinguish, within the broad educational process which we have been so far considering, a more formal kind of education -- that of direct tuition or schooling. In undeveloped social groups, we find very little formal teaching and training. These groups mainly rely for instilling needed dispositions into the young upon the same sort of association which keeps the adults loyal to their group.
Section ¢ó Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
Restrictions on the use of plastic bags have not been so successful in some regions. "White pollution "is still going on. Write a letter to the editor(s) of your local newspaper to
give your opinions briefly and
make two or three suggestions
You should write about 100 words. Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter. Use "Li Ming" instead. You do not need to write the address.
Part B
52. Directions:
In your essay, you should
1) describe the drawing briefly,
2) explain its intended meaning, and then
3) give your comments.
You should write neatly on ANSHWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2009Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Use of English (10 points)
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C
6. A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. D
11. D 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. A
16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. C
Section II: Reading Comprehension (60 points)
Part A (40 points)
21. C 22. D 23. A 24. D 25. A
26. A 27. C 28. D 29. A 30. B
31. D 32. B 33. B 34. C 35. C
36. B 37. B 38. D 39. A 40. C
Part B (10 points)
41. C 42. E 43. A 44. B 45. G
Part C (10 points)
46. ËäÈ»ÎÒÃÇ¿ÉÒÔ˵ºâÁ¿ÈκÎÒ»¸öÉç»á»ú¹¹¼ÛÖµµÄ±ê×¼ÊÇÆäÔڷḻºÍÍêÉÆÈËÉú·½ÃæËùÆðµÄ×÷Ó㬵«ÕâÖÖ×÷Óò¢²»ÊÇÎÒÃÇ×î³õµÄ¶¯»úµÄ×é³É²¿·Ö¡£
47. ÈËÃÇÖ»ÊÇÖ𽥵زÅ×¢Òâµ½»ú¹¹µÄÕ⡪¸±²úÆ·£¬¶øÈËÃÇ°ÑÕâÖÖ×÷ÓÃÊÓΪ»ú¹¹ÔË×÷µÄÖ¸µ¼ÐÔÒòËصĹý³ÌÔò¸üΪ»ºÂý¡£
48. ËäÈ»ÔÚÓëÄêÇáÈ˵ĽӴ¥ÖÐÎÒÃÇÈÝÒ׺öÊÓ×Ô¼ºµÄÐÐΪ¶ÔËûÃǵÄÐÔÇéËù²úÉúµÄÓ°Ï죬Ȼ¶øÔÚÓë³ÉÄêÈË´ò½»µÀʱÕâÖÖÇé¿ö¾Í²»ÄÇôÈÝÒ×·¢Éú¡£
49. ÓÉÓÚÎÒÃǶÔÄêÇáÈËËù×öµÄÊ×Òª¹¤×÷ÔÚÓÚʹËûÃÇÄܹ»ÔÚÉú»îÖб˴ËÏàÈÚ£¬Òò´ËÎÒÃDz»½ûÒª¿¼ÂÇ×Ô¼ºÊÇ·ñÔÚÐγÉÈÃËûÃÇ»ñµÃÕâÖÖÄÜÁ¦µÄÁ¦Á¿¡£
50. Õâ¾ÍʹÎÒÃǵÃÒÔÔÚÒ»Ö±ÌÖÂ۵ĹãÒåµÄ½ÌÓý¹ý³ÌÖнøÒ»²½Çø·Ö³öÒ»ÖÖ¸üΪÕýʽµÄ½ÌÓýÐÎʽ£¬¼´Ö±½Ó½²ÊÚ»òѧУ½ÌÓý¡£
Section III: Writing (30 points)
Part A (10 points)
51. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Dear Editor:
I am writing this letter to draw your attention to the deteriorating situation of ¡°white pollution¡± in some regions despite the implementation of restrictions on the use of plastic bags.
In order to put an effective stop to the wide spread of ¡°white pollution¡±, I would like to make the following suggestions . Firstly, the price of plastic bags should be further raised; Secondly , special government departments should be established to supervise the making and using of plastic bags to ensure they are used when really needed.
I hope my suggestions would be of help and thank you for your attention.
Sincerely Yours
Li Ming
Part B (20 points)
52. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Vividly depicted in the cartoon is a race of humans on a social network that are isolated in their own little cubicles. They are all sitting in front of their computers, connected to each other through the Internet and their devoted looks and postures showed their addiction to the Internet.
This cartoon, I believe, intends to draw our attentions to the negative effects the Internet has brought to our daily life as it brings in some benefits, such as easy access to information, instant communication with people from afar and cheap cost of communication. The more people are hooked to the Net, the more isolated they are from the real world. Since people can easily pretend their identities on the Internet, everything online becomes illusive and untrustworthy. The Internet, which was intended to bring people closer to each other, in effect prevents people from making real acquaintances that one can make with a casual exchange of greetings and eye-contact in a face-to-face communication.
Serious consequences, such as fear of real-time interactions, online cheating or blackmailing, may follow if the use of the Internet is not brought under systematic control. I strongly suggest that people only use the Internet for necessary business transactions and personal contacts with those they have already known face to face.

2008ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark A, B, C or D on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
The idea that some groups of people may be more intelligent than others is one of those hypotheses that dare not speak its name. But Gregory Cochran is ´ó1¼Ò to say it anyway. He is that ´ó2¼Ò bird, a scientist who works independently ´ó3¼Ò any institution. He helped popularize the idea that some diseases not ´ó4¼Ò thought to have a bacterial cause were actually infections, which aroused much controversy when it was first suggested.
´ó5¼Ò he, however, might tremble at the ´ó6¼Ò of what he is about to do. Together with another two scientists, he is publishing a paper which not only ´ó7¼Ò that one group of humanity is more intelligent than the others, but explains the process that has brought this about. The group in ´ó8¼Ò are a particular people originated from central Europe. The process is natural selection.
This group generally do well in IQ test, ´ó9¼Ò 12-15 points above the ´ó10¼Ò value of 100, and have contributed ´ó11¼Ò to the intellectual and cultural life of the West, as the ´ó12¼Ò of their elites, including several world-renowned scientists, ´ó13¼Ò. They also suffer more often than most people from a number of nasty genetic diseases, such as breast cancer. These facts, ´ó14¼Ò, have previously been thought unrelated. The former has been ´ó15¼Ò to social effects, such as a strong tradition of ´ó16¼Ò education. The latter was seen as a (an) ´ó17¼Ò of genetic isolation. Dr. Cochran suggests that the intelligence and diseases are intimately ´ó18¼Ò. His argument is that the unusual history of these people has ´ó19¼Ò them to unique evolutionary pressures that have resulted in this ´ó20¼Ò state of affairs.
1. [A] selected [B] prepared [C] obliged [D] pleased
2. [A] unique [B] particular [C] special [D] rare
3. [A] of [B] with [C] in [D] against
4. [A] subsequently [B] presently [C] previously [D] lately
5. [A] Only [B] So [C] Even [D] Hence
6. [A] thought [B] sight [C] cost [D] risk
7. [A] advises [B] suggests [C] protests [D] objects
8. [A] progress [B] fact [C] need [D] question
9. [A] attaining [B] scoring [C] reaching [D] calculating
10. [A] normal [B] common [C] mean [D] total
11. [A] unconsciously [B] disproportionately
[C] indefinitely [D] unaccountably
12. [A] missions [B] fortunes [C] interests [D] careers
13. [A] affirm [B] witness [C] observe [D] approve
14. [A] moreover [B] therefore [C] however [D] meanwhile
15. [A] given up [B] got over [C] carried on [D] put down
16. [A] assessing [B] supervising [C] administering [D] valuing
17. [A] development [B] origin [C] consequence [D] instrument
18. [A] linked [B] integrated [C] woven [D] combined
19. [A] limited [B] subjected [C] converted [D] directed
20. [A] paradoxical [B] incompatible [C] inevitable [D] continuous
Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing A, B, C or D. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
While still catching-up to men in some spheres of modern life, women appear to be way ahead in at least one undesirable category. ¡°Women are particularly susceptible to developing depression and anxiety disorders in response to stress compared to men,¡± according to Dr. Yehuda, chief psychiatrist at New York¡¯s Veteran¡¯s Administration Hospital.
Studies of both animals and humans have shown that sex hormones somehow affect the stress response, causing females under stress to produce more of the trigger chemicals than do males under the same conditions. In several of the studies, when stressed-out female rats had their ovaries (the female reproductive organs) removed, their chemical responses became equal to those of the males.
Adding to a woman¡¯s increased dose of stress chemicals, are her increased ¡°opportunities¡± for stress. ¡°It¡¯s not necessarily that women don¡¯t cope as well. It¡¯s just that they have so much more to cope with,¡± says Dr. Yehuda. ¡°Their capacity for tolerating stress may even be greater than men¡¯s,¡± she observes, ¡°it¡¯s just that they¡¯re dealing with so many more things that they become worn out from it more visibly and sooner.¡±
Dr. Yehuda notes another difference between the sexes. ¡°I think that the kinds of things that women are exposed to tend to be in more of a chronic or repeated nature. Men go to war and are exposed to combat stress. Men are exposed to more acts of random physical violence. The kinds of interpersonal violence that women are exposed to tend to be in domestic situations, by, unfortunately, parents or other family members, and they tend not to be one-shot deals. The wear-and-tear that comes from these longer relationships can be quite devastating.¡± »°·Ñ/ÍøÓε㿨Èí¼þ£¨½ÝÒ×ͨ³ÏÕдúÀí£©×ÉѯQQ£º281174917
10GÅÝæ¤/ÔÁÓï/1000±¾¹ÉƱ/photoshopÊÓƵ½Ì³Ì£¬
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·http://item.taobao.com/item.htm?id=8103217393
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·£ºhttp://281174917.taobao.com

Adeline Alvarez married at 18 and gave birth to a son, but was determined to finish college. ¡°I struggled a lot to get the college degree. I was living in so much frustration that that was my escape, to go to school, and get ahead and do better.¡± Later, her marriage ended and she became a single mother. ¡°It¡¯s the hardest thing to take care of a teenager, have a job, pay the rent, pay the car payment, and pay the debt. I lived from paycheck to paycheck.¡±
Not everyone experiences the kinds of severe chronic stresses Alvarez describes. But most women today are coping with a lot of obligations, with few breaks, and feeling the strain. Alvarez¡¯s experience demonstrates the importance of finding ways to diffuse stress before it threatens your health and your ability to function.
21. Which of the following is true according to the first two paragraphs?
[A] Women are biologically more vulnerable to stress.
[B] Women are still suffering much stress caused by men.
[C] Women are more experienced than men in coping with stress.
[D] Men and women show different inclinations when faced with stress.
22. Dr. Yehuda¡¯s research suggests that women
[A] need extra doses of chemicals to handle stress.
[B] have limited capacity for tolerating stress.
[C] are more capable of avoiding stress.
[D] are exposed to more stress.
23. According to Paragraph 4, the stress women confront tends to be
[A] domestic and temporary.
[B] irregular and violent.
[C] durable and frequent.
[D] trivial and random.
24. The sentence ¡°I lived from paycheck to paycheck.¡± (Line 6, Para. 5) shows that
[A] Alvarez cared about nothing but making money.
[B] Alvarez¡¯s salary barely covered her household expenses.
[C] Alvarez got paychecks from different jobs.
[D] Alvarez paid practically everything by check.
25. Which of the following would be the best title for the text?
[A] Strain of Stress: No Way Out?
[B] Responses to Stress: Gender Difference
[C] Stress Analysis: What Chemicals Say
[D] Gender Inequality: Women Under Stress
Text 2
It used to be so straightforward. A team of researchers working together in the laboratory would submit the results of their research to a journal. A journal editor would then remove the authors¡¯ names and affiliations from the paper and send it to their peers for review. Depending on the comments received, the editor would accept the paper for publication or decline it. Copyright rested with the journal publisher, and researchers seeking knowledge of the results would have to subscribe to the journal.
No longer. The Internet ¨C and pressure from funding agencies, who are questioning why commercial publishers are making money from government-funded research by restricting access to it ¨C is making access to scientific results a reality. The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has just issued a report describing the far-reaching consequences of this. The report, by John Houghton of Victoria University in Australia and Graham Vickery of the OECD, makes heavy reading for publishers who have, so far, made handsome profits. But it goes further than that. It signals a change in what has, until now, been a key element of scientific endeavor.
The value of knowledge and the return on the public investment in research depends, in part, upon wide distribution and ready access. It is big business. In America, the core scientific publishing market is estimated at between $7 billion and $11 billion. The International Association of Scientific, Technical and Medical Publishers says that there are more than 2,000 publishers worldwide specializing in these subjects. They publish more than 1.2 million articles each year in some 16,000 journals.
This is now changing. According to the OECD report, some 75% of scholarly journals are now online. Entirely new business models are emerging; three main ones were identified by the report¡¯s authors. There is the so-called big deal, where institutional subscribers pay for access to a collection of online journal titles through site-licensing agreements. There is open-access publishing, typically supported by asking the author (or his employer) to pay for the paper to be published. Finally, there are open-access archives, where organizations such as universities or international laboratories support institutional repositories. Other models exist that are hybrids of these three, such as delayed open-access, where journals allow only subscribers to read a paper for the first six months, before making it freely available to everyone who wishes to see it. All this could change the traditional form of the peer-review process, at least for the publication of papers.
26. In the first paragraph, the author discusses
[A] the background information of journal editing.
[B] the publication routine of laboratory reports.
[C] the relations of authors with journal publishers.
[D] the traditional process of journal publication.
27. Which of the following is true of the OECD report?
[A] It criticizes government-funded research.
[B] It introduces an effective means of publication.
[C] It upsets profit-making journal publishers.
[D] It benefits scientific research considerably.
28. According to the text, online publication is significant in that
[A] it provides an easier access to scientific results.
[B] it brings huge profits to scientific researchers.
[C] it emphasizes the crucial role of scientific knowledge.
[D] it facilitates public investment in scientific research.
29. With the open-access publishing model, the author of a paper is required to
[A] cover the cost of its publication.
[B] subscribe to the journal publishing it.
[C] allow other online journals to use it freely.
[D] complete the peer-review before submission.
30. Which of the following best summarizes the text?
[A] The Internet is posing a threat to publishers.
[B] A new mode of publication is emerging.
[C] Authors welcome the new channel for publication.
[D] Publication is rendered easier by online service.
Text 3
In the early 1960s Wilt Chamberlain was one of only three players in the National Basketball Association (NBA) listed at over seven feet. If he had played last season, however, he would have been one of 42. The bodies playing major professional sports have changed dramatically over the years, and managers have been more than willing to adjust team uniforms to fit the growing numbers of bigger, longer frames.
The trend in sports, though, may be obscuring an unrecognized reality: Americans have generally stopped growing. Though typically about two inches taller now than 140 years ago, today¡¯s people ¨C especially those born to families who have lived in the U.S. for many generations ¨C apparently reached their limit in the early 1960s. And they aren¡¯t likely to get any taller. ¡°In the general population today, at this genetic, environmental level, we¡¯ve pretty much gone as far as we can go,¡± says anthropologist William Cameron Chumlea of Wright State University. In the case of NBA players, their increase in height appears to result from the increasingly common practice of recruiting players from all over the world.
Growth, which rarely continues beyond the age of 20, demands calories and nutrients ¨C notably, protein ¨C to feed expanding tissues. At the start of the 20th century, under-nutrition and childhood infections got in the way. But as diet and health improved, children and adolescents have, on average, increased in height by about an inch and a half every 20 years, a pattern known as the secular trend in height. Yet according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, average height ¨C 5¡ä9¡å for men, 5¡ä4¡å for women ¨C hasn¡¯t really changed since 1960.
Genetically speaking, there are advantages to avoiding substantial height. During childbirth, larger babies have more difficulty passing through the birth canal. Moreover, even though humans have been upright for millions of years, our feet and back continue to struggle with bipedal posture and cannot easily withstand repeated strain imposed by oversize limbs. ¡°There are some real constraints that are set by the genetic architecture of the individual organism,¡± says anthropologist William Leonard of Northwestern University.
Genetic maximums can change, but don¡¯t expect this to happen soon. Claire C. Gordon, senior anthropologist at the Army Research Center in Natick, Mass., ensures that 90 percent of the uniforms and workstations fit recruits without alteration. She says that, unlike those for basketball, the length of military uniforms has not changed for some time. And if you need to predict human height in the near future to design a piece of equipment, Gordon says that by and large, ¡°you could use today¡¯s data and feel fairly confident.¡±
31. Wilt Chamberlain is cited as an example to
[A] illustrate the change of height of NBA players.
[B] show the popularity of NBA players in the U.S..
[C] compare different generations of NBA players.
[D] assess the achievements of famous NBA players.
32. Which of the following plays a key role in body growth according to the text?
[A] Genetic modification.
[B] Natural environment.
[C] Living standards.
[D] Daily exercise.
33. On which of the following statements would the author most probably agree?
[A] Non-Americans add to the average height of the nation.
[B] Human height is conditioned by the upright posture.
[C] Americans are the tallest on average in the world.
[D] Larger babies tend to become taller in adulthood.
34. We learn from the last paragraph that in the near future
[A] the garment industry will reconsider the uniform size.
[B] the design of military uniforms will remain unchanged.
[C] genetic testing will be employed in selecting sportsmen.
[D] the existing data of human height will still be applicable.
35. The text intends to tell us that
[A] the change of human height follows a cyclic pattern.
[B] human height is becoming even more predictable.
[C] Americans have reached their genetic growth limit.
[D] the genetic pattern of Americans has altered.
Text 4
In 1784, five years before he became president of the United States, George Washington, 52, was nearly toothless. So he hired a dentist to transplant nine teeth into his jaw ¨C having extracted them from the mouths of his slaves.
That¡¯s a far different image from the cherry-tree-chopping George most people remember from their history books. But recently, many historians have begun to focus on the roles slavery played in the lives of the founding generation. They have been spurred in part by DNA evidence made available in 1998, which almost certainly proved Thomas Jefferson had fathered at least one child with his slave Sally Hemings. And only over the past 30 years have scholars examined history from the bottom up. Works of several historians reveal the moral compromises made by the nation¡¯s early leaders and the fragile nature of the country¡¯s infancy. More significantly, they argue that many of the Founding Fathers knew slavery was wrong ¨C and yet most did little to fight it.
More than anything, the historians say, the founders were hampered by the culture of their time. While Washington and Jefferson privately expressed distaste for slavery, they also understood that it was part of the political and economic bedrock of the country they helped to create.
For one thing, the South could not afford to part with its slaves. Owning slaves was ¡°like having a large bank account,¡± says Wiencek, author of An Imperfect God: George Washington, His Slaves, and the Creation of America. The southern states would not have signed the Constitution without protections for the ¡°peculiar institution,¡± including a clause that counted a slave as three fifths of a man for purposes of congressional representation.
And the statesmen¡¯s political lives depended on slavery. The three-fifths formula handed Jefferson his narrow victory in the presidential election of 1800 by inflating the votes of the southern states in the Electoral College. Once in office, Jefferson extended slavery with the Louisiana Purchase in 1803; the new land was carved into 13 states, including three slave states.
Still, Jefferson freed Hemings¡¯s children ¨C though not Hemings herself or his approximately 150 other slaves. Washington, who had begun to believe that all men were created equal after observing the bravery of the black soldiers during the Revolutionary War, overcame the strong opposition of his relatives to grant his slaves their freedom in his will. Only a decade earlier, such an act would have required legislative approval in Virginia.
36. George Washington¡¯s dental surgery is mentioned to
[A] show the primitive medical practice in the past.
[B] demonstrate the cruelty of slavery in his days.
[C] stress the role of slaves in the U.S. history.
[D] reveal some unknown aspect of his life.
37. We may infer from the second paragraph that
[A] DNA technology has been widely applied to history research.
[B] in its early days the U.S. was confronted with delicate situations.
[C] historians deliberately made up some stories of Jefferson¡¯s life.
[D] political compromises are easily found throughout the U.S. history.
38. What do we learn about Thomas Jefferson?
[A] His political view changed his attitude towards slavery.
[B] His status as a father made him free the child slaves.
[C] His attitude towards slavery was complex.
[D] His affair with a slave stained his prestige.
39. Which of the following is true according to the text?
[A] Some Founding Fathers benefit politically from slavery.
[B] Slaves in the old days did not have the right to vote.
[C] Slave owners usually had large savings accounts.
[D] Slavery was regarded as a peculiar institution.
40. Washington¡¯s decision to free slaves originated from his
[A] moral considerations.
[B] military experience.
[C] financial conditions.
[D] political stand.
Part B
Directions:
In the following article, some sentences have been removed. For Questions 41¡ª45, choose the most suitable one from the list A-G to fit into each of the numbered blanks. There are two extra choices, which do not fit in any of the blanks. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
The time for sharpening pencils, arranging your desk, and doing almost anything else instead of writing has ended. The first draft will appear on the page only if you stop avoiding the inevitable and sit, stand up, or lie down to write. (41)ÊÇ´ó¼ÒÍøÔ­´´³öÆ·
Be flexible. Your outline should smoothly conduct you from one point to the next, but do not permit it to railroad you. If a relevant and important idea occurs to you now, work it into the draft. (42) ÊÇ´ó¼ÒÍøÔ­´´³öÆ· Grammar, punctuation, and spelling can wait until you revise. Concentrate on what you are saying. Good writing most often occurs when you are in hot pursuit of an idea rather than in a nervous search for errors.
(43) ÊÇ´ó¼ÒÍøÔ­´´³öÆ· Your pages will be easier to keep track of that way, and, if you have to clip a paragraph to place it elsewhere, you will not lose any writing on the other side.
If you are working on a word processor, you can take advantage of its capacity to make additions and deletions as well as move entire paragraphs by making just a few simple keyboard commands. Some software programs can also check spelling and certain grammatical elements in your writing. (44) ÊÇ´ó¼ÒÍøÔ­´´³öÆ· These printouts are also easier to read than the screen when you work on revisions.
Once you have a first draft on paper, you can delete material that is unrelated to your thesis and add material necessary to illustrate your points and make your paper convincing. The student who wrote ¡°The A & P as a State of Mind¡± wisely dropped a paragraph that questioned whether Sammy displays chauvinistic attitudes toward women. (45) ÊÇ´ó¼ÒÍøÔ­´´³öÆ·
Remember that your initial draft is only that. You should go through the paper many times ¨C and then again ¨C working to substantiate and clarify your ideas. You may even end up with several entire versions of the paper. Rewrite. The sentences within each paragraph should be related to a single topic. Transitions should connect one paragraph to the next so that there are no abrupt or confusing shifts. Awkward or wordy phrasing or unclear sentences and paragraphs should be mercilessly poked and prodded into shape.
[A] To make revising easier, leave wide margins and extra space between lines so that you can easily add words, sentences, and corrections. Write on only one side of the paper.
[B] After you have clearly and adequately developed the body of your paper, pay particular attention to the introductory and concluding paragraphs. It¡¯s probably best to write the introduction last, after you know precisely what you are introducing. Concluding paragraphs demand equal attention because they leave the reader with a final impression.
[C] It¡¯s worth remembering, however, that though a clean copy fresh off a printer may look terrific, it will read only as well as the thinking and writing that have gone into it. Many writers prudently store their data on disks and print their pages each time they finish a draft to avoid losing any material because of power failures or other problems.
[D] It makes no difference how you write, just so you do. Now that you have developed a topic into a tentative thesis, you can assemble your notes and begin to flesh out whatever outline you have made.
[E] Although this is an interesting issue, it has nothing to do with the thesis, which explains how the setting influences Sammy¡¯s decision to quit his job. Instead of including that paragraph, she added one that described Lengel¡¯s crabbed response to the girls so that she could lead up to the A & P ¡°policy¡± he enforces.
[F] In the final paragraph about the significance of the setting in ¡°A & P,¡± the student brings together the reasons Sammy quit his job by referring to his refusal to accept Lengel¡¯s store policies.
[G] By using the first draft as a means of thinking about what you want to say, you will very likely discover more than your notes originally suggested. Plenty of good writers don¡¯t use outlines at all but discover ordering principles as they write. Do not attempt to compose a perfectly correct draft the first time around.
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
In his autobiography, Darwin himself speaks of his intellectual powers with extraordinary modesty. He points out that he always experienced much difficulty in expressing himself clearly and concisely, but (46) he believes that this very difficulty may have had the compensating advantage of forcing him to think long and intently about every sentence, and thus enabling him to detect errors in reasoning and in his own observations. He disclaimed the possession of any great quickness of apprehension or wit, such as distinguished Huxley. (47) He asserted, also, that his power to follow a long and purely abstract train of thought was very limited, for which reason he felt certain that he never could have succeeded with mathematics. His memory, too, he described as extensive, but hazy. So poor in one sense was it that he never could remember for more than a few days a single date or a line of poetry. (48) On the other hand, he did not accept as well founded the charge made by some of his critics that, while he was a good observer, he had no power of reasoning. This, he thought, could not be true, because the ¡°Origin of Species¡± is one long argument from the beginning to the end, and has convinced many able men. No one, he submits, could have written it without possessing some power of reasoning. He was willing to assert that ¡°I have a fair share of invention, and of common sense or judgment, such as every fairly successful lawyer or doctor must have, but not, I believe, in any higher degree.¡± (49) He adds humbly that perhaps he was ¡°superior to the common run of men in noticing things which easily escape attention, and in observing them carefully.¡±
Writing in the last year of his life, he expressed the opinion that in two or three respects his mind had changed during the preceding twenty or thirty years. Up to the age of thirty or beyond it poetry of many kinds gave him great pleasure. Formerly, too, pictures had given him considerable, and music very great, delight. In 1881, however, he said: ¡°Now for many years I cannot endure to read a line of poetry. I have also almost lost my taste for pictures or music.¡± (50) Darwin was convinced that the loss of these tastes was not only a loss of happiness, but might possibly be injurious to the intellect, and more probably to the moral character.
Section III Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
You have just come back from Canada and found a music CD in your luggage that you forgot to return to Bob, your landlord there. Write him a letter to
1) make an apology, and
2) suggest a solution.
You should write about 100 words on ANSWER SHEET 2.
Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter. Use ¡°Li Ming¡± instead.
Do not write the address. (10 points)
Part B
52. Directions:
Write an essay of 160-200 words based on the following drawing. In your essay, you should
1) describe the drawing briefly,
2) explain its intended meaning, and then
3) give your comments.
You should write neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2008Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Use of English (10 points)
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. C
6. A 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. C
11. B 12. D 13. A 14. C 15. D
16. D 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. A
Section II: Reading Comprehension (60 points)
Part A (40 points)
21. A 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. D
26. D 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. B
31. A 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. C
36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. B
Part B (10 points)
41. D 42. G 43. A 44. C 45. E
Part C (10 points)
46. ËûÈÏΪ»òÐíÕýÒòΪ£¨ÓïÑÔ±í´ïÉϵģ©ÕâÖÖÀ§ÄÑ£¬Ëû²»µÃ²»¶Ô×Ô¼ºÒªËµµÄÿ¾ä»°¶¼¾­¹ý³¤Ê±¼äµÄÈÏÕæ˼¿¼£¬´Ó¶øÄÜ·¢ÏÖ×Ô¼ºÔÚÍÆÀíºÍ¹Û²ìÖеĴíÎ󣬽á¹ûÕâ·´¶ø³ÉΪËûµÄÓŵ㡣
47. Ëû»¹¼á³ÖÈÏΪ×Ô¼º½øÐг¤Ê±¼ä´¿³éÏó˼άµÄÄÜÁ¦Ê®·ÖÓÐÏÞ£¬ÓÉ´ËËûÒ²È϶¨×Ô¼ºÔÚÊýѧ·½Ãæ¸ù±¾²»¿ÉÄÜÓдóµÄ×÷Ϊ¡£
48. ÁíÒ»·½Ã棬ijЩÈËÅúÆÀËûËäÈ»ÉÆÓڹ۲죬ȴ²»¾ß±¸ÍÆÀíÄÜÁ¦£¬¶øËûÈÏΪÕâÖÖ˵·¨Ò²ÊÇȱ·¦¸ù¾ÝµÄ¡£
49. ËûÓÖ×ÔÇ«µÄ˵£¬»òÐí×Ô¼º¡°ÔÚ×¢Òâµ½ÈÝÒ×±»ºöÂÔµÄÊÂÎ²¢¶ÔÆä¼ÓÒÔ×Ðϸ¹Û²ì·½ÃæÓÅÓÚ³£ÈË¡±¡£
50. ´ï¶ûÎÄÈ·ÐÅ£¬Ã»ÓÐÁËÕâЩ°®ºÃ²»Ö»ÊÇÉÙÁËÀÖȤ£¬¶øÇÒ¿ÉÄÜ»áÓÐËðÓÚÒ»¸öÈ˵Ä˼άÄÜÁ¦£¬¸üÓпÉÄܵ¼ÖÂÒ»¸öÈ˵ÀµÂÆ·ÖʵÄϽµ¡£
Section III: Writing (30 points)
Part A (10 points)
51. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
£¨ÂÔ£©
Part B (20 points)
52. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ

2007ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
By 1830 the former Spanish and Portuguese colonies had become independent nations. The roughly 20 million ´ó1¼Ò of these nations looked ´ó2¼Ò to the future. Born in the crisis of the old regime and Iberian Colonialism, many of the leaders of independence ´ó3¼Ò the ideals of representative government, careers ´ó4¼Ò to talent, freedom of commerce and trade, the ´ó5¼Ò to private property, and a belief in the individual as the basis of society. ´ó6¼Ò there was a belief that the new nations should be sovereign and independent states, large enough to be economically viable and integrated by a ´ó7¼Ò set of laws.
On the issue of ´ó8¼Ò of religion and the position of the church, ´ó9¼Ò, there was less agreement ´ó10¼Ò the leadership. Roman Catholicism had been the state religion and the only one ´ó11¼Ò by the Spanish crown. ´ó12¼Ò most leaders sought to maintain Catholicism ´ó13¼Ò the official religion of the new states, some sought to end the ´ó14¼Ò of other faiths. The defense of the Church became a rallying ´ó15¼Ò for the conservative forces.
The ideals of the early leaders of independence were often egalitarian, valuing equality of everything. Bolivar had received aid from Haiti and had ´ó16¼Ò in return to abolish slavery in the areas he liberated. By 1854 slavery had been abolished everywhere except Spain¡¯s ´ó17¼Ò colonies. Early promises to end Indian tribute and taxes on people of mixed origin came much ´ó18¼Ò because the new nations still needed the revenue such policies ´ó19¼Ò. Egalitarian sentiments were often tempered by fears that the mass of the population was ´ó20¼Ò self-rule and democracy.
1. [A] natives
[B] inhabitants
[C] peoples
[D] individuals
2. [A] confusedly
[B] cheerfully
[C] worriedly
[D] hopefully
3. [A] shared
[B] forgot
[C] attained
[D] rejected
4. [A] related
[B] close
[C] open
[D] devoted
5. [A] access
[B] succession
[C] right
[D] return
6. [A] Presumably
[B] Incidentally
[C] Obviously
[D] Generally
7. [A] unique
[B] common
[C] particular
[D] typical
8. [A] freedom
[B] origin
[C] impact
[D] reform
9. [A] therefore
[B] however
[C] indeed
[D] moreover
10. [A] with
[B] about
[C] among
[D] by
11. [A] allowed
[B] preached
[C] granted
[D] funded
12. [A] Since
[B] If
[C] Unless
[D] While
13. [A] as
[B] for
[C] under
[D] against
14. [A] spread
[B] interference
[C] exclusion
[D] influence
15. [A] support
[B] cry
[C] plea
[D] wish
16. [A] urged
[B] intended
[C] expected
[D] promised
17. [A] controlling
[B] former
[C] remaining
[D] original
18. [A] slower
[B] faster
[C] easier
[D] tougher
19. [A] created
[B] produced
[C] contributed
[D] preferred
20. [A] puzzled by
[B] hostile to
[C] pessimistic about
[D] unprepared for
Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C], or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
If you were to examine the birth certificates of every soccer player in 2006¡¯s World Cup tournament, you would most likely find a noteworthy quirk: elite soccer players are more likely to have been born in the earlier months of the year than in the later months. If you then examined the European national youth teams that feed the World Cup and professional ranks, you would find this strange phenomenon to be even more pronounced.
What might account for this strange phenomenon? Here are a few guesses: a) certain astrological signs confer superior soccer skills; b) winter-born babies tend to have higher oxygen capacity, which increases soccer stamina; c) soccer-mad parents are more likely to conceive children in springtime, at the annual peak of soccer mania; d) none of the above.
Anders Ericsson, a 58-year-old psychology professor at Florida State University, says he believes strongly in ¡°none of the above.¡± Ericsson grew up in Sweden, and studied nuclear engineering until he realized he would have more opportunity to conduct his own research if he switched to psychology. His first experiment, nearly 30 years ago, involved memory: training a person to hear and then repeat a random series of numbers. ¡°With the first subject, after about 20 hours of training, his digit span had risen from 7 to 20,¡± Ericsson recalls. ¡°He kept improving, and after about 200 hours of training he had risen to over 80 numbers.¡±
This success, coupled with later research showing that memory itself is not genetically determined, led Ericsson to conclude that the act of memorizing is more of a cognitive exercise than an intuitive one. In other words, whatever inborn differences two people may exhibit in their abilities to memorize, those differences are swamped by how well each person ¡°encodes¡± the information. And the best way to learn how to encode information meaningfully, Ericsson determined, was a process known as deliberate practice. Deliberate practice entails more than simply repeating a task. Rather, it involves setting specific goals, obtaining immediate feedback and concentrating as much on technique as on outcome.
Ericsson and his colleagues have thus taken to studying expert performers in a wide range of pursuits, including soccer. They gather all the data they can, not just performance statistics and biographical details but also the results of their own laboratory experiments with high achievers. Their work makes a rather startling assertion: the trait we commonly call talent is highly overrated. Or, put another way, expert performers ¨C whether in memory or surgery, ballet or computer programming ¨C are nearly always made, not born.
21. The birthday phenomenon found among soccer players is mentioned to
[A] stress the importance of professional training.
[B] spotlight the soccer superstars in the World Cup.
[C] introduce the topic of what makes expert performance.
[D] explain why some soccer teams play better than others.
22. The word ¡°mania¡± (Line 4, Paragraph 2) most probably means
[A] fun.
[B] craze.
[C] hysteria.
[D] excitement.
23. According to Ericsson, good memory
[A] depends on meaningful processing of information.
[B] results from intuitive rather than cognitive exercises.
[C] is determined by genetic rather than psychological factors.
[D] requires immediate feedback and a high degree of concentration.
24. Ericsson and his colleagues believe that
[A] talent is a dominating factor for professional success.
[B] biographical data provide the key to excellent performance.
[C] the role of talent tends to be overlooked.
[D] high achievers owe their success mostly to nurture.
25. Which of the following proverbs is closest to the message the text tries to convey?
[A] ¡°Faith will move mountains.¡±
[B] ¡°One reaps what one sows.¡±
[C] ¡°Practice makes perfect.¡±
[D] ¡°Like father, like son.¡±
Text 2
For the past several years, the Sunday newspaper supplement Parade has featured a column called ¡°Ask Marilyn.¡± People are invited to query Marilyn vos Savant, who at age 10 had tested at a mental level of someone about 23 years old; that gave her an IQ of 228 ¨C the highest score ever recorded. IQ tests ask you to complete verbal and visual analogies, to envision paper after it has been folded and cut, and to deduce numerical sequences, among other similar tasks. So it is a bit confusing when vos Savant fields such queries from the average Joe (whose IQ is 100) as, What¡¯s the difference between love and fondness? Or what is the nature of luck and coincidence? It¡¯s not obvious how the capacity to visualize objects and to figure out numerical patterns suits one to answer questions that have eluded some of the best poets and philosophers.
Clearly, intelligence encompasses more than a score on a test. Just what does it mean to be smart? How much of intelligence can be specified, and how much can we learn about it from neurology, genetics, computer science and other fields?
The defining term of intelligence in humans still seems to be the IQ score, even though IQ tests are not given as often as they used to be. The test comes primarily in two forms: the Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale and the Wechsler Intelligence Scales (both come in adult and children¡¯s version). Generally costing several hundred dollars, they are usually given only by psychologists, although variations of them populate bookstores and the World Wide Web. Superhigh scores like vos Savant¡¯s are no longer possible, because scoring is now based on a statistical population distribution among age peers, rather than simply dividing the mental age by the chronological age and multiplying by 100. Other standardized tests, such as the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) and the Graduate Record Exam (GRE), capture the main aspects of IQ tests.
Such standardized tests may not assess all the important elements necessary to succeed in school and in life, argues Robert J. Sternberg. In his article ¡°How Intelligent Is Intelligence Testing?¡±, Sternberg notes that traditional test best assess analytical and verbal skills but fail to measure creativity and practical knowledge, components also critical to problem solving and life success. Moreover, IQ tests do not necessarily predict so well once populations or situations change. Research has found that IQ predicted leadership skills when the tests were given under low-stress conditions, but under high-stress conditions, IQ was negatively correlated with leadership ¨C that is, it predicted the opposite. Anyone who has toiled through SAT will testify that test-taking skill also matters, whether it¡¯s knowing when to guess or what questions to skip.
26. Which of the following may be required in an intelligence test?
[A] Answering philosophical questions.
[B] Folding or cutting paper into different shapes.
[C] Telling the differences between certain concepts.
[D] Choosing words or graphs similar to the given ones.
27. What can be inferred about intelligence testing from Paragraph 3?
[A] People no longer use IQ scores as an indicator of intelligence.
[B] More versions of IQ tests are now available on the Internet.
[C] The test contents and formats for adults and children may be different.
[D] Scientists have defined the important elements of human intelligence.
28. People nowadays can no longer achieve IQ scores as high as vos Savant¡¯s because
[A] the scores are obtained through different computational procedures.
[B] creativity rather than analytical skills is emphasized now.
[C] vos Savant¡¯s case is an extreme one that will not repeat.
[D] the defining characteristic of IQ tests has changed.
29. We can conclude from the last paragraph that
[A] test scores may not be reliable indicators of one¡¯s ability.
[B] IQ scores and SAT results are highly correlated.
[C] testing involves a lot of guesswork.
[D] traditional test are out of date.
30. What is the author¡¯s attitude towards IQ tests?
[A] Supportive.
[B] Skeptical.
[C] Impartial.
[D] Biased.
Text 3
During the past generation, the American middle-class family that once could count on hard work and fair play to keep itself financially secure had been transformed by economic risk and new realities. Now a pink slip, a bad diagnosis, or a disappearing spouse can reduce a family from solidly middle class to newly poor in a few months.
In just one generation, millions of mothers have gone to work, transforming basic family economics. Scholars, policymakers, and critics of all stripes have debated the social implications of these changes, but few have looked at the side effect: family risk has risen as well. Today¡¯s families have budgeted to the limits of their new two-paycheck status. As a result, they have lost the parachute they once had in times of financial setback ¨C a back-up earner (usually Mom) who could go into the workforce if the primary earner got laid off or fell sick. This ¡°added-worker effect¡± could support the safety net offered by unemployment insurance or disability insurance to help families weather bad times. But today, a disruption to family fortunes can no longer be made up with extra income from an otherwise-stay-at-home partner.
During the same period, families have been asked to absorb much more risk in their retirement income. Steelworkers, airline employees, and now those in the auto industry are joining millions of families who must worry about interest rates, stock market fluctuation, and the harsh reality that they may outlive their retirement money. For much of the past year, President Bush campaigned to move Social Security to a saving-account model, with retirees trading much or all of their guaranteed payments for payments depending on investment returns. For younger families, the picture is not any better. Both the absolute cost of healthcare and the share of it borne by families have risen ¨C and newly fashionable health-savings plans are spreading from legislative halls to Wal-Mart workers, with much higher deductibles and a large new dose of investment risk for families¡¯ future healthcare. Even demographics are working against the middle class family, as the odds of having a weak elderly parent ¨C and all the attendant need for physical and financial assistance ¨C have jumped eightfold in just one generation.
From the middle-class family perspective, much of this, understandably, looks far less like an opportunity to exercise more financial responsibility, and a good deal more like a frightening acceleration of the wholesale shift of financial risk onto their already overburdened shoulders. The financial fallout has begun, and the political fallout may not be far behind.
31. Today¡¯s double-income families are at greater financial risk in that
[A] the safety net they used to enjoy has disappeared.
[B] their chances of being laid off have greatly increased.
[C] they are more vulnerable to changes in family economics.
[D] they are deprived of unemployment or disability insurance.
32. As a result of President Bush¡¯s reform, retired people may have
[A] a higher sense of security.
[B] less secured payments.
[C] less chance to invest.
[D] a guaranteed future.
33. According to the author, health-savings plans will
[A] help reduce the cost of healthcare.
[B] popularize among the middle class.
[C] compensate for the reduced pensions.
[D] increase the families¡¯ investment risk.
34. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that
[A] financial risks tend to outweigh political risks.
[B] the middle class may face greater political challenges.
[C] financial problems may bring about political problems.
[D] financial responsibility is an indicator of political status.
35. Which of the following is the best title for this text?
[A] The Middle Class on the Alert
[B] The Middle Class on the Cliff
[C] The Middle Class in Conflict
[D] The Middle Class in Ruins
Text 4
It never rains but it pours. Just as bosses and boards have finally sorted out their worst accounting and compliance troubles, and improved their feeble corporation governance, a new problem threatens to earn them ¨C especially in America ¨C the sort of nasty headlines that inevitably lead to heads rolling in the executive suite: data insecurity. Left, until now, to odd, low-level IT staff to put right, and seen as a concern only of data-rich industries such as banking, telecoms and air travel, information protection is now high on the boss¡¯s agenda in businesses of every variety.
Several massive leakages of customer and employee data this year ¨C from organizations as diverse as Time Warner, the American defense contractor Science Applications International Corp and even the University of California, Berkeley ¨C have left managers hurriedly peering into their intricate IT systems and business processes in search of potential vulnerabilities.
¡°Data is becoming an asset which needs to be guarded as much as any other asset,¡± says Haim Mendelson of Stanford University¡¯s business school. ¡°The ability to guard customer data is the key to market value, which the board is responsible for on behalf of shareholders.¡± Indeed, just as there is the concept of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), perhaps it is time for GASP, Generally Accepted Security Practices, suggested Eli Noam of New York¡¯s Columbia Business School. ¡°Setting the proper investment level for security, redundancy, and recovery is a management issue, not a technical one,¡± he says.
The mystery is that this should come as a surprise to any boss. Surely it should be obvious to the dimmest executive that trust, that most valuable of economic assets, is easily destroyed and hugely expensive to restore ¨C and that few things are more likely to destroy trust than a company letting sensitive personal data get into the wrong hands.
The current state of affairs may have been encouraged ¨C though not justified ¨C by the lack of legal penalty (in America, but not Europe) for data leakage. Until California recently passed a law, American firms did not have to tell anyone, even the victim, when data went astray. That may change fast: lots of proposed data-security legislation is now doing the rounds in Washington, D.C. Meanwhile, the theft of information about some 40 million credit-card accounts in America, disclosed on June 17th, overshadowed a hugely important decision a day earlier by America¡¯s Federal Trade Commission (FTC) that puts corporate America on notice that regulators will act if firms fail to provide adequate data security.
36. The statement ¡°It never rains but it pours¡± is used to introduce
[A] the fierce business competition.
[B] the feeble boss-board relations.
[C] the threat from news reports.
[D] the severity of data leakage.
37. According to Paragraph 2, some organizations check their systems to find out
[A] whether there is any weak point.
[B] what sort of data has been stolen.
[C] who is responsible for the leakage.
[D] how the potential spies can be located.
38. In bringing up the concept of GASP the author is making the point that
[A] shareholders¡¯ interests should be properly attended to.
[B] information protection should be given due attention.
[C] businesses should enhance their level of accounting security.
[D] the market value of customer data should be emphasized.
39. According to Paragraph 4, what puzzles the author is that some bosses fail to
[A] see the link between trust and data protection.
[B] perceive the sensitivity of personal data.
[C] realize the high cost of data restoration.
[D] appreciate the economic value of trust.
40. It can be inferred from Paragraph 5 that
[A] data leakage is more severe in Europe.
[B] FTC¡¯s decision is essential to data security.
[C] California takes the lead in security legislation.
[D] legal penalty is a major solution to data leakage.
Part B
Directions:
You are going to read a list of headings and a text about what parents are supposed to do to guide their children into adulthood. Choose a heading from the list A¡ªG that best fits the meaning of each numbered part of the text (41-45). The first and last paragraphs of the text are not numbered. There are two extra headings that you do not need to use. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
A. Set a Good Example for Your Kids
B. Build Your Kids¡¯ Work Skills
C. Place Time Limits on Leisure Activities
D. Talk about the Future on a Regular Basis
E. Help Kids Develop Coping Strategies
F. Help Your Kids Figure Out Who They Are
G. Build Your Kids¡¯ Sense of Responsibility
How Can a Parent Help?
Mothers and fathers can do a lot to ensure a safe landing in early adulthood for their kids. Even if a job¡¯s starting salary seems too small to satisfy an emerging adult¡¯s need for rapid content, the transition from school to work can be less of a setback if the start-up adult is ready for the move. Here are a few measures, drawn from my book Ready or Not, Here Life Comes, that parents can take to prevent what I call ¡°work-life unreadiness.¡±
´ó41¼Ò http://www.TopSage.com
You can start this process when they are 11 or 12. Periodically review their emerging strengths and weaknesses with them and work together on any shortcomings, like difficulty in communicating well or collaborating. Also, identify the kinds of interests they keep coming back to, as these offer clues to the careers that will fit them best.
´ó42¼Ò http://www.TopSage.com
Kids need a range of authentic role models ¨C as opposed to members of their clique, pop stars and vaunted athletes. Have regular dinner-table discussions about people the family knows and how they got where they are. Discuss the joys and downsides of your own career and encourage your kids to form some ideas about their own future. When asked what they want to do, they should be discouraged from saying ¡°I have no idea.¡± They can change their minds 200 times, but having only a foggy view of the future is of little good.
´ó43¼Ò http://www.TopSage.com
Teachers are responsible for teaching kids how to learn; parents should be responsible for teaching them how to work. Assign responsibilities around the house and make sure homework deadlines are met. Encourage teenagers to take a part-time job. Kids need plenty of practice delaying gratification and deploying effective organizational skills, such as managing time and setting priorities.
´ó44¼Ò http://www.TopSage.com
Playing video games encourages immediate content. And hours of watching TV shows with canned laughter only teaches kids to process information in a passive way. At the same time, listening through earphones to the same monotonous beats for long stretches encourages kids to stay inside their bubble instead of pursuing other endeavors. All these activities can prevent the growth of important communication and thinking skills and make it difficult for kids to develop the kind of sustained concentration they will need for most jobs.
´ó45¼Ò http://www.TopSage.com
They should know how to deal with setbacks, stresses and feelings of inadequacy. They should also learn how to solve problems and resolve conflicts, ways to brainstorm and think critically. Discussions at home can help kids practice doing these things and help them apply these skills to everyday life situations.
What about the son or daughter who is grown but seems to be struggling and wandering aimlessly through early adulthood? Parents still have a major role to play, but now it is more delicate. They have to be careful not to come across as disappointed in their child. They should exhibit strong interest and respect for whatever currently interests their fledging adult (as naive or ill conceived as it may seem) while becoming a partner in exploring options for the future. Most of all, these new adults must feel that they are respected and supported by a family that appreciates them.
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
The study of law has been recognized for centuries as a basic intellectual discipline in European universities. However, only in recent years has it become a feature of undergraduate programs in Canadian universities. (46) Traditionally, legal learning has been viewed in such institutions as the special preserve of lawyers, rather than a necessary part of the intellectual equipment of an educated person. Happily, the older and more continental view of legal education is establishing itself in a number of Canadian universities and some have even begun to offer undergraduate degrees in law.
If the study of law is beginning to establish itself as part and parcel of a general education, its aims and methods should appeal directly to journalism educators. Law is a discipline which encourages responsible judgment. On the one hand, it provides opportunities to analyze such ideas as justice, democracy and freedom. (47) On the other, it links these concepts to everyday realities in a manner which is parallel to the links journalists forge on a daily basis as they cover and comment on the news. For example, notions of evidence and fact, of basic rights and public interest are at work in the process of journalistic judgment and production just as in courts of law. Sharpening judgment by absorbing and reflecting on law is a desirable component of a journalist¡¯s intellectual preparation for his or her career.
(48) But the idea that the journalist must understand the law more profoundly than an ordinary citizen rests on an understanding of the established conventions and special responsibilities of the news media. Politics or, more broadly, the functioning of the state, is a major subject for journalists. The better informed they are about the way the state works, the better their reporting will be. (49) In fact, it is difficult to see how journalists who do not have a clear grasp of the basic features of the Canadian Constitution can do a competent job on political stories.
Furthermore, the legal system and the events which occur within it are primary subjects for journalists. While the quality of legal journalism varies greatly, there is an undue reliance amongst many journalists on interpretations supplied to them by lawyers. (50) While comment and reaction from lawyers may enhance stories, it is preferable for journalists to rely on their own notions of significance and make their own judgments. These can only come from a well-grounded understanding of the legal system.
Section III Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
Write a letter to you university library, making suggestions for improving its service.
You should write about 100 words on ANSWER SHEET 2.
Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter. Use ¡°Li Ming¡± instead.
Do not write the address. (10 points)
Part B
52. Directions:
Write an essay of 160-200 words based on the following drawing. In your essay, you should
1) describe the drawing briefly,
2) explain its intended meaning, and then
3) support your view with an example/examples.
You should write neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2007Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Use of English (10 points)
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. C
6. D 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. C
11. A 12. D 13. A 14. C 15. B
16. D 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. D
Section II: Reading Comprehension (60 points)
Part A (40 points)
21. C 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. C
26. D 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. B
31. C 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. B
36. D 37. A 38. B 39. A 40. D
Part B (10 points)
41. F 42. D 43. B 44. C 45. E
Part C (10 points)
46. ³¤¾ÃÒÔÀ´£¬·¨ÂÉ֪ʶÔÚÕâÀàѧУÀïÒ»Æð±»ÊÓΪÂÉʦÃÇרÓеģ¬¶ø²»ÊÇÒ»¸öÊܽÌÓýÕßµÄ֪ʶËØÑøµÄ±ØÒª×é³É²¿·Ö¡£
47. ÁíÒ»·½Ã棬Õâһѧ¿Æ°ÑÕâЩ¸ÅÄî½áºÏµ½ÈÕ³£Éú»îÖУ¬ÕâÓëÐÂÎżÇÕßÿÌ챨µÀºÍÆÀÂÛÐÂÎŵÄ×ö·¨ÊÇÏàͬµÄ¡£
48. ÐÂÎżÇÕßÓ¦±ÈÆÕͨ¹«Ãñ¸ü¼Ó͸³¹µØÁ˽ⷨÂÉ£¬¶øÕâÖÖ¿´·¨ÊÇ»ùÓÚËûÃǶÔÐÂÎÅýÌåÒµÒÑÈ·Á¢µÄ¹æÔ¼ºÍÌØÊâÔðÈεÄÀí½â¡£
49. ÊÂʵÉÏ£¬ºÜÄÑÉèÏëÄÇЩ¶Ô¼ÓÄôóÏÜ·¨µÄ»ù±¾Òªµãȱ·¦ÇåÎúÁ˽âµÄÐÂÎżÇÕߺÎÒÔÄÜʤÈÎÕþÖÎÐÂÎŵı¨µÀ¹¤×÷¡£
50. ¾¡¹ÜÂÉʦµÄ¼û½âºÍ·´Ó¦»áÌá¸ß±¨µÀµÄÖÊÁ¿£¬µ«ÐÂÎżÇÕß×îºÃƾ½èËûÃÇ×Ô¼º¶ÔÖØÒªÐÔµÄÀí½â×ÔÐÐ×ö³öÅжϡ£
Section III: Writing (30 points)
Part A (10 points)
51. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
January 20th, 2007
Dear Sir or Madam,
I¡¯m a student in the university and a loyal reader of this library. I¡¯m writing to tell some of my ideas, which I hope to be helpful for you.
I notice that many magazines in our library are out of date. It would be beneficial to us students if they could be updated in time. And I suggest introducing some new journals so as to bring new fresh air to the library. Furthermore, since we have a huge number of books, it is not easy to find the right one easily. However, if we can introduce some new searching means, such as implementing new information management system that would be useful.
Thank you for taking time reading this letter and I¡¯m looking forward to seeing some new changes soon.
Sincerely Yours,
Li Ming
Part B (20 points)
52. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
As can be seen from the cartoon, different ideas may come from the same thing. In the picture, while trying to catch the upcoming soccer, the goal-keeper says to himself why it is so big. And, the striker simply thinks in a different way, that is why it is so small?
What makes such a big contrary on the same tournament at the same moment? It is no doubt that they are facing the very same goal and experiencing the very same moment. However, the subjective views result in different impression on the same object. Many of us may still remember the story of a pony crossing the river, which we learned from the textbook in primary school. The squirrel tells him, the river is deep; and the cow tells him, the river is not deep at all. However, in the end, he tells himself a third answer. Therefore, it is not exaggerating to say that most of us are looking into the world with personal ideas. Subjective mental status may result in a really big difference in personal views, just like the goal-keeper and the striker in the drawing.
A possible solution might be to face any situation as objectively as possible. If we realize this in an objective way, it would be good for us to deal with what we encounter in life, especially when we are in setbacks or facing difficulties.

2006ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
The homeless make up a growing percentage of America¡¯s population. ´ó1¼Ò homelessness has reached such proportions that local governments can¡¯t possibly ´ó2¼Ò. To help homeless people ´ó3¼Ò independence, the federal government must support job training programs, ´ó4¼Ò the minimum wage, and fund more low-cost housing.
´ó5¼Ò everyone agrees on the number of Americans who are homeless. Estimates ´ó6¼Ò anywhere from 600,000 to 3 million. ´ó7¼Ò the figure may vary, analysts do agree on another matter: that the number of the homeless is ´ó8¼Ò. One of the federal government¡¯s studies ´ó9¼Ò that the number of the homeless will reach nearly 19 million by the end of this decade.
Finding ways to ´ó10¼Ò this growing homeless population has become increasingly difficult. ´ó11¼Ò when homeless individuals manage to find a ´ó12¼Ò that will give them three meals a day and a place to sleep at night, a good number still spend the bulk of each day ´ó13¼Ò the street. Part of the problem is that many homeless adults are addicted to alcohol or drugs. And a significant number of the homeless have serious mental disorders. Many others, ´ó14¼Ò not addicted or mentally ill, simply lack the everyday ´ó15¼Ò skills needed to turn their lives ´ó16¼Ò. Boston Globe reporter Chris Reidy notes that the situation will improve only when there are ´ó17¼Ò programs that address the many needs of the homeless. ´ó18¼Ò Edward Zlotkowski, director of community service at Bentley College in Massachusetts, ´ó19¼Ò it, ¡°There has to be ´ó20¼Ò of programs. What¡¯s needed is a package deal.¡±
1. [A] Indeed
[B] Likewise
[C] Therefore
[D] Furthermore
2. [A] stand
[B] cope
[C] approve
[D] retain
3. [A] in
[B] for
[C] with
[D] toward
4. [A] raise
[B] add
[C] take
[D] keep
5. [A] generally
[B] almost
[C] hardly
[D] not
6. [A] cover
[B] change
[C] range
[D] differ
7. [A] Now that
[B] Although
[C] Provided
[D] Except that
8. [A] inflating
[B] expanding
[C] increasing
[D] extending
9. [A] predicts
[B] displays
[C] proves
[D] discovers
10. [A] assist
[B] track
[C] sustain
[D] dismiss
11. [A] Hence
[B] But
[C] Even
[D] Only
12. [A] lodging
[B] shelter
[C] dwelling
[D] house
13. [A] searching
[B] strolling
[C] crowding
[D] wandering
14. [A] when
[B] once
[C] while
[D] whereas
15. [A] life
[B] existence
[C] survival
[D] maintenance
16. [A] around
[B] over
[C] on
[D] up
17. [A] complex
[B] comprehensive
[C] complementary
[D] compensating
18. [A] So
[B] Since
[C] As
[D] Thus
19. [A] puts
[B] interprets
[C] assumes
[D] makes
20. [A] supervision
[B] manipulation
[C] regulation
[D] coordination
Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C], or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
In spite of ¡°endless talk of difference,¡± American society is an amazing machine for homogenizing people. There is ¡°the democratizing uniformity of dress and discourse, and the casualness and absence of deference¡± characteristic of popular culture. People are absorbed into ¡°a culture of consumption¡± launched by the 19th-century department stores that offered ¡°vast arrays of goods in an elegant atmosphere. Instead of intimate shops catering to a knowledgeable elite,¡± these were stores ¡°anyone could enter, regardless of class or background. This turned shopping into a public and democratic act.¡± The mass media, advertising and sports are other forces for homogenization.
Immigrants are quickly fitting into this common culture, which may not be altogether elevating but is hardly poisonous. Writing for the National Immigration Forum, Gregory Rodriguez reports that today¡¯s immigration is neither at unprecedented levels nor resistant to assimilation. In 1998 immigrants were 9.8 percent of population; in 1900, 13.6 percent. In the 10 years prior to 1990, 3.1 immigrants arrived for every 1,000 residents; in the 10 years prior to 1890, 9.2 for every 1,000. Now, consider three indices of assimilation -- language, home ownership and intermarriage.
The 1990 Census revealed that ¡°a majority of immigrants from each of the fifteen most common countries of origin spoke English ¡®well¡¯ or ¡®very well¡¯ after ten years of residence.¡± The children of immigrants tend to be bilingual and proficient in English. ¡°By the third generation, the original language is lost in the majority of immigrant families.¡± Hence the description of America as a ¡°graveyard¡± for languages. By 1996 foreign-born immigrants who had arrived before 1970 had a home ownership rate of 75.6 percent, higher than the 69.8 percent rate among native-born Americans.
Foreign-born Asians and Hispanics ¡°have higher rates of intermarriage than do U.S.-born whites and blacks.¡± By the third generation, one third of Hispanic women are married to non-Hispanics, and 41 percent of Asian-American women are married to non-Asians.
Rodriguez notes that children in remote villages around the world are fans of superstars like Arnold Schwarzenegger and Garth Brooks, yet ¡°some Americans fear that immigrants living within the United States remain somehow immune to the nation¡¯s assimilative power.¡±
Are there divisive issues and pockets of seething anger in America? Indeed. It is big enough to have a bit of everything. But particularly when viewed against America¡¯s turbulent past, today¡¯s social indices hardly suggest a dark and deteriorating social environment.
21. The word ¡°homogenizing¡± (Line 2, Paragraph 1) most probably means ________.
[A] identifying
[B] associating
[C] assimilating
[D] monopolizing
22. According to the author, the department stores of the 19th century ________.
[A] played a role in the spread of popular culture
[B] became intimate shops for common consumers
[C] satisfied the needs of a knowledgeable elite
[D] owed its emergence to the culture of consumption
23. The text suggests that immigrants now in the U.S. ________.
[A] are resistant to homogenization
[B] exert a great influence on American culture
[C] are hardly a threat to the common culture
[D] constitute the majority of the population
24. Why are Arnold Schwarzenegger and Garth Brooks mentioned in Paragraph 5?
[A] To prove their popularity around the world.
[B] To reveal the public¡¯s fear of immigrants.
[C] To give examples of successful immigrants.
[D] To show the powerful influence of American culture.
25. In the author¡¯s opinion, the absorption of immigrants into American society is ________.
[A] rewarding
[B] successful
[C] fruitless
[D] harmful
Text 2
Stratford-on-Avon, as we all know, has only one industry -- William Shakespeare -- but there are two distinctly separate and increasingly hostile branches. There is the Royal Shakespeare Company (RSC), which presents superb productions of the plays at the Shakespeare Memorial Theatre on the Avon. And there are the townsfolk who largely live off the tourists who come, not to see the plays, but to look at Anne Hathaway¡¯s Cottage, Shakespeare¡¯s birthplace and the other sights.
The worthy residents of Stratford doubt that the theatre adds a penny to their revenue. They frankly dislike the RSC¡¯s actors, them with their long hair and beards and sandals and noisiness. It¡¯s all deliciously ironic when you consider that Shakespeare, who earns their living, was himself an actor (with a beard) and did his share of noise-making.
The tourist streams are not entirely separate. The sightseers who come by bus -- and often take in Warwick Castle and Blenheim Palace on the side -- don¡¯t usually see the plays, and some of them are even surprised to find a theatre in Stratford. However, the playgoers do manage a little sight-seeing along with their playgoing. It is the playgoers, the RSC contends, who bring in much of the town¡¯s revenue because they spend the night (some of them four or five nights) pouring cash into the hotels and restaurants. The sightseers can take in everything and get out of town by nightfall.
The townsfolk don¡¯t see it this way and local council does not contribute directly to the subsidy of the Royal Shakespeare Company. Stratford cries poor traditionally. Nevertheless every hotel in town seems to be adding a new wing or cocktail lounge. Hilton is building its own hotel there, which you may be sure will be decorated with Hamlet Hamburger Bars, the Lear Lounge, the Banquo Banqueting Room, and so forth, and will be very expensive.
Anyway, the townsfolk can¡¯t understand why the Royal Shakespeare Company needs a subsidy. (The theatre has broken attendance records for three years in a row. Last year its 1,431 seats were 94 percent occupied all year long and this year they¡¯ll do better.) The reason, of course, is that costs have rocketed and ticket prices have stayed low.
It would be a shame to raise prices too much because it would drive away the young people who are Stratford¡¯s most attractive clientele. They come entirely for the plays, not the sights. They all seem to look alike (though they come from all over) -- lean, pointed, dedicated faces, wearing jeans and sandals, eating their buns and bedding down for the night on the flagstones outside the theatre to buy the 20 seats and 80 standing-room tickets held for the sleepers and sold to them when the box office opens at 10:30 a.m.
26. From the first two paragraphs, we learn that ________.
[A] the townsfolk deny the RSC¡¯s contribution to the town¡¯s revenue
[B] the actors of the RSC imitate Shakespeare on and off stage
[C] the two branches of the RSC are not on good terms
[D] the townsfolk earn little from tourism
27. It can be inferred from Paragraph 3 that ________.
[A] the sightseers cannot visit the Castle and the Palace separately
[B] the playgoers spend more money than the sightseers
[C] the sightseers do more shopping than the playgoers
[D] the playgoers go to no other places in town than the theater
28. By saying ¡°Stratford cries poor traditionally¡± (Line 2-3, Paragraph 4), the author implies that ________.
[A] Stratford cannot afford the expansion projects
[B] Stratford has long been in financial difficulties
[C] the town is not really short of money
[D] the townsfolk used to be poorly paid
29. According to the townsfolk, the RSC deserves no subsidy because ________.
[A] ticket prices can be raised to cover the spending
[B] the company is financially ill-managed
[C] the behavior of the actors is not socially acceptable
[D] the theatre attendance is on the rise
30. From the text we can conclude that the author ________.
[A] is supportive of both sides
[B] favors the townsfolk¡¯s view
[C] takes a detached attitude
[D] is sympathetic to the RSC
Text 3
When prehistoric man arrived in new parts of the world, something strange happened to the large animals. They suddenly became extinct. Smaller species survived. The large, slow-growing animals were easy game, and were quickly hunted to extinction. Now something similar could be happening in the oceans.
That the seas are being overfished has been known for years. What researchers such as Ransom Myers and Boris Worm have shown is just how fast things are changing. They have looked at half a century of data from fisheries around the world. Their methods do not attempt to estimate the actual biomass (the amount of living biological matter) of fish species in particular parts of the ocean, but rather changes in that biomass over time. According to their latest paper published in Nature, the biomass of large predators (animals that kill and eat other animals) in a new fishery is reduced on average by 80% within 15 years of the start of exploitation. In some long-fished areas, it has halved again since then.
Dr. Worm acknowledges that these figures are conservative. One reason for this is that fishing technology has improved. Today¡¯s vessels can find their prey using satellites and sonar, which were not available 50 years ago. That means a higher proportion of what is in the sea is being caught, so the real difference between present and past is likely to be worse than the one recorded by changes in catch sizes. In the early days, too, longlines would have been more saturated with fish. Some individuals would therefore not have been caught, since no baited hooks would have been available to trap them, leading to an underestimate of fish stocks in the past. Furthermore, in the early days of longline fishing, a lot of fish were lost to sharks after they had been hooked. That is no longer a problem, because there are fewer sharks around now.
Dr. Myers and Dr. Worm argue that their work gives a correct baseline, which future management efforts must take into account. They believe the data support an idea current among marine biologists, that of the ¡°shifting baseline.¡± The notion is that people have failed to detect the massive changes which have happened in the ocean because they have been looking back only a relatively short time into the past. That matters because theory suggests that the maximum sustainable yield that can be cropped from a fishery comes when the biomass of a target species is about 50% of its original levels. Most fisheries are well below that, which is a bad way to do business.
31. The extinction of large prehistoric animals is noted to suggest that ________.
[A] large animal were vulnerable to the changing environment
[B] small species survived as large animals disappeared
[C] large sea animals may face the same threat today
[D] slow-growing fish outlive fast-growing ones
32. We can infer from Dr. Myers and Dr. Worm¡¯s paper that ________.
[A] the stock of large predators in some old fisheries has reduced by 90%
[B] there are only half as many fisheries as there were 15 years ago
[C] the catch sizes in new fisheries are only 20% of the original amount
[D] the number of larger predators dropped faster in new fisheries than in the old
33. By saying "these figures are conservative" (Line 1, paragraph 3), Dr. Worm means that ________.
[A] fishing technology has improved rapidly
[B] the catch-sizes are actually smaller than recorded
[C] the marine biomass has suffered a greater loss
[D] the data collected so far are out of date
34. Dr. Myers and other researchers hold that ________.
[A] people should look for a baseline that can work for a longer time
[B] fisheries should keep their yields below 50% of the biomass
[C] the ocean biomass should be restored to its original level
[D] people should adjust the fishing baseline to the changing situation
35. The author seems to be mainly concerned with most fisheries¡¯ ________.
[A] management efficiency
[B] biomass level
[C] catch-size limits
[D] technological application
Text 4
Many things make people think artists are weird. But the weirdest may be this: artists¡¯ only job is to explore emotions, and yet they choose to focus on the ones that feel bad.
This wasn¡¯t always so. The earliest forms of art, like painting and music, are those best suited for expressing joy. But somewhere from the 19th century onward, more artists began seeing happiness as meaningless, phony or, worst of all, boring, as we went from Wordsworth¡¯s daffodils to Baudelaire¡¯s flowers of evil.
You could argue that art became more skeptical of happiness because modern times have seen so much misery. But it¡¯s not as if earlier times didn¡¯t know perpetual war, disaster and the massacre of innocents. The reason, in fact, may be just the opposite: there is too much damn happiness in the world today.
After all, what is the one modern form of expression almost completely dedicated to depicting happiness? Advertising. The rise of anti-happy art almost exactly tracks the emergence of mass media, and with it, a commercial culture in which happiness is not just an ideal but an ideology.
People in earlier eras were surrounded by reminders of misery. They worked until exhausted, lived with few protections and died young. In the West, before mass communication and literacy, the most powerful mass medium was the church, which reminded worshippers that their souls were in danger and that they would someday be meat for worms. Given all this, they did not exactly need their art to be a bummer too.
Today the messages the average Westerner is surrounded with are not religious but commercial, and forever happy. Fast-food eaters, news anchors, text messengers, all smiling, smiling, smiling. Our magazines feature beaming celebrities and happy families in perfect homes. And since these messages have an agenda -- to lure us to open our wallets -- they make the very idea of happiness seem unreliable. ¡°Celebrate!¡± commanded the ads for the arthritis drug Celebrex, before we found out it could increase the risk of heart attacks.
But what we forget -- what our economy depends on us forgetting -- is that happiness is more than pleasure without pain. The things that bring the greatest joy carry the greatest potential for loss and disappointment. Today, surrounded by promises of easy happiness, we need art to tell us, as religion once did, Memento mori: remember that you will die, that everything ends, and that happiness comes not in denying this but in living with it. It¡¯s a message even more bitter than a clove cigarette, yet, somehow, a breath of fresh air.
36. By citing the examples of poets Wordsworth and Baudelaire, the author intends to show that ________.
[A] poetry is not as expressive of joy as painting or music
[B] art grows out of both positive and negative feelings
[C] poets today are less skeptical of happiness
[D] artists have changed their focus of interest
37. The word ¡°bummer¡± (Line 5, paragraph 5) most probably means something ________.
[A] religious
[B] unpleasant
[C] entertaining
[D] commercial
38. In the author¡¯s opinion, advertising ________.
[A] emerges in the wake of the anti-happy art
[B] is a cause of disappointment for the general public
[C] replaces the church as a major source of information
[D] creates an illusion of happiness rather than happiness itself
39. We can learn from the last paragraph that the author believes ________.
[A] happiness more often than not ends in sadness
[B] the anti-happy art is distasteful but refreshing
[C] misery should be enjoyed rather than denied
[D] the anti-happy art flourishes when economy booms
40. Which of the following is true of the text?
[A] Religion once functioned as a reminder of misery.
[B] Art provides a balance between expectation and reality.
[C] People feel disappointed at the realities of modern society.
[D] Mass media are inclined to cover disasters and deaths.
Part B
Directions:
In the following article, some sentences have been removed. For Questions 41-45, choose the most suitable one from the list A-G to fit into each of the numbered gaps. There are two extra choices, which you do not need to use in any of the blanks. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
On the north bank of the Ohio river sits Evansville, Ind., home of David Williams, 52, and of a riverboat casino (a place where gambling games are played). During several years of gambling in that casino, Williams, a state auditor earning $35,000 a year, lost approximately $175,000. He had never gambled before the casino sent him a coupon for $20 worth of gambling.
He visited the casino, lost the $20 and left. On his second visit he lost $800. The casino issued to him, as a good customer, a "Fun Card", which when used in the casino earns points for meals and drinks, and enables the casino to track the user¡¯s gambling activities. For Williams, those activities become what he calls "electronic heroin".
(41) ________. In 1997 he lost $21,000 to one slot machine in two days. In March 1997 he lost $72,186. He sometimes played two slot machines at a time, all night, until the boat docked at 5 a.m., then went back aboard when the casino opened at 9 a.m. Now he is suing the casino, charging that it should have refused his patronage because it knew he was addicted. It did know he had a problem.
In March 1998 a friend of Williams¡¯s got him involuntarily confined to a treatment center for addictions, and wrote to inform the casino of Williams¡¯s gambling problem. The casino included a photo of Williams among those of banned gamblers, and wrote to him a ¡°cease admissions¡± letter. Noting the medical/psychological nature of problem gambling behavior, the letter said that before being readmitted to the casino he would have to present medical/psychological information demonstrating that patronizing the casino would pose no threat to his safety or well-being.
(42) ________.
The Wall Street Journal reports that the casino has 24 signs warning: ¡°Enjoy the fun... and always bet with your head, not over it.¡± Every entrance ticket lists a toll-free number for counseling from the Indiana Department of Mental Health. Nevertheless, Williams¡¯s suit charges that the casino, knowing he was ¡°helplessly addicted to gambling,¡± intentionally worked to ¡°lure¡± him to ¡°engage in conduct against his will.¡± Well.
(43) ________.
The fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders says ¡°pathological gambling¡± involves persistent, recurring and uncontrollable pursuit less of money than of thrill of taking risks in quest of a windfall.
(44) ________. Pushed by science, or what claims to be science, society is reclassifying what once were considered character flaws or moral failings as personality disorders akin to physical disabilities.
(45) ________.
Forty-four states have lotteries, 29 have casinos, and most of these states are to varying degrees dependent on -- you might say addicted to -- revenues from wagering. And since the first Internet gambling site was created in 1995, competition for gamblers¡¯ dollars has become intense. The Oct. 28 issue of Newsweek reported that 2 million gamblers patronize 1,800 virtual casinos every week. With $3.5 billion being lost on Internet wagers this year, gambling has passed pornography as the Web¡¯s most profitable business.
[A] Although no such evidence was presented, the casino¡¯s marketing department continued to pepper him with mailings. And he entered the casino and used his Fun Card without being detected.
[B] It is unclear what luring was required, given his compulsive behavior. And in what sense was his will operative?
[C] By the time he had lost $5,000 he said to himself that if he could get back to even, he would quit. One night he won $5,500, but he did not quit.
[D] Gambling has been a common feature of American life forever, but for a long time it was broadly considered a sin, or a social disease. Now it is a social policy: the most important and aggressive promoter of gambling in America is the government.
[E] David Williams¡¯s suit should trouble this gambling nation. But don¡¯t bet on it.
[F] It is worrisome that society is medicalizing more and more behavioral problems, often defining as addictions what earlier, sterner generations explained as weakness of will.
[G] The anonymous, lonely, undistracted nature of online gambling is especially conducive to compulsive behavior. But even if the government knew how to move against Internet gambling, what would be its grounds for doing so?
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
Is it true that the American intellectual is rejected and considered of no account in his society? I am going to suggest that it is not true. Father Bruckberger told part of the story when he observed that it is the intellectuals who have rejected America. But they have done more than that. They have grown dissatisfied with the role of intellectual. It is they, not America, who have become anti-intellectual.
First, the object of our study pleads for definition. What is an intellectual? 46) I shall define him as an individual who has elected as his primary duty and pleasure in life the activity of thinking in a Socratic (ËÕ¸ñÀ­µ×) way about moral problems. He explores such problems consciously, articulately, and frankly, first by asking factual questions, then by asking moral questions, finally by suggesting action which seems appropriate in the light of the factual and moral information which he has obtained. 47) His function is analogous to that of a judge, who must accept the obligation of revealing in as obvious a manner as possible the course of reasoning which led him to his decision.
This definition excludes many individuals usually referred to as intellectuals -- the average scientist, for one. 48) I have excluded him because, while his accomplishments may contribute to the solution of moral problems, he has not been charged with the task of approaching any but the factual aspects of those problems. Like other human beings, he encounters moral issues even in the everyday performance of his routine duties -- he is not supposed to cook his experiments, manufacture evidence, or doctor his reports. 49) But his primary task is not to think about the moral code which governs his activity, any more than a businessman is expected to dedicate his energies to an exploration of rules of conduct in business. During most of his waking life he will take his code for granted, as the businessman takes his ethics.
The definition also excludes the majority of teachers, despite the fact that teaching has traditionally been the method whereby many intellectuals earn their living. 50) They may teach very well and more than earn their salaries, but most of them make little or no independent reflections on human problems which involve moral judgment. This description even fits the majority of eminent scholars. Being learned in some branch of human knowledge is one thing, living in "public and illustrious thoughts,¡± as Emerson would say, is something else.
Section III Writing
Part A
51. Directions
You want to contribute to Project Hope by offering financial aid to a child in a remote area. Write a letter to the department concerned, asking them to help find a candidate. You should specify what kind of child you want to help and how you will carry out your plan.
Write your letter in no less than 100 words. Write it neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2.
Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter; use ¡°Li Ming¡± instead.
Do not write the address. (10 points)
Part B
52. Directions:
Study the following photos carefully and write an essay in which you should
1. describe the photos briefly,
2. interpret the social phenomenon reflected by them, and
3. give your point of view.
You should write 160-200 words neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)

ÓÐÁ½·ùͼƬ£¬Í¼1 °Ñ³ç°ÝдÔÚÁ³ÉÏ£»Í¼2 »¨300Ôª×ö¡°Ð¡±´Í·¡±
×¢£ºBeckhamÊÇÓ¢¹ú×ãÇòÃ÷ÐÇ
ÓÐÁ½ÕÅÕÕƬ£¬Ò»ÕÅÕÕƬÉÏÓÐһλÄÐÊ¿Á³ÉÏд×Å×ãÇòÃ÷ÐǵÄÃû×Ö£¬ÁíÒ»ÕÅÕÕƬÉÏÓÐÒ»¸öÄÐ×ÓÔÚÀí·¢£¬ËûÒªÇóÀí·¢Ê¦ÎªËûÉè¼ÆÒ»¸öС±´¿ËººÄ·µÄ·¢ÐÍ¡£

2006Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Use of English (10 points)
1. [A] 2. [B] 3. [D] 4. [A] 5. [D]
6. [C] 7. [B] 8. [C] 9. [A] 10. [A]
11. [C] 12. [B] 13. [D] 14. [C] 15. [C]
16. [A] 17. [B] 18. [C] 19. [A] 20. [D]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (60 points)
Part A (40 points)
21. [C] 22. [A] 23. [C] 24. [D] 25. [B]
26. [A] 27. [B] 28. [C] 29. [D] 30. [D]
31. [C] 32. [A] 33. [C] 34. [D] 35. [B]
36. [D] 37. [B] 38. [D] 39. [B] 40. [A]
Part B (10 points)
41. [C] 42. [A] 43. [B] 44. [F] 45. [D]
Part C (10 points)
46£®ÎÒ½«Ëû¶¨ÒåΪһ¸ö¶ÔµÀµÂÎÊÌâ½øÐÐËÕ¸ñÀ­µ×ʽ˼¿¼²¢½«´Ë×÷Ϊ×Ô¼ºÈËÉúÊ×ÒªÔðÈκͿìÀÖµÄÈË¡£
47£®ËûµÄÖ°ÔðÓë·¨¹ÙÏàËÆ£¬±ØÐë³Ðµ£ÕâÑùµÄÔðÈΣºÓþ¡¿ÉÄÜÃ÷Á˵ķ½Ê½À´Õ¹Ê¾×Ô¼º×ö³ö¾ö¶¨µÄÍÆÀí¹ý³Ì¡£
48£®ÎÒÖ®ËùÒÔ°ÑËû£¨ÆÕͨ¿Æѧ¼Ò£©ÅųýÔÚÍ⣬ÊÇÒòΪ¾¡¹ÜËûµÄ³É¹û¿ÉÄÜ»áÓÐÖúÓÚ½â¾öµÀµÂÎÊÌ⣬µ«Ëû³Ðµ£µÄÈÎÎñÖ»²»¹ýÊÇÑо¿ÕâЩÎÊÌâµÄÊÂʵ·½Ãæ¡£
49£®µ«ÊÇ£¬ËûµÄÊ×ÒªÈÎÎñ²¢²»ÊÇ¿¼ÂÇÖ§Åä×Ô¼ºÐÐΪµÄµÀµÂ¹æ·¶£¬¾ÍÈçͬ²»ÄÜÖ¸ÍûÉÌÈËרעÓÚ̽Ë÷ÐÐÒµ¹æ·¶Ò»Ñù¡£
50£®ËûÃÇ¿ÉÒԽ̵úܺ㬶øÇÒ²»½ö½öÊÇΪÁËÕõнˮ£¬µ«ËûÃÇ´ó¶àÊýÈËÈ´ºÜÉÙ»òûÓжÔÐèÒª½øÐеÀµÂÅжϵġ¢È˵ÄÎÊÌâ½øÐжÀÁ¢Ë¼¿¼¡£
Section III: Writing (30 points)
Part A (10 points)
51. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Dear Sir or Madam,
As a college student who is studying and living in a good environment, I wish to contribute to Project Hope by offering financial assistance to a child in a remote area. Having conceived such a plan for a long time, I write this letter to request your help to recommend a proper candidate.
I wonder if it is convenient for you if three things concerning the child are taken into consideration. First, the child should come from Gansu Province, for I intend to help a child from my hometown. Second, it will be better if the child is a primary school student. I hope I will help him/her from the very beginning. In addition, he/she must be willing to return to his hometown to help built it after graduation from university.
My plan will be carried out as follows. On one hand, I will remit at least 2,000 Yuan in cash every year until he/she finishes his/her education before entering college. On the other hand, I decide to teach the child math and English in person during my summer vacation, which will surely be more beneficial to the child.
Your prompt help would be highly appreciated. And I am looking forward to your reply very soon.
Yours sincerely,
Li Ming
Part B (20 points)
52. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
How ironic the two pictures are in describing one of the most widespread social phenomena concerning idol adoration! In the first picture, a young man writes the name of Beckham on his face. In the second picture, another young man spends 300 Yuan in dealing with his hair to make himself look like Beckham.
The meaning conveyed in the two pictures reveals that in current China some young people are losing themselves. I am greatly shocked by the enthusiasm for this British football superstar shown by these two young men. Frankly speaking, things of this kind really happen among us. Some people, especially college students, do nothing but concentrate on imitating superstars. This does great harm to their study and growth. If we can¡¯t stop the worsening of this tendency, our own culture will be damaged, and we ourselves will be the ultimate victims.
From my point of view, a lot of measures should be taken to save our losing culture and re-find ourselves. In fact, some measures have already been taken. In my university, campaigns have been launched to educate people to pay more attention to our traditional culture and read more books instead of focusing on our appearances. As a result, we have witnessed some improvements but still there is a long way to go.

2005ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word(s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1 (10 points)
The human nose is an underrated tool. Humans are often thought to be insensitive smellers compared with animals, ´ó1¼Ò this is largely because, ´ó2¼Ò animals, we stand upright. This means that our noses are ´ó3¼Ò to perceiving those smells which float through the air, ´ó4¼Ò the majority of smells which stick to surfaces. In fact, ´ó5¼Ò, we are extremely sensitive to smells, ´ó6¼Ò we do not generally realize it. Our noses are capable of ´ó7¼Ò human smells even when these are ´ó8¼Ò to far below one part in one million.
Strangely, some people find that they can smell one type of flower but not another, ´ó9¼Ò others are sensitive to the smells of both flowers. This may be because some people do not have the genes necessary to generate ´ó10¼Ò smell receptors in the nose. These receptors are the cells which sense smells and send ´ó11¼Ò to the brain. However, it has been found that even people insensitive to a certain smell ´ó12¼Ò can suddenly become sensitive to it when ´ó13¼Ò to it often enough.
The explanation for insensitivity to smell seems to be that the brain finds it ´ó14¼Ò to keep all smell receptors working all the time but can ´ó15¼Ò new receptors if necessary. This may ´ó16¼Ò explain why we are not usually sensitive to our own smells¡ªwe simply do not need to be. We are not ´ó17¼Ò of the usual smell of our own house, but we ´ó18¼Ò new smells when we visit someone else¡¯s. The brain finds it best to keep smell receptors ´ó19¼Ò for unfamiliar and emergency signals ´ó20¼Ò the smell of smoke, which might indicate the danger of fire.
1. [A] although
[B] as
[C] but
[D] while
2. [A] above
[B] unlike
[C] excluding
[D] besides
3. [A] limited
[B] committed
[C] dedicated
[D] confined
4. [A] catching
[B] ignoring
[C] missing
[D] tracking
5. [A] anyway
[B] though
[C] instead
[D] therefore
6. [A] even if
[B] if only
[C] only if
[D] as if
7. [A] distinguishing
[B] discovering
[C] determining
[D] detecting
8. [A] diluted
[B] dissolved
[C] dispersed
[D] diffused
9. [A] when
[B] since
[C] for
[D] whereas
10. [A] unusual
[B] particular
[C] unique
[D] typical
11. [A] signs
[B] stimuli
[C] messages
[D] impulses
12. [A] at first
[B] at all
[C] at large
[D] at times
13. [A] subjected
[B] left
[C] drawn
[D] exposed
14. [A] ineffective
[B] incompetent
[C] inefficient
[D] insufficient
15. [A] introduce
[B] summon
[C] trigger
[D] create
16. [A] still
[B] also
[C] otherwise
[D] nevertheless
17. [A] sure
[B] sick
[C] aware
[D] tired
18. [A] tolerate
[B] repel
[C] neglect
[D] notice
19. [A] available
[B] reliable
[C] identifiable
[D] suitable
20. [A] similar to
[B] such as
[C] along with
[D] aside from
Section II Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or D. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1 (40 points)
Text 1
Everybody loves a fat pay rise. Yet pleasure at your own can vanish if you learn that a colleague has been given a bigger one. Indeed, if he has a reputation for slacking, you might even be outraged. Such behaviour is regarded as ¡°all too human,¡± with the underlying assumption that other animals would not be capable of this finely developed sense of grievance. But a study by Sarah Brosnan and Frans de Waal of Emory University in Atlanta, Georgia, which has just been published in Nature, suggests that it is all too monkey, as well.
The researchers studied the behaviour of female brown capuchin monkeys. They look cute. They are good-natured, co-operative creatures, and they share their food readily. Above all, like their female human counterparts, they tend to pay much closer attention to the value of ¡°goods and services¡± than males.
Such characteristics make them perfect candidates for Dr. Brosnan¡¯s and Dr. de Waal¡¯s study. The researchers spent two years teaching their monkeys to exchange tokens for food. Normally, the monkeys were happy enough to exchange pieces of rock for slices of cucumber. However, when two monkeys were placed in separate but adjoining chambers, so that each could observe what the other was getting in return for its rock, their behaviour became markedly different.
In the world of capuchins, grapes are luxury goods (and much preferable to cucumbers). So when one monkey was handed a grape in exchange for her token, the second was reluctant to hand hers over for a mere piece of cucumber. And if one received a grape without having to provide her token in exchange at all, the other either tossed her own token at the researcher or out of the chamber, or refused to accept the slice of cucumber. Indeed, the mere presence of a grape in the other chamber (without an actual monkey to eat it) was enough to induce resentment in a female capuchin.
The researchers suggest that capuchin monkeys, like humans, are guided by social emotions. In the wild, they are a co-operative, group-living species. Such co-operation is likely to be stable only when each animal feels it is not being cheated. Feelings of righteous indignation, it seems, are not the preserve of people alone. Refusing a lesser reward completely makes these feelings abundantly clear to other members of the group. However, whether such a sense of fairness evolved independently in capuchins and humans, or whether it stems from the common ancestor that the species had 35 million years ago, is, as yet, an unanswered question.
21. In the opening paragraph, the author introduces his topic by ________.
[A] posing a contrast
[B] justifying an assumption
[C] making a comparison
[D] explaining a phenomenon
22. The statement ¡°it is all too monkey¡± (Last line, Paragraph l) implies that ________.
[A] monkeys are also outraged by slack rivals
[B] resenting unfairness is also monkeys¡¯ nature
[C] monkeys, like humans, tend to be jealous of each other
[D] no animals other than monkeys can develop such emotions
23. Female capuchin monkeys were chosen for the research most probably because they are ________.
[A] more inclined to weigh what they get
[B] attentive to researchers¡¯ instructions
[C] nice in both appearance and temperament
[D] more generous than their male companions
24. Dr. Brosnan and Dr. de Waal have eventually found in their study that the monkeys ________.
[A] prefer grapes to cucumbers
[B] can be taught to exchange things
[C] will not be co-operative if feeling cheated
[D] are unhappy when separated from others
25. What can we infer from the last paragraph?
[A] Monkeys can be trained to develop social emotions.
[B] Human indignation evolved from an uncertain source.
[C] Animals usually show their feelings openly as humans do.
[D] Cooperation among monkeys remains stable only in the wild.
Text 2
Do you remember all those years when scientists argued that smoking would kill us but the doubters insisted that we didn¡¯t know for sure? That the evidence was inconclusive, the science uncertain? That the antismoking lobby was out to destroy our way of life and the government should stay out of the way? Lots of Americans bought that nonsense, and over three decades, some 10 million smokers went to early graves.
There are upsetting parallels today, as scientists in one wave after another try to awaken us to the growing threat of global warming. The latest was a panel from the National Academy of Sciences, enlisted by the White House, to tell us that the Earth¡¯s atmosphere is definitely warming and that the problem is largely man-made. The clear message is that we should get moving to protect ourselves. The president of the National Academy, Bruce Alberts, added this key point in the preface to the panel¡¯s report: ¡°Science never has all the answers. But science does provide us with the best available guide to the future, and it is critical that our nation and the world base important policies on the best judgments that science can provide concerning the future consequences of present actions.¡±
Just as on smoking, voices now come from many quarters insisting that the science about global warming is incomplete, that it¡¯s OK to keep pouring fumes into the air until we know for sure. This is a dangerous game: by the time 100 percent of the evidence is in, it may be too late. With the risks obvious and growing, a prudent people would take out an insurance policy now.
Fortunately, the White House is starting to pay attention. But it¡¯s obvious that a majority of the president¡¯s advisers still don¡¯t take global warming seriously. Instead of a plan of action, they continue to press for more research -- a classic case of ¡°paralysis by analysis.¡±
To serve as responsible stewards of the planet, we must press forward on deeper atmospheric and oceanic research. But research alone is inadequate. If the Administration won¡¯t take the legislative initiative, Congress should help to begin fashioning conservation measures. A bill by Democratic Senator Robert Byrd of West Virginia, which would offer financial incentives for private industry, is a promising start. Many see that the country is getting ready to build lots of new power plants to meet our energy needs. If we are ever going to protect the atmosphere, it is crucial that those new plants be environmentally sound.
26. An argument made by supporters of smoking was that ________.
[A] there was no scientific evidence of the correlation between smoking and death
[B] the number of early deaths of smokers in the past decades was insignificant
[C] people had the freedom to choose their own way of life
[D] antismoking people were usually talking nonsense
27. According to Bruce Alberts, science can serve as ________.
[A] a protector
[B] a judge
[C] a critic
[D] a guide
28. What does the author mean by ¡°paralysis by analysis¡± (Last line, Paragraph 4)?
[A] Endless studies kill action.
[B] Careful investigation reveals truth.
[C] Prudent planning hinders progress.
[D] Extensive research helps decision-making.
29. According to the author, what should the Administration do about global warming?
[A] Offer aid to build cleaner power plants.
[B] Raise public awareness of conservation.
[C] Press for further scientific research.
[D] Take some legislative measures.
30. The author associates the issue of global warming with that of smoking because ________.
[A] they both suffered from the government¡¯s negligence
[B] a lesson from the latter is applicable to the former
[C] the outcome of the latter aggravates the former
[D] both of them have turned from bad to worse
Text 3
Of all the components of a good night¡¯s sleep, dreams seem to be least within our control. In dreams, a window opens into a world where logic is suspended and dead people speak. A century ago, Freud formulated his revolutionary theory that dreams were the disguised shadows of our unconscious desires and fears; by the late 1970s, neurologists had switched to thinking of them as just ¡°mental noise¡± -- the random byproducts of the neural-repair work that goes on during sleep. Now researchers suspect that dreams are part of the mind¡¯s emotional thermostat, regulating moods while the brain is ¡°off-line.¡± And one leading authority says that these intensely powerful mental events can be not only harnessed but actually brought under conscious control, to help us sleep and feel better, ¡°It¡¯s your dream,¡± says Rosalind Cartwright, chair of psychology at Chicago¡¯s Medical Center. ¡°If you don¡¯t like it, change it.¡±
Evidence from brain imaging supports this view. The brain is as active during REM (rapid eye movement) sleep -- when most vivid dreams occur -- as it is when fully awake, says Dr, Eric Nofzinger at the University of Pittsburgh. But not all parts of the brain are equally involved; the limbic system (the ¡°emotional brain¡±) is especially active, while the prefrontal cortex (the center of intellect and reasoning) is relatively quiet. ¡°We wake up from dreams happy or depressed, and those feelings can stay with us all day.¡± says Stanford sleep researcher Dr. William Dement.
The link between dreams and emotions shows up among the patients in Cartwright¡¯s clinic. Most people seem to have more bad dreams early in the night, progressing toward happier ones before awakening, suggesting that they are working through negative feelings generated during the day. Because our conscious mind is occupied with daily life we don¡¯t always think about the emotional significance of the day¡¯s events -- until, it appears, we begin to dream.
And this process need not be left to the unconscious. Cartwright believes one can exercise conscious control over recurring bad dreams. As soon as you awaken, identify what is upsetting about the dream. Visualize how you would like it to end instead; the next time it occurs, try to wake up just enough to control its course. With much practice people can learn to, literally, do it in their sleep.
At the end of the day, there¡¯s probably little reason to pay attention to our dreams at all unless they keep us from sleeping or ¡°we wake up in a panic,¡± Cartwright says. Terrorism, economic uncertainties and general feelings of insecurity have increased people¡¯s anxiety. Those suffering from persistent nightmares should seek help from a therapist. For the rest of us, the brain has its ways of working through bad feelings. Sleep -- or rather dream -- on it and you¡¯ll feel better in the morning.
31. Researchers have come to believe that dreams ________.
[A] can be modified in their courses
[B] are susceptible to emotional changes
[C] reflect our innermost desires and fears
[D] are a random outcome of neural repairs
32. By referring to the limbic system, the author intends to show ________.
[A] its function in our dreams
[B] the mechanism of REM sleep
[C] the relation of dreams to emotions
[D] its difference from the prefrontal cortex
33. The negative feelings generated during the day tend to ________.
[A] aggravate in our unconscious mind
[B] develop into happy dreams
[C] persist till the time we fall asleep
[D] show up in dreams early at night
34. Cartwright seems to suggest that ________.
[A] waking up in time is essential to the ridding of bad dreams
[B] visualizing bad dreams helps bring them under control
[C] dreams should be left to their natural progression
[D] dreaming may not entirely belong to the unconscious
35. What advice might Cartwright give to those who sometimes have bad dreams?
[A] Lead your life as usual.
[B] Seek professional help.
[C] Exercise conscious control.
[D] Avoid anxiety in the daytime.
Text 4
Americans no longer expect public figures, whether in speech or in writing, to command the English language with skill and gift. Nor do they aspire to such command themselves. In his latest book, Doing Our Own Thing: The Degradation of Language and Music and Why We Should, Like, Care, John McWhorter, a linguist and controversialist of mixed liberal and conservative views, sees the triumph of 1960s counter-culture as responsible for the decline of formal English.
Blaming the permissive 1960s is nothing new, but this is not yet another criticism against the decline in education. Mr. McWhorter¡¯s academic speciality is language history and change, and he sees the gradual disappearance of ¡°whom,¡± for example, to be natural and no more regrettable than the loss of the case-endings of Old English.
But the cult of the authentic and the personal, ¡°doing our own thing,¡± has spelt the death of formal speech, writing, poetry and music. While even the modestly educated sought an elevated tone when they put pen to paper before the 1960s, even the most well regarded writing since then has sought to capture spoken English on the page. Equally, in poetry, the highly personal, performative genre is the only form that could claim real liveliness. In both oral and written English, talking is triumphing over speaking, spontaneity over craft.
Illustrated with an entertaining array of examples from both high and low culture, the trend that Mr. McWhorter documents is unmistakable. But it is less clear, to take the question of his subtitle, why we should, like, care. As a linguist, he acknowledges that all varieties of human language, including non-standard ones like Black English, can be powerfully expressive -- there exists no language or dialect in the world that cannot convey complex ideas. He is not arguing, as many do, that we can no longer think straight because we do not talk proper.
Russians have a deep love for their own language and carry large chunks of memorized poetry in their heads, while Italian politicians tend to elaborate speech that would seem old-fashioned to most English-speakers. Mr. McWhorter acknowledges that formal language is not strictly necessary, and proposes no radical education reforms -- he is really grieving over the loss of something beautiful more than useful. We now take our English ¡°on paper plates instead of china.¡± A shame, perhaps, but probably an inevitable one.
36. According to McWhorter, the decline of formal English ________.
[A] is inevitable in radical education reforms
[B] is but all too natural in language development
[C] has caused the controversy over the counter-culture
[D] brought about changes in public attitudes in the 1960s
37. The word ¡°talking¡± (Line 6, Paragraph 3) denotes ________.
[A] modesty
[B] personality
[C] liveliness
[D] informality
38. To which of the following statements would McWhorter most likely agree?
[A] Logical thinking is not necessarily related to the way we talk.
[B] Black English can be more expressive than standard English.
[C] Non-standard varieties of human language are just as entertaining.
[D] Of all the varieties, standard English can best convey complex ideas.
39. The description of Russians¡¯ love of memorizing poetry shows the author¡¯s ________.
[A] interest in their language
[B] appreciation of their efforts
[C] admiration for their memory
[D] contempt for their old-fashionedness
40. According to the last paragraph, ¡°paper plates¡± is to ¡°china¡± as ________.
[A] ¡°temporary¡± is to ¡°permanent¡±
[B] ¡°radical¡± is to ¡°conservative¡±
[C] ¡°functional¡± is to ¡°artistic¡±
[D] ¡°humble¡± is to ¡°noble¡±
Part B
Directions:
In the following text, some sentences have been removed. For Questions 41-45, choose the most suitable one from the list A-G to fit into each of the numbered blanks. There are two extra choices, which do not fit in any of the gaps. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Canada¡¯s premiers (the leaders of provincial governments), if they have any breath left after complaining about Ottawa at their late July annual meeting, might spare a moment to do something, together, to reduce health-care costs.
They¡¯re all groaning about soaring health budgets, the fastest-growing component of which are pharmaceutical costs.
41. ________
What to do? Both the Romanow commission and the Kirby committee on health care -- to say nothing of reports from other experts -- recommended the creation of a national drug agency. Instead of each province having its own list of approved drugs, bureaucracy, procedures and limited bargaining power, all would pool resources, work with Ottawa, and create a national institution.
42. ________
But ¡°national¡± doesn¡¯t have to mean that. ¡°National¡± could mean interprovincial -- provinces combining efforts to create one body.
Either way, one benefit of a ¡°national¡± organization would be to negotiate better prices, if possible, with drug manufacturers. Instead of having one province -- or a series of hospitals within a province -- negotiate a price for a given drug on the provincial list, the national agency would negotiate on behalf of all provinces.
Rather than, say, Quebec, negotiating on behalf of seven million people, the national agency would negotiate on behalf of 31 million people. Basic economics suggests the greater the potential consumers, the higher the likelihood of a better price.
43. ________
A small step has been taken in the direction of a national agency with the creation of the Canadian Co-ordinating Office for Health Technology Assessment, funded by Ottawa and the provinces. Under it, a Common Drug Review recommends to provincial lists which new drugs should be included. Predictably, and regrettably, Quebec refused to join.
A few premiers are suspicious of any federal-provincial deal-making. They (particularly Quebec and Alberta) just want Ottawa to fork over additional billions with few, if any, strings attached. That¡¯s one reason why the idea of a national list hasn¡¯t gone anywhere, while drug costs keep rising fast.
44. ________
Premiers love to quote Mr. Romanow¡¯s report selectively, especially the parts about more federal money. Perhaps they should read what he had to say about drugs: ¡°A national drug agency would provide governments more influence on pharmaceutical companies in order to constrain the ever-increasing cost of drugs.¡±
45. ________
So when the premiers gather in Niagara Falls to assemble their usual complaint list, they should also get cracking about something in their jurisdiction that would help their budgets and patients.
[A] Quebec¡¯s resistance to a national agency is provincialist ideology. One of the first advocates for a national list was a researcher at Laval University. Quebec¡¯s Drug Insurance Fund has seen its costs skyrocket with annual increases from 14.3 per cent to 26.8 per cent!
[B] Or they could read Mr. Kirby¡¯s report: ¡°the substantial buying power of such an agency would strengthen the public prescription-drug insurance plans to negotiate the lowest possible purchase prices from drug companies.¡±
[C] What does ¡°national¡± mean? Roy Romanow and Senator Michael Kirby recommended a federal-provincial body much like the recently created National Health Council.
[D] The problem is simple and stark: health-care costs have been, are, and will continue to increase faster than government revenues.
[E] According to the Canadian Institute for Health Information, prescription drug costs have risen since 1997 at twice the rate of overall health-care spending. Part of the increase comes from drugs being used to replace other kinds of treatments. Part of it arises from new drugs costing more than older kinds. Part of it is higher prices.
[F] So, if the provinces want to run the health-care show, they should prove they can run it, starting with an interprovincial health list that would end duplication, save administrative costs, prevent one province from being played off against another, and bargain for better drug prices.
[G] Of course, the pharmaceutical companies will scream. They like divided buyers; they can lobby better that way. They can use the threat of removing jobs from one province to another. They can hope that, if one province includes a drug on its list, the pressure will cause others to include it on theirs. They wouldn¡¯t like a national agency, but self-interest would lead them to deal with it.
Part C
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
It is not easy to talk about the role of the mass media in this overwhelmingly significant phase in European history. History and news become confused, and one¡¯s impressions tend to be a mixture of skepticism and optimism. 46) Television is one of the means by which these feelings are created and conveyed -- and perhaps never before has it served so much to connect different peoples and nations as in the recent events in Europe. The Europe that is now forming cannot be anything other than its peoples, their cultures and national identities. With this in mind we can begin to analyze the European television scene. 47) In Europe, as elsewhere, multi-media groups have been increasingly successful: groups which bring together television, radio, newspapers, magazines and publishing houses that work in relation to one another. One Italian example would be the Berlusconi group, while abroad Maxwell and Murdoch come to mind.
Clearly, only the biggest and most flexible television companies are going to be able to compete in such a rich and hotly-contested market. 48) This alone demonstrates that the television business is not an easy world to survive in, a fact underlined by statistics that show that out of eighty European television networks, no less than 50% took a loss in 1989.
Moreover, the integration of the European community will oblige television companies to cooperate more closely in terms of both production and distribution.
49) Creating a ¡°European identity¡± that respects the different cultures and traditions which go to make up the connecting fabric of the Old Continent is no easy task and demands a strategic choice -- that of producing programs in Europe for Europe. This entails reducing our dependence on the North American market, whose programs relate to experiences and cultural traditions which are different from our own.
In order to achieve these objectives, we must concentrate more on co-productions, the exchange of news, documentary services and training. This also involves the agreements between European countries for the creation of a European bank for Television Production which, on the model of the European Investments Bank, will handle the finances necessary for production costs. 50) In dealing with a challenge on such a scale, it is no exaggeration to say ¡°United we stand, divided we fall¡± -- and if I had to choose a slogan it would be ¡°Unity in our diversity.¡± A unity of objectives that nonetheless respect the varied peculiarities of each country.
Section III Writing
Part A
51. Directions:
Two months ago you got a job as an editor for the magazine Designs & Fashions. But now you find that the work is not what you expected. You decide to quit. Write a letter to your boss, Mr. Wang, telling him your decision, stating your reason (s), and making an apology.
Write your letter with no less than 100 words. Write it neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2.
Do not sign your own name at the end of the letter; use ¡°Li Ming¡± instead.
You do not need to write the address. (10 points)
Part B
52. Directions:
Write an essay of 160-200 words based on the following drawing. In your essay, you should first describe the drawing, then interpret its meaning, and give your comment on it.
You should write neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2005Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Use of English (10 points)
1. [C] 2. [B] 3. [A] 4. [C] 5. [B]
6. [A] 7. [D] 8. [A] 9. [D] 10. [B]
11. [C] 12. [A] 13. [D] 14. [C] 15. [D]
16. [B] 17. [C] 18. [D] 19. [A] 20. [B]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (60 points)
Part A (40 points)
21. [C] 22. [B] 23. [A] 24. [C] 25. [B]
26. [C] 27. [D] 28. [A] 29. [D] 30. [B]
31. [A] 32. [C] 33. [D] 34. [D] 35. [A]
36. [B] 37. [D] 38. [A] 39. [B] 40. [C]
Part B (10 points)
41. [E] 42. [C] 43. [G] 44. [F] 45. [B]
Part C (10 points)
46. µçÊÓÊÇ´´ÔìºÍ´«µÝ¸ÐÇéµÄÊÖ¶ÎÖ®Ò»¡£Ò²ÐíÔÚ´Ë֮ǰ£¬¾Í¼ÓÇ¿²»Í¬µÄÃñ×åºÍ¹ú¼ÒÖ®¼äµÄÁªÏµ¶øÑÔ£¬µçÊÓ»¹´ÓÀ´Ã»ÓÐÏñÔÚ×î½üµÄÅ·ÖÞʼþÖÐÆð¹ýÈç´Ë´óµÄ×÷Óá£
47. ¶àýÌ弯ÍÅÔÚÅ·ÖÞ¾ÍÏñÔÚÆäËûµØ·½Ò»ÑùÔ½À´Ô½³É¹¦ÁË¡£ÕâЩ¼¯ÍÅ°ÑÏ໥¹ØϵÃÜÇеĵçÊǪ́¡¢µç̨¡¢±¨Ö½¡¢ÔÓÖ¾¡¢³ö°æÉçÕûºÏµ½ÁËÒ»Æð¡£
48. ½öÕâÒ»µã¾Í±íÃ÷ÔÚµçÊÓÐÐÒµ²»ÊÇÒ»¸öÈÝÒ×Éú´æµÄÁìÓò¡£Õâ¸öÊÂʵͨ¹ýͳ¼ÆÊý×ÖһĿÁËÈ»£¬Í³¼Æ±íÃ÷ÔÚ80¼ÒÅ·ÖÞµçÊÓÍøÖÐ1989Äê³öÏÖ¿÷ËðµÄ²»ÉÙÓÚ50%¡£
49. ´´ÔìÒ»¸ö×ðÖز»Í¬ÎÄ»¯ºÍ´«Í³µÄ¡°Å·ÖÞͳһÌ塱¾ø·ÇÒ×Ê£¬ÐèÒªÕ½ÂÔÐÔÑ¡Ôñ¡£ÕýÊÇÕâЩÎÄ»¯ºÍ´«Í³×é³ÉÁËÁ¬½ÓÅ·ÖÞ´ó½µÄŦ´ø¡£
50. ÔÚÓ¦¸¶Ò»¸öÈç´Ë¹æÄ£µÄÌôÕ½¹ý³ÌÖУ¬ÎÒÃÇ¿ÉÒÔºÁ²»¿äÕŵØ˵£¬¡°ÍŽᣬÎÒÃǾͻáÕ¾ÆðÀ´£»·ÖÁÑ£¬ÎÒÃǾͻᵹÏÂÈ¥¡£¡±
Section III: Writing (30 points)
Part A (10 points)
51. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
A Letter, to Quit
Jun 22, 2005
Dear Mr. Wang,
First of all, please allow me to express my deep sorry to you for my resignation. I do know that this will bring about much trouble to you so that I write to you for my explanation.
I decided to quit for some reasons as follows. To begin with, the job as an editor for the magazine Designs & Fashions is not suitable to me. What¡¯s more, I am preparing for another degree and I prefer to further my study. Again, I apologize for my resignation to you!
I am looking forward to your early reply.
Sincerely yours,
Li Ming
Part B (20 points)
52. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
A Helpless Father
The picture ironically shows that a pitiable old man in rags is being helplessly kicked off by his three sons and a daughter, who all wear decent clothes. The father¡¯s negligent children are all guarding their home gates lest their old father ¡°roll into¡± their households. In other words, they four ignore their moral sense of assuming the responsibility for their old father even though they may be all living a satisfying life. That is a painful scene we often encounter in our daily life.
Sad to say, the moral decline of the younger generations may be a rather explosive situation in our modern society. People definitely have their living conditions improved by wider and wider margins, as evidenced by the four children¡¯s decent dressing, but their moral sense still remains sadly unchanged or in some cases becomes dramatically downgrading. Most people might have become too much self-centered, and even worse, they discard the tradition of giving respect to the elderly. They no longer care for their elders, let alone their neighbors or the disadvantaged; instead they try every means to avoid responsibility for other citizens. When one cares for others, one might even appear stupid or may even be distrusted.
Therefore, we have to take some useful measures to avoid the scene that is mentioned above. We must launch a variety of campaigns about the return to the good tradition of giving help and love to the elderly. Moreover, we must appeal to our government to establish some relevant laws to punish those who avoid their duties. The last but not the least, our respect for age is an indication of the progress of human society, as imperatives of traditions require. We sincerely wish that the old man could be welcome to any of the four households, elegantly dressed, and a smile on the face.

2004ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Listening Comprehension
Directions:
This section is designed to test your ability to understand spoken English. You will hear a selection of recorded materials and you must answer the questions that accompany them. There are three parts in this section, Part A, Part B and Part C.
Remember, while you are doing the test, you should first put down your answers in your test booklet. At the end of the listening comprehension section, you will have 5 minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
Now look at Part A in your test booklet.
Part A
Directions:
For questions 1-5, you will hear a talk about the geography of Belgium. While you listen, fill out the table with the information you have heard. Some of the information has been given to you in the table. Write only 1 word or number in each numbered box. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the table below. (5 points)
Geography of Belgium
Three main regions coastal plain
central plateau

1
Highest altitude of the coastal plain ________m
2
Climate near the sea Humid

3
Particularly rainy months of the years April

4
Average temperatures in July in Brussels low 13¡æ
high ________¡æ
5
Part B
Directions:
For Questions 6-10, you will hear an interview with Mr. Saffo from the Institute for the Future. While you listen, complete the sentences or answer the questions. Use not more than 3 words for each answer. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the sentences and questions below. (5 points)
What is Saffo according to himself?
The Institute for the Future provides services to private companies and ________.
The Institute believes that to think systematically about the long-range future is________.
To succeed in anything, one should be flexible, curious and________.
What does Saffo consider to be essential to the work of a team?

6

7

8

9

10
Part C
Directions:
You will hear three pieces of recorded material. Before listening to each one, you will have time to read the questions related to it. While listening, answer each question by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. After listening, you will have time to check your answers. You will hear each piece once only. (10 points)
Questions 11-13 are based on the following talk about naming newborns. You now have 15 seconds to read Questions 11-13.
11. What do we often do with the things we love?
[A] Ask for their names.
[B] Name babies after them.
[C] Put down their names.
[D] Choose names for them.
12. The unpleasant meaning of an old family name is often overlooked if ________.
[A] the family tree is fairly limited
[B] the family tie is strong enough
[C] the name is commonly used
[D] nobody in the family complains
13. Several months after a baby¡¯s birth, its name will ________.
[A] show the beauty of its own
[B] develop more associations
[C] lose the original meaning
[D] help form the baby¡¯s personality
Questions 14-16 are based on the biography of Bobby Moore, an English soccer player. You now have 15 seconds to read Questions 14-16.
14. How many matches did Moore play during his professional career?
[A] 90
[B] 108
[C] 180
[D] 668
15. In 1964, Bobby Moore was made ________.
[A] England¡¯s footballer of the year
[B] a soccer coach in West Germany
[C] a medalist for his sportsmanship
[D] a number of the Order of the British Empire
16. After Moore retired from playing, the first thing he did was ________.
[A] editing Sunday Sport
[B] working for Capital Radio
[C] managing professional soccer teams
[D] developing a sports marketing company
Questions 17-20 are based on the following talk on the city of Belfast. You now have 20 seconds to read Questions 17-20.
17. Belfast has long been famous for its ________.
[A] oil refinery
[B] linen textiles
[C] food products
[D] deepwater port
18. Which of the following does Belfast chiefly export?
[A] Soap
[B] Grain
[C] Steel
[D] Tobacco
19. When was Belfast founded?
[A] In 1177
[B] In 1315
[C] In the 16th century
[D] In the 17th century
20. What happened in Belfast in the late 18th century?
[A] French refugees arrived.
[B] The harbor was destroyed.
[C] Shipbuilding began to flourish.
[D] The city was taken by the English.
You now have 5 minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
Section II Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word (s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Many theories concerning the causes of juvenile delinquency (crimes committed by young people) focus either on the individual or on society as the major contributing influence. Theories ´ó21¼Ò on the individual suggest that children engage in criminal behavior ´ó22¼Ò they were not sufficiently penalized for previous misdeeds or that they have learned criminal behavior through ´ó23¼Ò with others. Theories focusing on the role of society suggest that children commit crimes in ´ó24¼Ò to their failure to rise above their socioeconomic status, ´ó25¼Ò as a rejection of middle-class values.
Most theories of juvenile delinquency have focused on children from disadvantaged families, ´ó26¼Ò the fact that children from wealthy homes also commit crimes. The latter may commit crimes ´ó27¼Ò lack of adequate parental control. All theories, however, are tentative and are ´ó28¼Ò to criticism.
Changes in the social structure may indirectly ´ó29¼Ò juvenile crime rates. For example, changes in the economy that ´ó30¼Ò to fewer job opportunities for youth and rising unemployment ´ó31¼Ò make gainful employment increasingly difficult to obtain. The resulting discontent may in ´ó32¼Ò lead more youths into criminal behavior.
Families have also ´ó33¼Ò changes these years. More families consist of one-parent households or two working parents; ´ó34¼Ò, children are likely to have less supervision at home ´ó35¼Ò was common in the traditional family ´ó36¼Ò. This lack of parental supervision is thought to be an influence on juvenile crime rates. Other ´ó37¼Ò causes of offensive acts include frustration or failure in school, the increased ´ó38¼Ò of drugs and alcohol, and the growing ´ó39¼Ò of child abuse and child neglect. All these conditions tend to increase the probability of a child committing a criminal act, ´ó40¼Ò a direct causal relationship has not yet been established.
21. [A] acting
[B] relying
[C] centering
[D] commenting
22. [A] before
[B] unless
[C] until
[D] because
23. [A] interaction
[B] assimilation
[C] cooperation
[D] consultation
24. [A] return
[B] reply
[C] reference
[D] response
25. [A] or
[B] but rather
[C] but
[D] or else
26. [A] considering
[B] ignoring
[C] highlighting
[D] discarding
27. [A] on
[B] in
[C] for
[D] with
28. [A] immune
[B] resistant
[C] sensitive
[D] subject
29. [A] affect
[B] reduce
[C] check
[D] reflect
30. [A] point
[B] lead
[C] come
[D] amount
31. [A] in general
[B] on average
[C] by contrast
[D] at length
32. [A] case
[B] short
[C] turn
[D] essence
33. [A] survived
[B] noticed
[C] undertaken
[D] experienced
34. [A] contrarily
[B] consequently
[C] similarly
[D] simultaneously
35. [A] than
[B] that
[C] which
[D] as
36. [A] system
[B] structure
[C] concept
[D] heritage
37. [A] assessable
[B] identifiable
[C] negligible
[D] incredible
38. [A] expense
[B] restriction
[C] allocation
[D] availability
39. [A] incidence
[B] awareness
[C] exposure
[D] popularity
40. [A] provided
[B] since
[C] although
[D] supposing
Section III Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
Hunting for a job late last year, lawyer Gant Redmon stumbled across CareerBuilder, a job database on the Internet. He searched it with no success but was attracted by the site¡¯s ¡°personal search agent.¡± It¡¯s an interactive feature that lets visitors key in job criteria such as location, title, and salary, then E-mails them when a matching position is posted in the database. Redmon chose the keywords legal, intellectual property, and Washington, D.C. Three weeks later, he got his first notification of an opening. ¡°I struck gold,¡± says Redmon, who E-mailed his resume to the employer and won a position as in-house counsel for a company.
With thousands of career-related sites on the Internet, finding promising openings can be time-consuming and inefficient. Search agents reduce the need for repeated visits to the databases. But although a search agent worked for Redmon, career experts see drawbacks. Narrowing your criteria, for example, may work against you: ¡°Every time you answer a question you eliminate a possibility.¡± says one expert.
For any job search, you should start with a narrow concept¡ªwhat you think you want to do -- then broaden it. ¡°None of these programs do that,¡± says another expert. ¡°There¡¯s no career counseling implicit in all of this.¡± Instead, the best strategy is to use the agent as a kind of tip service to keep abreast of jobs in a particular database; when you get E-mail, consider it a reminder to check the database again. ¡°I would not rely on agents for finding everything that is added to a database that might interest me,¡± says the author of a job-searching guide.
Some sites design their agents to tempt job hunters to return. When CareerSite¡¯s agent sends out messages to those who have signed up for its service, for example, it includes only three potential jobs -- those it considers the best matches. There may be more matches in the database; job hunters will have to visit the site again to find them -- and they do. ¡°On the day after we send our messages, we see a sharp increase in our traffic,¡± says Seth Peets, vice president of marketing for CareerSite.
Even those who aren¡¯t hunting for jobs may find search agents worthwhile. Some use them to keep a close watch on the demand for their line of work or gather information on compensation to arm themselves when negotiating for a raise. Although happily employed, Redmon maintains his agent at CareerBuilder. ¡°You always keep your eyes open,¡± he says. Working with a personal search agent means having another set of eyes looking out for you.
41. How did Redmon find his job?
[A] By searching openings in a job database.
[B] By posting a matching position in a database.
[C] By using a special service of a database.
[D] By E-mailing his resume to a database.
42. Which of the following can be a disadvantage of search agents?
[A] Lack of counseling.
[B] Limited number of visits.
[C] Lower efficiency.
[D] Fewer successful matches.
43. The expression ¡°tip service¡± (Line 4, Paragraph 3) most probably means ________.
[A] advisory
[B] compensation
[C] interaction
[D] reminder
44. Why does CareerSite¡¯s agent offer each job hunter only three job options?
[A] To focus on better job matches.
[B] To attract more returning visits.
[C] To reserve space for more messages.
[D] To increase the rate of success.
45. Which of the following is true according to the text?
[A] Personal search agents are indispensable to job-hunters.
[B] Some sites keep E-mailing job seekers to trace their demands.
[C] Personal search agents are also helpful to those already employed.
[D] Some agents stop sending information to people once they are employed.
Text 2
Over the past century, all kinds of unfairness and discrimination have been condemned or made illegal. But one insidious form continues to thrive: alphabetism. This, for those as yet unaware of such a disadvantage, refers to discrimination against those whose surnames begin with a letter in the lower half of the alphabet.
It has long been known that a taxi firm called AAAA cars has a big advantage over Zodiac cars when customers thumb through their phone directories. Less well known is the advantage that Adam Abbott has in life over Zo? Zysman. English names are fairly evenly spread between the halves of the alphabet. Yet a suspiciously large number of top people have surnames beginning with letters between A and K.
Thus the American president and vice-president have surnames starting with B and C respectively; and 26 of George Bush¡¯s predecessors (including his father) had surnames in the first half of the alphabet against just 16 in the second half. Even more striking, six of the seven heads of government of the G7 rich countries are alphabetically advantaged (Berlusconi, Blair, Bush, Chirac, Chr¨¦tien and Koizumi). The world¡¯s three top central bankers (Greenspan, Duisenberg and Hayami) are all close to the top of the alphabet, even if one of them really uses Japanese characters. As are the world¡¯s five richest men (Gates, Buffett, Allen, Ellison and Albrecht).
Can this merely be coincidence? One theory, dreamt up in all the spare time enjoyed by the alphabetically disadvantaged, is that the rot sets in early. At the start of the first year in infant school, teachers seat pupils alphabetically from the front, to make it easier to remember their names. So short-sighted Zysman junior gets stuck in the back row, and is rarely asked the improving questions posed by those insensitive teachers. At the time the alphabetically disadvantaged may think they have had a lucky escape. Yet the result may be worse qualifications, because they get less individual attention, as well as less confidence in speaking publicly.
The humiliation continues. At university graduation ceremonies, the ABCs proudly get their awards first; by the time they reach the Zysmans most people are literally having a ZZZ. Shortlists for job interviews, election ballot papers, lists of conference speakers and attendees: all tend to be drawn up alphabetically, and their recipients lose interest as they plough through them.
46. What does the author intend to illustrate with AAA A cars and Zodiac cars?
[A] A kind of overlooked inequality.
[B] A type of conspicuous bias.
[C] A type of personal prejudice.
[D] A kind of brand discrimination.
47. What can we infer from the first three paragraphs?
[A] In both East and West, names are essential to success.
[B] The alphabet is to blame for the failure of Zo? Zysman.
[C] Customers often pay a lot of attention to companies¡¯ names.
[D] Some form of discrimination is too subtle to recognize.
48. The 4th paragraph suggests that ________.
[A] questions are often put to the more intelligent students
[B] alphabetically disadvantaged students often escape from class
[C] teachers should pay attention to all of their students
[D] students should be seated according to their eyesight
49. What does the author mean by ¡°most people are literally having a ZZZ¡± (Lines 2-3, Paragraph 5)?
[A] They are getting impatient.
[B] They are noisily dozing off.
[C] They are feeling humiliated.
[D] They are busy with word puzzles.
50. Which of the following is true according to the text?
[A] People with surnames beginning with N to Z are often ill-treated.
[B] VIPs in the Western world gain a great deal from alphabetism.
[C] The campaign to eliminate alphabetism still has a long way to go.
[D] Putting things alphabetically may lead to unintentional bias.
Text 3
When it comes to the slowing economy, Ellen Spero isn¡¯t biting her nails just yet. But the 47-year-old manicurist isn¡¯t cutting, filling or polishing as many nails as she¡¯d like to, either. Most of her clients spend $12 to $50 weekly, but last month two longtime customers suddenly stopped showing up. Spero blames the softening economy. ¡°I¡¯m a good economic indicator,¡± she says. ¡°I provide a service that people can do without when they¡¯re concerned about saving some dollars.¡± So Spero is downscaling, shopping at middle-brow Dillard¡¯s department store near her suburban Cleveland home, instead of Neiman Marcus. ¡°I don¡¯t know if other clients are going to abandon me, too.¡± she says.
Even before Alan Greenspan¡¯s admission that America¡¯s red-hot economy is cooling, lots of working folks had already seen signs of the slowdown themselves. From car dealerships to Gap outlets, sales have been lagging for months as shoppers temper their spending. For retailers, who last year took in 24 percent of their revenue between Thanksgiving and Christmas, the cautious approach is coming at a crucial time. Already, experts say, holiday sales are off 7 percent from last year¡¯s pace. But don¡¯t sound any alarms just yet. Consumers seem only mildly concerned, not panicked, and many say they remain optimistic about the economy¡¯s long-term prospects, even as they do some modest belt-tightening.
Consumers say they¡¯re not in despair because, despite the dreadful headlines, their own fortunes still feel pretty good. Home prices are holding steady in most regions. In Manhattan, ¡°there¡¯s a new gold rush happening in the $4 million to $10 million range, predominantly fed by Wall Street bonuses,¡± says broker Barbara Corcoran. In San Francisco, prices are still rising even as frenzied overbidding quiets. ¡°Instead of 20 to 30 offers, now maybe you only get two or three,¡± says John Tealdi, a Bay Area real-estate broker. And most folks still feel pretty comfortable about their ability to find and keep a job.
Many folks see silver linings to this slowdown. Potential home buyers would cheer for lower interest rates. Employers wouldn¡¯t mind a little fewer bubbles in the job market. Many consumers seem to have been influenced by stock-market swings, which investors now view as a necessary ingredient to a sustained boom. Diners might see an upside, too. Getting a table at Manhattan¡¯s hot new Alain Ducasse restaurant used to be impossible. Not anymore. For that, Greenspan & Co. may still be worth toasting.
51. By ¡°Ellen Spero isn¡¯t biting her nails just yet¡± (Lines 1-2, Paragraph 1), the author means ________.
[A] Spero can hardly maintain her business
[B] Spero is too much engaged in her work
[C] Spero has grown out of her bad habit
[D] Spero is not in a desperate situation
52. How do the public feel about the current economic situation?
[A] Optimistic.
[B] Confused.
[C] Carefree.
[D] Panicked.
53. When mentioning ¡°the $4 million to $10 million range¡± (Lines 3-4, Paragraph 3) the author is talking about ________.
[A] gold market
[B] real estate
[C] stock exchange
[D] venture investment
54. Why can many people see ¡°silver linings¡± to the economic slowdown?
[A] They would benefit in certain ways.
[B] The stock market shows signs of recovery.
[C] Such a slowdown usually precedes a boom.
[D] The purchasing power would be enhanced.
55. To which of the following is the author likely to agree?
[A] A new boom, on the horizon.
[B] Tighten the belt, the single remedy.
[C] Caution all right, panic not.
[D] The more ventures, the more chances.
Text 4
Americans today don¡¯t place a very high value on intellect. Our heroes are athletes, entertainers, and entrepreneurs, not scholars. Even our schools are where we send our children to get a practical education -- not to pursue knowledge for the sake of knowledge. Symptoms of pervasive anti-intellectualism in our schools aren¡¯t difficult to find.
¡°Schools have always been in a society where practical is more important than intellectual,¡± says education writer Diane Ravitch. ¡°Schools could be a counterbalance.¡± Ravitch¡¯s latest book, Left Back: A Century of Failed School Reforms, traces the roots of anti-intellectualism in our schools, concluding they are anything but a counterbalance to the American distaste for intellectual pursuits.
But they could and should be. Encouraging kids to reject the life of the mind leaves them vulnerable to exploitation and control. Without the ability to think critically, to defend their ideas and understand the ideas of others, they cannot fully participate in our democracy. Continuing along this path, says writer Earl Shorris, ¡°We will become a second-rate country. We will have a less civil society.¡±
¡°Intellect is resented as a form of power or privilege,¡± writes historian and professor Richard Hofstadter in Anti-Intellectualism in American Life, a Pulitzer-Prize winning book on the roots of anti-intellectualism in US politics, religion, and education. From the beginning of our history, says Hofstadter, our democratic and populist urges have driven us to reject anything that smells of elitism. Practicality, common sense, and native intelligence have been considered more noble qualities than anything you could learn from a book.
Ralph Waldo Emerson and other Transcendentalist philosophers thought schooling and rigorous book learning put unnatural restraints on children: ¡°We are shut up in schools and college recitation rooms for 10 or 15 years and come out at last with a bellyful of words and do not know a thing.¡± Mark Twain¡¯s Huckleberry Finn exemplified American anti-intellectualism. Its hero avoids being civilized -- going to school and learning to read -- so he can preserve his innate goodness.
Intellect, according to Hofstadter, is different from native intelligence, a quality we reluctantly admire. Intellect is the critical, creative, and contemplative side of the mind. Intelligence seeks to grasp, manipulate, re-order, and adjust, while intellect examines, ponders, wonders, theorizes, criticizes and imagines.
School remains a place where intellect is mistrusted. Hofstadter says our country¡¯s educational system is in the grips of people who ¡°joyfully and militantly proclaim their hostility to intellect and their eagerness to identify with children who show the least intellectual promise.¡±
56. What do American parents expect their children to acquire in school?
[A] The habit of thinking independently.
[B] Profound knowledge of the world.
[C] Practical abilities for future career.
[D] The confidence in intellectual pursuits.
57. We can learn from the text that Americans have a history of ________.
[A] undervaluing intellect
[B] favoring intellectualism
[C] supporting school reform
[D] suppressing native intelligence
58. The views of Ravitch and Emerson on schooling are ________.
[A] identical
[B] similar
[C] complementary
[D] opposite
59. Emerson, according to the text, is probably ________.
[A] a pioneer of education reform
[B] an opponent of intellectualism
[C] a scholar in favor of intellect
[D] an advocate of regular schooling
60. What does the author think of intellect?
[A] It is second to intelligence.
[B] It evolves from common sense.
[C] It is to be pursued.
[D] It underlies power.
Part B
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
The relation of language and mind has interested philosophers for many centuries. 61) The Greeks assumed that the structure of language had some connection with the process of thought, which took root in Europe long before people realized how diverse languages could be.
Only recently did linguists begin the serious study of languages that were very different from their own. Two anthropologist-linguists, Franz Boas and Edward Sapir, were pioneers in describing many native languages of North and South America during the first half of the twentieth century. 62) We are obliged to them because some of these languages have since vanished, as the peoples who spoke them died out or became assimilated and lost their native languages. Other linguists in the earlier part of this century, however, who were less eager to deal with bizarre data from ¡°exotic¡± language, were not always so grateful. 63) The newly described languages were often so strikingly different from the well studied languages of Europe and Southeast Asia that some scholars even accused Boas and Sapir of fabricating their data. Native American languages are indeed different, so much so in fact that Navajo could be used by the US military as a code during World War II to send secret messages.
Sapir¡¯s pupil, Benjamin Lee Whorf, continued the study of American Indian languages. 64) Being interested in the relationship of language and thought, Whorf developed the idea that the structure of language determines the structure of habitual thought in a society. He reasoned that because it is easier to formulate certain concepts and not others in a given language, the speakers of that language think along one track and not along another. 65) Whorf came to believe in a sort of linguistic determinism which, in its strongest form, states that language imprisons the mind, and that the grammatical patterns in a language can produce far-reaching consequences for the culture of a society. Later, this idea became to be known as the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, but this term is somewhat inappropriate. Although both Sapir and Whorf emphasized the diversity of languages, Sapir himself never explicitly supported the notion of linguistic determinism.
61. ________
62. ________
63. ________
64. ________
65. ________
Section IV Writing
66. Directions:
Study the following drawing carefully and write an essay in which you should
1) describe the drawing,
2) interpret its meaning, and
3) support your view with examples.
You should write about 200 words neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2004Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Listening Comprehension (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. highlands 2. 20 3. mild 4. November 5. 22
Part B (5 points)
6. A (technology) forecaster;
7. government agencies;
8. (A) meaningful (exercise);
9. open to change;
10. Trust and cooperation.
Part C (10 points)
11. [D] 12. [B] 13. [C] 14. [D] 15. [A]
16. [C] 17. [B] 18. [A] 19. [A] 20. [C]
Section II: Use of English (10 points)
21. [C] 22. [D] 23. [A] 24. [D] 25. [A]
26. [B] 27. [C] 28. [D] 29. [A] 30. [B]
31. [A] 32. [C] 33. [D] 34. [B] 35. [A]
36. [B] 37. [B] 38. [D] 39. [A] 40. [C]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (50 points)
Part A (40 points)
41. [C] 42. [A] 43. [D] 44. [B] 45. [C]
46. [A] 47. [D] 48. [C] 49. [B] 50. [D]
51. [D] 52. [A] 53. [B] 54. [A] 55. [C]
56. [C] 57. [A] 58. [D] 59. [B] 60. [C]
Part B (10 points)
61. Ï£À°ÈËÈÏΪ, ÓïÑԽṹÓë˼ά¹ý³ÌÖ®¼ä´æÔÚ×ÅijÖÖÁªÏµ¡£ÕâÒ»¹ÛµãÔÚÈËÃÇÉÐδÈÏʶµ½ÓïÑÔµÄǧ²îÍò±ðÒÔÇ°¾ÍÔçÒÑÔÚÅ·ÖÞÔúÏÂÁ˸ù¡£
62. ÎÒÃÇÖ®ËùÓим¤ËûÃÇ (Á½Î»ÏÈÇý), ÊÇÒòΪÔÚ´ËÖ®ºó, ÕâЩ (ÍÁÖø) ÓïÑÔÖÐÓÐһЩÒѾ­²»¸´´æÔÚÁË, ÕâÊÇÓÉÓÚ˵ÕâЩÓïÑԵIJ¿×å»òÊÇÏûÍöÁË, »òÊDZ»Í¬»¯¶øɥʧÁË×Ô¼ºµÄ±¾×åÓïÑÔ¡£
63. ÕâЩнü±»ÃèÊöµÄÓïÑÔÓëÒѾ­µÃµ½³ä·ÖÑо¿µÄÅ·Ö޺Ͷ«ÄÏÑǵØÇøµÄÓïÑÔÍùÍù²î±ðÏÔÖø, ÒÔÖÁÓÚÓÐЩѧÕßÉõÖÁÖ¸ÔðBoasºÍSapir±àÔìÁ˲ÄÁÏ¡£
64. Whorf¶ÔÓïÑÔÓë˼άµÄ¹ØϵºÜ¸ÐÐËȤ, Öð½¥ÐγÉÁËÕâÑùµÄ¹Ûµã£ºÔÚÒ»¸öÉç»áÖÐ, ÓïÑԵĽṹ¾ö¶¨Ï°¹ß˼άµÄ½á¹¹¡£
65. Whorf½ø¶øÏàÐÅijÖÖÀàËÆÓïÑÔ¾ö¶¨Â۵Ĺ۵ã, Æ伫¶Ë˵·¨ÊÇ£ºÓïÑÔ½ûïÀ˼ά, ÓïÑÔµÄÓï·¨½á¹¹ÄܶÔÒ»¸öÉç»áµÄÎÄ»¯²úÉúÉîÔ¶µÄÓ°Ïì¡£
Section IV: Writing (20 points)
66. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Look at this picture. A man is running toward the end of a race, sweating all over. Perhaps there is nothing special about the man and the race, yet the end line leaves a deep impression on us for it is both ¡°finish line¡± and ¡°starting line¡± if we look at it from a different angle.
The picture tells us a lot about life. An ordinary runner may think that his achievement calls for celebration for he has reached his goal. But an ambitious runner will well realize that his success is the starting point for a new race. Obviously, the way we look at things determines how far we will go. If we feel satisfied with the ability to read and write, perhaps we will not strive to get a college education. Again, if we think a Bachelor's degree is quite enough, we will not take pains to pass the examination for postgraduate. Life is just like an endless race. If we don¡¯t prepare for new races, we are either disqualified from the race or surpassed by others. That¡¯s why the finish line is also a starting line.
I like this picture. I may have been running this endless race, but I have been pushed forward by my parents or people around me. From now on, I will become more active and take the initiative, for the picture has really enlightened me.
(233 words)

2003ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Listening Comprehension
Directions:
This section is designed to test your ability to understand spoken English. You will hear a selection of recorded materials and you must answer the questions that accompany them. There are three parts in this section, Part A, Part B, and Part C.
Remember, while you should first put down your answers in your test booklet. At the end of the listening comprehension section, you will have five minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
Now look at Part A in your test booklet.
Part A
Directions:
For Question 1-5, you will hear a talk about Boston Museum of Fine Art. While you listen, fill out the table with the information you have heard. Some of the information has been given to you in the table. Write only 1 word or number in each numbered box. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the table below. (5 points)
Boston Museum of Fine Arts
Founded (year) 1870
Opened to the public (year)
Question 1
Moved to the current location (year) 1909
The west wing completed (year)
Question 2
Number of departments 9
The most remarkable department
Question 3
Exhibition Space (m2)
Question 4
Approximate number of visitors/year 800,000
Programs provided
classes
lectures
Question 5
Part B
Directions:
For Questions 6-10, you will hear an interview with an expert on marriage problems. While you listen, complete the sentences or answer the questions. Use not more than 3 words for each answer. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the sentences and questions below. (5 points)
What should be the primary source of help for a troubled couple? ________. Question 6
Writing down a list of problems in the marriage may help a troubled couple discuss them ________. Question 7
Who should a couple consider seriously turning to if they can¡¯t talk with each other? ________. Question 8
Priests are usually unsuccessful in counseling troubled couples despite their ________. Question 9
According to the old notion, what will make hearts grow fonder? ________. Question 10
Part C
Directions:
You will hear three pieces of recorded material. Before listening to each one, you will have time to read the questions related to it. While listening, answer each question by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. After listening, you will have time to check your answers you will hear each piece once only. (10 points)
Questions 11-13 are based on the following talk about napping, you now have 15 seconds to read questions 11-13.
11. Children under five have abundant energy partly because they ________.
[A] sleep in three distinct parts
[B] have many five-minute naps
[C] sleep in one long block
[D] take one or two naps daily
12. According to the speaker, the sleep pattern of a baby is determined by ________.
[A] its genes
[B] its habit
[C] its mental state
[D] its physical condition
13. The talk suggests that, if you feel sleepy through the day, you should ________.
[A] take some refreshment
[B] go to bed early
[C] have a long rest
[D] give in to sleep
Questions 14-16 are based on the following interview with Sherman Alexie, an American Indian poet. You now have 15 seconds to read Questions 14-16.
14. Why did Sherman Alexie only take day jobs?
[A] He could bring unfinished work home.
[B] He might have time to pursue his interests.
[C] He might do some evening teaching.
[D] He could invest more emotion in his family.
15. What was his original goal at college?
[A] to teach in high school
[B] to write his own books
[C] to be a medical doctor
[D] to be a mathematician
16. Why did he take the poetry-writing class?
[A] To follow his father.
[B] For an easy grade.
[C] To change his specialty.
[D] For knowledge of poetry.
Questions 17-20 are based on the following talk about public speaking. You now have 20 seconds to read Questions 17-20.
17. What is the most important thing in public speaking?
[A] Confidence.
[B] Preparation.
[C] Informativeness.
[D] Organization.
18. What does the speaker advise us to do to capture the audience¡¯s attention?
[A] Gather abundant data.
[B] Organize the idea logically.
[C] Develop a great opening.
[D] Select appropriate materials.
19. If you don¡¯t start working for the presentation until the day before, you will feel ________.
[A] uneasy
[B] uncertain
[C] frustrated
[D] depressed
20. Who is this speech most probably meant for?
[A] Those interested in the power of persuasion.
[B] Those trying to improve their public images.
[C] Those planning to take up some public work.
[D] Those eager to become effective speakers.
You now have 5 minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
Section II Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word (s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Teachers need to be aware of the emotional, intellectual, and physical changes that young adults experience. And they also need to give serious ´ó21¼Ò to how they can best ´ó22¼Ò such changes. Growing bodies need movement and ´ó23¼Ò, but not just in ways that emphasize competition. ´ó24¼Ò they are adjusting to their new bodies and a whole host of new intellectual and emotional challenges, teenagers are especially self-conscious and need the ´ó25¼Ò that comes from achieving success and knowing that their accomplishments are ´ó26¼Ò by others. However, the typical teenage lifestyle is already filled with so much competition that it would be ´ó27¼Ò to plan activities in which there are more winners than losers, ´ó28¼Ò, publishing newsletters with many student-written book reviews, ´ó29¼Ò student artwork, and sponsoring book discussion clubs. A variety of small clubs can provide ´ó30¼Ò opportunities for leadership, as well as for practice in successful ´ó31¼Ò dynamics. Making friends is extremely important to teenagers, and many shy students need the ´ó32¼Ò of some kind of organization with a supportive adult ´ó33¼Ò visible in the background.
In these activities, it is important to remember that the young teens have ´ó34¼Ò attention spans. A variety of activities should be organized ´ó35¼Ò participants can remain active as long as they want and then go on to ´ó36¼Ò else without feeling guilty and without letting the other participants ´ó37¼Ò. This does not mean that adults must accept irresponsibility. ´ó38¼Ò, they can help students acquire a sense of commitment by ´ó39¼Ò for roles that are within their ´ó40¼Ò and their attention spans and by having clearly stated rules.
21. [A] thought
[B] idea
[C] opinion
[D] advice
22. [A] strengthen
[B] accommodate
[C] stimulate
[D] enhance
23. [A] care
[B] nutrition
[C] exercise
[D] leisure
24. [A] If
[B] Although
[C] Whereas
[D] Because
25. [A] assistance
[B] guidance
[C] confidence
[D] tolerance
26. [A] claimed
[B] admired
[C] ignored
[D] surpassed
27. [A] improper
[B] risky
[C] fair
[D] wise
28. [A] in effect
[B] as a result
[C] for example
[D] in a sense
29. [A] displaying
[B] describing
[C] creating
[D] exchanging
30. [A] durable
[B] excessive
[C] surplus
[D] multiple
31. [A] group
[B] individual
[C] personnel
[D] corporation
32. [A] consent
[B] insurance
[C] admission
[D] security
33. [A] particularly
[B] barely
[C] definitely
[D] rarely
34. [A] similar
[B] long
[C] different
[D] short
35. [A] if only
[B] now that
[C] so that
[D] even if
36. [A] everything
[B] anything
[C] nothing
[D] something
37. [A] off
[B] down
[C] out
[D] alone
38. [A] On the contrary
[B] On the average
[C] On the whole
[D] On the other hand
39. [A] making
[B] standing
[C] planning
[D] taking
40. [A] capabilities
[B] responsibilities
[C] proficiency
[D] efficiency
Section III Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1 (40 points)
Text 1
Wild Bill Donovan would have loved the Internet. The American spymaster who built the Office of Strategic Services in the World War II and later laid the roots for the CIA was fascinated with information. Donovan believed in using whatever tools came to hand in the ¡°great game¡± of espionage -- spying as a ¡°profession.¡± These days the Net, which has already re-made such everyday pastimes as buying books and sending mail, is reshaping Donovan¡¯s vocation as well.
The latest revolution isn¡¯t simply a matter of gentlemen reading other gentlemen¡¯s e-mail. That kind of electronic spying has been going on for decades. In the past three or four years, the World Wide Web has given birth to a whole industry of point-and-click spying. The spooks call it ¡°open-source intelligence,¡± and as the Net grows, it is becoming increasingly influential. In 1995 the CIA held a contest to see who could compile the most data about Burundi. The winner, by a large margin, was a tiny Virginia company called Open Source Solutions, whose clear advantage was its mastery of the electronic world.
Among the firms making the biggest splash in this new world is Straitford, Inc., a private intelligence-analysis firm based in Austin, Texas. Straitford makes money by selling the results of spying (covering nations from Chile to Russia) to corporations like energy-services firm McDermott International. Many of its predictions are available online at www.straitford.com.
Straitford president George Friedman says he sees the online world as a kind of mutually reinforcing tool for both information collection and distribution, a spymaster¡¯s dream. Last week his firm was busy vacuuming up data bits from the far corners of the world and predicting a crisis in Ukraine. ¡°As soon as that report runs, we¡¯ll suddenly get 500 new Internet sign-ups from Ukraine,¡± says Friedman, a former political science professor. ¡°And we¡¯ll hear back from some of them.¡± Open-source spying does have its risks, of course, since it can be difficult to tell good information from bad. That¡¯s where Straitford earns its keep.
Friedman relies on a lean staff of 20 in Austin. Several of his staff members have military-intelligence backgrounds. He sees the firm¡¯s outsider status as the key to its success. Straitford¡¯s briefs don¡¯t sound like the usual Washington back-and-forthing, whereby agencies avoid dramatic declarations on the chance they might be wrong. Straitford, says Friedman, takes pride in its independent voice.
41. The emergence of the Net has ________.
[A] received support from fans like Donovan
[B] remolded the intelligence services
[C] restored many common pastimes
[D] revived spying as a profession
42. Donovan¡¯s story is mentioned in the text to ________.
[A] introduce the topic of online spying
[B] show how he fought for the U.S.
[C] give an episode of the information war
[D] honor his unique services to the CIA
43. The phrase ¡°making the biggest splash¡± (Line 1, Paragraph 3) most probably means ________.
[A] causing the biggest trouble
[B] exerting the greatest effort
[C] achieving the greatest success
[D] enjoying the widest popularity
44. It can be learned from Paragraph 4 that ________.
[A] Straitford¡¯s prediction about Ukraine has proved true
[B] Straitford guarantees the truthfulness of its information
[C] Straitford¡¯s business is characterized by unpredictability
[D] Straitford is able to provide fairly reliable information
45. Straitford is most proud of its ________.
[A] official status
[B] nonconformist image
[C] efficient staff
[D] military background
Text 2
To paraphrase 18th-century statesman Edmund Burke, ¡°all that is needed for the triumph of a misguided cause is that good people do nothing.¡± One such cause now seeks to end biomedical research because of the theory that animals have rights ruling out their use in research. Scientists need to respond forcefully to animal rights advocates, whose arguments are confusing the public and thereby threatening advances in health knowledge and care. Leaders of the animal rights movement target biomedical research because it depends on public funding, and few people understand the process of health care research. Hearing allegations of cruelty to animals in research settings, many are perplexed that anyone would deliberately harm an animal.
For example, a grandmotherly woman staffing an animal rights booth at a recent street fair was distributing a brochure that encouraged readers not to use anything that comes from or is tested in animals¡ªno meat, no fur, no medicines. Asked if she opposed immunizations, she wanted to know if vaccines come from animal research. When assured that they do, she replied, ¡°Then I would have to say yes.¡± Asked what will happen when epidemics return, she said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, scientists will find some way of using computers.¡± Such well-meaning people just don¡¯t understand.
Scientists must communicate their message to the public in a compassionate, understandable way -- in human terms, not in the language of molecular biology. We need to make clear the connection between animal research and a grandmother¡¯s hip replacement, a father¡¯s bypass operation, a baby¡¯s vaccinations, and even a pet¡¯s shots. To those who are unaware that animal research was needed to produce these treatments, as well as new treatments and vaccines, animal research seems wasteful at best and cruel at worst.
Much can be done. Scientists could ¡°adopt¡± middle school classes and present their own research. They should be quick to respond to letters to the editor, lest animal rights misinformation go unchallenged and acquire a deceptive appearance of truth. Research institutions could be opened to tours, to show that laboratory animals receive humane care. Finally, because the ultimate stakeholders are patients, the health research community should actively recruit to its cause not only well-known personalities such as Stephen Cooper, who has made courageous statements about the value of animal research, but all who receive medical treatment. If good people do nothing, there is a real possibility that an uninformed citizenry will extinguish the precious embers of medical progress.
46. The author begins his article with Edmund Burke¡¯s words to ________.
[A] call on scientists to take some actions
[B] criticize the misguided cause of animal rights
[C] warn of the doom of biomedical research
[D] show the triumph of the animal rights movement
47. Misled people tend to think that using an animal in research is ________.
[A] cruel but natural
[B] inhuman and unacceptable
[C] inevitable but vicious
[D] pointless and wasteful
48. The example of the grandmotherly woman is used to show the public¡¯s ________.
[A] discontent with animal research
[B] ignorance about medical science
[C] indifference to epidemics
[D] anxiety about animal rights
49. The author believes that, in face of the challenge from animal rights advocates, scientists should ________.
[A] communicate more with the public
[B] employ hi-tech means in research
[C] feel no shame for their cause
[D] strive to develop new cures
50. From the text we learn that Stephen Cooper is ________.
[A] a well-known humanist
[B] a medical practitioner
[C] an enthusiast in animal rights
[D] a supporter of animal research
Text 3
In recent years, railroads have been combining with each other, merging into supersystems, causing heightened concerns about monopoly. As recently as 1995, the top four railroads accounted for under 70 percent of the total ton-miles moved by rails. Next year, after a series of mergers is completed, just four railroads will control well over 90 percent of all the freight moved by major rail carriers.
Supporters of the new supersystems argue that these mergers will allow for substantial cost reductions and better coordinated service. Any threat of monopoly, they argue, is removed by fierce competition from trucks. But many shippers complain that for heavy bulk commodities traveling long distances, such as coal, chemicals, and grain, trucking is too costly and the railroads therefore have them by the throat.
The vast consolidation within the rail industry means that most shippers are served by only one rail company. Railroads typically charge such ¡°captive¡± shippers 20 to 30 percent more than they do when another railroad is competing for the business. Shippers who feel they are being overcharged have the right to appeal to the federal government¡¯s Surface Transportation Board for rate relief, but the process is expensive, time-consuming, and will work only in truly extreme cases.
Railroads justify rate discrimination against captive shippers on the grounds that in the long run it reduces everyone¡¯s cost. If railroads charged all customers the same average rate, they argue, shippers who have the option of switching to trucks or other forms of transportation would do so, leaving remaining customers to shoulder the cost of keeping up the line. It¡¯s a theory to which many economists subscribe, but in practice it often leaves railroads in the position of determining which companies will flourish and which will fail. ¡°Do we really want railroads to be the arbiters of who wins and who loses in the marketplace?¡± asks Martin Bercovici, a Washington lawyer who frequently represents shippers.
Many captive shippers also worry they will soon be hit with a round of huge rate increases. The railroad industry as a whole, despite its brightening fortunes, still does not earn enough to cover the cost of the capital it must invest to keep up with its surging traffic. Yet railroads continue to borrow billions to acquire one another, with Wall Street cheering them on. Consider the $10.2 billion bid by Norfolk Southern and CSX to acquire Conrail this year. Conrail¡¯s net railway operating income in 1996 was just $427 million, less than half of the carrying costs of the transaction. Who¡¯s going to pay for the rest of the bill? Many captive shippers fear that they will, as Norfolk Southern and CSX increase their grip on the market.
51. According to those who support mergers, railway monopoly is unlikely because ________.
[A] cost reduction is based on competition
[B] services call for cross-trade coordination
[C] outside competitors will continue to exist
[D] shippers will have the railway by the throat
52. What is many captive shippers¡¯ attitude towards the consolidation in the rail industry?
[A] Indifferent.
[B] Supportive.
[C] Indignant.
[D] Apprehensive.
53. It can be inferred from Paragraph 3 that ________.
[A] shippers will be charged less without a rival railroad
[B] there will soon be only one railroad company nationwide
[C] overcharged shippers are unlikely to appeal for rate relief
[D] a government board ensures fair play in railway business
54. The word ¡°arbiters¡± (Line 7, Paragraph 4) most probably refers to those ________.
[A] who work as coordinators
[B] who function as judges
[C] who supervise transactions
[D] who determine the price
55. According to the text, the cost increase in the rail industry is mainly caused by ________.
[A] the continuing acquisition
[B] the growing traffic
[C] the cheering Wall Street
[D] the shrinking market
Text 4
It is said that in England death is pressing, in Canada inevitable and in California optional. Small wonder. Americans¡¯ life expectancy has nearly doubled over the past century. Failing hips can be replaced, clinical depression controlled, cataracts removed in a 30-minute surgical procedure. Such advances offer the aging population a quality of life that was unimaginable when I entered medicine 50 years ago. But not even a great health-care system can cure death -- and our failure to confront that reality now threatens this greatness of ours.
Death is normal; we are genetically programmed to disintegrate and perish, even under ideal conditions. We all understand that at some level, yet as medical consumers we treat death as a problem to be solved. Shielded by third-party payers from the cost of our care, we demand everything that can possibly be done for us, even if it¡¯s useless. The most obvious example is late-stage cancer care. Physicians -- frustrated by their inability to cure the disease and fearing loss of hope in the patient -- too often offer aggressive treatment far beyond what is scientifically justified.
In 1950, the U.S. spent $12.7 billion on health care. In 2002, the cost will be $1,540 billion. Anyone can see this trend is unsustainable. Yet few seem willing to try to reverse it. Some scholars conclude that a government with finite resources should simply stop paying for medical care that sustains life beyond a certain age -- say 83 or so. Former Colorado governor Richard Lamm has been quoted as saying that the old and infirm ¡°have a duty to die and get out of the way,¡± so that younger, healthier people can realize their potential.
I would not go that far. Energetic people now routinely work through their 60s and beyond, and remain dazzlingly productive. At 78, Viacom chairman Sumner Redstone jokingly claims to be 53. Supreme Court Justice Sandra Day O¡¯Connor is in her 70s, and former surgeon general C. Everett Koop chairs an Internet start-up in his 80s. These leaders are living proof that prevention works and that we can manage the health problems that come naturally with age. As a mere 68-year-old, I wish to age as productively as they have.
Yet there are limits to what a society can spend in this pursuit. As a physician, I know the most costly and dramatic measures may be ineffective and painful. I also know that people in Japan and Sweden, countries that spend far less on medical care, have achieved longer, healthier lives than we have. As a nation, we may be overfunding the quest for unlikely cures while underfunding research on humbler therapies that could improve people¡¯s lives.
56. What is implied in the first sentence?
[A] Americans are better prepared for death than other people.
[B] Americans enjoy a higher life quality than ever before.
[C] Americans are over-confident of their medical technology.
[D] Americans take a vain pride in their long life expectancy.
57. The author uses the example of cancer patients to show that ________.
[A] medical resources are often wasted
[B] doctors are helpless against fatal diseases
[C] some treatments are too aggressive
[D] medical costs are becoming unaffordable
58. The author¡¯s attitude toward Richard Lamm¡¯s remark is one of ________.
[A] strong disapproval
[B] reserved consent
[C] slight contempt
[D] enthusiastic support
59. In contrast to the U.S., Japan and Sweden are funding their medical care ________.
[A] more flexibly
[B] more extravagantly
[C] more cautiously
[D] more reasonably
60. The text intends to express the idea that ________.
[A] medicine will further prolong people¡¯s lives
[B] life beyond a certain limit is not worth living
[C] death should be accepted as a fact of life
[D] excessive demands increase the cost of health care
Part B
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
Human beings in all times and places think about their world and wonder at their place in it. Humans are thoughtful and creative, possessed of insatiable curiosity. 61) Furthermore, humans have the ability to modify the environment in which they live, thus subjecting all other life forms to their own peculiar ideas and fancies. Therefore, it is important to study humans in all their richness and diversity in a calm and systematic manner, with the hope that the knowledge resulting from such studies can lead humans to a more harmonious way of living with themselves and with all other life forms on this planet Earth.
¡°Anthropology¡± derives from the Greek words anthropos: ¡°human¡± and logos ¡°the study of.¡± By its very name, anthropology encompasses the study of all humankind.
Anthropology is one of the social sciences. 62) Social science is that branch of intellectual enquiry which seeks to study humans and their endeavors in the same reasoned, orderly, systematic, and dispassioned manner that natural scientists use for the study of natural phenomena.
Social science disciplines include geography, economics, political science, psychology, and sociology. Each of these social sciences has a subfield or specialization which lies particularly close to anthropology.
All the social sciences focus upon the study of humanity. Anthropology is a field-study oriented discipline which makes extensive use of the comparative method in analysis. 63) The emphasis on data gathered first-hand, combined with a cross-cultural perspective brought to the analysis of cultures past and present, makes this study a unique and distinctly important social science.
Anthropological analyses rest heavily upon the concept of culture. Sir Edward Tylor¡¯s formulation of the concept of culture was one of the great intellectual achievements of 19th century science. 64) Tylor defined culture as ¡°¡­ that complex whole which includes belief, art, morals, law, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society.¡± This insight, so profound in its simplicity, opened up an entirely new way of perceiving and understanding human life. Implicit within Tylor¡¯s definition is the concept that culture is learned, shared, and patterned behavior.
65) Thus, the anthropological concept of ¡°culture,¡± like the concept of ¡°set¡± in mathematics, is an abstract concept which makes possible immense amounts of concrete research and understanding.
Section IV Writing
66. Directions:
Study the following set of drawings carefully and write an essay in which you should
1) describe the set of drawings, interpret its meaning, and
2) point out its implications in our life.
You should write about 200 words neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2003Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Listening Comprehension (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. 1876 2. 1981 3. textiles 4. 19,137 5. concerts
Part B (5 points)
6. (the couple) themselves
7. constructively
8. a qualified psychologist
9. good intentions
10. absence
Part C (10 points)
11. [D] 12. [A] 13. [D] 14. [B] 15. [C]
16. [B] 17. [B] 18. [C] 19. [A] 20. [D]
Section II: Use of English (10 points)
21. [A] 22. [B] 23. [C] 24. [D] 25. [C]
26. [B] 27. [D] 28. [C] 29. [A] 30. [D]
31. [A] 32. [D] 33. [B] 34. [D] 35. [C]
36. [D] 37. [B] 38. [A] 39. [C] 40. [A]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (50 points)
Part A (40 points)
41. [B] 42. [A] 43. [C] 44. [D] 45. [B]
46. [A] 47. [B] 48. [B] 49. [A] 50. [D]
51. [C] 52. [D] 53. [C] 54. [B] 55. [A]
56. [C] 57. [A] 58. [B] 59. [D] 60. [C]
Part B (10 points)
61. ¶øÇÒ£¬ÈËÀ໹ÓÐÄÜÁ¦¸Ä±ä×Ô¼ºµÄÉú´æ»·¾³£¬´Ó¶øÊÇÈÃËùÓÐÆäËüÐÎ̬µÄÉúÃü·þ´ÓÈËÀà×Ô¼º¶ÀÌصÄÏë·¨ºÍÏëÏó¡£
62. Éç»á¿ÆѧÊÇ֪ʶ̽Ë÷µÄÒ»¸ö·ÖÖ§£¬ËüÁ¦Í¼Ïñ×ÔÈ»¿Æѧ¼ÒÑо¿×ÔÈ»ÏÖÏóÄÇÑù£¬ÓÃÀíÐԵġ¢ÓÐÐòµÄ¡¢ÏµÍ³µÄºÍÀä¾²µÄ·½Ê½Ñо¿ÈËÀ༰ÆäÐÐΪ¡£
63. Ç¿µ÷ÊÕ¼¯µÚÒ»ÊÖ×ÊÁÏ£¬¼ÓÉÏÔÚ·ÖÎö¹ýÈ¥ºÍÏÖÔÚÎÄ»¯ÐÎ̬ʱ²ÉÓÿçÎÄ»¯Êӽǣ¬Ê¹µÃÕâÒ»Ñо¿³ÉΪһÃŶÀÌز¢Çҷdz£ÖØÒªµÄÉç»á¿Æѧ¡£
64. Ì©ÀÕ°ÑÎÄ»¯¶¨ÒåΪ¡°¡­¡­Ò»¸ö¸´ºÏÕûÌ壬Ëü°üÀ¨ÈË×÷ΪÉç»á³ÉÔ±Ëù»ñµÃµÄÐÅÑö¡¢ÒÕÊõ¡¢µÀµÂ¡¢·¨ÂÉ¡¢·çË×ÒÔ¼°ÆäËüÄÜÁ¦ºÍÏ°¹ß¡±¡£
65. Òò´Ë£¬ÈËÀàѧÖС°ÎÄ»¯¡±¸ÅÄî¾ÍÏñÊýѧÖС°¼¯¡±µÄ¸ÅÄîÒ»Ñù£¬ÊÇÒ»¸ö³éÏó¸ÅÄËüʹ´óÁ¿µÄ¾ßÌåÑо¿ºÍÈÏʶ³ÉΪ¿ÉÄÜ¡£
Section IV: Writing (20 points)
66. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
As is shown in the two pictures, the same flower has different fate when put in different situations. When there is protection, the flower blooms beautifully. However, when exposed directly to rain and storm, the flower quickly withers. We can safely come to the conclusion that greenhouse flowers cannot withstand rain and storm.
The same is true with our children. As the one-child policy is adopted in China, more and more parents overprotect their children. With everything done for them and every need satisfied by their parents or grandparents, these only children seem to be healthy, happy and high-spirited. But when they leave home, they become disappointed and frustrated. Facing harsh things they have never experienced before, such as competition from peers, criticism from supervisors, pressure for deadlines and restriction for discipline, they will be at a loss, miserable or even desperate. In fact, the more protection they get from their parents, the less ability they acquire. Parents¡¯ love for their children turns out to be a disaster.
Children, like flowers, should be treated with care, but reasonable and sensible ways of doing things will help to bring about more fruitful results, if we not only love our children but also teach them how to love, our love will be passed down from generation to generation; if we not only solve problems for our children but also encourage them to solve problems, our diligence and ingenuity will make our life more meaningful and worthwhile.

2002ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
È«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ (Ò»)
National Entrance Test of English for MA/MS Candidates (2002)
¿¼Éú×¢ÒâÊÂÏî
1. ¿¼Éú±ØÐëÑϸñ×ñÊظ÷Ï³¡¹æÔò, µÃµ½¼à¿¼ÈËÔ±Ö¸Áîºó·½¿É¿ªÊ¼´ðÌâ¡£
2. ´ðÌâÇ°, ¿¼ÉúÓ¦½«´ðÌ⿨Éϵġ±¿¼ÉúÐÕÃû¡±¡¢¡±±¨¿¼µ¥Î»¡±¡¢¡±¿¼ÊÔÓïÖÖ¡±¡¢¡±¿¼Éú±àºÅ¡±µÈÐÅÏ¢ÌîдÇå³þ, ²¢Óë×¼¿¼Ö¤ÉϵÄÒ»Ö¡£
3. È«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢Óï·ÖΪÊÔÌâ (Ò») ¡¢ÊÔÌâ (¶þ) ¡£
4. ±¾ÊÔÌâΪÊÔÌâ (Ò»), ¹²4Ò³ (1¡«4Ò³) ¡£¿¼Éú±ØÐëÔڹ涨µÄʱ¼äÄÚ×÷´ð¡£
5. ÊÔÌâ (Ò») ΪÌýÁ¦²¿·Ö¡£¸Ã²¿·Ö¹²ÓÐA¡¢B¡¢CÈý½Ú, ËùÓд𰸶¼Ó¦Ìîд»òÌîÍ¿ÔÚ´ðÌ⿨1ÉÏ¡£A¡¢BÁ½½Ú±ØÐëÓÃÀ¶ (ºÚ) Ô²Öé±Ê´ðÌâ, ×¢Òâ×Ö¼£Çå³þ¡£C½Ú±ØÐëÓÃ2BǦ±Ê°´ÕÕ´ðÌ⿨ÉϵÄÒªÇóÌîÍ¿, ÈçÒª¸Ä¶¯, ±ØÐëÓÃÏðƤ²Á¸É¾»¡£
6. ÌýÁ¦¿¼ÊÔ½øÐÐʱ, ¿¼ÉúÓ¦ÏȽ«´ð°¸Ð´»ò±ê¼ÇÔÚÊÔÌâÉÏ, È»ºóÔÚÌýÁ¦²¿·Ö½áÊøǰרÃÅÁô³öµÄ5·ÖÖÓÄÚ, ½«´ð°¸Õû½àµØÌÜд»òתͿµ½´ðÌ⿨1ÉÏ¡£½öд»ò±ê¼ÇÔÚÊÔÌâÉϲ»¸ø·Ö¡£
Section I Listening Comprehension
Directions:
This Section is designed to test your ability to understand spoken English. You will hear a selection of recorded materials and you must answer the questions that accompany them. There are three parts in this section, Part A, Part B and Part C.
Remember, while you are doing the test, you should first put down your answers in your test booklet. At the end of the listening comprehension section, you will have 5 minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
Now look at Part A in your test booklet.
Part A
Directions:
For Questions 1-5, you will hear an introduction about the life of Margaret Welch. While you listen, fill out the table with the information you¡¯ve heard. Some of the information has been given to you in the table. Write only 1 word or number in each numbered box. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the table below. (5 points)
Welch¡¯s Personal Information
Place of Birth Philadelphia
Year of Birth 1901
Transfer to Barnard University (Year) 1920
Major at University
1
Final Degree PhD
Year of Marriage 1928
Growing Up In New Guinea Published (Year)
2
Field Study in the South Pacific (Age)
3
Main Interest
4
Professorship at Columbia Started (Year)
5
Death (Age) 77
Part B
Directions:
For questions 6-10, you will hear a talk by a well-known U.S. journalist. While you listen, complete the sentences or answer the questions. Use not more than 3 words for each answer. You will hear the recording twice. You now have 25 seconds to read the sentences and questions below. (5 points)
Besides reporters, who else were camped out for days outside the speaker¡¯s home? http://www.TopSage.com 6 One reporter got to the speaker¡¯s apartment pretending to pay. http://www.TopSage.com 7 The speaker believed the reporter wanted a picture of her looking http://www.TopSage.com 8 Where is a correction to a false story usually placed? http://www.TopSage.com 9 According to the speaker, the press will lose readers unless the editors and the news directors http://www.TopSage.com 10Part C
Directions:
You will hear three pieces of recorded material. Before listening to each one, you will have time to read the questions related to it. While listening, answer each question by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. After listening, you will have time to check your answers. You will hear each piece once only. (10 points)
Questions 11-13 are based on a report about children¡¯s healthy development. You now have 15 seconds to read Questions 11-13.
11. What unusual question may doctors ask when giving kids a checkup next time? [A] How much exercise they get every day.
[B] What they are most worried about.
[C] How long their parents accompany them daily.
[D] What entertainment they are interested in.
12. The academy suggests that children under age two ________.
[A] get enough entertainment
[B] have more activities
[C] receive early education
[D] have regular checkups
13. According to the report, children¡¯s bedrooms should ________.
[A] be no place for play
[B] be near a common area
[C] have no TV sets
[D] have a computer for study
Questions 14-16 are based on the following talk about how to save money. You now have 15 seconds to read Questions 14-16.
14. According to the speaker, what should one pay special attention to if he wants to save up?
[A] Family debts.
[B] Bank savings.
[C] Monthly bills.
[D] Spending habits.
15. How much can a person save by retirement if he gives up his pack-a-day habit?
[A] $190,000.
[B] $330,000.
[C] $500,000.
[D] $1,000,000.
16. What should one do before paying monthly bills, if he wants to accumulate wealth?
[A] Invest into a mutual fund.
[B] Use the discount tickets.
[C] Quit his eating-out habit.
[D] Use only paper bills and save coins.
Questions 17-20 are based on an interview with Herbert A. Glieberman, a domestic-relations lawyer. You now have 20 seconds to read Questions 17-20.
17. Which word best describes the lawyer¡¯s prediction of the change in divorce rate?
[A] Fall
[B] Rise
[C] V-shape
[D] Zigzag
18. What do people nowadays desire to do concerning their marriage?
[A] To embrace changes of thought.
[B] To adapt to the disintegrated family life.
[C] To return to the practice in the ¡®60s and ¡®70s.
[D] To create stability in their lives.
19. Why did some people choose not to divorce 20 years ago?
[A] They feared the complicated procedures.
[B] They wanted to go against the trend.
[C] They were afraid of losing face.
[D] they were willing to stay together.
20. Years ago a divorced man in a company would have ________.
[A] been shifted around the country.
[B] had difficulty being promoted.
[C] enjoyed a happier life.
[D] tasted little bitterness of disgrace.
You now have 5 minutes to transfer all your answers from your test booklet to ANSWER SHEET 1.
THIS IS THE END OF SECTION I
DO NOT READ OR WORK ON THE NEXT SECTION
UNTIL YOU ARE TOLD TO CONTINUE
È«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ (¶þ)
National Entrance Test of English for MA/MS Candidates (2002)
¿¼Éú×¢ÒâÊÂÏî
1. ¿¼Éú±ØÐëÑϸñ×ñÊظ÷Ï³¡¹æÔò£¬µÃµ½¼à¿¼ÈËÔ±Ö¸Áîºó·½¿É¿ªÊ¼´ðÌâ¡£
2. È«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢Óï·ÖΪÊÔÌâ (Ò») ¡¢ÊÔÌâ (¶þ) ¡£
3. ±¾ÊÔÌâΪÊÔÌâ (¶þ)£¬¹²11Ò³(5¡«15Ò³)£¬º¬ÓÐÓ¢Óï֪ʶÔËÓá¢ÔĶÁÀí½â¡¢Ð´×÷Èý¸ö²¿·Ö¡£Ó¢Óï֪ʶÔËÓá¢ÔĶÁÀí½âA½ÚµÄ´ð°¸±ØÐëÓÃ2BǦ±Ê°´ÒªÇóÖ±½ÓÌîÍ¿ÔÚ´ðÌ⿨1ÉÏ£¬ÈçÒª¸Ä¶¯£¬±ØÐëÓÃÏðƤ²Á¸É¾»¡£ÔĶÁÀí½âB½ÚºÍд×÷²¿·Ö±ØÐëÓÃÀ¶ (ºÚ) Ô²Öé±ÊÔÚ´ðÌ⿨2ÉÏ´ðÌ⣬עÒâ×Ö¼£Çå³þ¡£
4. ¿¼ÊÔ½áÊøºó£¬¿¼ÉúÓ¦½«´ðÌ⿨1¡¢´ðÌ⿨2Ò»²¢×°ÈëÔ­ÊÔ¾í´üÖУ¬½«ÊÔÌâ (Ò»)¡¢ÊÔÌâ (¶þ) ½»¸ø¼à¿¼ÈËÔ±¡£
Section II Use of English
Directions:
Read the following text. Choose the best word (s) for each numbered blank and mark [A], [B], [C] or [D] on ANSWER SHEET 1. (10 points)
Comparisons were drawn between the development of television in the 20th century and the diffusion of printing in the 15th and 16th centuries. Yet much had happened ´ó21¼Ò. As was discussed before, it was not ´ó22¼Ò the 19th century that the newspaper became the dominant pre-electronic ´ó23¼Ò, following in the wake of the pamphlet and the book and in the ´ó24¼Ò of the periodical. It was during the same time that the communications revolution ´ó25¼Ò up, beginning with transport, the railway, and leading ´ó26¼Ò through the telegraph, the telephone, radio, and motion pictures ´ó27¼Ò the 20th-century world of the motor car and the air plane. Not everyone sees that process in ´ó28¼Ò. It is important to do so.
It is generally recognized, ´ó29¼Ò, that the introduction of the computer in the early 20th century, ´ó30¼Ò by the invention of the integrated circuit during the 1960s, radically changed the process, ´ó31¼Ò its impact on the media was not immediately ´ó32¼Ò. As time went by, computers became smaller and more powerful, and they became ¡°personal¡± too, as well as ´ó33¼Ò, with display becoming sharper and storage ´ó34¼Ò increasing. They were thought of, like people, ´ó35¼Ò generations, with the distance between generations much ´ó36¼Ò.
It was within the computer age that the term ¡°information society¡± began to be widely used to describe the ´ó37¼Ò within which we now live. The communications revolution has ´ó38¼Ò both work and leisure and how we think and feel both about place and time, but there have been ´ó39¼Ò views about its economic, political, social and cultural implications. ¡°Benefits¡± have been weighed ´ó40¼Ò ¡°harmful¡± outcomes. And generalizations have proved difficult.
21. [A] between
[B] before
[C] since
[D] later
22. [A] after
[B] by
[C] during
[D] until
23. [A] means
[B] method
[C] medium
[D] measure
24. [A] process
[B] company
[C] light
[D] form
25. [A] gathered
[B] speeded
[C] worked
[D] picked
26. [A] on
[B] out
[C] over
[D] off
27. [A] of
[B] for
[C] beyond
[D] into
28. [A] concept
[B] dimension
[C] effect
[D] perspective
29. [A] indeed
[B] hence
[C] however
[D] therefore
30. [A] brought
[B] followed
[C] stimulated
[D] characterized
31. [A] unless
[B] since
[C] lest
[D] although
32. [A] apparent
[B] desirable
[C] negative
[D] plausible
33. [A] institutional
[B] universal
[C] fundamental
[D] instrumental
34. [A] ability
[B] capability
[C] capacity
[D] faculty
35. [A] by means of
[B] in terms of
[C] with regard to
[D] in line with
36. [A] deeper
[B] fewer
[C] nearer
[D] smaller
37. [A] context
[B] range
[C] scope
[D] territory
38. [A] regarded
[B] impressed
[C] influenced
[D] effected
39. [A] competitive
[B] controversial
[C] distracting
[D] irrational
40. [A] above
[B] upon
[C] against
[D] with
Section III Reading Comprehension
Part A
Directions:
Read the following four texts. Answer the questions below each text by choosing [A], [B], [C] or [D]. Mark your answers on ANSWER SHEET 1. (40 points)
Text 1
If you intend using humor in your talk to make people smile, you must know how to identify shared experiences and problems. Your humor must be relevant to the audience and should help to show them that you are one of them or that you understand their situation and are in sympathy with their point of view. Depending on whom you are addressing, the problems will be different. If you are talking to a group of managers, you may refer to the disorganized methods of their secretaries; alternatively if you are addressing secretaries, you may want to comment on their disorganized bosses.
Here is an example, which I heard at a nurses¡¯ convention, of a story which works well because the audience all shared the same view of doctors. A man arrives in heaven and is being shown around by St. Peter. He sees wonderful accommodations, beautiful gardens, sunny weather, and so on. Everyone is very peaceful, polite and friendly until, waiting in a line for lunch, the new arrival is suddenly pushed aside by a man in a white coat, who rushes to the head of the line, grabs his food and stomps over to a table by himself. ¡°Who is that?¡± the new arrival asked St. Peter. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s God,¡± came the reply, ¡°but sometimes he thinks he¡¯s a doctor.¡±
If you are part of the group, which you are addressing, you will be in a position to know the experiences and problems which are common to all of you and it¡¯ll be appropriate for you to make a passing remark about the inedible canteen food or the chairman¡¯s notorious bad taste in ties. With other audiences you mustn¡¯t attempt to cut in with humor as they will resent an outsider making disparaging remarks about their canteen or their chairman. You will be on safer ground if you stick to scapegoats like the Post Office or the telephone system.
If you feel awkward being humorous, you must practice so that it becomes more natural. Include a few casual and apparently off-the-cuff remarks which you can deliver in a relaxed and unforced manner. Often it¡¯s the delivery which causes the audience to smile, so speak slowly and remember that a raised eyebrow or an unbelieving look may help to show that you are making a light-hearted remark.
Look for the humor. It often comes from the unexpected. A twist on a familiar quote ¡°If at first you don¡¯t succeed, give up¡± or a play on words or on a situation. Search for exaggeration and understatements. Look at your talk and pick out a few words or sentences which you can turn about and inject with humor.
41. To make your humor work, you should ________.
[A] take advantage of different kinds of audience
[B] make fun of the disorganized people
[C] address different problems to different people
[D] show sympathy for your listeners
42. The joke about doctors implies that, in the eyes of nurses, they are ________.
[A] impolite to new arrivals
[B] very conscious of their godlike role
[C] entitled to some privileges
[D] very busy even during lunch hours
43. It can be inferred from the text that public services ________.
[A] have benefited many people
[B] are the focus of public attention
[C] are an inappropriate subject for humor
[D] have often been the laughing stock
44. To achieve the desired result, humorous stories should be delivered ________.
[A] in well-worded language
[B] as awkwardly as possible
[C] in exaggerated statements
[D] as casually as possible
45. The best title for the text may be ________.
[A] Use Humor Effectively
[B] Various Kinds of Humor
[C] Add Humor to Speech
[D] Different Humor Strategies
Text 2
Since the dawn of human ingenuity, people have devised ever more cunning tools to cope with work that is dangerous, boring, burdensome, or just plain nasty. That compulsion has resulted in robotics -- the science of conferring various human capabilities on machines. And if scientists have yet to create the mechanical version of science fiction, they have begun to come close.
As a result, the modern world is increasingly populated by intelligent gizmos whose presence we barely notice but whose universal existence has removed much human labor. Our factories hum to the rhythm of robot assembly arms. Our banking is done at automated teller terminals that thank us with mechanical politeness for the transaction. Our subway trains are controlled by tireless robot-drivers. And thanks to the continual miniaturization of electronics and micro-mechanics, there are already robot systems that can perform some kinds of brain and bone surgery with submillimeter accuracy -- far greater precision than highly skilled physicians can achieve with their hands alone.
But if robots are to reach the next stage of laborsaving utility, they will have to operate with less human supervision and be able to make at least a few decisions for themselves -- goals that pose a real challenge. ¡°While we know how to tell a robot to handle a specific error,¡± says Dave Lavery, manager of a robotics program at NASA, ¡°we can¡¯t yet give a robot enough ¡®common sense¡¯ to reliably interact with a dynamic world.¡±
Indeed the quest for true artificial intelligence has produced very mixed results. Despite a spell of initial optimism in the 1960s and 1970s when it appeared that transistor circuits and microprocessors might be able to copy the action of the human brain by the year 2010, researchers lately have begun to extend that forecast by decades if not centuries.
What they found, in attempting to model thought, is that the human brain¡¯s roughly one hundred billion nerve cells are much more talented -- and human perception far more complicated -- than previously imagined. They have built robots that can recognize the error of a machine panel by a fraction of a millimeter in a controlled factory environment. But the human mind can glimpse a rapidly changing scene and immediately disregard the 98 percent that is irrelevant, instantaneously focusing on the monkey at the side of a winding forest road or the single suspicious face in a big crowd. The most advanced computer systems on Earth can¡¯t approach that kind of ability, and neuroscientists still don¡¯t know quite how we do it.
46. Human ingenuity was initially demonstrated in ________.
[A] the use of machines to produce science fiction
[B] the wide use of machines in manufacturing industry
[C] the invention of tools for difficult and dangerous work
[D] the elite¡¯s cunning tackling of dangerous and boring work
47. The word ¡°gizmos¡± (Line 1, Paragraph 2) most probably means ________.
[A] programs
[B] experts
[C] devices
[D] creatures
48. According to the text, what is beyond man¡¯s ability now is to design a robot that can ________.
[A] fulfill delicate tasks like performing brain surgery
[B] interact with human beings verbally
[C] have a little common sense
[D] respond independently to a changing world
49. Besides reducing human labor, robots can also ________.
[A] make a few decisions for themselves
[B] deal with some errors with human intervention
[C] improve factory environments
[D] cultivate human creativity
50. The author uses the example of a monkey to argue that robots are ________.
[A] expected to copy human brain in internal structure
[B] able to perceive abnormalities immediately
[C] far less able than human brain in focusing on relevant information
[D] best used in a controlled environment
Text 3
Could the bad old days of economic decline be about to return? Since OPEC agreed to supply-cuts in March, the price of crude oil has jumped to almost $26 a barrel, up from less than $10 last December. This near-tripling of oil prices calls up scary memories of the 1973 oil shock, when prices quadrupled, and 1979-80, when they also almost tripled. Both previous shocks resulted in double-digit inflation and global economic decline. So where are the headlines warning of gloom and doom this time?
The oil price was given another push up this week when Iraq suspended oil exports. Strengthening economic growth, at the same time as winter grips the northern hemisphere, could push the price higher still in the short term.
Yet there are good reasons to expect the economic consequences now to be less severe than in the 1970s. In most countries the cost of crude oil now accounts for a smaller share of the price of petrol than it did in the 1970s. In Europe, taxes account for up to four-fifths of the retail price, so even quite big changes in the price of crude have a more muted effect on pump prices than in the past.
Rich economies are also less dependent on oil than they were, and so less sensitive to swings in the oil price. Energy conservation, a shift to other fuels and a decline in the importance of heavy, energy-intensive industries have reduced oil consumption. Software, consultancy and mobile telephones use far less oil than steel or car production. For each dollar of GDP (in constant prices) rich economies now use nearly 50% less oil than in 1973. The OECD estimates in its latest Economic Outlook that, if oil prices averaged $22 a barrel for a full year, compared with $13 in 1998, this would increase the oil import bill in rich economies by only 0.25-0.5% of GDP. That is less than one-quarter of the income loss in 1974 or 1980. On the other hand, oil-importing emerging economies -- to which heavy industry has shifted -- have become more energy-intensive, and so could be more seriously squeezed.
One more reason not to lose sleep over the rise in oil prices is that, unlike the rises in the 1970s, it has not occurred against the background of general commodity-price inflation and global excess demand. A sizable portion of the world is only just emerging from economic decline. The Economist¡¯s commodity price index is broadly unchanging from a year ago. In 1973 commodity prices jumped by 70%, and in 1979 by almost 30%.
51. The main reason for the latest rise of oil price is ________.
[A] global inflation
[B] reduction in supply
[C] fast growth in economy
[D] Iraq¡¯s suspension of exports
52. It can be inferred from the text that the retail price of petrol will go up dramatically if ________.
[A] price of crude rises
[B] commodity prices rise
[C] consumption rises
[D] oil taxes rise
53. The estimates in Economic Outlook show that in rich countries ________.
[A] heavy industry becomes more energy-intensive
[B] income loss mainly results from fluctuating crude oil prices
[C] manufacturing industry has been seriously squeezed
[D] oil price changes have no significant impact on GDP
54. We can draw a conclusion from the text that ________.
[A] oil-price shocks are less shocking now
[B] inflation seems irrelevant to oil-price shocks
[C] energy conservation can keep down the oil prices
[D] the price rise of crude leads to the shrinking of heavy industry
55. From the text we can see that the writer seems ________.
[A] optimistic
[B] sensitive
[C] gloomy
[D] scared
Text 4
The Supreme Court¡¯s decisions on physician-assisted suicide carry important implications for how medicine seeks to relieve dying patients of pain and suffering.
Although it ruled that there is no constitutional right to physician-assisted suicide, the Court in effect supported the medical principle of ¡°double effect,¡± a centuries-old moral principle holding that an action having two effects -- a good one that is intended and a harmful one that is foreseen -- is permissible if the actor intends only the good effect.
Doctors have used that principle in recent years to justify using high doses of morphine to control terminally ill patients¡¯ pain, even though increasing dosages will eventually kill the patient.
Nancy Dubler, director of Montefiore Medical Center, contends that the principle will shield doctors who ¡°until now have very, very strongly insisted that they could not give patients sufficient mediation to control their pain if that might hasten death.¡±
George Annas, chair of the health law department at Boston University, maintains that, as long as a doctor prescribes a drug for a legitimate medical purpose, the doctor has done nothing illegal even if the patient uses the drug to hasten death. ¡°It¡¯s like surgery,¡± he says. ¡°We don¡¯t call those deaths homicides because the doctors didn¡¯t intend to kill their patients, although they risked their death. If you¡¯re a physician, you can risk your patient¡¯s suicide as long as you don¡¯t intend their suicide.¡±
On another level, many in the medical community acknowledge that the assisted-suicide debate has been fueled in part by the despair of patients for whom modern medicine has prolonged the physical agony of dying.
Just three weeks before the Court¡¯s ruling on physician-assisted suicide, the National Academy of Science (NAS) released a two-volume report, Approaching Death: Improving Care at the End of Life. It identifies the undertreatment of pain and the aggressive use of ¡°ineffectual and forced medical procedures that may prolong and even dishonor the period of dying¡± as the twin problems of end-of-life care.
The profession is taking steps to require young doctors to train in hospices, to test knowledge of aggressive pain management therapies, to develop a Medicare billing code for hospital-based care, and to develop new standards for assessing and treating pain at the end of life.
Annas says lawyers can play a key role in insisting that these well-meaning medical initiatives translate into better care. ¡°Large numbers of physicians seem unconcerned with the pain their patients are needlessly and predictably suffering,¡± to the extent that it constitutes ¡°systematic patient abuse.¡± He says medical licensing boards ¡°must make it clear¡­ that painful deaths are presumptively ones that are incompetently managed and should result in license suspension.¡±
56. From the first three paragraphs, we learn that ________.
[A] doctors used to increase drug dosages to control their patients¡¯ pain
[B] it is still illegal for doctors to help the dying end their lives
[C] the Supreme Court strongly opposes physician-assisted suicide
[D] patients have no constitutional right to commit suicide
57. Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
[A] Doctors will be held guilty if they risk their patients¡¯ death.
[B] Modern medicine has assisted terminally ill patients in painless recovery.
[C] The Court ruled that high-dosage pain-relieving medication can be prescribed.
[D] A doctor¡¯s medication is no longer justified by his intentions.
58. According to the NAS¡¯s report, one of the problems in end-of-life care is ________.
[A] prolonged medical procedures
[B] inadequate treatment of pain
[C] systematic drug abuse
[D] insufficient hospital care
59. Which of the following best defines the word ¡°aggressive¡± (Line 3, Paragraph 7)?
[A] Bold
[B] Harmful
[C] Careless
[D] Desperate
60. George Annas would probably agree that doctors should be punished if they ________.
[A] manage their patients incompetently
[B] give patients more medicine than needed
[C] reduce drug dosages for their patients
[D] prolong the needless suffering of the patients
Part B
Directions:
Read the following text carefully and then translate the underlined segments into Chinese. Your translation should be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (10 points)
Almost all our major problems involve human behavior, and they cannot be solved by physical and biological technology alone. What is needed is a technology of behavior, but we have been slow to develop the science from which such a technology might be drawn. 61) One difficulty is that almost all of what is called behavioral science continues to trace behavior to states of mind, feelings, traits of character, human nature, and so on. Physics and biology once followed similar practices and advanced only when they discarded them. 62) The behavioral sciences have been slow to change partly because the explanatory items often seem to be directly observed and partly because other kinds of explanations have been hard to find. The environment is obviously important, but its role has remained obscure. It does not push or pull, it selects, and this function is difficult to discover and analyze. 63) The role of natural selection in evolution was formulated only a little more than a hundred years ago, and the selective role of the environment in shaping and maintaining the behavior of the individual is only beginning to be recognized and studied. As the interaction between organism and environment has come to be understood, however, effects once assigned to states of mind, feelings, and traits are beginning to be traced to accessible conditions, and a technology of behavior may therefore become available. It will not solve our problems, however, until it replaces traditional prescientific views, and these are strongly entrenched. Freedom and dignity illustrate the difficulty. 64) They are the possessions of the autonomous (self-governing) man of traditional theory, and they are essential to practices in which a person is held responsible for his conduct and given credit for his achievements. A scientific analysis shifts both the responsibility and the achievement to the environment. It also raises questions concerning ¡°values.¡± Who will use a technology and to what ends? 65) Until these issues are resolved, a technology of behavior will continue to be rejected, and with it possibly the only way to solve our problems.
Section IV Writing
66. Directions:
Study the following picture carefully and write an essay entitled ¡°Cultures -- National and International¡±.
In the essay you should
1) describe the picture and interpret its meaning, and
2) give your comment on the phenomenon.
You should write about 200 words neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)

An American girl in traditional Chinese costume (·þ×°)

2002Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Listening Comprehension (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. sociology 2. 1930 3. 23 4. religions 5. 1954
Part B (5 points)
6. cameramen/camera men
7. a personal visit
8. depressed
9. among advertisements
10. take firm action
Part C (10 points)
11. [D] 12. [B] 13. [C] 14. [D] 15. [B]
16. [A] 17. [A] 18. [D] 19. [C] 20. [B]
Section II: Use of English (10 points)
21. [A] 22. [D] 23. [C] 24. [B] 25. [B]
26. [A] 27. [D] 28. [D] 29. [C] 30. [B]
31. [D] 32. [A] 33. [A] 34. [C] 35. [B]
36. [D] 37. [A] 38. [C] 39. [B] 40. [C]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (50 points)
Part A (40 points)
41. [C] 42. [B] 43. [D] 44. [D] 45. [A]
46. [C] 47. [C] 48. [D] 49. [B] 50. [C]
51. [B] 52. [D] 53. [D] 54. [A] 55. [A]
56. [B] 57. [C] 58. [B] 59. [A] 60. [D]
Part B (10 points)
61. ÄÑÌâÔÚÓÚËùνµÄÐÐΪ¿Æѧ¼¸ºõÈ«¶¼ÒÀÈ»´ÓÐÄ̬¡¢Çé¸Ð¡¢ÐÔ¸ñÌØÕ÷¡¢ÈËÐԵȷ½ÃæȥѰÕÒÐÐΪµÄ¸ùÔ´¡£
62. ÐÐΪ¿Æѧ֮ËùÒÔ·¢Õ¹»ºÂý£¬²¿·ÖÔ­ÒòÊÇÓÃÀ´½âÊÍÐÐΪµÄÒÀ¾ÝËƺõÍùÍùÊÇÖ±½Ó¹Û²ìµ½µÄ£¬²¿·ÖÔ­ÒòÊÇÆäËûµÄ½âÊÍ·½Ê½Ò»Ö±ÄÑÒÔÕÒµ½¡£
63. ×ÔȻѡÔñÔÚ½ø»¯ÖеÄ×÷ÓýöÔÚÒ»°Ù¶àÄêÇ°²ÅµÃÒÔ²ûÃ÷£¬¶ø»·¾³ÔÚËÜÔìºÍ±£³Ö¸öÌåÐÐΪʱµÄÑ¡Ôñ×÷ÓÃÔò¸Õ¸Õ¿ªÊ¼±»ÈÏʶºÍÑо¿¡£
64. ×ÔÓɺÍ×ðÑÏ (ËüÃÇ) ÊÇ´«Í³ÀíÂÛ¶¨ÒåµÄ×ÔÖ÷ÈËËùÓµÓеģ¬ÊÇÒªÇóÒ»¸öÈ˶Ô×Ô¼ºµÄÐÐΪ¸ºÔð²¢ÒòÆäÒµ¼¨¶ø¸øÓè¿Ï¶¨µÄ±Ø²»¿ÉÉÙµÄÇ°Ìá¡£
65. (Èç¹û) ÕâЩÎÊÌâµÃ²»µ½½â¾ö£¬Ñо¿ÐÐΪµÄ¼¼ÊõÊֶξͻá¼ÌÐøÊܵ½Åų⣬½â¾öÎÊÌâµÄΨһ·½Ê½¿ÉÄÜÒ²ËæÖ®¼ÌÐøÊܵ½Åų⡣
Section IV: Writing (20 points)
66. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Cultures -- national and international
As is shown in the picture, a young American girl is wearing traditional Chinese dress and ornaments and is smiling sweetly. It may be an ordinary picture, but it conveys deep and profound meaning: national culture is also international culture.
Ever since we opened our door to the world, we have attracted and influenced by things from other cultures, such as jeans, country music and fast food. We have shown such interest in them that some people, especially the younger generation, become crazy about them. The more exotic they are, the more fashionable they seem to be. Now, national culture begun to show its charm and gain popularity all over the world. Our national costume, just as shown in the picture, Beijing Opera, Cross Talk, for example, have won favor with a lot of foreigners.
As national culture becomes international culture, people in the world better understand each other. We are all villagers in this global village. Mutual respect and understanding make this world a better place to live in.

2001ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
Example:
I have been to the Great Wall three times ________ 1979.
[A] from
[B] after
[C] for
[D] since
The sentence should read, ¡°I have been to the Great Wall three times since 1979.¡± Therefore, you should choose [D].
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [C] [¡ö]
1. If I were in movie, then it would be about time that I ________ my head in my hands for a cry.
[A] bury
[B] am burying
[C] buried
[D] would bury
2. Good news was sometimes released prematurely, with the British recapture of the port ________ half a day before the defenders actually surrendered.
[A] to announce
[B] announced
[C] announcing
[D] was announced
3. According to one belief, if truth is to be known it will make itself apparent, so one ________ wait instead of searching for it.
[A] would rather
[B] had to
[C] cannot but
[D] had best
4. She felt suitably humble just as she ________ when he had first taken a good look at her city self, hair waved and golden, nails red and pointed.
[A] had
[B] had had
[C] would have and
[D] has had
5. There was no sign that Mr. Jospin, who keeps a firm control on the party despite ________ from leadership of it, would intervene personally.
[A] being resigned
[B] having resigned
[C] going to resign
[D] resign
6. So involved with their computers ________ that leaders at summer computer camps often have to force them to break for sports and games.
[A] became the children
[B] become the children
[C] had the children become
[D] do the children become
7. The individual TV viewer invariably senses that he or she is ________ an anonymous, statistically insignificant part of a huge and diverse audience.
[A] everything except
[B] anything but
[C] no less than
[D] nothing more than
8. One difficulty in translation lies in obtaining a concept match. ________ this is meant that a concept in one language is lost or changed in meaning in translation.
[A] By
[B] In
[C] For
[D] With
9. Conversation becomes weaker in a society that spends so much time listening and being talked to ________ it has all but lost the will and the skill to speak for itself.
[A] as
[B] which
[C] that
[D] what
10. Church as we use the word refers to all religious institutions, ________ they Christian, Islamic, Buddhist, Jewish, and so on.
[A] be
[B] being
[C] were
[D] are
Part B
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the rackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Example:
The lost car of the Lees was found ________ in the woods off the highway.
[A] vanished
[B] scattered
[C] abandoned
[D] rejected
The sentence should read. ¡°The lost car of the Lees was found abandoned in the woods off the highway.¡± There fore, you should choose [C].
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [¡ö][D]
11. He is too young to be able to ________ between right and wrong.
[A] discard
[B] discern
[C] disperse
[D] disregard
12. It was no ________ that his car was seen near the bank at the time of the robbery.
[A] coincidence
[B] convention
[C] certainty
[D] complication
13. One of the responsibilities of the Coast Guard is to make sure that all ships ________ follow traffic rules in busy harbors.
[A] cautiously
[B] dutifully
[C] faithfully
[D] skillfully
14. The Eskimo is perhaps one of the most trusting and considerate of all Indians but seems to be ________ the welfare of his animals.
[A] critical about
[B] indignant at
[C] indifferent to
[D] subject to
15. The chairman of the board ________ on me the unpleasant job of dismissing good workers the firm can no longer afford to employ.
[A] compelled
[B] posed
[C] pressed
[D] tempted
16. It is naive to expect that any society can resolve all the social problems it is faced with ________.
[A] for long
[B] in and out
[C] once for all
[D] by nature
17. Using extremely different decorating schemes in adjoining rooms may result in ________ and lack of unity in style.
[A] conflict
[B] confrontation
[C] disturbance
[D] disharmony
18. The Timber rattlesnake is now on the endangered species list, and is extinct in two eastern states in which it once ________.
[A] thrived
[B] swelled
[C] prospered
[D] flourished
19. However, growth in the fabricated metals industry was able to ________ some of the decline in the iron and steel industry.
[A] overturn
[B] overtake
[C] offset
[D] oppress
20. Because of its intimacy, radio is usually more than just a medium; it is ________.
[A] firm
[B] company
[C] corporation
[D] enterprise
21. When any non-human organ is transplanted into a person, the body immediately recognizes it as ________.
[A] novel
[B] remote
[C] distant
[D] foreign
22. My favorite radio song is the one I first heard on a thick 1923 Edison disc I ________ at a garage sale.
[A] trifled with
[B] scraped through
[C] stumbled upon
[D] thirsted for
23. Some day software will translate both written and spoken language so well that the need for any common second language could ________.
[A] descend
[B] decline
[C] deteriorate
[D] depress
24. Equipment not ________ official safety standards has all been removed from the workshop.
[A] conforming to
[B] consistent with
[C] predominant over
[D] providing for
25. As an industry, biotechnology stands to ________ electronics in dollar volume and perhaps surpass it in social impact by 2020.
[A] contend
[B] contest
[C] rival
[D] strive
26. The authors of the United States Constitution attempted to establish an effective national government while preserving ________ for the states and liberty for individuals.
[A] autonomy
[B] dignity
[C] monopoly
[D] stability
27. For three quarters of its span on Earth, life evolved almost ________ as microorganisms.
[A] precisely
[B] instantly
[C] initially
[D] exclusively
28. The introduction of gunpowder gradually made the bow and arrow ________, particularly in Western Europe.
[A] obscure
[B] obsolete
[C] optional
[D] overlapping
29. Whoever formulated the theory of the origin of the universe, it is just ________ and needs proving.
[A] spontaneous
[B] hypothetical
[C] intuitive
[D] empirical
30. The future of this company is ________: many of its talented employees are flowing into more profitable net-based businesses.
[A] at odds
[B] in trouble
[C] in vain
[D] at stake
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
The government is to ban payments to witnesses by newspapers seeking to buy up people involved in prominent cases ´ó31¼Ò the trial of Rosemary West.
In a significant ´ó32¼Ò of legal controls over the press, Lord Irvine, the Lord Chancellor, will introduce a ´ó33¼Ò bill that will propose making payments to witnesses ´ó34¼Ò and will strictly control the amount of ´ó35¼Ò that can be given to a case ´ó36¼Ò a trial begins.
In a letter to Gerald Kaufman, chairman of the House of Commons Media Select Committee, Lord Irvine said he ´ó37¼Ò with a committee report this year which said that self regulation did not ´ó38¼Ò sufficient control.
´ó39¼Ò of the letter came two days after Lord Irvine caused a ´ó40¼Ò of media protest when he said the ´ó41¼Ò of privacy controls contained in European legislation would be left to judges ´ó42¼Ò to Parliament.
The Lord Chancellor said introduction of the Human Rights Bill, which ´ó43¼Ò the European Convention on Human Rights legally ´ó44¼Ò in Britain, laid down that everybody was ´ó45¼Ò to privacy and that public figures could go to court to protect themselves and their families.
¡°Press freedoms will be in safe hands ´ó46¼Ò our British judges,¡± he said.
Witness payments became an ´ó47¼Ò after West was sentenced to 10 life sentences in 1995. Up to 19 witnesses were ´ó48¼Ò to have received payments for telling their stories to newspapers. Concerns were raised ´ó49¼Ò witnesses might be encouraged to exaggerate their stories in court to ´ó50¼Ò guilty verdicts.
31. [A] as to
[B] for instance
[C] in particular
[D] such as
32. [A] tightening
[B] intensifying
[C] focusing
[D] fastening
33. [A] sketch
[B] rough
[C] preliminary
[D] draft
34. [A] illogical
[B] illegal
[C] improbable
[D] improper
35. [A] publicity
[B] penalty
[C] popularity
[D] peculiarity
36. [A] since
[B] if
[C] before
[D] as
37. [A] sided
[B] shared
[C] complied
[D] agreed
38. [A] present
[B] offer
[C] manifest
[D] indicate
39. [A] Release
[B] Publication
[C] Printing
[D] Exposure
40. [A] storm
[B] rage
[C] flare
[D] flash
41. [A] translation
[B] interpretation
[C] exhibition
[D] demonstration
42. [A] better than
[B] other than
[C] rather than
[D] sooner than
43. [A] changes
[B] makes
[C] sets
[D] turns
44. [A] binding
[B] convincing
[C] restraining
[D] sustaining
45. [A] authorized
[B] credited
[C] entitled
[D] qualified
46. [A] with
[B] to
[C] from
[D] by
47. [A] impact
[B] incident
[C] inference
[D] issue
48. [A] stated
[B] remarked
[C] said
[D] told
49. [A] what
[B] when
[C] which
[D] that
50. [A] assure
[B] confide
[C] ensure
[D] guarantee
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
Specialization can be seen as a response to the problem of an increasing accumulation of scientific knowledge. By splitting up the subject matter into smaller units, one man could continue to handle the information and use it as the basis for further research. But specialization was only one of a series of related developments in science affecting the process of communication. Another was the growing professionalisation of scientific activity.
No clear-cut distinction can be drawn between professionals and amateurs in science: exceptions can be found to any rule. Nevertheless, the word ¡°amateur¡± does carry a connotation that the person concerned is not fully integrated into the scientific community and, in particular, may not fully share its values. The growth of specialization in the nineteenth century, with its consequent requirement of a longer, more complex training, implied greater problems for amateur participation in science. The trend was naturally most obvious in those areas of science based especially on a mathematical or laboratory training, and can be illustrated in terms of the development of geology in the United Kingdom.
A comparison of British geological publications over the last century and a half reveals not simply an increasing emphasis on the primacy of research, but also a changing definition of what constitutes an acceptable research paper. Thus, in the nineteenth century, local geological studies represented worthwhile research in their own right; but, in the twentieth century, local studies have increasingly become acceptable to professionals only if they incorporate, and reflect on, the wider geological picture. Amateurs, on the other hand, have continued to pursue local studies in the old way. The overall result has been to make entrance to professional geological journals harder for amateurs, a result that has been reinforced by the widespread introduction of refereeing, first by national journals in the nineteenth century and then by several local geological journals in the twentieth century. As a logical consequence of this development, separate journals have now appeared aimed mainly towards either professional or amateur readership. A rather similar process of differentiation has led to professional geologists coming together nationally within one or two specific societies, whereas the amateurs have tended either to remain in local societies or to come together nationally in a different way.
Although the process of professionalisation and specialization was already well under way in British geology during the nineteenth century, its full consequences were thus delayed until the twentieth century. In science generally, however, the nineteenth century must be reckoned as the crucial period for this change in the structure of science.
51. The growth of specialization in the 19th century might be more clearly seen in sciences such as ________.
[A] sociology and chemistry
[B] physics and psychology
[C] sociology and psychology
[D] physics and chemistry
52. We can infer from the passage that ________.
[A] there is little distinction between specialization and professionalisation
[B] amateurs can compete with professionals in some areas of science
[C] professionals tend to welcome amateurs into the scientific community
[D] amateurs have national academic societies but no local ones
53. The author writes of the development of geology to demonstrate ________.
[A] the process of specialization and professionalisation
[B] the hardship of amateurs in scientific study
[C] the change of policies in scientific publications
[D] the discrimination of professionals against amateurs
54. The direct reason for specialization is ________.
[A] the development in communication
[B] the growth of professionalisation
[C] the expansion of scientific knowledge
[D] the splitting up of academic societies
Text 2
A great deal of attention is being paid today to the so-called digital divide -- the division of the world into the info (information) rich and the info poor. And that divide does exist today. My wife and I lectured about this looming danger twenty years ago. What was less visible then, however, were the new, positive forces that work against the digital divide. There are reasons to be optimistic.
There are technological reasons to hope the digital divide will narrow. As the Internet becomes more and more commercialized, it is in the interest of business to universalize access -- after all, the more people online, the more potential customers there are. More and more governments, afraid their countries will be left behind, want to spread Internet access. Within the next decade or two, one to two billion people on the planet will be netted together. As a result, I now believe the digital divide will narrow rather than widen in the years ahead. And that is very good news because the Internet may well be the most powerful tool for combating world poverty that we¡¯ve ever had.
Of course, the use of the Internet isn¡¯t the only way to defeat poverty. And the Internet is not the only tool we have. But it has enormous potential.
To take advantage of this tool, some impoverished countries will have to get over their outdated anti-colonial prejudices with respect to foreign investment. Countries that still think foreign investment is an invasion of their sovereignty might well study the history of infrastructure (the basic structural foundations of a society) in the United States. When the United States built its industrial infrastructure, it didn¡¯t have the capital to do so. And that is why America¡¯s Second Wave infrastructure -- including roads, harbors, highways, ports and so on -- were built with foreign investment. The English, the Germans, the Dutch and the French were investing in Britain¡¯s former colony. They financed them. Immigrant Americans built them. Guess who owns them now? The Americans. I believe the same thing would be true in places like Brazil or anywhere else for that matter. The more foreign capital you have helping you build your Third Wave infrastructure, which today is an electronic infrastructure, the better off you¡¯re going to be. That doesn¡¯t mean lying down and becoming fooled, or letting foreign corporations run uncontrolled. But it does mean recognizing how important they can be in building the energy and telecom infrastructures needed to take full advantage of the Internet.
55. Digital divide is something ________.
[A] getting worse because of the Internet
[B] the rich countries are responsible for
[C] the world must guard against
[D] considered positive today
56. Governments attach importance to the Internet because it ________.
[A] offers economic potentials
[B] can bring foreign funds
[C] can soon wipe out world poverty
[D] connects people all over the world
57. The writer mentioned the case of the United States to justify the policy of ________.
[A] providing financial support overseas
[B] preventing foreign capital¡¯s control
[C] building industrial infrastructure
[D] accepting foreign investment
58. It seems that now a country¡¯s economy depends much on ________.
[A] how well-developed it is electronically
[B] whether it is prejudiced against immigrants
[C] whether it adopts America¡¯s industrial pattern
[D] how much control it has over foreign corporations
Text 3
Why do so many Americans distrust what they read in their newspapers? The American Society of Newspaper Editors is trying to answer this painful question. The organization is deep into a long self-analysis known as the journalism credibility project.
Sad to say, this project has turned out to be mostly low-level findings about factual errors and spelling and grammar mistakes, combined with lots of head-scratching puzzlement about what in the world those readers really want.
But the sources of distrust go way deeper. Most journalists learn to see the world through a set of standard templates (patterns) into which they plug each day¡¯s events. In other words, there is a conventional story line in the newsroom culture that provides a backbone and a ready-made narrative structure for otherwise confusing news.
There exists a social and cultural disconnect between journalists and their readers, which helps explain why the ¡°standard templates¡± of the newsroom seem alien to many readers. In a recent survey, questionnaires were sent to reporters in five middle-size cities around the country, plus one large metropolitan area. Then residents in these communities were phoned at random and asked the same questions.
Replies show that compared with other Americans, journalists are more likely to live in upscale neighborhoods, have maids, own Mercedeses, and trade stocks, and they¡¯re less likely to go to church, do volunteer work, or put down roots in a community.
Reporters tend to be part of a broadly defined social and cultural elite, so their work tends to reflect the conventional values of this elite. The astonishing distrust of the news media isn¡¯t rooted in inaccuracy or poor reportorial skills but in the daily clash of world views between reporters and their readers.
This is an explosive situation for any industry, particularly a declining one. Here is a troubled business that keeps hiring employees whose attitudes vastly annoy the customers. Then it sponsors lots of symposiums and a credibility project dedicated to wondering why customers are annoyed and fleeing in large numbers. But it never seems to get around to noticing the cultural and class biases that so many former buyers are complaining about. If it did, it would open up its diversity program, now focused narrowly on race and gender, and look for reporters who differ broadly by outlook, values, education, and class.
59. What is the passage mainly about?
[A] needs of the readers all over the world
[B] causes of the public disappointment about newspapers
[C] origins of the declining newspaper industry
[D] aims of a journalism credibility project
60. The results of the journalism credibility project turned out to be ________.
[A] quite trustworthy
[B] somewhat contradictory
[C] very illuminating
[D] rather superficial
61. The basic problem of journalists as pointed out by the writer lies in their ________.
[A] working attitude
[B] conventional lifestyle
[C] world outlook
[D] educational background
62. Despite its efforts, the newspaper industry still cannot satisfy the readers owing to its ________.
[A] failure to realize its real problem
[B] tendency to hire annoying reporters
[C] likeliness to do inaccurate reporting
[D] prejudice in matters of race and gender
Text 4
The world is going through the biggest wave of mergers and acquisitions ever witnessed. The process sweeps from hyperactive America to Europe and reaches the emerging countries with unsurpassed might. Many in these countries are looking at this process and worrying: ¡°Won¡¯t the wave of business concentration turn into an uncontrollable anti-competitive force?¡±
There¡¯s no question that the big are getting bigger and more powerful. Multinational corporations accounted for less than 20% of international trade in 1982. Today the figure is more than 25% and growing rapidly. International affiliates account for a fast-growing segment of production in economies that open up and welcome foreign investment. In Argentina, for instance, after the reforms of the early 1990s, multinationals went from 43% to almost 70% of the industrial production of the 200 largest firms. This phenomenon has created serious concerns over the role of smaller economic firms, of national businessmen and over the ultimate stability of the world economy.
I believe that the most important forces behind the massive M&A wave are the same that underlie the globalization process: falling transportation and communication costs, lower trade and investment barriers and enlarged markets that require enlarged operations capable of meeting customer¡¯s demands. All these are beneficial, not detrimental, to consumers. As productivity grows, the world¡¯s wealth increases.
Examples of benefits or costs of the current concentration wave are scanty. Yet it is hard to imagine that the merger of a few oil firms today could re-create the same threats to competition that were feared nearly a century ago in the U.S., when the Standard Oil Trust was broken up. The mergers of telecom companies, such as WorldCom, hardly seem to bring higher prices for consumers or a reduction in the pace of technical progress. On the contrary, the price of communications is coming down fast. In cars, too, concentration is increasing -- witness Daimler and Chrysler, Renault and Nissan -- but it does not appear that consumers are being hurt.
Yet the fact remains that the merger movement must be watched. A few weeks ago, Alan Greenspan warned against the megamergers in the banking industry. Who is going to supervise, regulate and operate as lender of last resort with the gigantic banks that are being created? Won¡¯t multinationals shift production from one place to another when a nation gets too strict about infringements to fair competition? And should one country take upon itself the role of ¡°defending competition¡± on issues that affect many other nations, as in the U.S. vs. Microsoft case?
63. What is the typical trend of businesses today?
[A] to take in more foreign funds
[B] to invest more abroad
[C] to combine and become bigger
[D] to trade with more countries
64. According to the author, one of the driving forces behind M&A wave is ________.
[A] the greater customer demands
[B] a surplus supply for the market
[C] a growing productivity
[D] the increase of the world¡¯s wealth
65. From Paragraph 4 we can infer that ________.
[A] the increasing concentration is certain to hurt consumers
[B] WorldCom serves as a good example of both benefits and costs
[C] the costs of the globalization process are enormous
[D] the Standard Oil Trust might have threatened competition
66. Toward the new business wave, the writer¡¯s attitude can be said to be ________.
[A] optimistic
[B] objective
[C] pessimistic
[D] biased
Text 5
When I decided to quit my full time employment it never occurred to me that I might become a part of a new international trend. A lateral move that hurt my pride and blocked my professional progress prompted me to abandon my relatively high profile career although, in the manner of a disgraced government minister, I covered my exit by claiming ¡°I wanted to spend more time with my family¡±.
Curiously, some two-and-a-half years and two novels later, my experiment in what the Americans term ¡°downshifting¡± has turned my tired excuse into an absolute reality. I have been transformed from a passionate advocate of the philosophy of ¡°having it all,¡± preached by Linda Kelsey for the past seven years in the page of She magazine, into a woman who is happy to settle for a bit of everything.
I have discovered, as perhaps Kelsey will after her much-publicized resignation from the editorship of She after a build-up of stress, that abandoning the doctrine of ¡°juggling your life,¡± and making the alternative move into ¡°downshifting¡± brings with it far greater rewards than financial success and social status. Nothing could persuade me to return to the kind of life Kelsey used to advocate and I once enjoyed: 12-hour working days, pressured deadlines, the fearful strain of office politics and the limitations of being a parent on ¡°quality time¡±.
In America, the move away from juggling to a simpler, less materialistic lifestyle is a well-established trend. Downshifting -- also known in America as ¡°voluntary simplicity¡± -- has, ironically, even bred a new area of what might be termed anti-consumerism. There are a number of best-selling downshifting self-help books for people who want to simplify their lives; there are newsletters, such as The Tightwad Gazette, that give hundreds of thousands of Americans useful tips on anything from recycling their cling-film to making their own soap; there are even support groups for those who want to achieve the mid-¡¯90s equivalent of dropping out.
While in America the trend started as a reaction to the economic decline -- after the mass redundancies caused by downsizing in the late ¡¯80s -- and is still linked to the politics of thrift, in Britain, at least among the middle-class downshifters of my acquaintance, we have different reasons for seeking to simplify our lives.
For the women of my generation who were urged to keep juggling through the ¡¯80s, downshifting in the mid-¡¯90s is not so much a search for the mythical good life -- growing your own organic vegetables, and risking turning into one -- as a personal recognition of your limitations.
67. Which of the following is true according to Paragraph 1?
[A] Full-time employment is a new international trend.
[B] The writer was compelled by circumstances to leave her job.
[C] ¡°A lateral move¡± means stepping out of full-time employment.
[D] The writer was only too eager to spend more time with her family.
68. The writer¡¯s experiment shows that downshifting ________.
[A] enables her to realize her dream
[B] helps her mold a new philosophy of life
[C] prompts her to abandon her high social status
[D] leads her to accept the doctrine of She magazine
69. ¡°Juggling one¡¯s life¡± probably means living a life characterized by ________.
[A] non-materialistic lifestyle
[B] a bit of everything
[C] extreme stress
[D] anti-consumerism
70. According to the passage, downshifting emerged in the U.S. as a result of ________.
[A] the quick pace of modern life
[B] man¡¯s adventurous spirit
[C] man¡¯s search for mythical experiences
[D] the economic situation
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
In less than 30 years¡¯ time the Star Trek holodeck will be a reality. Direct links between the brain¡¯s nervous system and a computer will also create full sensory virtual environments, allowing virtual vacations like those in the film Total Recall.
71) There will be television chat shows hosted by robots, and cars with pollution monitors that will disable them when they offend. 72) Children will play with dolls equipped with personality chips, computers with in-built personalities will be regarded as workmates rather than tools, relaxation will be in front of smell-television, and digital age will have arrived.
According to BT¡¯s futurologist, Ian Pearson, these are among the developments scheduled for the first few decades of the new millennium (a period of 1,000 years), when supercomputers will dramatically accelerate progress in all areas of life.
73) Pearson has pieced together the work of hundreds of researchers around the world to produce a unique millennium technology calendar that gives the latest dates when we can expect hundreds of key breakthroughs and discoveries to take place. Some of the biggest developments will be in medicine, including an extended life expectancy and dozens of artificial organs coming into use between now and 2040.
Pearson also predicts a breakthrough in computer-human links. ¡°By linking directly to our nervous system, computers could pick up what we feel and, hopefully, simulate feeling too so that we can start to develop full sensory environments, rather like the holidays in Total Recall or the Star Trek holodeck,¡± he says. 74) But that, Pearson points out, is only the start of man-machine integration: ¡°It will be the beginning of the long process of integration that will ultimately lead to a fully electronic human before the end of the next century.¡±
Through his research, Pearson is able to put dates to most of the breakthroughs that can be predicted. However, there are still no forecasts for when faster-than-light travel will be available, or when human cloning will be perfected, or when time travel will be possible. But he does expect social problems as a result of technological advances. A boom in neighborhood surveillance cameras will, for example, cause problems in 2010, while the arrival of synthetic lifelike robots will mean people may not be able to distinguish between their human friends and the droids. 75) And home appliances will also become so smart that controlling and operating them will result in the breakout of a new psychological disorder -- kitchen rage.
Section V Writing
76. Directions:
Among all the worthy feelings of mankind, love is probably the noblest, but everyone has his/her own understanding of it.
There has been a discussion recently on the issue in a newspaper. Write an essay to the newspaper to
1) show your understanding of the symbolic meaning of the picture below,
2) give a specific example, and
3) give your suggestion as to the best way to show love.
You should write about 200 words on ANSWER SHEET 2. (20 points)


2001Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [C] 2. [B] 3. [D] 4. [A] 5. [B]
6. [D] 7. [D] 8. [A] 9. [C] 10. [A]
Part B (10 points)
11. [B] 12. [A] 13. [B] 14. [C] 15. [C]
16. [C] 17. [D] 18. [A] 19. [C] 20. [B]
21. [D] 22. [C] 23. [B] 24. [A] 25. [C]
26. [A] 27. [D] 28. [B] 29. [B] 30. [D]
Section II: Cloze Text (10 points)
31. [D] 32. [A] 33. [D] 34. [B] 35. [A]
36. [C] 37. [D] 38. [B] 39. [B] 40. [A]
41. [B] 42. [C] 43. [B] 44. [A] 45. [C]
46. [A] 47. [D] 48. [C] 49. [D] 50. [C]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [D] 52. [B] 53. [A] 54. [C] 55. [C]
56. [A] 57. [D] 58. [A] 59. [B] 60. [D]
61. [C] 62. [A] 63. [C] 64. [A] 65. [D]
66. [B] 67. [B] 68. [B] 69. [C] 70. [D]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ½ìʱ£¬½«³öÏÖÓÉ»úÆ÷ÈËÖ÷³ÖµÄµçÊÓ̸»°½ÚÄ¿ÒÔ¼°×°ÓÐÎÛȾ¼à¿ØÆ÷µÄÆû³µ£¬Ò»µ©ÕâЩÆû³µÅÅÎÛ³¬±ê (Î¥¹æ)£¬¼à¿ØÆ÷¾Í»áʹÆäͣʻ¡£
72. ¶ùͯ½«Óë×°ÓиöÐÔ»¯Ð¾Æ¬µÄÍæ¾ßÍÞÍÞÍæË££¬¾ßÓиöÐÔÄÚÖõļÆËã»ú½«±»ÊÓΪ¹¤×÷»ï°é¶ø²»Êǹ¤¾ß£¬ÈËÃǽ«ÔÚÆøζµçÊÓ»úÇ°ÐÝÏУ¬½ìʱÊý×ÖÌåʱ´ú¾ÍÀ´µ½ÁË¡£
73. Ƥ¶ûÉ­»ã¼¯ÊÀ½ç¸÷µØÊý°ÙλÑо¿ÈËÔ±µÄ³É¹û£¬±àÖÆÁËÒ»¸ö¶ÀÌصÄм¼ÊõǧÄêÀú£¬ËüÁгöÁËÈËÃÇÓÐÍû¿´µ½Êý°ÙÏîÖØ´óÍ»Æƺͷ¢ÏÖµÄ×î³ÙÈÕÆÚ¡£
74. µ«Æ¤¶ûÉ­Ö¸³ö£¬Õâ¸öÍ»Æƽö½öÊÇÈË»úÒ»Ì廯µÄ¿ªÊ¼£º¡°ËüÊÇÈË»úÒ»Ì廯Âþ³¤Ö®Â·µÄµÚÒ»²½£¬×îÖÕ»áʹÈËÃÇÔÚÏÂÊÀ¼Íĩ֮ǰ¾ÍÑÐÖƳöÍêÈ«µç×Ó»¯µÄ·ÂÕæÈË¡£¡±
75. ¼ÒÓõçÆ÷½«»á±äµÃÈç´ËÖÇÄÜ»¯£¬ÒÔÖÁÓÚ¿ØÖƺͲÙ×÷ËüÃÇ»áÒý·¢Ò»ÖÖеÄÐÄÀí¼²²¡ -- ³ø·¿¿ñÔê¡£
Section V: Writing (20 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
This picture is a symbol that tells us how we should use our love: our love is like a lamp; the darker the place, the brighter the light. Indeed, love is most precious when it is offered to someone who is in difficulty.
I can tell you a real story here. When I was a child, my family moved to the countryside. Among our new neighbors was a paralyzed woman. As an innocent child, I somehow showed some interest in her. When I had time, I would to see her. When I had something to eat, I would let her share with me. One day she suddenly said to me, tear in her eyes, ¡°I will bless you when I am in heaven.¡± I knew my love for her had worked wonders, for I had never heard her speaking and I thought she had lost her ability to speak. Her blessing may have really worked for I have been a lucky person in work and in life.
As far as I understand, love is sympathy and sincerity that needs not be expressed in terms of money or sweet words. As the proverb goes, ¡°a hand may smell fragrant when it gives roses to others.¡± I believe love is the most precious thing in the world and we should give it to those who need it most.

2000ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
Example:
I have been to the Great Wall three times ________ 1979.
[A] from
[B] after
[C] for
[D] since
The sentence should read, ¡°I have been to the Great Wall three times since 1979.¡± Therefore, you should choose [D]
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [C] [¡ö]
1. As I¡¯ll be away for at least a year, I¡¯d appreciate ________ from you now and then telling me how everyone is getting along.
[A] hearing
[B] to hear
[C] to be hearing
[D] having heard
2. Greatly agitated, I rushed to the apartment and tried the door, ________ to find it locked.
[A] just
[B] only
[C] hence
[D] thus
3. Doctors see a connection between increase amounts of leisure time spent ________ and the increased number of cases of skin cancer.
[A] to sunbathe
[B] to have sunbathed
[C] having sunbathed
[D] sunbathing
4. Unless you sign a contract with the insurance company for your goods, you are not entitled ________ a repayment for the goods damaged in delivery.
[A] to
[B] with
[C] for
[D] on
5. On a rainy day I was driving north through Vermont ________ I noticed a young man holding up a sign reading ¡°Boston¡±.
[A] which
[B] where
[C] when
[D] that
6. Christie stared angrily at her boss and turned away, as though ________ out of the office.
[A] went
[B] gone
[C] to go
[D] would go
7. The roles expected ________ old people in such a setting give too few psychological satisfactions for normal happiness.
[A] of
[B] on
[C] to
[D] with
8. Talk to anyone in the drug industry, ________ you¡¯ll soon discover that the science of genetics is the biggest thing to hit drug research since penicillin was discovered.
[A] or
[B] and
[C] for
[D] so
9. It wasn¡¯t so much that I disliked her ________ that I just wasn¡¯t interested in the whole business.
[A] rather
[B] so
[C] than
[D] as
10. Countless divorced politicians would have been elected out of office years ago had they even thought of a divorce, let alone ________ one.
[A] getting
[B] to get
[C] gotten
[D] get
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
Example:
A number of [A] foreign visitors were taken [B] to the industrial exhibition, which [C] they saw [D] many new products.
Answer [C] is wrong. The sentence should read, ¡°A number of foreign visitors were taken to the industrial exhibition, where they saw many new products.¡± So you should choose [C].
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [¡ö] [D]
11. Having isolatedA on a remote island, withB little work to occupyC them, the soldiers suffered from boredom and low spiritsD.
12. If the letter to be mailedA was placedB on the writing table an hour ago, it isC certain beingD there now.
13. The rulingA party could even lose itsB majority in the lower house of parliament, startedC a period of prolonged strugglingD.
14. The mechanisms atA work are manifestB in the tendency for such physical activity toC utilize the potentialD harmful constituents of the stress response.
15. InA the long run, however, this hurry to shedB full-time staff may be moreC harmful to industry as it is toD the workforce.
16. See to itA that you include inB the examination paper whateverC questions they didn¡¯t know the answerD last time.
17. Most newspapers, while devotingA the major part of itsB space to recent events, usually manage to find roomC on the inside pages for articles onD some interesting topics.
18. One sign by whichA you are making progress in an artB such as painting or photography is thatC you begin to realize how much there isD to learn.
19. The ideal listener stays both inside and outsideA the music at the moment it is played and enjoyingB it almost as much asC the composer at the moment he composesD.
20. ContinuedA exposure to stress has been linked to worsenedB functioning of the immune system, leavingC a person more liable forD infection.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Example:
The lost car of the Lees was found ________ in the woods off the highway.
[A] vanished
[B] scattered
[C] abandoned
[D] rejected
The sentence should read, ¡°The lost car of the Lees was found abandoned in the woods off the highway.¡± Therefore, you should choose [C].
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [¡ö][D]
21. He spoke so ________ that even his opponents were won over by his arguments.
[A] bluntly
[B] convincingly
[C] emphatically
[D] determinedly
22. France¡¯s ________ of nuclear testing in the South Pacific last month triggered political debates and mass demonstrations.
[A] assumption
[B] consumption
[C] presumption
[D] resumption
23. The 215-page manuscript, circulated to publishers last October, ________ an outburst of interest.
[A] flared
[B] glittered
[C] sparked
[D] flashed
24. His efforts to bring about a reconciliation between the two Parties ________.
[A] came off
[B] came on
[C] came round
[D] came down
25. The system was redesigned to embrace the network and eventually ________ it in a profitable direction.
[A] adapt
[B] control
[C] install
[D] steer
26. The capital intended to broaden the export base and ________ efficiency gains from international trade was channeled instead into uneconomic import substitution.
[A] secure
[B] extend
[C] defend
[D] possess
27. It is announced that a wallet has been found and can be ________ at the manager¡¯s office.
[A] declared
[B] obtained
[C] reclaimed
[D] recognized
28. When I ________ my senses, I found myself wrapped up in bed in my little room, with Grandma bending over me.
[A] woke up
[B] took to
[C] picked up
[D] came to
29. The American society is ________ an exceedingly shaky foundation of natural resources, which is connected with the possibility of a worsening environment.
[A] established on
[B] affiliated to
[C] originated from
[D] incorporated with
30. I am not ________ with my roommate but I have to share the room with her, because I have nowhere else to live.
[A] concerned
[B] compatible
[C] considerate
[D] complied
31. At first, the ________ of color pictures over a long distance seemed impossible, but, with painstaking efforts and at great expense, it became a reality.
[A] transaction
[B] transmission
[C] transformation
[D] transition
32. When the committee ________ to details, the proposed plan seemed impractical.
[A] got down
[B] set about
[C] went off
[D] came up
33. ________ to some parts of South America is still difficult, because parts of the continent are still covered with thick forests.
[A] Orientation
[B] Access
[C] Procession
[D] Voyage
34. Mr. Smith had an unusual ________: he was first an office clerk, then a sailor, and ended up as a school teacher.
[A] profession
[B] occupation
[C] position
[D] career
35. The mayor is a woman with great ________ and therefore deserves our political and financial support.
[A] intention
[B] instinct
[C] integrity
[D] intensity
36. The English weather defies forecast and hence is a source of interest ________ to everyone.
[A] speculation
[B] attribution
[C] utilization
[D] proposition
37. The fact that the golden eagle usually builds its nest on some high cliffs ________ it almost impossible to obtain the eggs or the young birds.
[A] renders
[B] reckons
[C] regards
[D] relates
38. To impress a future employer, one should dress neatly, be ________, and display interest in the job.
[A] swift
[B] instant
[C] timely
[D] punctual
39. You don¡¯t have to install this radio in your new car, it¡¯s an ________ extra.
[A] excessive
[B] optional
[C] additional
[D] arbitrary
40. We were pleased to note that the early morning delivery didn¡¯t ________ to the traffic jam of the busy city.
[A] aid
[B] amount
[C] add
[D] attribute
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
If a farmer wishes to succeed, he must try to keep a wide gap between his consumption and his production. He must store a large quantity of grain ´ó41¼Ò consuming all his grain immediately. He can continue to support himself and his family ´ó42¼Ò he produces a surplus. He must use this surplus in three ways: as seed for sowing, as an insurance ´ó43¼Ò the unpredictable effects of bad weather and as a commodity which he must sell in order to ´ó44¼Ò old agricultural implements and obtain chemical fertilizers to ´ó45¼Ò the soil. He may also need money to construct irrigation ´ó46¼Ò and improve his farm in other ways. If no surplus is available, a farmer cannot be ´ó47¼Ò. He must either sell some of his property or ´ó48¼Ò extra funds in the form of loans. Naturally he will try to borrow money at a low ´ó49¼Ò of interest, but loans of this kind are not ´ó50¼Ò obtainable.
41. [A] other than
[B] as well as
[C] instead of
[D] more than
42. [A] only if
[B] much as
[C] long before
[D] ever since
43. [A] for
[B] against
[C] of
[D] towards
44. [A] replace
[B] purchase
[C] supplement
[D] dispose
45. [A] enhance
[B] mix
[C] feed
[D] raise
46. [A] vessels
[B] routes
[C] paths
[D] channels
47. [A] self-confident
[B] self-sufficient
[C] self-satisfied
[D] self-restrained
48. [A] search
[B] save
[C] offer
[D] seek
49. [A] proportion
[B] percentage
[C] rate
[D] ratio
50. [A] genuinely
[B] obviously
[C] presumably
[D] frequently
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
A history of long and effortless success can be a dreadful handicap, but, if properly handled, it may become a driving force. When the United States entered just such a glowing period after the end of the Second World War, it had a market eight times larger than any competitor, giving its industries unparalleled economies of scale. Its scientists were the world¡¯s best, its workers the most skilled. America and Americans were prosperous beyond the dreams of the Europeans and Asians whose economies the war had destroyed.
It was inevitable that this primacy should have narrowed as other countries grew richer. Just as inevitably, the retreat from predominance proved painful. By the mid-1980s Americans had found themselves at a loss over their fading industrial competitiveness. Some huge American industries, such as consumer electronics, had shrunk or vanished in the face of foreign competition. By 1987 there was only one American television maker left, Zenith. (Now there is none: Zenith was bought by South Korea¡¯s LG Electronics in July.) Foreign-made cars and textiles were sweeping into the domestic market. America¡¯s machine-tool industry was on the ropes. For a while it looked as though the making of semiconductors, which America had invented and which sat at the heart of the new computer age, was going to be the next casualty.
All of this caused a crisis of confidence. Americans stopped taking prosperity for granted. They began to believe that their way of doing business was failing, and that their incomes would therefore shortly begin to fall as well. The mid-1980s brought one inquiry after another into the causes of America¡¯s industrial decline. Their sometimes sensational findings were filled with warnings about the growing competition from overseas.
How things have changed! In 1995 the United States can look back on five years of solid growth while Japan has been struggling. Few Americans attribute this solely to such obvious causes as a devalued dollar or the turning of the business cycle. Self-doubt has yielded to blind pride. ¡°American industry has changed its structure, has gone on a diet, has learnt to be more quick-witted,¡± according to Richard Cavanagh, executive dean of Harvard¡¯s Kennedy School of Government. ¡°It makes me proud to be an American just to see how our businesses are improving their productivity,¡± says Stephen Moore of the Cato Institute, a think-tank in Washington, DC. And William Sahlman of the Harvard Business School believes that people will look back on this period as ¡°a golden age of business management in the United States.¡±
51. The U.S. achieved its predominance after World War II because ________.
[A] it had made painstaking efforts towards this goal
[B] its domestic market was eight times larger than before
[C] the war had destroyed the economies of most potential competitors
[D] the unparalleled size of its workforce had given an impetus to its economy
52. The loss of U.S. predominance in the world economy in the 1980s is manifested in the fact that the American ________.
[A] TV industry had withdrawn to its domestic market
[B] semiconductor industry had been taken over by foreign enterprises
[C] machine-tool industry had collapsed after suicidal actions
[D] auto industry had lost part of its domestic market
53. What can be inferred from the passage?
[A] It is human nature to shift between self-doubt and blind pride.
[B] Intense competition may contribute to economic progress.
[C] The revival of the economy depends on international cooperation.
[D] A long history of success may pave the way for further development.
54. The author seems to believe the revival of the U.S. economy in the 1990s can be attributed to the ________.
[A] turning of the business cycle
[B] restructuring of industry
[C] improved business management
[D] success in education
Text 2
Being a man has always been dangerous. There are about 105 males born for every 100 females, but this ratio drops to near balance at the age of maturity, and among 70-year-olds there are twice as many women as men. But the great universal of male mortality is being changed. Now, boy babies survive almost as well as girls do. This means that, for the first time, there will be an excess of boys in those crucial years when they are searching for a mate. More important, another chance for natural selection has been removed. Fifty years ago, the chance of a baby (particularly a boy baby) surviving depended on its weight. A kilogram too light or too heavy meant almost certain death. Today it makes almost no difference. Since much of the variation is due to genes, one more agent of evolution has gone.
There is another way to commit evolutionary suicide: stay alive, but have fewer children. Few people are as fertile as in the past. Except in some religious communities, very few women have 15 children. Nowadays the number of births, like the age of death, has become average. Most of us have roughly the same number of offspring. Again, differences between people and the opportunity for natural selection to take advantage of it have diminished. India shows what is happening. The country offers wealth for a few in the great cities and poverty for the remaining tribal peoples. The grand mediocrity of today -- everyone being the same in survival and number of offspring -- means that natural selection has lost 80% of its power in upper-middle-class India compared to the tribes.
For us, this means that evolution is over; the biological Utopia has arrived. Strangely, it has involved little physical change. No other species fills so many places in nature. But in the pass 100,000 years -- even the pass 100 years -- our lives have been transformed but our bodies have not. We did not evolve, because machines and society did it for us. Darwin had a phrase to describe those ignorant of evolution: they ¡°look at an organic being as a savage looks at a ship, as at something wholly beyond his comprehension.¡± No doubt we will remember a 20th century way of life beyond comprehension for its ugliness. But however amazed our descendants may be at how far from Utopia we were, they will look just like us.
55. What used to be the danger in being a man according to the first paragraph?
[A] A lack of mates.
[B] A fierce competition.
[C] A lower survival rate.
[D] A defective gene.
56. What does the example of India illustrate?
[A] Wealthy people tend to have fewer children than poor people.
[B] Natural selection hardly works among the rich and the poor.
[C] The middle class population is 80% smaller than that of the tribes.
[D] India is one of the countries with a very high birth rate.
57. The author argues that our bodies have stopped evolving because ________.
[A] life has been improved by technological advance
[B] the number of female babies has been declining
[C] our species has reached the highest stage of evolution
[D] the difference between wealth and poverty is disappearing
58. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
[A] Sex Ratio Changes in Human Evolution
[B] Ways of Continuing Man¡¯s Evolution
[C] The Evolutionary Future of Nature
[D] Human Evolution Going Nowhere
Text 3
When a new movement in art attains a certain fashion, it is advisable to find out what its advocates are aiming at, for, however farfetched and unreasonable their principles may seem today, it is possible that in years to come they may be regarded as normal. With regard to Futurist poetry, however, the case is rather difficult, for whatever Futurist poetry may be -- even admitting that the theory on which it is based may be right -- it can hardly be classed as Literature.
This, in brief, is what the Futurist says; for a century, past conditions of life have been conditionally speeding up, till now we live in a world of noise and violence and speed. Consequently, our feelings, thoughts and emotions have undergone a corresponding change. This speeding up of life, says the Futurist, requires a new form of expression. We must speed up our literature too, if we want to interpret modern stress. We must pour out a large stream of essential words, unhampered by stops, or qualifying adjectives, or finite verbs. Instead of describing sounds we must make up words that imitate them; we must use many sizes of type and different colored inks on the same page, and shorten or lengthen words at will.
Certainly their descriptions of battles are confused. But it is a little upsetting to read in the explanatory notes that a certain line describes a fight between a Turkish and a Bulgarian officer on a bridge off which they both fall into the river -- and then to find that the line consists of the noise of their falling and the weights of the officers: ¡°Pluff! Pluff! A hundred and eighty-five kilograms.¡±
This, though it fulfills the laws and requirements of Futurist poetry, can hardly be classed as Literature. All the same, no thinking man can refuse to accept their first proposition: that a great change in our emotional life calls for a change of expression. The whole question is really this: have we essentially changed?
59. This passage is mainly ________.
[A] a survey of new approaches to art
[B] a review of Futurist poetry
[C] about merits of the Futurist movement
[D] about laws and requirements of literature
60. When a novel literary idea appears, people should try to ________.
[A] determine its purposes
[B] ignore its flaws
[C] follow the new fashions
[D] accept the principles
61. Futurists claim that we must ________.
[A] increase the production of literature
[B] use poetry to relieve modern stress
[C] develop new modes of expression
[D] avoid using adjectives and verbs
62. The author believes that Futurist poetry is ________.
[A] based on reasonable principles
[B] new and acceptable to ordinary people
[C] indicative of basic change in human nature
[D] more of a transient phenomenon than literature
Text 4
Aimlessness has hardly been typical of the postwar Japan whose productivity and social harmony are the envy of the United States and Europe. But increasingly the Japanese are seeing a decline of the traditional work-moral values. Ten years ago young people were hardworking and saw their jobs as their primary reason for being, but now Japan has largely fulfilled its economic needs, and young people don¡¯t know where they should go next.
The coming of age of the postwar baby boom and an entry of women into the male-dominated job market have limited the opportunities of teenagers who are already questioning the heavy personal sacrifices involved in climbing Japan¡¯s rigid social ladder to good schools and jobs. In a recent survey, it was found that only 24.5 percent of Japanese students were fully satisfied with school life, compared with 67.2 percent of students in the United States. In addition, far more Japanese workers expressed dissatisfaction with their jobs than did their counterparts in the 10 other countries surveyed.
While often praised by foreigners for its emphasis on the basics, Japanese education tends to stress test taking and mechanical learning over creativity and self-expression. ¡°Those things that do not show up in the test scores -- personality, ability, courage or humanity -- are completely ignored,¡± says Toshiki Kaifu, chairman of the ruling Liberal Democratic Party¡¯s education committee. ¡°Frustration against this kind of thing leads kids to drop out and run wild.¡± Last year Japan experienced 2,125 incidents of school violence, including 929 assaults on teachers. Amid the outcry, many conservative leaders are seeking a return to the prewar emphasis on moral education. Last year Mitsuo Setoyama, who was then education minister, raised eyebrows when he argued that liberal reforms introduced by the American occupation authorities after World War II had weakened the ¡°Japanese morality of respect for parents.¡±
But that may have more to do with Japanese life-styles. ¡°In Japan,¡± says educator Yoko Muro, ¡°it¡¯s never a question of whether you enjoy your job and your life, but only how much you can endure.¡± With economic growth has come centralization; fully 76 percent of Japan¡¯s 119 million citizens live in cities where community and the extended family have been abandoned in favor of isolated, two-generation households. Urban Japanese have long endured lengthy commutes (travels to and from work) and crowded living conditions, but as the old group and family values weaken, the discomfort is beginning to tell. In the past decade, the Japanese divorce rate, while still well below that of the United States, has increased by more than 50 percent, and suicides have increased by nearly one-quarter.
63. In the Westerner¡¯s eyes, the postwar Japan was ________.
[A] under aimless development
[B] a positive example
[C] a rival to the West
[D] on the decline
64. According to the author, what may chiefly be responsible for the moral decline of Japanese society?
[A] Women¡¯s participation in social activities is limited.
[B] More workers are dissatisfied with their jobs.
[C] Excessive emphasis has been placed on the basics.
[D] The life-style has been influenced by Western values.
65. Which of the following is true according to the author?
[A] Japanese education is praised for helping the young climb the social ladder.
[B] Japanese education is characterized by mechanical learning as well as creativity.
[C] More stress should be placed on the cultivation of creativity.
[D] Dropping out leads to frustration against test taking.
66. The change in Japanese life-style is revealed in the fact that ________.
[A] the young are less tolerant of discomforts in life
[B] the divorce rate in Japan exceeds that in the U.S.
[C] the Japanese endure more than ever before
[D] the Japanese appreciate their present life
Text 5
If ambition is to be well regarded, the rewards of ambition -- wealth, distinction, control over one¡¯s destiny -- must be deemed worthy of the sacrifices made on ambition¡¯s behalf. If the tradition of ambition is to have vitality, it must be widely shared; and it especially must be highly regarded by people who are themselves admired, the educated not least among them. In an odd way, however, it is the educated who have claimed to have given up on ambition as an ideal. What is odd is that they have perhaps most benefited from ambition -- if not always their own then that of their parents and grandparents. There is heavy note of hypocrisy in this, a case of closing the barn door after the horses have escaped -- with the educated themselves riding on them.
Certainly people do not seem less interested in success and its signs now than formerly. Summer homes, European travel, BMWs -- the locations, place names and name brands may change, but such items do not seem less in demand today than a decade or two years ago. What has happened is that people cannot confess fully to their dreams, as easily and openly as once they could, lest they be thought pushing, acquisitive and vulgar. Instead, we are treated to fine hypocritical spectacles, which now more than ever seem in ample supply: the critic of American materialism with a Southampton summer home; the publisher of radical books who takes his meals in three-star restaurants; the journalist advocating participatory democracy in all phases of life, whose own children are enrolled in private schools. For such people and many more perhaps not so exceptional, the proper formulation is, ¡°Succeed at all costs but avoid appearing ambitious.¡±
The attacks on ambition are many and come from various angles; its public defenders are few and unimpressive, where they are not extremely unattractive. As a result, the support for ambition as a healthy impulse, a quality to be admired and fixed in the mind of the young, is probably lower than it has ever been in the United States. This does not mean that ambition is at an end, that people no longer feel its stirrings and promptings, but only that, no longer openly honored, it is less openly professed. Consequences follow from this, of course, some of which are that ambition is driven underground, or made sly. Such, then, is the way things stand: on the left angry critics, on the right stupid supporters, and in the middle, as usual, the majority of earnest people trying to get on in life.
67. It is generally believed that ambition may be well regarded if ________.
[A] its returns well compensate for the sacrifices
[B] it is rewarded with money, fame and power
[C] its goals are spiritual rather than material
[D] it is shared by the rich and the famous
68. The last sentence of the first paragraph most probably implies that it is ________.
[A] customary of the educated to discard ambition in words
[B] too late to check ambition once it has been let out
[C] dishonest to deny ambition after the fulfillment of the goal
[D] impractical for the educated to enjoy benefits from ambition
69. Some people do not openly admit they have ambition because ________.
[A] they think of it as immoral
[B] their pursuits are not fame or wealth
[C] ambition is not closely related to material benefits
[D] they do not want to appear greedy and contemptible
70. From the last paragraph the conclusion can be drawn that ambition should be maintained ________.
[A] secretly and vigorously
[B] openly and enthusiastically
[C] easily and momentarily
[D] verbally and spiritually
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
Governments throughout the world act on the assumption that the welfare of their people depends largely on the economic strength and wealth of the community. 71) Under modern conditions, this requires varying measures of centralized control and hence the help of specialized scientists such as economists and operational research experts. 72) Furthermore, it is obvious that the strength of a country¡¯s economy is directly bound up with the efficiency of its agriculture and industry, and that this in turn rests upon the efforts of scientists and technologists of all kinds. It also means that governments are increasingly compelled to interfere in these sectors in order to step up production and ensure that it is utilized to the best advantage. For example, they may encourage research in various ways, including the setting up of their own research centers; they may alter the structure of education, or interfere in order to reduce the wastage of natural resources or tap resources hitherto unexploited; or they may cooperate directly in the growing number of international projects related to science, economics and industry. In any case, all such interventions are heavily dependent on scientific advice and also scientific and technological manpower of all kinds.
73) Owing to the remarkable development in mass-communications, people everywhere are feeling new wants and are being exposed to new customs and ideas, while governments are often forced to introduce still further innovations for the reasons given above. At the same time, the normal rate of social change throughout the world is taking place at a vastly accelerated speed compared with the past. For example, 74) in the early industrialized countries of Europe the process of industrialization -- with all the far-reaching changes in social patterns that followed -- was spread over nearly a century, whereas nowadays a developing nation may undergo the same process in a decade or so. All this has the effect of building up unusual pressures and tensions within the community and consequently presents serious problems for the governments concerned. 75) Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements -- themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport. As a result of all these factors, governments are becoming increasingly dependent on biologists and social scientists for planning the appropriate programs and putting them into effect.
Section V Writing
76. Directions:
[A] Study the following two pictures carefully and write an essay of at least 150 words.
[B] Your essay must be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
[C] Your essay should meet the requirements below:
1. Describe the pictures.
2. Deduce the purpose of the drawer in the pictures.
3. Suggest counter-measures.


2000Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [A] 2. [B] 3. [D] 4. [A] 5. [C]
6. [C] 7. [A] 8. [B] 9. [D] 10. [C]
Part B (5 points)
11. [A] 12. [D] 13. [C] 14. [D] 15. [C]
16. [D] 17. [B] 18. [A] 19. [B] 20. [D]
Part C (5 points)
21. [B] 22. [D] 23. [C] 24. [A] 25. [D]
26. [A] 27. [C] 28. [D] 29. [A] 30. [B]
31. [B] 32. [A] 33. [B] 34. [D] 35. [C]
36. [A] 37. [A] 38. [D] 39. [B] 40. [C]
Part II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [C] 42. [A] 43. [B] 44. [A] 45. [C]
46. [D] 47. [B] 48. [D] 49. [C] 50. [D]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [C] 52. [D] 53. [B] 54. [A] 55. [C]
56. [B] 57. [A] 58. [D] 59. [B] 60. [A]
61. [C] 62. [D] 63. [B] 64. [D] 65. [C]
66. [A] 67. [A] 68. [C] 69. [D] 70. [B]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ÔÚÏÖ´úÌõ¼þÏ£¬ÕâÐèÒª³Ì¶È²»Í¬µÄÖÐÑë¿ØÖÆ£¬´Ó¶ø¾ÍÐèÒª»ñµÃÖîÈç¾­¼ÃѧºÍÔ˳ïѧµÈÁìÓòר¼ÒµÄЭÖú¡£
72. ÔÙÕߣ¬ÏÔ¶øÒ×¼ûµÄÊÇÒ»¸ö¹ú¼ÒµÄ¾­¼ÃʵÁ¦ÓëÆ乤ũҵÉú²úЧÂÊÃÜÇÐÏà¹Ø£¬¶øЧÂʵÄÌá¸ßÔòÓÖÓÐÀµÓÚ¸÷ÖֿƼ¼ÈËÔ±µÄŬÁ¦¡£
73. ´óÖÚͨѶµÄÏÔÖø·¢Õ¹Ê¹¸÷µØµÄÈËÃDz»¶Ï¸Ðµ½ÓÐеÄÐèÇ󣬲»¶Ï½Ó´¥µ½ÐµÄÏ°Ë׺Í˼Ï룬ÓÉÓÚÉÏÊöÔ­Òò£¬Õþ¸®³£³£µÃÍƳö¸ü¶àµÄ¸ïС£
74. ÔÚÏÈÆÚʵÏÖ¹¤Òµ»¯µÄÅ·ÖÞ¹ú¼ÒÖУ¬Æ乤ҵ»¯½ø³ÌÒÔ¼°ËæÖ®¶øÀ´µÄ¸÷ÖÖÉî¿ÌµÄÉç»á½á¹¹±ä¸ï£¬³ÖÐøÁË´óÔ¼Ò»¸öÊÀ¼ÍÖ®¾Ã£¬¶øÈç½ñÒ»¸ö·¢Õ¹Öйú¼ÒÔÚÊ®Äê×óÓҾͿÉÄÜÍê³ÉÕâ¸ö¹ý³Ì¡£
75. ÓÉÓÚÈË¿ÚµÄÃÍÔö»ò´óÁ¿ÈË¿ÚÁ÷¶¯ (ÏÖ´ú½»Í¨¹¤¾ßʹÕâÖÖÁ÷¶¯Ïà¶ÔÈÝÒ×) Ôì³ÉµÄÖÖÖÖÎÊÌâÒ²»á¶ÔÉç»áÔì³ÉеÄѹÁ¦¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
These two pictures display a sharp contrast: there were a lot of fish with one fishing boat in the sea in 1900 while the situation was just the opposite in 1995. Obviously, the fishing industry was facing a major problem, with all the ocean resources being exhausted so quickly.
The drawer is not exaggerating or joking about commercial fishing. On the contrary, he is seriously warning us that our way of thinking and ways of doing things are unreasonable and dangerous. Our resources are limited and our ecosystem needs careful consideration and protection. If we only care about the present, we will suffer in the future. It¡¯s just like building friendship and saving money: the more you put into it, the more you can get; the more you take out, the less it is left.
Measures should be taken if such disappointing situation is to be avoided. I suggest that government make laws and regulations to guide and supervise people¡¯s fishing activity, punishing those who only care about their own interest and bring harm to others and the environment. I also appeal to the public that money is not the only thing we can pursue and fish is not the only food we can eat. Whether for the benefit of the human race or for the interest of our own, we should show concern for others and make plans for the future. Only in this way can we live happily and affluently.

1999ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
1. Anyone with half an eye on the unemployment figures knew that the assertion about economic recovery ________ just around the corner was untrue.
[A] would be
[B] to be
[C] was
[D] being
2. Smoking is so harmful to personal health that it kills ________ people each year than automobile accidents.
[A] seven more times
[B] seven times more
[C] over seven times
[D] seven times
3. It¡¯s easy to blame the decline of conversation on the pace of modern life and on the vague changes ________ place in our ever-changing world.
[A] taking
[B] to take
[C] take
[D] taken
4. This is an exciting area of study, and one ________ which new applications are being discovered almost daily.
[A] from
[B] by
[C] in
[D] through
5. ________ can be seen from the comparison of these figures, the principle involves the active participation of the patient in the modification of his condition.
[A] As
[B] What
[C] That
[D] It
6. Although I had been invited to the opening ceremony, I was unable to attend ________ such short notice.
[A] to
[B] in
[C] with
[D] on
7. California has more light than it knows ________ to do with but everything else is expensive.
[A] how
[B] what
[C] which
[D] where
8. The solution works only for couples who are self-employed, don¡¯t have small children and get along ________ to spend most of their time together.
[A] so well
[B] too well
[C] well as
[D] well enough
9. Marlin is a young man of independent thinking who is not about ________ compliments to his political leaders.
[A] paying
[B] having paid
[C] to pay
[D] to have paid
10. These proposals sought to place greater restrictions on the use and copying of digital information than ________ in traditional media.
[A] exist
[B] exists
[C] existing
[D] to exist
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
11. Your math instructor would have beenA happy to give you a makeup examination had you goneB and explainedC that your parents had beenD ill at the time.
12. As the children become financiallyA independent ofB the family, the emphasis onC family financial security will shift from protection to saveD for the retirement years.
13. WereA the Times Co. to purchase another major media company, there is no doubt that it couldB dramatically transform a family-ranC enterprise that still gets 90% of itsD revenues from newspapers.
14. Symposium talks will cover a wide rangeA of subjects fromB over-fishing to physical and environmentC factors that affect the populationsD of different species.
15. Conversation calls for aA willingness to alternate the role of speaker with oneB of listenerC, and it calls for occasional ¡®digestive pauses¡¯ byD both.
16. If two theories are equal toA their ability to account forB a body of data, the theory that does soC with the smaller number of assumptions is to be preferredD.
17. The Committee adopted a resolution requiringA the seven automakers sellingB the most cars in the state makingC 2 percent of those vehicles emissions-freeD by 1998.
18. As long asA poor people, who in general are colored, are in conflict withB richer people, who in general are lighterC skinD, there¡¯s going to be a constant racial conflict in the world.
19. All those left undoneA may sound greatlyB in theory, but even the truest believerC has great difficulty whenD it comes to specifics.
20. Even ifA automakers modify commercially produced cars to run onB alternative fuelsC, the cars won¡¯t catch on in a big way whenD drivers can fill them up at the gas station.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
21. An important property of a scientific theory is its ability to ________ further research and further thinking about a particular topic.
[A] stimulate
[B] renovate
[C] arouse
[D] advocate
22. Although architecture has artistic qualities, it must also satisfy a number of important practical ________.
[A] obligations
[B] regulations
[C] observations
[D] considerations
23. Life insurance is financial protection for dependents against loss ________ the bread-winner¡¯s death.
[A] at the cost of
[B] on the verge of
[C] as a result of
[D] for the sake of
24. In education there should be a good ________ among the branches of knowledge that contribute to effective thinking and wise judgment.
[A] distribution
[B] balance
[C] combination
[D] assignment
25. The American dream is most ________ during the periods of productivity and wealth generated by American capitalism.
[A] plausible
[B] patriotic
[C] primitive
[D] partial
26. Poverty is not ________ in most cities although, perhaps because of the crowded conditions in certain areas, it is more visible there.
[A] rare
[B] temporary
[C] prevalent
[D] segmental
27. People who live in small towns often seem more friendly than those living in ________ populated areas.
[A] densely
[B] intensely
[C] abundantly
[D] highly
28. As a way of ________ the mails while they were away, the Johnsons asked the cleaning lady to send little printed slips asking the senders to write again later.
[A] picking up
[B] coping with
[C] passing out
[D] getting across
29. Tom¡¯s mother tried hard to persuade him to ________ from his intention to invest his savings in stock market.
[A] pull out
[B] give up
[C] draw in
[D] back down
30. An increasing proportion of our population, unable to live without advanced medical ________, will become progressively more reliant on expensive technology.
[A] interference
[B] interruption
[C] intervention
[D] interaction
31. These causes produced the great change in the country that modernized the ________ of higher education from the mid-1860¡¯s to the mid-1880¡¯s.
[A] branch
[B] category
[C] domain
[D] scope
32. Nobody yet knows how long and how seriously the ________ in the financial system will drag down the economy.
[A] shallowness
[B] shakiness
[C] scantiness
[D] stiffness
33. Crisis would be the right term to describe the ________ in many animal species.
[A] minimization
[B] restriction
[C] descent
[D] decline
34. The city is an important railroad ________ and industrial and convention center.
[A] conjunction
[B] network
[C] junction
[D] link
35. Prof. White, my respected tutor, frequently reminds me to ________ myself of every chance to improve my English.
[A] assure
[B] inform
[C] avail
[D] notify
36. Researchers discovered that plants infected with a virus give off a gas that ________ disease resistance in neighboring plants.
[A] contracts
[B] activates
[C] maintains
[D] prescribes
37. Corporations and labor unions have ________ great benefits upon their employees and members as well as upon the general public.
[A] conferred
[B] granted
[C] flung
[D] submitted
38. The movement of the moon conveniently provided the unit of month, which was ________ from one new moon to the next.
[A] measured
[B] reckoned
[C] judged
[D] assessed
39. The judge ruled that the evidence was inadmissible on the grounds that it was ________ to the issue at hand.
[A] irrational
[B] unreasonable
[C] invalid
[D] irrelevant
40. Fuel scarcities and price increases ________ automobile designers to scale down the largest models and to develop completely new lines of small cars and trucks.
[A] persuaded
[B] prompted
[C] imposed
[D] enlightened
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Industrial safety does not just happen. Companies ´ó41¼Ò low accident rates plan their safety programs, work hard to organize them, and continue working to keep them ´ó42¼Ò and active. When the work is well done, a ´ó43¼Ò of accident-free operations is established ´ó44¼Ò time lost due to injuries is kept at a minimum.
Successful safety programs may ´ó45¼Ò greatly in the emphasis placed on certain aspects of the program. Some place great emphasis on mechanical guarding. Others stress safe work practices by ´ó46¼Ò rules or regulations. ´ó47¼Ò others depend on an emotional appeal to the worker. But, there are certain basic ideas that must be used in every program if maximum results are to be obtained.
There can be no question about the value of a safety program. From a financial standpoint alone, safety ´ó48¼Ò. The fewer the injury ´ó49¼Ò, the better the workman¡¯s insurance rate. This may mean the difference between operating at ´ó50¼Ò or at a loss.
41. [A] at
[B] in
[C] on
[D] with
42. [A] alive
[B] vivid
[C] mobile
[D] diverse
43. [A] regulation
[B] climate
[C] circumstance
[D] requirement
44. [A] where
[B] how
[C] what
[D] unless
45. [A] alter
[B] differ
[C] shift
[D] distinguish
46. [A] constituting
[B] aggravating
[C] observing
[D] justifying
47. [A] Some
[B] Many
[C] Even
[D] Still
48. [A] comes off
[B] turns up
[C] pays off
[D] holds up
49. [A] claims
[B] reports
[C] declarations
[D] proclamations
50. [A] an advantage
[B] a benefit
[C] an interest
[D] a profit
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
It¡¯s a rough world out there. Step outside and you could break a leg slipping on your doormat. Light up the stove and you could burn down the house. Luckily, if the doormat or stove failed to warn of coming disaster, a successful lawsuit might compensate you for your troubles. Or so the thinking has gone since the early 1980s, when juries began holding more companies liable for their customers¡¯ misfortunes.
Feeling threatened, companies responded by writing ever-longer warning labels, trying to anticipate every possible accident. Today, stepladders carry labels several inches long that warn, among other things, that you might -- surprise! -- fall off. The label on a child¡¯s Batman cape cautions that the toy ¡°does not enable user to fly.¡±
While warnings are often appropriate and necessary -- the dangers of drug interactions, for example -- and many are required by state or federal regulations, it isn¡¯t clear that they actually protect the manufacturers and sellers from liability if a customer is injured. About 50 percent of the companies lose when injured customers take them to court.
Now the tide appears to be turning. As personal injury claims continue as before, some courts are beginning to side with defendants, especially in cases where a warning label probably wouldn¡¯t have changed anything. In May, Julie Nimmons, president of Schutt Sports in Illinois, successfully fought a lawsuit involving a football player who was paralyzed in a game while wearing a Schutt helmet. ¡°We¡¯re really sorry he has become paralyzed, but helmets aren¡¯t designed to prevent those kinds of injuries,¡± says Nimmons. The jury agreed that the nature of the game, not the helmet, was the reason for the athlete¡¯s injury. At the same time, the American Law Institute -- a group of judges, lawyers, and academics whose recommendations carry substantial weight -- issued new guidelines for tort law stating that companies need not warn customers of obvious dangers or bombard them with a lengthy list of possible ones. ¡°Important information can get buried in a sea of trivialities,¡± says a law professor at Cornell law School who helped draft the new guidelines. If the moderate end of the legal community has its way, the information on products might actually be provided for the benefit of customers and not as protection against legal liability.
51. What were things like in 1980s when accidents happened?
[A] Customers might be relieved of their disasters through lawsuits.
[B] Injured customers could expect protection from the legal system.
[C] Companies would avoid being sued by providing new warnings.
[D] Juries tended to find fault with the compensations companies promised.
52. Manufacturers as mentioned in the passage tend to ________.
[A] satisfy customers by writing long warnings on products
[B] become honest in describing the inadequacies of their products
[C] make the best use of labels to avoid legal liability
[D] feel obliged to view customers¡¯ safety as their first concern
53. The case of Schutt helmet demonstrated that ________.
[A] some injury claims were no longer supported by law
[B] helmets were not designed to prevent injuries
[C] product labels would eventually be discarded
[D] some sports games might lose popularity with athletes
54. The author¡¯s attitude towards the issue seems to be ________.
[A] biased
[B] indifferent
[C] puzzling
[D] objective
Text 2
In the first year or so of Web business, most of the action has revolved around efforts to tap the consumer market. More recently, as the Web proved to be more than a fashion, companies have started to buy and sell products and services with one another. Such business-to-business sales make sense because businesspeople typically know what product they¡¯re looking for.
Nonetheless, many companies still hesitate to use the Web because of doubts about its reliability. ¡°Businesses need to feel they can trust the pathway between them and the supplier,¡± says senior analyst Blane Erwin of Forrester Research. Some companies are limiting the risk by conducting online transactions only with established business partners who are given access to the company¡¯s private intranet.
Another major shift in the model for Internet commerce concerns the technology available for marketing. Until recently, Internet marketing activities have focused on strategies to ¡°pull¡± customers into sites. In the past year, however, software companies have developed tools that allow companies to ¡°push¡± information directly out to consumers, transmitting marketing messages directly to targeted customers. Most notably, the Pointcast Network uses a screen saver to deliver a continually updated stream of news and advertisements to subscribers¡¯ computer monitors. Subscribers can customize the information they want to receive and proceed directly to a company¡¯s Web site. Companies such as Virtual Vineyards are already starting to use similar technologies to push messages to customers about special sales, product offerings, or other events. But push technology has earned the contempt of many Web users. Online culture thinks highly of the notion that the information flowing onto the screen comes there by specific request. Once commercial promotion begins to fill the screen uninvited, the distinction between the Web and television fades. That¡¯s a prospect that horrifies Net purists.
But it is hardly inevitable that companies on the Web will need to resort to push strategies to make money. The examples of Virtual Vineyards, Amazon.com, and other pioneers show that a Web site selling the right kind of products with the right mix of interactivity, hospitality, and security will attract online customers. And the cost of computing power continues to free fall, which is a good sign for any enterprise setting up shop in silicon. People looking back 5 or 10 years from now may well wonder why so few companies took the online plunge.
55. We learn from the beginning of the passage that Web business ________.
[A] has been striving to expand its market
[B] intended to follow a fanciful fashion
[C] tried but in vain to control the market
[D] has been booming for one year or so
56. Speaking of the online technology available for marketing, the author implies that ________.
[A] the technology is popular with many Web users
[B] businesses have faith in the reliability of online transactions
[C] there is a radical change in strategy
[D] it is accessible limitedly to established partners
57. In the view of Net purists, ________.
[A] there should be no marketing messages in online culture
[B] money making should be given priority to on the Web
[C] the Web should be able to function as the television set
[D] there should be no online commercial information without requests
58. We learn from the last paragraph that ________.
[A] pushing information on the Web is essential to Internet commerce
[B] interactivity, hospitality and security are important to online customers
[C] leading companies began to take the online plunge decades ago
[D] setting up shops in silicon is independent of the cost of computing power
Text 3
An invisible border divides those arguing for computers in the classroom on the behalf of students¡¯ career prospects and those arguing for computers in the classroom for broader reasons of radical educational reform. Very few writers on the subject have explored this distinction -- indeed, contradiction -- which goes to the heart of what is wrong with the campaign to put computers in the classroom.
An education that aims at getting a student a certain kind of job is a technical education, justified for reasons radically different from why education is universally required by law. It is not simply to raise everyone¡¯s job prospects that all children are legally required to attend school into their teens. Rather, we have a certain conception of the American citizen, a character who is incomplete if he cannot competently assess how his livelihood and happiness are affected by things outside of himself. But this was not always the case; before it was legally required for all children to attend school until a certain age, it was widely accepted that some were just not equipped by nature to pursue this kind of education. With optimism characteristic of all industrialized countries, we came to accept that everyone is fit to be educated. Computer-education advocates forsake this optimistic notion for a pessimism that betrays their otherwise cheery outlook. Banking on the confusion between educational and vocational reasons for bringing computers into schools, computered advocates often emphasize the job prospects of graduates over their educational achievement.
There are some good arguments for a technical education given the right kind of student. Many European schools introduce the concept of professional training early on in order to make sure children are properly equipped for the professions they want to join. It is, however, presumptuous to insist that there will only be so many jobs for so many scientists, so many businessmen, so many accountants. Besides, this is unlikely to produce the needed number of every kind of professional in a country as large as ours and where the economy is spread over so many states and involves so many international corporations.
But, for a small group of students, professional training might be the way to go since well-developed skills, all other factors being equal, can be the difference between having a job and not. Of course, the basics of using any computer these days are very simple. It does not take a lifelong acquaintance to pick up various software programs. If one wanted to become a computer engineer, that is, of course, an entirely different story. Basic computer skills take -- at the very longest -- a couple of months to learn. In any case, basic computer skills are only complementary to the host of real skills that are necessary to becoming any kind of professional. It should be observed, of course, that no school, vocational or not, is helped by a confusion over its purpose.
59. The author thinks the present rush to put computers in the classroom is ________.
[A] far-reaching
[B] dubiously oriented
[C] self-contradictory
[D] radically reformatory
60. The belief that education is indispensable to all children ________.
[A] is indicative of a pessimism in disguise
[B] came into being along with the arrival of computers
[C] is deeply rooted in the minds of computered advocates
[D] originated from the optimistic attitude of industrialized countries
61. It could be inferred from the passage that in the author¡¯s country the European model of professional training is ________.
[A] dependent upon the starting age of candidates
[B] worth trying in various social sections
[C] of little practical value
[D] attractive to every kind of professional
62. According to the author, basic computer skills should be ________.
[A] included as an auxiliary course in school
[B] highlighted in acquisition of professional qualifications
[C] mastered through a life-long course
[D] equally emphasized by any school, vocational or otherwise
Text 4
When a Scottish research team startled the world by revealing 3 months ago that it had cloned an adult sheep, President Clinton moved swiftly. Declaring that he was opposed to using this unusual animal husbandry technique to clone humans, he ordered that federal funds not be used for such an experiment -- although no one had proposed to do so -- and asked an independent panel of experts chaired by Princeton President Harold Shapiro to report back to the White House in 90 days with recommendations for a national policy on human cloning. That group -- the National Bioethics Advisory Commission (NBAC) -- has been working feverishly to put its wisdom on paper, and at a meeting on 17 May, members agreed on a near-final draft of their recommendations.
NBAC will ask that Clinton¡¯s 90-day ban on federal funds for human cloning be extended indefinitely, and possibly that it be made law. But NBAC members are planning to word the recommendation narrowly to avoid new restrictions on research that involves the cloning of human DNA or cells -- routine in molecular biology. The panel has not yet reached agreement on a crucial question, however, whether to recommend legislation that would make it a crime for private funding to be used for human cloning.
In a draft preface to the recommendations, discussed at the 17 May meeting, Shapiro suggested that the panel had found a broad consensus that it would be ¡°morally unacceptable to attempt to create a human child by adult nuclear cloning.¡± Shapiro explained during the meeting that the moral doubt stems mainly from fears about the risk to the health of the child. The panel then informally accepted several general conclusions, although some details have not been settled.
NBAC plans to call for a continued ban on federal government funding for any attempt to clone body cell nuclei to create a child. Because current federal law already forbids the use of federal funds to create embryos (the earliest stage of human offspring before birth) for research or to knowingly endanger an embryo¡¯s life, NBAC will remain silent on embryo research.
NBAC members also indicated that they will appeal to privately funded researchers and clinics not to try to clone humans by body cell nuclear transfer. But they were divided on whether to go further by calling for a federal law that would impose a complete ban on human cloning. Shapiro and most members favored an appeal for such legislation, but in a phone interview, he said this issue was still ¡°up in the air.¡±
63. We can learn from the first paragraph that ________.
[A] federal funds have been used in a project to clone humans
[B] the White House responded strongly to the news of cloning
[C] NBAC was authorized to control the misuse of cloning technique
[D] the White House has got the panel¡¯s recommendations on cloning
64. The panel agreed on all of the following except that ________.
[A] the ban on federal funds for human cloning should be made a law
[B] the cloning of human DNA is not to be put under more control
[C] it is criminal to use private funding for human cloning
[D] it would be against ethical values to clone a human being
65. NBAC will leave the issue of embryo research undiscussed because ________.
[A] embryo research is just a current development of cloning
[B] the health of the child is not the main concern of embryo research
[C] an embryo¡¯s life will not be endangered in embryo research
[D] the issue is explicitly stated and settled in the law
66. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that ________.
[A] some NBAC members hesitate to ban human cloning completely
[B] a law banning human cloning is to be passed in no time
[C] privately funded researchers will respond positively to NBAC¡¯s appeal
[D] the issue of human cloning will soon be settled
Text 5
Science, in practice, depends far less on the experiments it prepares than on the preparedness of the minds of the men who watch the experiments. Sir Isaac Newton supposedly discovered gravity through the fall of an apple. Apples had been falling in many places for centuries and thousands of people had seen them fall. But Newton for years had been curious about the cause of the orbital motion of the moon and planets. What kept them in place? Why didn¡¯t they fall out of the sky? The fact that the apple fell down toward the earth and not up into the tree answered the question he had been asking himself about those larger fruits of the heavens, the moon and the planets.
How many men would have considered the possibility of an apple falling up into the tree? Newton did because he was not trying to predict anything. He was just wondering. His mind was ready for the unpredictable. Unpredictability is part of the essential nature of research. If you don¡¯t have unpredictable things, you don¡¯t have research. Scientists tend to forget this when writing their cut and dried reports for the technical journals, but history is filled with examples of it.
In talking to some scientists, particularly younger ones, you might gather the impression that they find the ¡°scientific method¡± a substitute for imaginative thought. I¡¯ve attended research conferences where a scientist has been asked what he thinks about the advisability of continuing a certain experiment. The scientist has frowned, looked at the graphs, and said ¡°the data are still inconclusive.¡± ¡°We know that,¡± the men from the budget office have said, ¡°but what do you think? Is it worthwhile going on? What do you think we might expect?¡± The scientist has been shocked at having even been asked to speculate.
What this amounts to, of course, is that the scientist has become the victim of his own writings. He has put forward unquestioned claims so consistently that he not only believes them himself, but has convinced industrial and business management that they are true. If experiments are planned and carried out according to plan as faithfully as the reports in the science journals indicate, then it is perfectly logical for management to expect research to produce results measurable in dollars and cents. It is entirely reasonable for auditors to believe that scientists who know exactly where they are going and how they will get there should not be distracted by the necessity of keeping one eye on the cash register while the other eye is on the microscope. Nor, if regularity and conformity to a standard pattern are as desirable to the scientist as the writing of his papers would appear to reflect, is management to be blamed for discriminating against the ¡°odd balls¡± among researchers in favor of more conventional thinkers who ¡°work well with the team.¡±
67. The author wants to prove with the example of Isaac Newton that ________.
[A] inquiring minds are more important than scientific experiments
[B] science advances when fruitful researches are conducted
[C] scientists seldom forget the essential nature of research
[D] unpredictability weighs less than prediction in scientific research
68. The author asserts that scientists ________.
[A] shouldn¡¯t replace ¡°scientific method¡± with imaginative thought
[B] shouldn¡¯t neglect to speculate on unpredictable things
[C] should write more concise reports for technical journals
[D] should be confident about their research findings
69. It seems that some young scientists ________.
[A] have a keen interest in prediction
[B] often speculate on the future
[C] think highly of creative thinking
[D] stick to ¡°scientific method¡±
70. The author implies that the results of scientific research ________.
[A] may not be as profitable as they are expected
[B] can be measured in dollars and cents
[C] rely on conformity to a standard pattern
[D] are mostly underestimated by management
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
71) While there are almost as many definitions of history as there are historians, modern practice most closely conforms to one that sees history as the attempt to recreate and explain the significant events of the past. Caught in the web of its own time and place, each generation of historians determines anew what is significant for it in the past. In this search the evidence found is always incomplete and scattered; it is also frequently partial or partisan. The irony of the historian¡¯s craft is that its practitioners always know that their efforts are but contributions to an unending process.
72) Interest in historical methods has arisen less through external challenge to the validity of history as an intellectual discipline and more from internal quarrels among historians themselves. While history once revered its affinity to literature and philosophy, the emerging social sciences seemed to afford greater opportunities for asking new questions and providing rewarding approaches to an understanding of the past. Social science methodologies had to be adapted to a discipline governed by the primacy of historical sources rather than the imperatives of the contemporary world. 73) During this transfer, traditional historical methods were augmented by additional methodologies designed to interpret the new forms of evidence in the historical study.
Methodology is a term that remains inherently ambiguous in the historical profession. 74) There is no agreement whether methodology refers to the concepts peculiar to historical work in general or to the research techniques appropriate to the various branches of historical inquiry. Historians, especially those so blinded by their research interests that they have been accused of ¡°tunnel method,¡± frequently fall victim to the ¡°technicist fallacy.¡± Also common in the natural sciences, the technicist fallacy mistakenly identifies the discipline as a whole with certain parts of its technical implementation.
75) It applies equally to traditional historians who view history as only the external and internal criticism of sources, and to social science historians who equate their activity with specific techniques.
Section V Writing
76. Directions:
[A] Study the following graphs carefully and write an essay in at least 150 words.
[B] Your essay must be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
[C] Your essay should cover these three points:
1. effect of the country¡¯s growing human population on its wildlife
2. possible reason for the effect
3. your suggestion for wildlife protection
THE UPS AND DOWNS OF POPULATION GROWTH


1999Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [D] 2. [B] 3. [A] 4. [C] 5. [A]
6. [D] 7. [B] 8. [D] 9. [C] 10. [A]
Part B (5 points)
11. [D] were 12. [D] saving
13. [C] family-run 14. [C] environmental
15. [B] that 16. [A] in
17. [C] to make 18. [D] skinned
19. [B] great 20. [D] unless
Part C (10 points)
21. [A] 22. [D] 23. [C] 24. [B] 25. [A]
26. [C] 27. [A] 28. [B] 29. [D] 30. [C]
31. [C] 32. [B] 33. [D] 34. [C] 35. [C]
36. [B] 37. [A] 38. [B] 39. [D] 40. [B]

Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [D] 42. [A] 43. [B] 44. [A] 45. [B]
46. [C] 47. [D] 48. [C] 49. [A] 50. [D]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [B] 52. [C] 53. [A] 54. [D] 55. [A]
56. [C] 57. [D] 58. [B] 59. [B] 60. [D]
61. [C] 62. [A] 63. [B] 64. [C] 65. [D]
66. [A] 67. [A] 68. [B] 69. [D] 70. [A]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ¼¸ºõÿ¸öÀúʷѧ¼Ò¶Ôʷѧ¶¼ÓÐ×Ô¼ºµÄ½ç¶¨£¬µ«ÏÖ´úʷѧ¼ÒµÄʵ¼ù×îÇ÷ÏòÓÚÈÏΪÀúʷѧÊÇÊÔͼÖØÏÖ¹ýÈ¥µÄÖØ´óʷʵ²¢¶ÔÆä×ö³ö½âÊÍ¡£
72. ÈËÃÇÖ®ËùÒÔ¹Ø×¢ÀúÊ·Ñо¿µÄ·½·¨ÂÛ£¬Ö÷ÒªÊÇÒòΪʷѧ½çÄÚ²¿Òâ¼û²»Ò»£¬Æä´ÎÊÇÒòΪÍâ½ç²¢²»ÈÏΪÀúÊ·ÊÇÒ»ÃÅѧÎÊ¡£
73. ÔÚÕâÖÖת±äÖУ¬Àúʷѧ¼ÒÑо¿Àúʷʱ£¬ÄÇЩ½âÊÍÐÂÊ·ÁϵÄз½·¨³äʵÁË´«Í³µÄÀúÊ·Ñо¿·½·¨¡£
74. Ëùν·½·¨ÂÛÊÇÖ¸Ò»°ãµÄÀúÊ·Ñо¿ÖеÄÌØÓиÅÄ»¹ÊÇÖ¸Àúʷ̽¾¿Öи÷¸ö¾ßÌåÁìÓòÊÊÓõÄÑо¿ÊֶΣ¬ÈËÃǶԴËÒâ¼û²»Ò»¡£
75. ÕâÖÖÃýÎóͬÑù´æÔÚÓÚÀúÊ·´«Í³ÅɺÍÀúÊ·Éç¿ÆÅÉ£»Ç°ÕßÈÏΪÀúÊ·¾ÍÊÇʷѧ½çÄÚ²¿ºÍÍⲿÈËÊ¿¶Ô¸÷ÖÖÊ·ÁÏÀ´Ô´µÄÆÀÂÛ£¬ºóÕßÈÏΪÀúÊ·µÄÑо¿ÊǾßÌå·½·¨µÄÑо¿¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
The two graphs tell us something about population growth and wildlife extinction in the U.S. From 1800, the American population has been growing all the time. In the 100 years from 1600 to 1700, the number of wildlife species remained almost stable, with the next 200 years witnessing a growing trend in wildlife extinction. It can be easily seen that the more the human beings, the fewer the animal species.
There may be several reasons for this effect. First, as human population expands, more and more wild animals are hunted for food. Second, due to all kinds of pollution and the damage of ecosystem caused by man, some animals have nowhere to live. Third, some animals are of great medical value, they become the targets for making money.
It is time we took some measures to stop this disturbing trend. On one hand, government should pass some laws and regulations to prevent people from killing more wild animals and forbid further damage to our environment. On the other hand, we should cultivate the awareness that animals are our friends and their extinction poses a threat rather than brings benefits to us. Only when human beings live in harmony with all kinds of animals can we really build a beautiful and healthy world.

1998ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
Example:
I have been to the Great Wall three times ________ 1979.
[A] from
[B] after
[C] for
[D] since
The sentence should read, ¡°I have been to the Great Wall three times since 1979.¡± Therefore, you should choose [D].
1. I worked so late in the office last night that I hardly had time ________ the last bus.
[A] to have caught
[B] to catch
[C] catching
[D] having caught
2. As it turned out to be a small house party, we ________ so formally.
[A] needn¡¯t dress up
[B] did not need have dressed up
[C] did not need dress up
[D] needn¡¯t have dressed up
3. I apologize if I ________ you, but I assure you it was unintentional.
[A] offend
[B] had offended
[C] should have offended
[D] might have offended
4. Although a teenager, Fred could resist ________ what to do and what not to do.
[A] to be told
[B] having been told
[C] being told
[D] to have been told
5. Greater efforts to increase agricultural production must be made if food shortage ________ avoided.
[A] is to be
[B] can be
[C] will be
[D] has been
6. Doing your homework is a sure way to improve your test scores, and this is especially true ________ it comes to classroom tests.
[A] before
[B] as
[C] since
[D] when
7. There are over 100 night schools in the city, making it possible for a professional to be reeducated no matter ________ he does.
[A] how
[B] where
[C] what
[D] when
8. I¡¯ve kept up a friendship with a girl whom I was at school ________ twenty years ago.
[A] about
[B] since
[C] till
[D] with
9. He wasn¡¯t asked to take on the chairmanship of the society, ________ insufficiently popular with all members.
[A] being considered
[B] considering
[C] to be considered
[D] having considered
10. ________ for the timely investment from the general public, our company would not be so thriving as it is.
[A] Had it not been
[B] Were it not
[C] Be it not
[D] Should it not be
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
Example:
A number of [A] foreign visitors were taken [B] to the industrial exhibition, which [C] they saw [D] many new products.
Part [C] is wrong. The sentence should read, ¡°A number of foreign visitors were taken to the industrial exhibition, where they saw many new products.¡± So you should choose [C].
11. According to Darwin, random changes that enhance a species¡¯A ability for survivingB areC naturally selected and passed on to succeedingD generations.
12. Neither rain nor snow keepsA the postman from delivering our letters whichB we so muchC look forward to receiveD.
13. If they will not acceptA a check, we shall haveB to pay the cashC, though it would beD much trouble for both sides.
14. Having beenA robbed offB economic importance, those states are notC likely to count for very muchD in international political terms.
15. The message will beA thatB neither the market nor the government is capable of dealing with all of theirC uncontrollable practicesD.
16. The logic of scientific development is suchA that separatesB groups of men working onC the same problem in far-scatteredD laboratories are likely to arrive at the same answer at the same time.
17. Yet not all of these races are intellectual inferior toA the European races, andB some may even have aC freshness and vitality that can renew the energiesD of more advanced races.
18. TheA more than 50,000 nuclear weapons in the hands of various nations today are more thanB ample destroyingC every city in the world several times overD.
19. The universe works in a way so far removeA from what common sense wouldB allow thatC words of any kind must necessarily be inadequate to explain itD.
20. The integration of independent states could best beA brought about by firstB creating a central organization with authoritiesC over technicalD economic tasks.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Example:
The lost car of the Lees was found ________ in the woods off the highway.
[A] vanished
[B] scattered
[C] abandoned
[D] rejected
The sentence should read, ¡°The lost car of the Lees was found abandoned in the woods off the highway.¡± Therefore, you should choose [C].
21. The machine needs a complete ________ since it has been in use for over ten years.
[A] amending
[B] fitting
[C] mending
[D] renovating
22. There were many people present and he appeared only for a few seconds, so I only caught a ________ of him.
[A] glance
[B] glimpse
[C] look
[D] sight
23. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s wise of you to ________ your greater knowledge in front of the director, for it may offend him.
[A] show up
[B] show out
[C] show in
[D] show off
24. The returns in the short ________ may be small, but over a number of years the investment will be well repaid.
[A] interval
[B] range
[C] span
[D] term
25. A thorough study of biology requires ________ with the properties of trees and plants, and the habit of birds and beasts.
[A] acquisition
[B] discrimination
[C] curiosity
[D] familiarity
26. She worked hard at her task before she felt sure that the results would ________ her long effort.
[A] justify
[B] testify
[C] rectify
[D] verify
27. I¡¯m very glad to know that my boss has generously agreed to ________ my debt in return for certain services.
[A] take away
[B] cut out
[C] write off
[D] clear up
28. Some journalists often overstate the situation so that their news may create a great ________.
[A] explosion
[B] sensation
[C] exaggeration
[D] stimulation
29. According to what you have just said, am I to understand that his new post ________ no responsibility with it at all?
[A] shoulders
[B] possesses
[C] carries
[D] shares
30. Sometimes the student may be asked to write about his ________ to a certain book or article that has some bearing on the subject being studied.
[A] comment
[B] reaction
[C] impression
[D] comprehension
31. Please ________ yourself from smoking and spitting in public places, since the law forbids them.
[A] restrain
[B] hinder
[C] restrict
[D] prohibit
32. Without telephone it would be impossible to carry on the functions of ________ every business operation in the whole country.
[A] practically
[B] preferably
[C] precisely
[D] presumably
33. Preliminary estimation puts the figure at around $110 billion, ________ the $160 billion the President is struggling to get through the Congress.
[A] in proportion to
[B] in reply to
[C] in relation to
[D] in contrast to
34. He is planning another tour abroad, yet his passport will ________ at the end of this month.
[A] expire
[B] exceed
[C] terminate
[D] cease
35. All the off-shore oil explorers were in high spirits as they read ________ letters from their families.
[A] sentimental
[B] affectionate
[C] intimate
[D] sensitive
36. Several international events in the early 1990s seem likely to ________, or at least weaken, the trends that emerged in the 1980s.
[A] revolt
[B] revolve
[C] reverse
[D] revive
37. I was unaware of the critical points involved, so my choice was quite ________.
[A] arbitrary
[B] rational
[C] mechanical
[D] unpredictable
38. The local people were joyfully surprised to find the price of vegetables no longer ________ according to the weather.
[A] altered
[B] converted
[C] fluctuated
[D] modified
39. The pursuit of leisure on the part of the employees will certainly not ________ their prospect of promotion.
[A] spur
[B] further
[C] induce
[D] reinforce
40. In what ________ to a last minute stay of execution, a council announced that emergency funding would keep alive two aging satellites.
[A] applies
[B] accounts
[C] attaches
[D] amounts
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Until recently most historians spoke very critically of the Industrial Revolution. They ´ó41¼Ò that in the long run industrialization greatly raised the standard of living for the ´ó42¼Ò man. But they insisted that its ´ó43¼Ò results during the period from 1750 to 1850 were widespread poverty and misery for the ´ó44¼Ò of the English population. ´ó45¼Ò contrast, they saw in the preceding hundred years from 1650 to 1750, when England was still a ´ó46¼Ò agricultural country, a period of great abundance and prosperity.
This view, ´ó47¼Ò, is generally thought to be wrong. Specialists ´ó48¼Ò history and economics, have ´ó49¼Ò two things: that the period from 1650 to 1750 was ´ó50¼Ò by great poverty, and that industrialization certainly did not worsen and may have actually improved the conditions for the majority of the populace.
41. [A] admitted
[B] believed
[C] claimed
[D] predicted
42. [A] plain
[B] average
[C] mean
[D] normal
43. [A] momentary
[B] prompt
[C] instant
[D] immediate
44. [A] bulk
[B] host
[C] gross
[D] magnitude
45. [A] On
[B] With
[C] For
[D] By
46. [A] broadly
[B] thoroughly
[C] generally
[D] completely
47. [A] however
[B] meanwhile
[C] therefore
[D] moreover
48. [A] at
[B] in
[C] about
[D] for
49. [A] manifested
[B] approved
[C] shown
[D] speculated
50. [A] noted
[B] impressed
[C] labeled
[D] marked
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
Few creations of big technology capture the imagination like giant dams. Perhaps it is humankind¡¯s long suffering at the mercy of flood and drought that makes the idea of forcing the waters to do our bidding so fascinating. But to be fascinated is also, sometimes, to be blind. Several giant dam projects threaten to do more harm than good.
The lesson from dams is that big is not always beautiful. It doesn¡¯t help that building a big, powerful dam has become a symbol of achievement for nations and people striving to assert themselves. Egypt¡¯s leadership in the Arab world was cemented by the Aswan High Dam. Turkey¡¯s bid for First World status includes the giant Ataturk Dam.
But big dams tend not to work as intended. The Aswan Dam, for example, stopped the Nile flooding but deprived Egypt of the fertile silt that floods left -- all in return for a giant reservoir of disease which is now so full of silt that it barely generates electricity.
And yet, the myth of controlling the waters persists. This week, in the heart of civilized Europe, Slovaks and Hungarians stopped just short of sending in the troops in their contention over a dam on the Danube. The huge complex will probably have all the usual problems of big dams. But Slovakia is bidding for independence from the Czechs, and now needs a dam to prove itself.
Meanwhile, in India, the World Bank has given the go-ahead to the even more wrong-headed Narmada Dam. And the bank has done this even though its advisors say the dam will cause hardship for the powerless and environmental destruction. The benefits are for the powerful, but they are far from guaranteed.
Proper, scientific study of the impacts of dams and of the cost and benefits of controlling water can help to resolve these conflicts. Hydroelectric power and flood control and irrigation are possible without building monster dams. But when you are dealing with myths, it is hard to be either proper, or scientific. It is time that the world learned the lessons of Aswan. You don¡¯t need a dam to be saved.
51. The third sentence of Paragraph 1 implies that ________.
[A] people would be happy if they shut their eyes to reality
[B] the blind could be happier than the sighted
[C] over-excited people tend to neglect vital things
[D] fascination makes people lose their eyesight
52. In Paragraph 5, ¡°the powerless¡± probably refers to ________.
[A] areas short of electricity
[B] dams without power stations
[C] poor countries around India
[D] common people in the Narmada Dam area
53. What is the myth concerning giant dams?
[A] They bring in more fertile soil.
[B] They help defend the country.
[C] They strengthen international ties.
[D] They have universal control of the waters.
54. What the author tries to suggest may best be interpreted as ________.
[A] ¡°It¡¯s no use crying over spilt milk¡±
[B] ¡°More haste, less speed¡±
[C] ¡°Look before you leap¡±
[D] ¡°He who laughs last laughs best¡±
Text 2
Well, no gain without pain, they say. But what about pain without gain? Everywhere you go in America, you hear tales of corporate revival. What is harder to establish is whether the productivity revolution that businessmen assume they are presiding over is for real.
The official statistics are mildly discouraging. They show that, if you lump manufacturing and services together, productivity has grown on average by 1.2% since 1987. That is somewhat faster than the average during the previous decade. And since 1991, productivity has increased by about 2% a year, which is more than twice the 1978-87 average. The trouble is that part of the recent acceleration is due to the usual rebound that occurs at this point in a business cycle, and so is not conclusive evidence of a revival in the underlying trend. There is, as Robert Rubin, the treasury secretary, says, a ¡°disjunction¡± between the mass of business anecdote that points to a leap in productivity and the picture reflected by the statistics.
Some of this can be easily explained. New ways of organizing the workplace -- all that re-engineering and downsizing -- are only one contribution to the overall productivity of an economy, which is driven by many other factors such as joint investment in equipment and machinery, new technology, and investment in education and training. Moreover, most of the changes that companies make are intended to keep them profitable, and this need not always mean increasing productivity: switching to new markets or improving quality can matter just as much.
Two other explanations are more speculative. First, some of the business restructuring of recent years may have been ineptly done. Second, even if it was well done, it may have spread much less widely than people suppose.
Leonard Schlesinger, a Harvard academic and former chief executive of Au Bong Pain, a rapidly growing chain of bakery cafes, says that much ¡°re-engineering¡± has been crude. In many cases, he believes, the loss of revenue has been greater than the reductions in cost. His colleague, Michael Beer, says that far too many companies have applied re-engineering in a mechanistic fashion, chopping out costs without giving sufficient thought to long-term profitability. BBDO¡¯s Al Rosenshine is blunter. He dismisses a lot of the work of re-engineering consultants as mere rubbish -- ¡°the worst sort of ambulance chasing.¡±
55. According to the author, the American economic situation is ________.
[A] not as good as it seems
[B] at its turning point
[C] much better than it seems
[D] near to complete recovery
56. The official statistics on productivity growth ________.
[A] exclude the usual rebound in a business cycle
[B] fall short of businessmen¡¯s anticipation
[C] meet the expectation of business people
[D] fail to reflect the true state of economy
57. The author raises the question ¡°what about pain without gain?¡± because ________.
[A] he questions the truth of ¡°no gain without pain¡±
[B] he does not think the productivity revolution works
[C] he wonders if the official statistics are misleading
[D] he has conclusive evidence for the revival of businesses
58. Which of the following statements is NOT mentioned in the passage?
[A] Radical reforms are essential for the increase of productivity.
[B] New ways of organizing workplaces may help to increase productivity.
[C] The reduction of costs is not a sure way to gain long-term profitability.
[D] The consultants are a bunch of good-for-nothings.
Text 3
Science has long had an uneasy relationship with other aspects of culture. Think of Gallileo¡¯s 17th-century trial for his rebelling belief before the Catholic Church or poet William Blake¡¯s harsh remarks against the mechanistic worldview of Isaac Newton. The schism between science and the humanities has, if anything, deepened in this century.
Until recently, the scientific community was so powerful that it could afford to ignore its critics -- but no longer. As funding for science has declined, scientists have attacked ¡°anti-science¡± in several books, notably Higher Superstition, by Paul R. Gross, a biologist at the University of Virginia, and Norman Levitt, a mathematician at Rutgers University; and The Demon-Haunted World, by Carl Sagan of Cornell University.
Defenders of science have also voiced their concerns at meetings such as ¡°The Flight from Science and Reason,¡± held in New York City in 1995, and ¡°Science in the Age of (Mis) information,¡± which assembled last June near Buffalo.
Anti-science clearly means different things to different people. Gross and Levitt find fault primarily with sociologists, philosophers and other academics who have questioned science¡¯s objectivity. Sagan is more concerned with those who believe in ghosts, creationism and other phenomena that contradict the scientific worldview.
A survey of news stories in 1996 reveals that the anti-science tag has been attached to many other groups as well, from authorities who advocated the elimination of the last remaining stocks of smallpox virus to Republicans who advocated decreased funding for basic research.
Few would dispute that the term applies to the Unabomber, whose manifesto, published in 1995, scorns science and longs for return to a pre-technological utopia. But surely that does not mean environmentalists concerned about uncontrolled industrial growth are anti-science, as an essay in US News & World Report last May seemed to suggest.
The environmentalists, inevitably, respond to such critics. The true enemies of science, argues Paul Ehrlich of Stanford University, a pioneer of environmental studies, are those who question the evidence supporting global warming, the depletion of the ozone layer and other consequences of industrial growth.
Indeed, some observers fear that the anti-science epithet is in danger of becoming meaningless. ¡°The term ¡®anti-science¡¯ can lump together too many, quite different things,¡± notes Harvard University philosopher Gerald Holton in his 1993 work Science and Anti-Science. ¡°They have in common only one thing that they tend to annoy or threaten those who regard themselves as more enlightened.¡±
59. The word ¡°schism¡± (Line 4, Paragraph 1) in the context probably means ________.
[A] confrontation
[B] dissatisfaction
[C] separation
[D] contempt
60. Paragraphs 2 and 3 are written to ________.
[A] discuss the cause of the decline of science¡¯s power
[B] show the author¡¯s sympathy with scientists
[C] explain the way in which science develops
[D] exemplify the division of science and the humanities
61. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
[A] Environmentalists were blamed for anti-science in an essay.
[B] Politicians are not subject to the labeling of anti-science.
[C] The ¡°more enlightened¡± tend to tag others as anti-science.
[D] Tagging environmentalists as ¡°anti-science¡± is justifiable.
62. The author¡¯s attitude toward the issue of ¡°science vs. anti-science¡± is ________.
[A] impartial
[B] subjective
[C] biased
[D] puzzling
Text 4
Emerging from the 1980 census is the picture of a nation developing more and more regional competition, as population growth in the Northeast and Midwest reaches a near standstill.
This development -- and its strong implications for US politics and economy in years ahead -- has enthroned the South as America¡¯s most densely populated region for the first time in the history of the nation¡¯s head counting.
Altogether, the US population rose in the 1970s by 23.2 million people -- numerically the third-largest growth ever recorded in a single decade. Even so, that gain adds up to only 11.4 percent, lowest in American annual records except for the Depression years.
Americans have been migrating south and west in larger numbers since World War II, and the pattern still prevails.
Three sun-belt states -- Florida, Texas and California -- together had nearly 10 million more people in 1980 than a decade earlier. Among large cities, San Diego moved from 14th to 8th and San Antonio from 15th to 10th -- with Cleveland and Washington. D. C., dropping out of the top 10.
Not all that shift can be attributed to the movement out of the snow belt, census officials say. Nonstop waves of immigrants played a role, too -- and so did bigger crops of babies as yesterday¡¯s ¡°baby boom¡± generation reached its child-bearing years.
Moreover, demographers see the continuing shift south and west as joined by a related but newer phenomenon: More and more, Americans apparently are looking not just for places with more jobs but with fewer people, too. Some instances¡ª
¡öRegionally, the Rocky Mountain states reported the most rapid growth rate -- 37.1 percent since 1970 in a vast area with only 5 percent of the US population.
¡öAmong states, Nevada and Arizona grew fastest of all: 63.5 and 53.1 percent respectively. Except for Florida and Texas, the top 10 in rate of growth is composed of Western states with 7.5 million people -- about 9 per square mile.
The flight from overcrowdedness affects the migration from snow belt to more bearable climates.
Nowhere do 1980 census statistics dramatize more the American search for spacious living than in the Far West. There, California added 3.7 million to its population in the 1970s, more than any other state.
In that decade, however, large numbers also migrated from California, mostly to other parts of the West. Often they chose -- and still are choosing -- somewhat colder climates such as Oregon, Idaho and Alaska in order to escape smog, crime and other plagues of urbanization in the Golden State.
As a result, California¡¯s growth rate dropped during the 1970s, to 18.5 percent -- little more than two thirds the 1960s¡¯ growth figure and considerably below that of other Western states.
63. Discerned from the perplexing picture of population growth the 1980 census provided, America in 1970s ________.
[A] enjoyed the lowest net growth of population in history
[B] witnessed a southwestern shift of population
[C] underwent an unparalleled period of population growth
[D] brought to a standstill its pattern of migration since World War II
64. The census distinguished itself from previous studies on population movement in that ________.
[A] it stresses the climatic influence on population distribution
[B] it highlights the contribution of continuous waves of immigrants
[C] it reveals the Americans¡¯ new pursuit of spacious living
[D] it elaborates the delayed effects of yesterday¡¯s ¡°baby boom¡±
65. We can see from the available statistics that ________.
[A] California was once the most thinly populated area in the whole US
[B] the top 10 states in growth rate of population were all located in the West
[C] cities with better climates benefited unanimously from migration
[D] Arizona ranked second of all states in its growth rate of population
66. The word ¡°demographers¡± (Line 1, Paragraph 8) most probably means ________.
[A] people in favor of the trend of democracy
[B] advocates of migration between states
[C] scientists engaged in the study of population
[D] conservatives clinging to old patterns of life
Text 5
Scattered around the globe are more than 100 small regions of isolated volcanic activity known to geologists as hot spots. Unlike most of the world¡¯s volcanoes, they are not always found at the boundaries of the great drifting plates that make up the earth¡¯s surface; on the contrary, many of them lie deep in the interior of a plate. Most of the hot spots move only slowly, and in some cases the movement of the plates past them has left trails of dead volcanoes. The hot spots and their volcanic trails are milestones that mark the passage of the plates.
That the plates are moving is now beyond dispute. Africa and South America, for example, are moving away from each other as new material is injected into the sea floor between them. The complementary coastlines and certain geological features that seem to span the ocean are reminders of where the two continents were once joined. The relative motion of the plates carrying these continents has been constructed in detail, but the motion of one plate with respect to another cannot readily be translated into motion with respect to the earth¡¯s interior. It is not possible to determine whether both continents are moving in opposite directions or whether one continent is stationary and the other is drifting away from it. Hot spots, anchored in the deeper layers of the earth, provide the measuring instruments needed to resolve the question. From an analysis of the hot-spot population it appears that the African plate is stationary and that it has not moved during the past 30 million years.
The significance of hot spots is not confined to their role as a frame of reference. It now appears that they also have an important influence on the geophysical processes that propel the plates across the globe. When a continental plate come to rest over a hot spot, the material rising from deeper layers creates a broad dome. As the dome grows, it develops deep fissures (cracks); in at least a few cases the continent may break entirely along some of these fissures, so that the hot spot initiates the formation of a new ocean. Thus just as earlier theories have explained the mobility of the continents, so hot spots may explain their mutability (inconstancy).
67. The author believes that ________.
[A] the motion of the plates corresponds to that of the earth¡¯s interior
[B] the geological theory about drifting plates has been proved to be true
[C] the hot spots and the plates move slowly in opposite directions
[D] the movement of hot spots proves the continents are moving apart
68. That Africa and South America were once joined can be deduced from the fact that ________.
[A] the two continents are still moving in opposite directions
[B] they have been found to share certain geological features
[C] the African plate has been stable for 30 million years
[D] over 100 hot spots are scattered all around the globe
69. The hot spot theory may prove useful in explaining ________.
[A] the structure of the African plates
[B] the revival of dead volcanoes
[C] the mobility of the continents
[D] the formation of new oceans
70. The passage is mainly about ________.
[A] the features of volcanic activities
[B] the importance of the theory about drifting plates
[C] the significance of hot spots in geophysical studies
[D] the process of the formation of volcanoes
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written clearly on the ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
They were, by far, the largest and most distant objects that scientists had ever detected: a strip of enormous cosmic clouds some 15 billion light-years from earth. 71) But even more important, it was the farthest that scientists had been able to look into the past, for what they were seeing were the patterns and structures that existed 15 billion years ago. That was just about the moment that the universe was born. What the researchers found was at once both amazing and expected: the US National Aeronautics and Space Administration¡¯s Cosmic Background Explorer satellite -- Cobe -- had discovered landmark evidence that the universe did in fact begin with the primeval explosion that has become known as the Big Bang (the theory that the universe originated in an explosion from a single mass of energy).
72) The existence of the giant clouds was virtually required for the Big Bang, first put forward in the 1920s, to maintain its reign as the dominant explanation of the cosmos. According to the theory, the universe burst into being as a submicroscopic, unimaginably dense knot of pure energy that flew outward in all directions, emitting radiation as it went, condensing into particles and then into atoms of gas. Over billions of years, the gas was compressed by gravity into galaxies, stars, plants and eventually, even humans.
Cobe is designed to see just the biggest structures, but astronomers would like to see much smaller hot spots as well, the seeds of local objects like clusters and superclusters of galaxies. They shouldn¡¯t have long to wait. 73) Astrophysicists working with ground-based detectors at the South Pole and balloon-borne instruments are closing in on such structures, and may report their findings soon.
74) If the small hot spots look as expected, that will be a triumph for yet another scientific idea, a refinement of the Big Bang called the inflationary universe theory. Inflation says that very early on, the universe expanded in size by more than a trillion trillion trillion trillionfold in much less than a second, propelled by a sort of antigravity. 75) Odd though it sounds, cosmic inflation is a scientifically plausible consequence of some respected ideas in elementary particle physics, and many astrophysicists have been convinced for the better part of a decade that it is true.
71. ________
72. ________
73. ________
74. ________
75. ________
Section V Writing
Directions:
[A] Study the following cartoon carefully and write an essay in no less than 150 words.
[B] Your essay must be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
[C] Your essay should meet the requirements below:
1. Write out the messages conveyed by the cartoon.
2. Give your comments.


×¢£ºÍ¼Æ¬ÉϵÄÎÄ×ÖÊÇ£º
±¾Ä¸¼¦³Ðŵ£º
¢Ù±¾¼¦Ïµ°²»¼ûÀâ²»¼û½Ç
¢Ú±£Ö¤Óе°Æ¤£¬µ°»ÆºÍµ°Çå

1998Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [B] 2. [D] 3. [B] 4. [C] 5. [A]
6. [D] 7. [C] 8. [D] 9. [A] 10. [A]
Part B (5 points)
11. [B] 12. [D] 13. [C] 14. [B] 15. [C]
16. [B] 17. [A] 18. [C] 19. [A] 20. [C]
Part C (10 points)
21. [C] 22. [B] 23. [D] 24. [D] 25. [D]
26. [A] 27. [C] 28. [B] 29. [C] 30. [B]
31. [A] 32. [A] 33. [D] 34. [A] 35. [B]
36. [C] 37. [A] 38. [C] 39. [B] 40. [D]
Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [A] 42. [B] 43. [D] 44. [A] 45. [D]
46. [D] 47. [A] 48. [B] 49. [C] 50. [D]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [C] 52. [D] 53. [D] 54. [C] 55. [A]
56. [B] 57. [B] 58. [A] 59. [C] 60. [D]
61. [A] 62. [A] 63. [B] 64. [C] 65. [D]
66. [C] 67. [B] 68. [B] 69. [D] 70. [C]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ¸üΪÖØÒªµÄÊÇ£¬ÕâÊÇ¿Æѧ¼ÒÃÇËùÄܹ۲⵽µÄ×îÒ£Ô¶µÄ¹ýÈ¥µÄ¾°Ïó£¬ÒòΪËûÃÇ¿´µ½µÄÊÇ150ÒÚÄêÇ°ÓîÖæÔƵÄÐÎ×´ºÍ½á¹¹¡£
72. ¾Þ´óµÄÓîÖæÔƵĴæÔÚ£¬Êµ¼ÊÉÏÊÇʹ¶þÊ®Äê´úÊ×´´µÄ´ó±¬Õ¨ÂÛµÃÒÔ±£³ÖÆäÓîÖæÆðÔ´ÂÛµÄÖ÷µ¼µØλËù²»¿ÉȱÉٵġ£
73. ÌìÌåÎïÀíѧ¼ÒʹÓÃÄϼ«Â½»ù̽²âÆ÷¼°ÇòÔØÒÇÆ÷£¬ÕýÔ½À´Ô½½üµØ¹Û²âÕâЩÔÆϵ£¬Ò²Ðí²»¾Ã»á±¨¸æËûÃǵĹ۲â½á¹û¡£
74. ¼ÙÈçÄÇЩСÈȵ㿴ÉÏȥͬԤ¼ÆµÄÒ»Ö£¬ÄǾÍÒâζ×ÅÓÖÒ»¿ÆѧÂÛ˵µÄʤÀû£¬ÕâÖÖÂÛ˵¼´¸üÍêÃÀµÄ´ó±¬Õ¨ÂÛ£¬Òà³ÆÓîÖæÅòÕÍ˵¡£
75. ÓîÖæÅòÕÍ˵ËäÈ»ÌýËÆÆæÌØ£¬µ«ËüÊÇ»ù±¾Á£×ÓÎïÀíѧÖÐһЩ¹«ÈϵÄÀíÂÛÔÚ¿ÆѧÉÏ¿´À´¿ÉÐŵÄÍÆÂÛ¡£Ðí¶àÌìÌåÎïÀíѧ¼ÒÆß¡¢°ËÄêÀ´Ò»Ö±ÈÏΪÕâÒ»ÂÛ˵ÊÇÕýÈ·µÄ¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
Recently, more and more people have seen varieties of promises either from TV, newspaper or from other media. As is shown in the cartoon, even a hen has learned how to promise. We all know that hen¡¯s duty is to lay eggs which should undoubtedly consist of most elementary part. But the hen promises what she should do!
(ͼ»­µãÌâ, ¼ÐÐð¼ÐÒé)
With the development of the society and the improvement of people¡¯s living standard, more and more attention should be paid to the improvement of quality of service. Therefore, many enterprises and departments promise to better their services so as to meet the people¡¯s need better. They are also pleased to invite people to supervise what they have done and will do. But much to our surprise, some of them just say something that they should do. These promises are only laughed at by people.
(½âÊÍÅäÊ«, ÓÖÓÐÒéÂÛ)
In my opinion, doing more is better than promising more, because people are willing to be served really. All we should lay more emphasis on what we do and how we can virtually improve the level of service. Only in this way can we make people satisfied with what we do.
(·¢±í×Ô¼ºµÄ¹Ûµã)
ÆÀÓÄÚÈÝÇÐÌâ, °üÀ¨Í¼»­µÄÈ«²¿ÐÅÏ¢£»Çå³þ±í´ïÆäÄÚº­, ÎÄ×ÖÁ¬¹á£»¾äʽÓб仯, ¾ä×ӽṹºÍÓôÊÕýÈ·, ÎÄÕ³¤¶È·ûºÏÒªÇó¡£±¾×÷ÎĵÃ13·Ö

1997ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (5 points)
1. The Social Security Retirement Program is made up of two trust funds, ________ could go penniless by next year.
[A] the larger one
[B] the larger of which
[C] the largest one
[D] the largest of which
2. Nowhere in nature is aluminum found free, owing to its always ________ with other elements, most commonly with oxygen.
[A] combined
[B] having combined
[C] combine
[D] being combined
3. Andrew, my father¡¯s younger brother, will not be at the picnic, ________ to the family¡¯s disappointment.
[A] much
[B] more
[C] too much
[D] much more
4. I would have gone to visit him in the hospital had it been at all possible, but I ________ fully occupied the whole of last week.
[A] were
[B] had been
[C] have been
[D] was
5. Help will come from the UN, but the aid will be ________ near what¡¯s needed.
[A] everywhere
[B] somewhere
[C] nowhere
[D] anywhere
6. The chief reason for the population growth isn¡¯t so much a rise in birth rates ________ a fall in death rates as a result of improvements in medical care.
[A] and
[B] as
[C] but
[D] or
7. He claims to be an expert in astronomy, but in actual fact he is quite ignorant on the subject. ________ he knows about it is out of date and inaccurate.
[A] What little
[B] So much
[C] How much
[D] So little
8. Although we feel dissatisfied with the election results, we have to become reconciled ________ the decision made by our fellow countrymen.
[A] for
[B] on
[C] to
[D] in
9. Just as the value of a telephone network increases with each new phone ________ to the system, so does the value of a computer system increase with each program that turns out.
[A] adding
[B] to have added
[C] to add
[D] added
10. The vocabulary and grammatical differences between British and American English are so trivial and few as hardly ________.
[A] noticed
[B] to be noticed
[C] being noticed
[D] to notice
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (5 points)
Example:
A number ofA foreign visitors were takenB to the industrial exhibition whichC they sawD many new products.
Part [C] is wrong. The sentence should read, ¡°A number of foreign visitors were taken to the industrial exhibition where they saw many new products.¡± So you should choose [C].
11. Although Professor Green¡¯s lectures usually ran overA the fifty-minuteB period, but noneC of his students evenD objected as they found his lectures both informative and interesting.
12. WhenA Edison died, it was proposed that the American people turned offB all powerC in their homes, streets, and factories for several minutes in honor ofD this great man.
13. They pointed outA the damage whichB they supposed thatC had been done by last night¡¯sD storm.
14. Because ofA the recent accidents, our parents forbid my brother and me from swimmingB in the river unlessC someone agrees to watchD over us.
15. A great manyA teachers firmlyB believe that English is one of the poorest-taughtC subjects in high schools at present.D
16. In this way these insects show an efficient use of their sound-producedA ability, organizingB two sounds deliveredC at a high rate as one call.D
17. I thought the technician was to blameA for the blowingB of the fuse, but I see now howC I wasD mistaken.
18. For him to be re-electedA what is essential is not that his policy worksB, but thatC the public believe that it is.D
19. As far asA I am concerned, his politics areB rather conservative comparedC with other politicians.D
20. I¡¯d say whenever you are goingA after something that is belongingB to you, anyone who is deprivingC you of the right to have it is criminal.D
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (10 points)
Example:
The lost car of the Lees was found ________ in the woods off the highway.
[A] vanished
[B] scattered
[C] abandoned
[D] rejected
The sentence should read, ¡°The lost car of the Lees was found abandoned in the woods off the highway.¡± Therefore, you should choose [C].
21. When workers are organized in trade unions, employers find it hard to lay them ________.
[A] off
[B] aside
[C] out
[D] down
22. The wealth of a country should be measured ________ the health and happiness of its people as well as the material goods it can produce.
[A] in line with
[B] in terms of
[C] in regard with
[D] by means of
23. He has failed me so many times that I no longer place any ________ on what he promises.
[A] faith
[B] belief
[C] credit
[D] reliance
24. My students found the book ________: it provided them with an abundance of information on the subject.
[A] enlightening
[B] confusing
[C] distracting
[D] amusing
25. Nobody yet knows how long and how seriously the shakiness in the financial system will ________ down the economy.
[A] put
[B] settle
[C] drag
[D] knock
26. In this factory the machines are not regulated ________ but are jointly controlled by a central computer system.
[A] independently
[B] individually
[C] irrespectively
[D] irregularly
27. Every chemical change either results from energy being used to produce the change, or causes energy to be ________ in some form.
[A] given off
[B] put out
[C] set off
[D] used up
28. If businessmen are taxed too much, they will no longer be motivated to work hard, with the result that incomes from taxation might actually ________.
[A] shrink
[B] delay
[C] disperse
[D] sink
29. American companies are evolving from mass-production manufacturing to ________ enterprises.
[A] moveable
[B] changing
[C] flexible
[D] varying
30. If you know what the trouble is, why don¡¯t you help them to ________ the situation?
[A] simplify
[B] modify
[C] verify
[D] rectify
31. I can¡¯t ________ what has happened to the vegetables, for they were freshly picked this morning.
[A] figure out
[B] draw out
[C] look out
[D] work out
32. I tried very hard to persuade him to join our group but I met with a flat ________.
[A] disapproval
[B] rejection
[C] refusal
[D] decline
33. From this material we can ________ hundreds of what you may call direct products.
[A] derive
[B] discern
[C] diminish
[D] displace
34. She had clearly no ________ of doing any work, although she was very well paid.
[A] tendency
[B] ambition
[C] intention
[D] willingness
35. What seems confusing or fragmented at first might well become ________ a third time.
[A] clean and measurable
[B] notable and systematic
[C] pure and wholesome
[D] clear and organic»°·Ñ/ÍøÓε㿨Èí¼þ£¨½ÝÒ×ͨ³ÏÕдúÀí£©×ÉѯQQ£º281174917
10GÅÝæ¤/ÔÁÓï/1000±¾¹ÉƱ/photoshopÊÓƵ½Ì³Ì£¬
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·http://item.taobao.com/item.htm?id=8103217393
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·£ºhttp://281174917.taobao.com

36. The public opinion was that the time was not ________ for the election of such a radical candidate as Mr. Jones.
[A] reasonable
[B] ripe
[C] ready
[D] practical
37. Hudson said he could not kill a living thing except for the ________ of hunger.
[A] sensation
[B] cause
[C] purpose
[D] motive
38. For the new country to survive, ________ for its people to enjoy prosperity, new economic policies will be required.
[A] to name a few
[B] let alone
[C] not to speak
[D] let¡¯s say
39. Foreign disinvestment and the ________ of South Africa from world capital markets after 1985 further weakened its economy.
[A] displacement
[B] elimination
[C] exclusion
[D] exception
40. When a number of people ________ together in a conversational knot, each individual expresses his position in the group by where he stands.
[A] pad
[B] pack
[C] squeeze
[D] cluster
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (10 points)
Manpower Inc., with 560,000 workers, is the world¡¯s largest temporary employment agency. Every morning, its people ´ó41¼Ò into the offices and factories of America, seeking a day¡¯s work for a day¡¯s pay. One day at a time. ´ó42¼Ò industrial giants like General Motors and IBM struggle to survive ´ó43¼Ò reducing the number of employees, Manpower, based in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, is booming.
´ó44¼Ò its economy continues to recover, the US is increasingly becoming a nation of part-timers and temporary workers. This ¡°´ó45¼Ò¡± work force is the most important ´ó46¼Ò in American business today, and it is ´ó47¼Ò changing the relationship between people and their jobs. The phenomenon provides a way for companies to remain globally competitive ´ó48¼Ò avoiding market cycles and the growing burdens ´ó49¼Ò by employment rules, healthcare costs and pension plans. For workers it can mean an end to the security, benefits and sense of ´ó50¼Ò that came from being a loyal employee.
41. [A] swarm
[B] stride
[C] separate
[D] slip
42. [A] For
[B] Because
[C] As
[D] Since
43. [A] from
[B] in
[C] on
[D] by
44. [A] Even though
[B] Now that
[C] If only
[D] Provided that
45. [A] durable
[B] disposable
[C] available
[D] transferable
46. [A] approach
[B] flow
[C] fashion
[D] trend
47. [A] instantly
[B] reversely
[C] fundamentally
[D] sufficiently
48. [A] but
[B] while
[C] and
[D] whereas
49. [A] imposed
[B] restricted
[C] illustrated
[D] confined
50. [A] excitement
[B] conviction
[C] enthusiasm
[D] importance
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (40 points)
Text 1
It was 3:45 in the morning when the vote was finally taken. After six months of arguing and final 16 hours of hot parliamentary debates, Australia¡¯s Northern Territory became the first legal authority in the world to allow doctors to take the lives of incurably ill patients who wish to die. The measure passed by the convincing vote of 15 to 10. Almost immediately word flashed on the Internet and was picked up, half a world away, by John Hofsess, executive director of the Right to Die Society of Canada. He sent it on via the group¡¯s on-line service, Death NET. Says Hofsess: ¡°We posted bulletins all day long, because of course this isn¡¯t just something that happened in Australia. It¡¯s world history.¡±
The full import may take a while to sink in. The NT Rights of the Terminally Ill law has left physicians and citizens alike trying to deal with its moral and practical implications. Some have breathed sighs of relief, others, including churches, right-to-life groups and the Australian Medical Association, bitterly attacked the bill and the haste of its passage. But the tide is unlikely to turn back. In Australia -- where an aging population, life-extending technology and changing community attitudes have all played their part -- other states are going to consider making a similar law to deal with euthanasia. In the US and Canada, where the right-to-die movement is gathering strength, observers are waiting for the dominoes to start falling.
Under the new Northern Territory law, an adult patient can request death -- probably by a deadly injection or pill -- to put an end to suffering. The patient must be diagnosed as terminally ill by two doctors. After a ¡°cooling off¡± period of seven days, the patient can sign a certificate of request. After 48 hours the wish for death can be met. For Lloyd Nickson, a 54-year-old Darwin resident suffering from lung cancer, the NT Rights of Terminally Ill law means he can get on with living without the haunting fear of his suffering: a terrifying death from his breathing condition. ¡°I¡¯m not afraid of dying from a spiritual point of view, but what I was afraid of was how I¡¯d go, because I¡¯ve watched people die in the hospital fighting for oxygen and clawing at their masks,¡± he says.
51. From the second paragraph we learn that ________.
[A] the objection to euthanasia is slow to come in other countries
[B] physicians and citizens share the same view on euthanasia
[C] changing technology is chiefly responsible for the hasty passage of the law
[D] it takes time to realize the significance of the law¡¯s passage
52. When the author says that observers are waiting for the dominoes to start falling, he means ________.
[A] observers are taking a wait-and-see attitude towards the future of euthanasia
[B] similar bills are likely to be passed in the US, Canada and other countries
[C] observers are waiting to see the result of the game of dominoes
[D] the effect-taking process of the passed bill may finally come to a stop
53. When Lloyd Nickson dies, he will ________.
[A] face his death with calm characteristic of euthanasia
[B] experience the suffering of a lung cancer patient
[C] have an intense fear of terrible suffering
[D] undergo a cooling off period of seven days
54. The author¡¯s attitude towards euthanasia seems to be that of ________.
[A] opposition
[B] suspicion
[C] approval
[D] indifference
Text 2
A report consistently brought back by visitors to the US is how friendly, courteous, and helpful most Americans were to them. To be fair, this observation is also frequently made of Canada and Canadians, and should best be considered North American. There are, of course, exceptions. Small-minded officials, rude waiters, and ill-mannered taxi drivers are hardly unknown in the US. Yet it is an observation made so frequently that it deserves comment.
For a long period of time and in many parts of the country, a traveler was a welcome break in an otherwise dull existence. Dullness and loneliness were common problems of the families who generally lived distant from one another. Strangers and travelers were welcome sources of diversion, and brought news of the outside world.
The harsh realities of the frontier also shaped this tradition of hospitality. Someone traveling alone, if hungry, injured, or ill, often had nowhere to turn except to the nearest cabin or settlement. It was not a matter of choice for the traveler or merely a charitable impulse on the part of the settlers. It reflected the harshness of daily life: if you didn¡¯t take in the stranger and take care of him, there was no one else who would. And someday, remember, you might be in the same situation.
Today there are many charitable organizations which specialize in helping the weary traveler. Yet, the old tradition of hospitality to strangers is still very strong in the US, especially in the smaller cities and towns away from the busy tourist trails. ¡°I was just traveling through, got talking with this American, and pretty soon he invited me home for dinner -- amazing.¡± Such observations reported by visitors to the US are not uncommon, but are not always understood properly. The casual friendliness of many Americans should be interpreted neither as superficial nor as artificial, but as the result of a historically developed cultural tradition.
As is true of any developed society, in America a complex set of cultural signals, assumptions, and conventions underlies all social interrelationships. And, of course, speaking a language does not necessarily mean that someone understands social and cultural patterns. Visitors who fail to ¡°translate¡± cultural meanings properly often draw wrong conclusions. For example, when an American uses the word ¡°friend,¡± the cultural implications of the word may be quite different from those it has in the visitor¡¯s language and culture. It takes more than a brief encounter on a bus to distinguish between courteous convention and individual interest. Yet, being friendly is a virtue that many Americans value highly and expect from both neighbors and strangers.
55. In the eyes of visitors from the outside world, ________.
[A] rude taxi drivers are rarely seen in the US
[B] small-minded officials deserve a serious comment
[C] Canadians are not so friendly as their neighbors
[D] most Americans are ready to offer help
56. It could be inferred from the last paragraph that ________.
[A] culture exercises an influence over social interrelationship
[B] courteous convention and individual interest are interrelated
[C] various virtues manifest themselves exclusively among friends
[D] social interrelationships equal the complex set of cultural conventions
57. Families in frontier settlements used to entertain strangers ________.
[A] to improve their hard life
[B] in view of their long-distance travel
[C] to add some flavor to their own daily life
[D] out of a charitable impulse
58. The tradition of hospitality to strangers ________.
[A] tends to be superficial and artificial
[B] is generally well kept up in the United States
[C] is always understood properly
[D] has something to do with the busy tourist trails
Text 3
Technically, any substance other than food that alters our bodily or mental functioning is a drug. Many people mistakenly believe the term drug refers only to some sort of medicine or an illegal chemical taken by drug addicts. They don¡¯t realize that familiar substances such as alcohol and tobacco are also drugs. This is why the more neutral term substance is now used by many physicians and psychologists. The phrase ¡°substance abuse¡± is often used instead of ¡°drug abuse¡± to make clear that substances such as alcohol and tobacco can be just as harmfully misused as heroin and cocaine.
We live in a society in which the medicinal and social use of substances (drugs) is pervasive: an aspirin to quiet a headache, some wine to be sociable, coffee to get going in the morning, a cigarette for the nerves. When do these socially acceptable and apparently constructive uses of a substance become misuses? First of all, most substances taken in excess will produce negative effects such as poisoning or intense perceptual distortions. Repeated use of a substance can also lead to physical addiction or substance dependence. Dependence is marked first by an increased tolerance, with more and more of the substance required to produce the desired effect, and then by the appearance of unpleasant withdrawal symptoms when the substance is discontinued.
Drugs (substances) that affect the central nervous system and alter perception, mood, and behavior are known as psychoactive substances. Psychoactive substances are commonly grouped according to whether they are stimulants, depressants, or hallucinogens. Stimulants initially speed up or activate the central nervous system, whereas depressants slow it down. Hallucinogens have their primary effect on perception, distorting and altering it in a variety of ways including producing hallucinations. These are the substances often called psychedelic (from the Greek word meaning ¡°mind-manifesting¡±) because they seemed to radically alter one¡¯s state of consciousness.
59. ¡°Substance abuse¡± (Line 5, Paragraph 1) is preferable to ¡°drug abuse¡± in that ________.
[A] substances can alter our bodily or mental functioning if illegally used
[B] ¡°drug abuse¡± is only related to a limited number of drug takers
[C] alcohol and tobacco are as fatal as heroin and cocaine
[D] many substances other than heroin or cocaine can also be poisonous
60. The word ¡°pervasive¡± (Line 1, Paragraph 2) might mean ________.
[A] widespread
[B] overwhelming
[C] piercing
[D] fashionable
61. Physical dependence on certain substances results from ________.
[A] uncontrolled consumption of them over long periods of time
[B] exclusive use of them for social purposes
[C] quantitative application of them to the treatment of diseases
[D] careless employment of them for unpleasant symptoms
62. From the last paragraph we can infer that ________.
[A] stimulants function positively on the mind
[B] hallucinogens are in themselves harmful to health
[C] depressants are the worst type of psychoactive substances
[D] the three types of psychoactive substances are commonly used in groups
Text 4
No company likes to be told it is contributing to the moral decline of a nation. ¡°Is this what you intended to accomplish with your careers?¡± Senator Robert Dole asked Time Warner executives last week. ¡°You have sold your souls, but must you corrupt our nation and threaten our children as well?¡± At Time Warner, however, such questions are simply the latest manifestation of the soul-searching that has involved the company ever since the company was born in 1990. It¡¯s a self-examination that has, at various times, involved issues of responsibility, creative freedom and the corporate bottom line.
At the core of this debate is chairman Gerald Levin, 56, who took over for the late Steve Ross in 1992. On the financial front, Levin is under pressure to raise the stock price and reduce the company¡¯s mountainous debt, which will increase to $17.3 billion after two new cable deals close. He has promised to sell off some of the property and restructure the company, but investors are waiting impatiently.
The flap over rap is not making life any easier for him. Levin has consistently defended the company¡¯s rap music on the grounds of expression. In 1992, when Time Warner was under fire for releasing Ice-T¡¯s violent rap song Cop Killer, Levin described rap as a lawful expression of street culture, which deserves an outlet. ¡°The test of any democratic society,¡± he wrote in a Wall Street Journal column, ¡°lies not in how well it can control expression but in whether it gives freedom of thought and expression the widest possible latitude, however disputable or irritating the results may sometimes be. We won¡¯t retreat in the face of any threats.¡±
Levin would not comment on the debate last week, but there were signs that the chairman was backing off his hard-line stand, at least to some extent. During the discussion of rock singing verses at last month¡¯s stockholders¡¯ meeting, Levin asserted that ¡°music is not the cause of society¡¯s ills¡± and even cited his son, a teacher in the Bronx, New York, who uses rap to communicate with students. But he talked as well about the ¡°balanced struggle¡± between creative freedom and social responsibility, and he announced that the company would launch a drive to develop standards for distribution and labeling of potentially objectionable music.
The 15-member Time Warner board is generally supportive of Levin and his corporate strategy. But insiders say several of them have shown their concerns in this matter. ¡°Some of us have known for many, many years that the freedoms under the First Amendment are not totally unlimited,¡± says Luce. ¡°I think it is perhaps the case that some people associated with the company have only recently come to realize this.¡±
63. Senator Robert Dole criticized Time Warner for ________.
[A] its raising of the corporate stock price
[B] its self-examination of soul
[C] its neglect of social responsibility
[D] its emphasis on creative freedom
64. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
[A] Luce is a spokesman of Time Warner.
[B] Gerald Levin is liable to compromise.
[C] Time Warner is united as one in the face of the debate.
[D] Steve Ross is no longer alive.
65. In face of the recent attacks on the company, the chairman ________.
[A] stuck to a strong stand to defend freedom of expression
[B] softened his tone and adopted some new policy
[C] changed his attitude and yielded to objection
[D] received more support from the 15-member board
66. The best title for this passage could be ________.
[A] A Company under Fire
[B] A Debate on Moral Decline
[C] A Lawful Outlet of Street Culture
[D] A Form of Creative Freedom
Text 5
Much of the language used to describe monetary policy, such as ¡°steering the economy to a soft landing¡± or ¡°a touch on the brakes,¡± makes it sound like a precise science. Nothing could be further from the truth. The link between interest rates and inflation is uncertain. And there are long, variable lags before policy changes have any effect on the economy. Hence the analogy that likens the conduct of monetary policy to driving a car with a blackened windscreen, a cracked rear-view mirror and a faulty steering wheel.
Given all these disadvantages, central bankers seem to have had much to boast about of late. Average inflation in the big seven industrial economies fell to a mere 2.3% last year, close to its lowest level in 30 years, before rising slightly to 2.5% this July. This is a long way below the double-digit rates which many countries experienced in the 1970s and early 1980s.
It is also less than most forecasters had predicted. In late 1994 the panel of economists which The Economist polls each month said that America¡¯s inflation rate would average 3.5% in 1995. In fact, it fell to 2.6% in August, and is expected to average only about 3% for the year as a whole. In Britain and Japan inflation is running half a percentage point below the rate predicted at the end of last year. This is no flash in the pan; over the past couple of years, inflation has been consistently lower than expected in Britain and America.
Economists have been particularly surprised by favorable inflation figures in Britain and the United States, since conventional measures suggest that both economies, and especially America¡¯s, have little productive slack. America¡¯s capacity utilization, for example, hit historically high levels earlier this year, and its jobless rate (5.6% in August) has fallen below most estimates of the natural rate of unemployment -- the rate below which inflation has taken off in the past.
Why has inflation proved so mild? The most thrilling explanation is, unfortunately, a little defective. Some economists argue that powerful structural changes in the world have upended the old economic models that were based upon the historical link between growth and inflation.
67. From the passage we learn that ________.
[A] there is a definite relationship between inflation and interest rates
[B] economy will always follow certain models
[C] the economic situation is better than expected
[D] economists had foreseen the present economic situation
68. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
[A] Making monetary policies is comparable to driving a car
[B] An extremely low jobless rate will lead to inflation
[C] A high unemployment rate will result from inflation
[D] Interest rates have an immediate effect on the economy
69. The sentence ¡°This is no flash in the pan¡± (Line 5, Paragraph 3) means that ________.
[A] the low inflation rate will last for some time
[B] the inflation rate will soon rise
[C] the inflation will disappear quickly
[D] there is no inflation at present
70. The passage shows that the author is ________ the present situation.
[A] critical of
[B] puzzled by
[C] disappointed at
[D] amazed at
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
Do animals have rights? This is how the question is usually put. It sounds like a useful, ground-clearing way to start. 71) Actually, it isn¡¯t, because it assumes that there is an agreed account of human rights, which is something the world does not have.
On one view of rights, to be sure, it necessarily follows that animals have none. 72) Some philosophers argue that rights exist only within a social contract, as part of an exchange of duties and entitlements. Therefore, animals cannot have rights. The idea of punishing a tiger that kills somebody is absurd, for exactly the same reason, so is the idea that tigers have rights. However, this is only one account, and by no means an uncontested one. It denies rights not only to animals but also to some people -- for instance, to infants, the mentally incapable and future generations. In addition, it is unclear what force a contract can have for people who never consented to it: how do you reply to somebody who says ¡°I don¡¯t like this contract¡±?
The point is this: without agreement on the rights of people, arguing about the rights of animals is fruitless. 73) It leads the discussion to extremes at the outset: it invites you to think that animals should be treated either with the consideration humans extend to other humans, or with no consideration at all. This is a false choice. Better to start with another, more fundamental, question: is the way we treat animals a moral issue at all?
Many deny it. 74) Arguing from the view that humans are different from animals in every relevant respect, extremists of this kind think that animals lie outside the area of moral choice. Any regard for the suffering of animals is seen as a mistake -- a sentimental displacement of feeling that should properly be directed to other humans.
This view, which holds that torturing a monkey is morally equivalent to chopping wood, may seem bravely ¡°logical.¡± In fact it is simply shallow: the confused center is right to reject it. The most elementary form of moral reasoning -- the ethical equivalent of learning to crawl -- is to weigh others¡¯ interests against one¡¯s own. This in turn requires sympathy and imagination: without which there is no capacity for moral thought. To see an animal in pain is enough, for most, to engage sympathy. 75) When that happens, it is not a mistake: it is mankind¡¯s instinct for moral reasoning in action, an instinct that should be encouraged rather than laughed at.
71. ________
72. ________
73. ________
74. ________
75. ________
Section V Writing
Directions:
[A] Study the following set of pictures carefully and write an essay in no less than 120 words.
[B] Your essay must be written clearly on the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
[C] Your essay should cover all the information provided and meet the requirements below:
1. Interpret the following pictures.
2. Predict the tendency of tobacco consumption and give your reasons.


1997Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [B] 2. [D] 3. [A] 4. [D] 5. [C]
6. [B] 7. [A] 8. [C] 9. [D] 10. [B]
Part B (5 points)
11. [C] 12. [B] 13. [C] 14. [B] 15. [C]
16. [A] 17. [C] 18. [D] 19. [D] 20. [B]
Part C (10 points)
21. [A] 22. [B] 23. [D] 24. [A] 25. [C]
26. [B] 27. [A] 28. [A] 29. [C] 30. [D]
31. [A] 32. [C] 33. [A] 34. [C] 35. [D]
36. [B] 37. [D] 38. [B] 39. [C] 40. [D]
Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [A] 42. [C] 43. [D] 44. [A] 45. [B]
46. [D] 47. [C] 48. [B] 49. [A] 50. [D]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [D] 52. [B] 53. [A] 54. [C] 55. [D]
56. [A] 57. [C] 58. [B] 59. [D] 60. [A]
61. [A] 62. [B] 63. [C] 64. [D] 65. [B]
66. [A] 67. [C] 68. [B] 69. [A] 70. [D]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ÊÂʵ²¢·ÇÈç´Ë, ÒòΪÕâÖÖÎÊ·¨ÊÇÒÔÈËÃǶÔÈ˵ÄȨÀûÓй²Í¬ÈÏʶΪ»ù´¡µÄ, ¶øÕâÖÖ¹²Í¬ÈÏʶ²¢²»´æÔÚ¡£
72. ÓÐЩÕÜѧ¼ÒÂÛ֤˵, ȨÀûÖ»´æÔÚÔÚÓÚÉç»áÆõÔ¼ÖÐ, ÊÇÔðÈÎÓëȨÒæÏཻ»»µÄÒ»²¿·Ö¡£
73. ÕâÖÖ˵·¨´ÓÒ»¿ªÊ¼¾Í½«ÌÖÂÛÒýÏòÁ½¸ö¼«¶Ë, ËüʹÈËÃÇÈÏΪӦÕâÑù¶Ô´ý¶¯ÎҪôÏñ¶ÔÈËÀà×ÔÉíÒ»Ñù¹ØÇÐÌåÁÂ, ҪôÍêÈ«ÀäÄ®ÎÞÇé¡£
74. ÕâÀàÈ˳ּ«¶Ë¿´·¨, ÈÏΪÈËÓ붯ÎïÔÚ¸÷Ïà¹Ø·½Ã涼²»Ïàͬ, ¶Ô´ý¶¯ÎïÎÞÐ뿼ÂǵÀµÂÎÊÌâ¡£
75. ÕâÖÖ·´Ó¦²¢²»´í, ÕâÊÇÈËÀàÓõÀµÂ¹ÛÄî½øÐÐÍÆÀíµÄ±¾ÄÜÔÚÆð×÷ÓÃ, ÕâÖÖ±¾ÄÜÓ¦µÃµ½¹ÄÀø, ¶ø²»Ó¦Ôâµ½³°Åª¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
ÀýÎÄÒ»
We meet smokers everywhere: in the streets, on college campuses and in shops. There are 5.8 billion people in the world, and the smokers are about 1.1 billion, which makes up 20 percent of the world¡¯s total population.
Smoking is very harmful. I think there are two main aspects to the damage. First, smoking consumes a great deal of money. As is shown in the pictorial graph, smoking wastes 200 billion dollars each year in the world. Second, smoking does harm to the health of smokers, and it is the main cause of lung cancer. About 3 million people die because of the relevant diseases derived from smoking every year.
Because more and more people are aware of the great harm of smoking to humans, the amount of tobacco consumption is on the decrease. From the following figures we can clearly see the tendency. The total amount of world tobacco production added up to 14.364 billion pounds in 1994, but it dropped to 14.2 billion pounds in 1995. At the same time, many countries call on people to give up smoking. So it is certain that the number of smokers is to decrease.
ÀýÎĶþ
About Tobacco Consumption
From the above set of pictures, we can see that there were a total of 14.364 billion pounds of tobacco produced in 1994 and 14.2 billion pounds in 1995. Because the amount of tobacco production is falling yearly, it can be predicted that the tendency of tobacco consumption would also be falling yearly. There are many reasons. Firstly, smoking wastes money. Every year there are two hundred billion dollars ¡°burnt¡± in the cigarette ¡°fire.¡± Secondly, smoking would hardly do people any good and it can even cause cancer. Every year there are three million people ¡°buried¡± in the cigarette ¡°tomb¡±.
Although tobacco consumption is falling, there are too many people who smoke. The population in the world is 5.8 billion, but about twenty percent of the population, that is to say 1.1 billion people, smoke. So the situation is serious and the movement against smoking is still a difficult task.
ÆÀÓÉϱßÁ½Æª×÷ÎÄÄÚÈÝ·ûºÏÒªÇó, °üÀ¨¶Ô¸÷ͼµÄ˵Ã÷, ¶ÔÇ÷ÊƵÄÔ¤²â¼°ÀíÓÉ,Êý×Ö±í´ïÕýÈ·, ÓïÑԽϺÃ, ±í´ïÄÜÁ¦½ÏÇ¿, ³¤¶È·ûºÏÒªÇó¡£µÃ14·Ö

1996ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (5 points)
1. Do you enjoy listening to records? I find records are often ________, or better than an actual performance.
[A] as good as
[B] as good
[C] good
[D] good as
2. My pain ________ apparent the moment I walked into the room, for the first man I met asked sympathetically: ¡°Are you feeling all right?¡±
[A] must be
[B] had
[C] must have been
[D] had to be
3. The senior librarian at the circulation desk promised to get the book for me ________ she could remember who last borrowed it.
[A] ever since
[B] much as
[C] even though
[D] if only
4. Observations were made ________ the children at the beginning and at the end of preschool and first grade.
[A] towards
[B] of
[C] on
[D] with
5. The article opens and closes with descriptions of two news reports, each ________ one major point in contrast with the other.
[A] makes
[B] made
[C] is to make
[D] making
6. A safety analysis ________ the target as a potential danger. Unfortunately, it was never done.
[A] would identify
[B] will identify
[C] would have identified
[D] will have identified
7. The number of registered participants in this year¡¯s marathon was half ________.
[A] of last year¡¯s
[B] those of last year¡¯s
[C] of those of last year's
[D] that of last year¡¯s
8. For there ________ successful communication, there must be attentiveness and involvement in the discussion itself by all present.
[A] is
[B] to be
[C] will be
[D] being
9. There was a very interesting remark in a book by an Englishman that I read recently ________ what he thought was a reason for this American characteristic.
[A] giving
[B] gave
[C] to give
[D] given
10. No one would have time to read or listen to an account of everything ________ going on in the world.
[A] it is
[B] as is
[C] there is
[D] what is
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
11. I¡¯d rather you would goA by train, because I can¡¯t bearB the idea of your beingC in an airplane in suchD bad weather.
12. It¡¯s essential that people beA psychologicalB able to resist the impact brought aboutC by the transition from plannedD economy to market economy.
13. Some bosses dislike to allowA people to shareB their responsibilities; they keep allC important matters tightlyD in their own hands.
14. Each cigarette which a person smokes doesA someB harm, and eventually youC may get a serious disease from itsD effect.
15. On the wholeA, ambitious students are much likelyB to succeed in their studies than are thoseC withD little ambition.
16. DespiteA much research, there are still certain elements inB the life cycle of the insect that isC not fully understoodD.
17. In 1921 Einstein won the Nobel Prize, and was honoredA in Germany until the riseB of Nazism thenC he was driven fromD Germany because he was a Jew.
18. The data receivedA from the two spacecraftsB whirling around Mars indicateC that there is much evidence that huge thunderstorms are occurringD about the equator of the planet.
19. Generally speaking, the bird flying acrossA our path is observed, and the oneB staying on the tree near at handC is passed by without any notice takingD of it.
20. Mercury¡¯s velocity is so muchA greater than the Earth¡¯sB that it completes more than four revolutions around the Sun in the time thatC takes the Earth to complete oneD.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
21. I was speaking to Ann on the phone when suddenly we were ________.
[A] hung up
[B] hung back
[C] cut down
[D] cut off
22. She wondered if she could have the opportunity to spend ________ here so that she could learn more about the city.
[A] sometimes
[B] some time
[C] sometime
[D] some times
23. Ms. Green has been living in town for only one year, yet she seems to be ________ with everyone who comes to the store.
[A] accepted
[B] admitted
[C] admired
[D] acquainted
24. He does not ________ as a teacher of English as his pronunciation is terrible.
[A] equal
[B] match
[C] qualify
[D] fit
25. Dozens of scientific groups all over the world have been ________ the goal of a practical and economic way to use sunlight to split water molecules.
[A] pursuing
[B] chasing
[C] reaching
[D] winning
26. The discussion was so prolonged and exhausting that ________ the speakers stopped for refreshments.
[A] at large
[B] at intervals
[C] at ease
[D] at random
27. When travelling, you are advised to take travellers¡¯ checks, which provide a secure ________ to carrying your money in cash.
[A] substitute
[B] selection
[C] preference
[D] alternative
28. I never trusted him because I always thought of him as such a ________ character.
[A] gracious
[B] suspicious
[C] unique
[D] particular
29. Changing from solid to liquid, water takes in heat from all substances near it, and this ________ produces artificial cold surrounding it.
[A] absorption
[B] transition
[C] consumption
[D] interaction
30. I didn¡¯t say anything like that at all. You are purposely ________ my ideas to prove your point.
[A] revising
[B] contradicting
[C] distorting
[D] distracting
31. Language, culture, and personality may be considered ________ of each other in thought, but they are inseparable in fact.
[A] indistinctly
[B] separately
[C] irrelevantly
[D] independently
32. Watching me pulling the calf awkwardly to the barn, the Irish milkmaid fought hard to ________ her laughter.
[A] hold back
[B] hold on
[C] hold out
[D] hold up
33. The manager gave one of the salesgirls an accusing look for her ________ attitude toward customers.
[A] impartial
[B] mild
[C] hostile
[D] opposing
34. I ________ with thanks the help of my colleagues in the preparation of this new column.
[A] express
[B] confess
[C] verify
[D] acknowledge
35. It is strictly ________ that access to confidential documents is denied to all but a few.
[A] secured
[B] forbidden
[C] regulated
[D] determined
36. The pollution question as well as several other issues is going to be discussed when the Congress is in ________ again next spring.
[A] assembly
[B] session
[C] conference
[D] convention
37. Christmas is a Christian holy day usually celebrated on December 25th ________ the birth of Jesus Christ.
[A] in accordance with
[B] in terms of
[C] in favor of
[D] in honor of
38. Since it is too late to change my mind now, I am ________ to carrying out the plan.
[A] obliged
[B] committed
[C] engaged
[D] resolved
39. It was a bold idea to build a power station in the deep valley, but it ________ as well as we had hoped.
[A] came off
[B] went off
[C] brought out
[D] made out
40. To survive in the intense trade competition between countries, we must ________ the qualities and varieties of products we make to the world-market demand.
[A] improve
[B] enhanced
[C] guarantee
[D] gear
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Vitamins are organic compounds necessary in small amounts in the diet for the normal growth and maintenance of life of animals, including man.
They do not provide energy, ´ó41¼Ò do they construct or build any part of the body. They are needed for ´ó42¼Ò foods into energy and body maintenance. There are thirteen or more of them, and if ´ó43¼Ò is missing a deficiency disease becomes ´ó44¼Ò.
Vitamins are similar because they are made of the same elements -- usually carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and ´ó45¼Ò nitrogen. They are different ´ó46¼Ò their elements are arranged differently, and each vitamin ´ó47¼Ò one or more specific functions in the body.
´ó48¼Ò enough vitamins is essential to life, although the body has no nutritional use for ´ó49¼Ò vitamins. Many people, ´ó50¼Ò, believe in being on the ¡°safe side¡± and thus take extra vitamins. However, a well-balanced diet will usually meet all the body¡¯s vitamin needs.
41. [A] either
[B] so
[C] nor
[D] never
42. [A] shifting
[B] transferring
[C] altering
[D] transforming
43. [A] any
[B] some
[C] anything
[D] something
44. [A] serious
[B] apparent
[C] severe
[D] fatal
45. [A] mostly
[B] partially
[C] sometimes
[D] rarely
46. [A] in that
[B] so that
[C] such that
[D] except that
47. [A] undertakes
[B] holds
[C] plays
[D] performs
48. [A] Supplying
[B] Getting
[C] Providing
[D] Furnishing
49. [A] exceptional
[B] exceeding
[C] excess
[D] external
50. [A] nevertheless
[B] therefore
[C] moreover
[D] meanwhile
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
Tight-lipped elders used to say, ¡°It¡¯s not what you want in this world, but what you get.¡±
Psychology teaches that you do get what you want if you know what you want and want the right things.
You can make a mental blueprint of a desire as you would make a blueprint of a house, and each of us is continually making these blueprints in the general routine of everyday living. If we intend to have friends to dinner, we plan the menu, make a shopping list, decide which food to cook first, and such planning is an essential for any type of meal to be served.
Likewise, if you want to find a job, take a sheet of paper, and write a brief account of yourself. In making a blueprint for a job, begin with yourself, for when you know exactly what you have to offer, you can intelligently plan where to sell your services.
This account of yourself is actually a sketch of your working life and should include education, experience and references. Such an account is valuable. It can be referred to in filling out standard application blanks and is extremely helpful in personal interviews. While talking to you, your could-be employer is deciding whether your education, your experience, and other qualifications, will pay him to employ you and your ¡°wares¡± and abilities must be displayed in an orderly and reasonably connected manner.
When you have carefully prepared a blueprint of your abilities and desires, you have something tangible to sell. Then you are ready to hunt for a job. Get all the possible information about your could-be job. Make inquiries as to the details regarding the job and the firm. Keep your eyes and ears open, and use your own judgment. Spend a certain amount of time each day seeking the employment you wish for, and keep in mind: Securing a job is your job now.
51. What do the elders mean when they say, ¡°It¡¯s not what you want in this world, but what you get.¡±?
[A] You¡¯ll certainly get what you want.
[B] It¡¯s no use dreaming.
[C] You should be dissatisfied with what you have.
[D] It¡¯s essential to set a goal for yourself.
52. A blueprint made before inviting a friend to dinner is used in this passage as ________.
[A] an illustration of how to write an application for a job
[B] an indication of how to secure a good job
[C] a guideline for job description
[D] a principle for job evaluation
53. According to the passage, one must write an account of himself before starting to find a job because ________.
[A] that is the first step to please the employer
[B] that is the requirement of the employer
[C] it enables him to know when to sell his services
[D] it forces him to become clearly aware of himself
54. When you have carefully prepared a blueprint of your abilities and desires, you have something ________.
[A] definite to offer
[B] imaginary to provide
[C] practical to supply
[D] desirable to present
Text 2
With the start of BBC World Service Television, millions of viewers in Asia and America can now watch the Corporation¡¯s news coverage, as well as listen to it.
And of course in Britain listeners and viewers can tune in to two BBC television channels, five BBC national radio services and dozens of local radio stations. They are brought sport, comedy, drama, music, news and current affairs, education, religion, parliamentary coverage, children¡¯s programmes and films for an annual license fee of ¡ê83 per household.
It is a remarkable record, stretching back over 70 years -- yet the BBC¡¯s future is now in doubt. The Corporation will survive as a publicly-funded broadcasting organization, at least for the time being, but its role, its size and its programmes are now the subject of a nation-wide debate in Britain.
The debate was launched by the Government, which invited anyone with an opinion of the BBC -- including ordinary listeners and viewers -- to say what was good or bad about the Corporation, and even whether they thought it was worth keeping. The reason for its inquiry is that the BBC¡¯s royal charter runs out in 1996 and it must decide whether to keep the organization as it is, or to make changes.
Defenders of the Corporation -- of whom there are many -- are fond of quoting the American slogan ¡°If it ain¡¯t broke, don¡¯t fix it.¡± The BBC ¡°ain¡¯t broke,¡± they say, by which they mean it is not broken (as distinct from the word ¡®broke¡¯, meaning having no money), so why bother to change it?
Yet the BBC will have to change, because the broadcasting world around it is changing. The commercial TV channels ¨C ITV and Channel 4 -- were required by the Thatcher Government¡¯s Broadcasting Act to become more commercial, competing with each other for advertisers, and cutting costs and jobs. But it is the arrival of new satellite channels -- funded partly by advertising and partly by viewers¡¯ subscriptions -- which will bring about the biggest changes in the long term.
55. The world famous BBC now faces ________.
[A] the problem of new coverage
[B] an uncertain prospect
[C] inquiries by the general public
[D] shrinkage of audience
56. In the passage, which of the following about the BBC is NOT mentioned as the key issue?
[A] Extension of its TV service to Far East.
[B] Programmes as the subject of a nation-wide debate.
[C] Potentials for further international cooperations.
[D] Its existence as a broadcasting organization.
57. The BBC¡¯s ¡°royal charter¡± (Line 4, Paragraph 4) stands for ________.
[A] the financial support from the royal family
[B] the privileges granted by the Queen
[C] a contract with the Queen
[D] a unique relationship with the royal family
58. The foremost reason why the BBC has to readjust itself is no other than ________.
[A] the emergence of commercial TV channels
[B] the enforcement of Broadcasting Act by the government
[C] the urgent necessity to reduce costs and jobs
[D] the challenge of new satellite channels
Text 3
In the last half of the nineteenth century ¡°capital¡± and ¡°labour¡± were enlarging and perfecting their rival organizations on modern lines. Many an old firm was replaced by a limited liability company with a bureaucracy of salaried managers. The change met the technical requirements of the new age by engaging a large professional element and prevented the decline in efficiency that so commonly spoiled the fortunes of family firms in the second and third generation after the energetic founders. It was moreover a step away from individual initiative, towards collectivism and municipal and state-owned business. The railway companies, though still private business managed for the benefit of shareholders, were very unlike old family business. At the same time the great municipalities went into business to supply lighting, trams and other services to the taxpayers.
The growth of the limited liability company and municipal business had important consequences. Such large, impersonal manipulation of capital and industry greatly increased the numbers and importance of shareholders as a class, an element in national life representing irresponsible wealth detached from the land and the duties of the landowners; and almost equally detached from the responsible management of business. All through the nineteenth century, America, Africa, India, Australia and parts of Europe were being developed by British capital, and British shareholders were thus enriched by the world¡¯s movement towards industrialization. Towns like Bournemouth and Eastbourne sprang up to house large ¡°comfortable¡± classes who had retired on their incomes, and who had no relation to the rest of the community except that of drawing dividends and occasionally attending a shareholders¡¯ meeting to dictate their orders to the management. On the other hand ¡°shareholding¡± meant leisure and freedom which was used by many of the later Victorians for the highest purpose of a great civilization.
The ¡°shareholders¡± as such had no knowledge of the lives, thoughts or needs of the workmen employed by the company in which he held shares, and his influence on the relations of capital and labour was not good. The paid manager acting for the company was in more direct relation with the men and their demands, but even he had seldom that familiar personal knowledge of the workmen which the employer had often had under the more patriarchal system of the old family business now passing away. Indeed the mere size of operations and the numbers of workmen involved rendered such personal relations impossible. Fortunately, however, the increasing power and organization of the trade unions, at least in all skilled trades, enabled the workmen to meet on equal terms the managers of the companies who employed them. The cruel discipline of the strike and lockout taught the two parties to respect each other¡¯s strength and understand the value of fair negotiation.
59. It¡¯s true of the old family firms that ________.
[A] they were spoiled by the younger generations
[B] they failed for lack of individual initiative
[C] they lacked efficiency compared with modern companies
[D] they could supply adequate services to the taxpayers
60. The growth of limited liability companies resulted in ________.
[A] the separation of capital from management
[B] the ownership of capital by managers
[C] the emergence of capital and labour as two classes
[D] the participation of shareholders in municipal business
61. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT that ________.
[A] the shareholders were unaware of the needs of the workers
[B] the old firm owners had a better understanding of their workers
[C] the limited liability companies were too large to run smoothly
[D] the trade unions seemed to play a positive role
62. The author is most critical of ________.
[A] family film owners
[B] landowners
[C] managers
[D] shareholders
Text 4
What accounts for the great outburst of major inventions in early America -- breakthroughs such as the telegraph, the steamboat and the weaving machine?
Among the many shaping factors, I would single out the country¡¯s excellent elementary schools: a labor force that welcomed the new technology; the practice of giving premiums to inventors; and above all the American genius for nonverbal, ¡°spatial¡± thinking about things technological.
Why mention the elementary schools? Because thanks to these schools our early mechanics, especially in the New England and Middle Atlantic states, were generally literate and at home in arithmetic and in some aspects of geometry and trigonometry.
Acute foreign observers related American adaptiveness and inventiveness to this educational advantage. As a member of a British commission visiting here in 1853 reported, ¡°With a mind prepared by thorough school discipline, the American boy develops rapidly into the skilled workman.¡±
A further stimulus to invention came from the ¡°premium¡± system, which preceded our patent system and for years ran parallel with it. This approach, originated abroad, offered inventors medals, cash prizes and other incentives.
In the United States, multitudes of premiums for new devices were awarded at country fairs and at the industrial fairs in major cities. Americans flocked to these fairs to admire the new machines and thus to renew their faith in the beneficence of technological advance.
Given this optimistic approach to technological innovation, the American worker took readily to that special kind of nonverbal thinking required in mechanical technology. As Eugene Ferguson has pointed out, ¡°A technologist thinks about objects that cannot be reduced to unambiguous verbal descriptions: they are dealt with in his mind by a visual, nonverbal process... The designer and the inventor... are able to assemble and manipulate in their minds devices that as yet do not exist.¡±
This nonverbal ¡°spatial¡± thinking can be just as creative as painting and writing. Robert Fulton once wrote, ¡°The mechanic should sit down among levers, screws, wedges, wheels, etc., like a poet among the letters of the alphabet, considering them as an exhibition of his thoughts, in which a new arrangement transmits a new idea.¡±
When all these shaping forces -- schools, open attitudes, the premium system, a genius for spatial thinking -- interacted with one another on the rich U.S. mainland, they produced that American characteristic, emulation. Today that word implies mere imitation. But in earlier times it meant a friendly but competitive striving for fame and excellence.
63. According to the author, the great outburst of major inventions in early America was in a large part due to ________.
[A] elementary schools
[B] enthusiastic workers
[C] the attractive premium system
[D] a special way of thinking
64. It is implied that adaptiveness and inventiveness of the early American mechanics ________.
[A] benefited a lot from their mathematical knowledge
[B] shed light on disciplined school management
[C] was brought about by privileged home training
[D] owed a lot to the technological development
65. A technologist can be compared to an artist because ________.
[A] they are both winners of awards
[B] they are both experts in spatial thinking
[C] they both abandon verbal description
[D] they both use various instruments
66. The best title for this passage might be ________.
[A] Inventive Mind
[B] Effective Schooling
[B] Ways of Thinking
[D] Outpouring of Inventions
Text 5
Rumor has it that more than 20 books on creationism/evolution are in the publisher¡¯s pipelines. A few have already appeared. The goal of all will be to try to explain to a confused and often unenlightened citizenry that there are not two equally valid scientific theories for the origin and evolution of universe and life. Cosmology, geology, and biology have provided a consistent, unified, and constantly improving account of what happened. ¡°Scientific¡± creationism, which is being pushed by some for ¡°equal time¡± in the classrooms whenever the scientific accounts of evolution are given, is based on religion, not science. Virtually all scientists and the majority of non-fundamentalist religious leaders have come to regard ¡°scientific¡± creationism as bad science and bad religion.
The first four chapters of Kitcher¡¯s book give a very brief introduction to evolution. At appropriate places, he introduces the criticisms of the creationists and provides answers. In the last three chapters, he takes off his gloves and gives the creationists a good beating. He describes their programmes and tactics, and, for those unfamiliar with the ways of creationists, the extent of their deception and distortion may come as an unpleasant surprise. When their basic motivation is religious, one might have expected more Christian behavior.
Kitcher is a philosopher, and this may account, in part, for the clarity and effectiveness of his arguments. The non-specialist will be able to obtain at least a notion of the sorts of data and argument that support evolutionary theory. The final chapter on the creationists will be extremely clear to all. On the dust jacket of this fine book, Stephen Jay Gould says: ¡°This book stands for reason itself.¡± And so it does -- and all would be well were reason the only judge in the creationism/evolution debate.
67. ¡°Creationism¡± in the passage refers to ________.
[A] evolution in its true sense as to the origin of the universe
[B] a notion of the creation of religion
[C] the scientific explanation of the earth formation
[D] the deceptive theory about the origin of the universe
68. Kitcher¡¯s book is intended to ________.
[A] recommend the views of the evolutionists
[B] expose the true features of creationists
[C] curse bitterly at this opponents
[D] launch a surprise attack on creationists
69. From the passage we can infer that ________.
[A] reasoning has played a decisive role in the debate
[B] creationists do not base their argument on reasoning
[C] evolutionary theory is too difficult for non-specialists
[D] creationism is supported by scientific findings
70. This passage appears to be a digest of ________.
[A] a book review
[B] a scientific paper
[C] a magazine feature
[D] a newspaper editorial
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written clearly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
The differences in relative growth of various areas of scientific research have several causes. 71) Some of these causes are completely reasonable results of social needs. Others are reasonable consequences of particular advances in science being to some extent self-accelerating. Some, however, are less reasonable processes of different growth in which preconception of the form scientific theory ought to take, by persons in authority, act to alter the growth pattern of different areas. This is a new problem probably not yet unavoidable; but it is a frightening trend. 72) This trend began during the Second World War, when several governments came to the conclusion that the specific demands that a government wants to make of its scientific establishment cannot generally be foreseen in detail. It can be predicted, however, that from time to time, questions will arise which will require specific scientific answers. It is therefore generally valuable to treat the scientific establishment as a resource or machine to be kept in functional order. 73) This seems mostly effectively done by supporting a certain amount of research not related to immediate goals but of possible consequence in the future.
This kind of support, like all government support, requires decisions about the appropriate recipients of funds. Decisions based on utility as opposed to lack of utility are straightforward. But a decision among projects none of which has immediate utility is more difficult. The goal of the supporting agencies is the praisable one of supporting ¡°good¡± as opposed to ¡°bad¡± science, but a valid determination is difficult to make. Generally, the idea of good science tends to become confused with the capacity of the field in question to generate an elegant theory. 74) However, the world is so made that elegant systems are in principle unable to deal with some of the world¡¯s more fascinating and delightful aspects. 75) New forms of thought as well as new subjects for thought must arise in the future as they have in the past, giving rise to new standards of elegance.
Section V Writing
76. Directions:
[A] Title: GOOD HEALTH
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence: ¡°The desire for good health is universal.¡±
[E] Your composition should be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. Importance of good health
2. Ways to keep fit
3. My own practices

1996Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [A] 2. [C] 3. [D] 4. [B] 5. [D]
6. [C] 7. [D] 8. [B] 9. [A] 10. [C]
Part B (5 points)
11. [A] went 12. [B] psychologically
13. [A] allowing 14. [C] he
15. [B] are more likely 16. [C] are
17. [C] when 18. [B] two spacecraft
19. [D] taken 20. [C] it
Part C (10 points)
21. [D] 22. [B] 23. [D] 24. [C] 25. [A]
26. [B] 27. [D] 28. [B] 29. [A] 30. [C]
31. [D] 32. [A] 33. [C] 34. [D] 35. [C]
36. [B] 37. [D] 38. [B] 39. [A] 40. [D]
Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [C] 42. [D] 43. [A] 44. [B] 45. [C]
46. [A] 47. [D] 48. [B] 49. [C] 50. [A]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [B] 52. [A] 53. [D] 54. [A] 55. [B]
56. [C] 57. [C] 58. [D] 59. [C] 60. [A]
61. [C] 62. [D] 63. [D] 64. [A] 65. [B]
66. [A] 67. [D] 68. [B] 69. [B] 70. [A]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ÔÚÕâЩԭÒòÖУ¬ÓÐЩÍêÈ«ÊÇ×ÔÈ»¶øÈ»µØÀ´×ÔÉç»áÐèÇó£»ÁíһЩÔòÊÇÓÉÓÚ¿ÆѧÔÚÒ»¶¨³Ì¶ÈÉÏ×ÔÎÒ¼ÓËÙ¶ø²úÉúijЩÌض¨·¢Õ¹µÄ±ØÈ»½á¹û¡£
72. ÕâÖÖÇ÷ÊÆʼÓÚµÚ¶þ´ÎÊÀ½ç´óÕ½Æڼ䣬µ±Ê±Ò»Ð©¹ú¼ÒµÄÕþ¸®µÃ³ö½áÂÛ£ºÕþ¸®ÒªÏò¿ÆÑлú¹¹Ìá³öµÄ¾ßÌåÒªÇóͨ³£ÊÇÎÞ·¨Ï꾡Ԥ¼ûµÄ¡£
73. ¸øijЩÓ뵱ǰĿ±êÎ޹ص«½«À´¿ÉÄܲúÉúÓ°ÏìµÄ¿ÆÑÐÒÔÖ§³Ö£¬¿´À´Í¨³£ÄÜÓÐЧµØ½â¾öÕâ¸öÎÊÌâ¡£
74. È»¶ø£¬ÊÀ½ç¾ÍÊÇÈç´Ë£¬ÍêÃÀµÄÌåϵһ°ã¶øÑÔÊÇÎÞ·¨½â¾öÊÀÉÏijЩ¸ü¼ÓÒýÈËÈëʤµÄ¿ÎÌâµÄ¡£
75. ͬ¹ýÈ¥Ò»Ñù£¬½«À´±ØÈ»»á³öÏÖеÄ˼ά·½Ê½ºÍеÄ˼ά¶ÔÏ󣬸øÍêÃÀÒÔеıê×¼¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
GOOD HEALTH
Wherever you are and whatever you do, staying healthy is always important. With the improvement of our living standards, people are attaching more and more importance to their health. We students can¡¯t keep the high study efficiency without good health. The same thing is true with workers, scientists and doctors.
In my opinion, good diet and exercises are two major ways to keep healthy. The food we eat every day must be rational and should include meat, vegetables, eggs, and fruit. It is important to drink water every day and not to get addicted to drinking coffee or some other soft drinks. Exercising every day is also essential for us to stay healthy. We can ride bicycles, play tennis or swim. Of course we don¡¯t need to exhaust ourselves. We should plan our physical exercises according to our actual condition. An hour a day is enough.
As a university student, I have much free time to do exercises. I usually play badminton and tennis. But sometimes I am lazy and do not exercise for all kinds of excuses, such as cold weather and exams. I must correct it. I am also careful with my diet. In a way, keeping healthy is not very hard, if you just take it seriously.

1995ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
1. Between 1897 and 1919 at least 29 motion pictures in which artificial beings were portrayed ________.
[A] had produced
[B] have been produced
[C] would have produced
[D] had been produced
2. There ought to be less anxiety over the perceived risk of getting cancer than ________ in the public mind today.
[A] exists
[B] exist
[C] existing
[D] existed
3. The professor can hardly find sufficient grounds ________ his argument in favor of the new theory.
[A] which to base on
[B] on which to base
[C] to base on which
[D] which to be based on
4. ________ can help but be fascinated by the world into which he is taken by the science fiction.
[A] Everybody
[B] Anybody
[C] Somebody
[D] Nobody
5. How many of us ________, say, a meeting that is irrelevant to us would be interested in the discussion?
[A] attended
[B] attending
[C] to attend
[D] have attended
6. Hydrogen is the fundamental element of the universe ________ it provides the building blocks from which the other elements are produced.
[A] so that
[B] but that
[C] in that
[D] provided that
7. We are taught that a business letter should be written in a formal style ________ in a personal one.
[A] rather than
[B] other than
[C] better than
[D] less than
8. ________ is generally accepted, economical growth is determined by the smooth development of production.
[A] What
[B] That
[C] It
[D] As
9. It is believed that today¡¯s pop music can serve as a creative force ________ stimulating the thinking of its listeners.
[A] by
[B] with
[C] at
[D] on
10. Just as the soil is a part of the earth, ________ the atmosphere.
[A] as it is
[B] the same as
[C] so is
[D] and so is
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (5 points)
11. The conveniences that Americans desire reflectingA not so much a leisurelyB lifestyle as a busy lifestyle in which even minutes of time areC too valuable to be wastedD.
12. In debating, one must correct the opponent¡¯sA facts, deny the relevance of his proof, or deny thatB whatC he presents as proof, unlessD relevant, is sufficient.
13. We are not conscious ofA the extent of whichB work provides the psychological satisfaction thatC can make the differenceD between a full and an empty life.
14. The Portuguese giveA a great deal of credit to one manB for having promotedC sea travel, that man wasD Prince Henry the navigator, who lived in the 15th century.
15. Accounts ofA scientific experiments are generally correct forB those write aboutC science are careful in checkingD the accuracy of their reports.
16. whenever we hear ofA a natural disaster, evenB in a distant part of the world, we feel sympathyC for the people to have affectedD.
17. It is perhaps not an exaggeration to sayA that we shall soon be trustingB our health, wealth and happiness to elements with whomC very names the general public areD unfamiliar.
18. The speaker claimed that no otherA modern nation devotes so smallB a portion of its wealth to public assistance and health thanC the United States doesD.
19. There are those who consider it questionable that these defence-linkedA research projects will account forB an improvement in the standard of living or, alternately, to do muchC to protect our diminishingD resources.
20. If individuals are awakenedA each time asB they begin a dream phase of sleep, they are likely to become irritable even thoughC their total amount of sleep has beenD sufficient.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
21. In that country, guests tend to feel they are not highly ________ if the invitation to a dinner party is extended only three or four days before the party date.
[A] admired
[B] regarded
[C] expected
[D] worshipped
22. A ________ of the long report by the budget committee was submitted to the mayor for approval.
[A] shorthand
[B] scheme
[C] schedule
[D] sketch
23. A man has to make ________ for his old age by putting aside enough money to live on when old.
[A] supply
[B] assurance
[C] provision
[D] adjustment
24. The newly-built Science Building seems ________ enough to last a hundred years.
[A] spacious
[B] sophisticated
[C] substantial
[D] steady
25. It is well-known that the retired workers in our country are ________ free medical care.
[A] entitled to
[B] involved in
[C] associated with
[D] assigned to
26. The farmers were more anxious for rain than the people in the city because they had more at ________.
[A] danger
[B] stake
[C] loss
[D] threat
27. I felt ________ to death because I could make nothing of the chairman¡¯s speech.
[A] fatigued
[B] tired
[C] exhausted
[D] bored
28. When the engine would not start, the mechanic inspected all the parts to find what was at ________.
[A] wrong
[B] trouble
[C] fault
[D] difficulty
29. Your advice would be ________ valuable to him, who is at present at his wit¡¯s end.
[A] exceedingly
[B] excessively
[C] extensively
[D] exclusively
30. He failed to carry out some of the provisions of the contract, and now he has to ________ the consequences.
[A] answer for
[B] run into
[C] abide by
[D] step into
31. The river is already ________ its banks because of excessive rainfall; and the city is threatened with a likely flood.
[A] parallel to
[B] level in
[C] flat on
[D] flush with
32. People ________ that vertical flight transports would carry millions of passengers as do the airliners of today.
[A] convinced
[B] anticipated
[C] resolved
[D] assured
33. In spite of the wide range of reading material specially written or ________ for language learning purposes, there is yet no comprehensive systematic programme for the reading skills.
[A] adapted
[B] acknowledged
[C] assembled
[D] appointed
34. The mother said she would ________ her son washing the dishes if he could finish his assignment before supper.
[A] let down
[B] let alone
[C] let off
[D] let out
35. We should always keep in mind that ________ decisions often lead to bitter regrets.
[A] urgent
[B] hasty
[C] instant
[D] prompt
36. John complained to the bookseller that there were several pages ________ in the dictionary.
[A] missing
[B] losing
[C] dropping
[D] leaking
37. In the past, most foresters have been men, but today, the number of women ________ this field is climbing.
[A] engaging
[B] devoting
[C] registering
[D] pursuing
38. The supervisor didn¡¯t have time so far to go into it ________, but he gave us an idea about his plan.
[A] at hand
[B] in turn
[C] in conclusion
[D] at length
39. Their demand for a pay raise has not the slightest ________ of being met.
[A] prospect
[B] prediction
[C] prosperity
[D] permission
40. It¡¯s usually the case that people seldom behave in a ________ way when in a furious state.
[A] stable
[B] rational
[C] legal
[D] credible
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
Sleep is divided into periods of so-called REM sleep, characterized by rapid eye movements and dreaming, and longer periods of non-REM sleep. ´ó41¼Ò kind of sleep is at all well-understood, but REM sleep is ´ó42¼Ò to serve some restorative function of the brain. The purpose of non-REM sleep is even more ´ó43¼Ò. The new experiments, such as those ´ó44¼Ò for the first time at a recent meeting of the Society for Sleep Research in Minneapolis, suggest fascinating explanations ´ó45¼Ò of non-REM sleep.
For example, it has long been known that total sleep ´ó46¼Ò is 100 percent fatal to rats, yet, ´ó47¼Ò examination of the dead bodies, the animals look completely normal. A researcher has now ´ó48¼Ò the mystery of why the animals die. The rats ´ó49¼Ò bacterial infections of the blood, ´ó50¼Ò their immune systems -- the self-protecting mechanism against disease -- had crashed.
41. [A] Either
[B] Neither
[C] Each
[D] Any
42. [A] intended
[B] required
[C] assumed
[D] inferred
43. [A] subtle
[B] obvious
[C] mysterious
[D] doubtful
44. [A] maintained
[B] described
[C] settled
[D] afforded
45. [A] in the light
[B] by virtue
[C] with the exception
[D] for the purpose
46. [A] reduction
[B] destruction
[C] deprivation
[D] restriction
47. [A] upon
[B] by
[C] through
[D] with
48. [A] paid attention to
[B] caught sight of
[C] laid emphasis on
[D] cast light on
49. [A] develop
[B] produce
[C] stimulate
[D] induce
50. [A] if
[B] as if
[C] only if
[D] if only
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
Money spent on advertising is money spent as well as any I know of. It serves directly to assist a rapid distribution of goods at reasonable prices, thereby establishing a firm home market and so making it possible to provide for export at competitive prices. By drawing attention to new ideas it helps enormously to raise standards of living. By helping to increase demand it ensures an increased need for labour, and is therefore an effective way to fight unemployment. It lowers the costs of many services: without advertisements your daily newspaper would cost four times as much, the price of your television license would need to be doubled and travel by bus or tube would cost 20 per cent more.
And perhaps most important of all, advertising provides a guarantee of reasonable value in the products and services you buy. Apart from the fact that twenty-seven Acts of Parliament govern the terms of advertising, no regular advertiser dare promote a product that fails to live up to the promise of his advertisements. He might fool some people for a little while through misleading advertising. He will not do so for long, for mercifully the public has the good sense not to buy the inferior article more than once. If you see an article consistently advertised, it is the surest proof I know that the article does what is claimed for it, and that it represents good value.
Advertising does more for the material benefit of the community than any other force I can think of.
There is one point I feel I ought to touch on. Recently I heard a well-known television personality declare that he was against advertising because it persuades rather than informs. He was drawing excessively fine distinctions. Of course advertising seeks to persuade.
If its message were confined merely to information -- and that in itself would be difficult if not impossible to achieve, for even a detail such as the choice of the colour of a shirt is subtly persuasive -- advertising would be so boring that no one would pay any attention. But perhaps that is what the well-known television personality wants.
51. By the first sentence of the passage the author means that ________.
[A] he is fairly familiar with the cost of advertising
[B] everybody knows well that advertising is money consuming
[C] advertising costs money like everything else
[D] it is worthwhile to spend money on advertising
52. In the passage, which of the following is NOT included in the advantages of advertising?
[A] Securing greater fame.
[B] Providing more jobs.
[C] Enhancing living standards.
[D] Reducing newspaper cost.
53. The author deems that the well-known TV personality is ________.
[A] very precise in passing his judgment on advertising
[B] interested in nothing but the buyers¡¯ attention
[C] correct in telling the difference between persuasion and information
[D] obviously partial in his views on advertising
54. In the author¡¯s opinion, ________.
[A] advertising can seldom bring material benefit to man by providing information
[B] advertising informs people of new ideas rather than wins them over
[C] there is nothing wrong with advertising in persuading the buyer
[D] the buyer is not interested in getting information from an advertisement
Text 2
There are two basic ways to see growth: one as a product, the other as a process. People have generally viewed personal growth as an external result or product that can easily be identified and measured. The worker who gets a promotion, the student whose grades improve, the foreigner who learns a new language -- all these are examples of people who have measurable results to show for their efforts.
By contrast, the process of personal growth is much more difficult to determine, since by definition it is a journey and not the specific signposts or landmarks along the way. The process is not the road itself, but rather the attitudes and feelings people have, their caution or courage, as they encounter new experiences and unexpected obstacles. In this process, the journey never really ends; there are always new ways to experience the world, new ideas to try, new challenges to accept.
In order to grow, to travel new roads, people need to have a willingness to take risks, to confront the unknown, and to accept the possibility that they may ¡°fail¡± at first. How we see ourselves as we try a new way of being is essential to our ability to grow. Do we perceive ourselves as quick and curious? If so, then we tend to take more chances and to be more open to unfamiliar experiences. Do we think we¡¯re shy and indecisive? Then our sense of timidity can cause us to hesitate, to move slowly, and not to take a step until we know the ground is safe. Do we think we¡¯re slow to adapt to change or that we¡¯re not smart enough to cope with a new challenge? Then we are likely to take a more passive role or not try at all.
These feelings of insecurity and self-doubt are both unavoidable and necessary if we are to change and grow. If we do not confront and overcome these internal fears and doubts, if we protect ourselves too much, then we cease to grow. We become trapped inside a shell of our own making.
55. A person is generally believed to achieve personal growth when ________.
[A] he has given up his smoking habit
[B] he has made great efforts in his work
[C] he is keen on leaning anything new
[D] he has tried to determine where he is on his journey
56. In the author¡¯s eyes, one who views personal growth as a process would ________.
[A] succeed in climbing up the social ladder
[B] judge his ability to grow from his own achievements
[C] face difficulties and take up challenges
[D] aim high and reach his goal each time
57. When the author says ¡°a new way of being¡± (Line 2~3, Para. 3) he is referring to ________.
[A] a new approach to experiencing the world
[B] a new way of taking risks
[C] a new method of perceiving ourselves
[D] a new system of adaptation to change
58. For personal growth, the author advocates all of the following EXCEPT ________.
[A] curiosity about more chances
[B] promptness in self-adaptation
[C] open-mindedness to new experiences
[D] avoidance of internal fears and doubts
Text 3
In such a changing, complex society formerly simple solutions to informational needs become complicated. Many of life¡¯s problems which were solved by asking family members, friends or colleagues are beyond the capability of the extended family to resolve. Where to turn for expert information and how to determine which expert advice to accept are questions facing many people today.
In addition to this, there is the growing mobility of people since World War II. As families move away from their stable community, their friends of many years, their extended family relationships, the informal flow of information is cut off, and with it the confidence that information will be available when needed and will be trustworthy and reliable. The almost unconscious flow of information about the simplest aspects of living can be cut off. Thus, things once learned subconsciously through the casual communications of the extended family must be consciously learned.
Adding to societal changes today is an enormous stockpile of information. The individual now has more information available than any generation, and the task of finding that one piece of information relevant to his or her specific problem is complicated, time-consuming and sometimes even overwhelming.
Coupled with the growing quantity of information is the development of technologies which enable the storage and delivery of more information with greater speed to more locations than has ever been possible before. Computer technology makes it possible to store vast amounts of data in machine-readable files, and to program computers to locate specific information. Telecommunications developments enable the sending of messages via television, radio, and very shortly, electronic mail to bombard people with multitudes of messages. Satellites have extended the power of communications to report events at the instant of occurrence. Expertise can be shared worldwide through teleconferencing, and problems in dispute can be settled without the participants leaving their homes and/or jobs to travel to a distant conference site. Technology has facilitated the sharing of information and the storage and delivery of information, thus making more information available to more people.
In this world of change and complexity, the need for information is of greatest importance. Those people who have accurate, reliable up-to-date information to solve the day-to-day problems, the critical problems of their business, social and family life, will survive and succeed. ¡°Knowledge is power¡± may well be the truest saying and access to information may be the most critical requirement of all people.
59. The word ¡°it¡± (Line 3, Para. 2) most probably refers to ________.
[A] the lack of stable communities
[B] the breakdown of informal information channels
[C] the increased mobility of families
[D] the growing number of people moving from place to place
60. The main problem people may encounter today arises from the fact that ________.
[A] they have to learn new things consciously
[B] they lack the confidence of securing reliable and trustworthy information
[C] they have difficulty obtaining the needed information readily
[D] they can hardly carry out casual communications with an extended family
61. From the passage we can infer that ________.
[A] electronic mail will soon play a dominant role in transmitting messages
[B] it will become more difficult for people to keep secrets in an information era
[C] people will spend less time holding meetings or conferences
[D] events will be reported on the spot mainly through satellites
62. We can learn from the last paragraph that ________.
[A] it is necessary to obtain as much knowledge as possible
[B] people should make the best use of the information accessible
[C] we should realize the importance of accumulating information
[D] it is of vital importance to acquire needed information efficiently
Text 4
Personality is to a large extent inherent -- A-type parents usually bring about A-type offspring. But the environment must also have a profound effect, since if competition is important to the parents, it is likely to become a major factor in the lives of their children.
One place where children soak up A-characteristics is school, which is, by its very nature, a highly competitive institution. Too many schools adopt the ¡°win at all costs¡± moral standard and measure their success by sporting achievements. The current passion for making children compete against their classmates or against the clock produces a two-layer system, in which competitive A-types seem in some way better than their B-type fellows. Being too keen to win can have dangerous consequences: remember that Pheidippides, the first marathon runner, dropped dead seconds after saying: ¡°Rejoice, we conquer!¡±
By far the worst form of competition in schools is the disproportionate emphasis on examinations. It is a rare school that allows pupils to concentrate on those things they do well. The merits of competition by examination are somewhat questionable, but competition in the certain knowledge of failure is positively harmful.
Obviously, it is neither practical nor desirable that all A youngsters change into B¡¯s. The world needs A types, and schools have an important duty to try to fit a child¡¯s personality to his possible future employment. It is top management.
If the preoccupation of schools with academic work was lessened, more time might be spent teaching children surer values. Perhaps selection for the caring professions, especially medicine, could be made less by good grades in chemistry and more by such considerations as sensitivity and sympathy. It is surely a mistake to choose our doctors exclusively from A-type stock. B¡¯s are important and should be encouraged.
63. According to the passage, A-type individuals are usually ________.
[A] impatient
[B] considerate
[C] aggressive
[D] agreeable
64. The author is strongly opposed to the practice of examinations at schools because ________.
[A] the pressure is too great on the students
[B] some students are bound to fail
[C] failure rates are too high
[D] the results of exanimations are doubtful
65. The selection of medical professionals is currently based on ________.
[A] candidates¡¯ sensitivity
[B] academic achievements
[C] competitive spirit
[D] surer values
66. From the passage we can draw the conclusion that ________.
[A] the personality of a child is well established at birth
[B] family influence dominates the shaping of one¡¯s characteristics
[C] the development of one¡¯s personality is due to multiple factors
[D] B-type characteristics can find no place in competitive society
Text 5
That experiences influence subsequent behaviour is evidence of an obvious but nevertheless remarkable activity called remembering. Learning could not occur without the function popularly named memory. Constant practice has such an effect on memory as to lead to skillful performance on the piano, to recitation of a poem, and even to reading and understanding these words. So-called intelligent behaviour demands memory, remembering being a primary requirement for reasoning. The ability to solve any problem or even to recognize that a problem exists depends on memory. Typically, the decision to cross a street is based on remembering many earlier experiences.
Practice (or review) tends to build and maintain memory for a task or for any learned material. Over a period of no practice what has been learned tends to be forgotten; and the adaptive consequences may not seem obvious. Yet, dramatic instances of sudden forgetting can be seen to be adaptive. In this sense, the ability to forget can be interpreted to have survived through a process of natural selection in animals. Indeed, when one¡¯s memory of an emotionally painful experience lead to serious anxiety, forgetting may produce relief. Nevertheless, an evolutionary interpretation might make it difficult to understand how the commonly gradual process of forgetting survived natural selection.
In thinking about the evolution of memory together with all its possible aspects, it is helpful to consider what would happen if memories failed to fade. Forgetting clearly aids orientation in time, since old memories weaken and the new tend to stand out, providing clues for inferring duration. Without forgetting, adaptive ability would suffer, for example, learned behaviour that might have been correct a decade ago may no longer be. Cases are recorded of people who (by ordinary standards) forgot so little that their everyday activities were full of confusion. Thus forgetting seems to serve that survival of the individual and the species.
Another line of thought assumes a memory storage system of limited capacity that provides adaptive flexibility specifically through forgetting. In this view, continual adjustments are made between learning or memory storage (input) and forgetting (output). Indeed, there is evidence that the rate at which individuals forget is directly related to how much they have learned. Such data offer gross support of contemporary models of memory that assume an input-output balance.
67. From the evolutionary point of view, ________.
[A] forgetting for lack of practice tends to be obviously inadaptive
[B] if a person gets very forgetful all of a sudden he must be very adaptive
[C] the gradual process of forgetting is an indication of an individual¡¯s adaptability
[D] sudden forgetting may bring about adaptive consequences
68. According to the passage, if a person never forgot, ________.
[A] he would survive best
[B] he would have a lot of trouble
[C] his ability to learn would be enhanced
[D] the evolution of memory would stop
69. From the last paragraph we know that ________.
[A] forgetfulness is a response to learning
[B] the memory storage system is an exactly balanced input-output system
[C] memory is a compensation for forgetting
[D] the capacity of a memory storage system is limited because forgetting occurs
70. In this article, the author tries to interpret the function of ________.
[A] remembering
[B] forgetting
[C] adapting
[D] experiencing
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
The standardized educational or psychological tests that are widely used to aid in selecting, classifying, assigning, or promoting students, employees, and military personnel have been the target of recent attacks in books, magazines, the daily press, and even in Congress. 71) The target is wrong, for in attacking the tests, critics divert attention from the fault that lies with ill-informed or incompetent users. The tests themselves are merely tools, with characteristics that can be measured with reasonable precision under specified conditions. Whether the results will be valuable, meaningless, or even misleading depends partly upon the tool itself but largely upon the user.
All informed predictions of future performance are based upon some knowledge of relevant past performance: school grades, research productivity, sales records, or whatever is appropriate. 72) How well the predictions will be validated by later performance depends upon the amount, reliability, and appropriateness of the information used and on the skill and wisdom with which it is interpreted. Anyone who keeps careful score knows that the information available is always incomplete and that the predictions are always subject to error.
Standardized tests should be considered in this context. They provide a quick, objective method of getting some kinds of information about what a person learned, the skills he has developed, or the kind of person he is. The information so obtained has, qualitatively, the same advantages and shortcomings as other kinds of information. 73) Whether to use tests, other kinds of information, or both in a particular situation depends, therefore, upon the evidence from experience concerning comparative validity and upon such factors as cost and availability.
74) In general, the tests work most effectively when the qualities to be measured can be most precisely defined and least effectively when what is to be measured or predicted cannot be well defined. Properly used, they provide a rapid means of getting comparable information about many people. Sometimes they identify students whose high potential has not been previously recognized, but there are many things they do not do. 75) For example, they do not compensate for gross social inequality, and thus do not tell how able an underprivileged youngster might have been had he grown up under more favorable circumstances.
Section V Writing
Directions:
[A] Title: THE ¡°PROJECT HOPE¡±
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence: ¡°Education plays a very important role in the modernization of our country.¡±
[E] Your composition must be written neatly on the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. Present situation
2. Necessity of the project
3. My suggestion

1995Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [D] 2. [A] 3. [B] 4. [D] 5. [B]
6. [C] 7. [A] 8. [D] 9. [A] 10. [C]
Part B (5 points)
11. [A] reflect 12. [D] if
13. [B] to which 14. [D] being
15. [C] writing about»òwho write about 16. [D] affected
17. [C] whose 18. [C] as
19. [C] do much 20. [B] each time
Part C (10 points)
21. [B] 22. [D] 23. [C] 24. [C] 25. [A]
26. [B] 27. [D] 28. [C] 29. [A] 30. [A]
31. [D] 32. [B] 33. [A] 34. [C] 35. [B]
36. [A] 37. [D] 38. [D] 39. [A] 40. [B]
Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [B] 42. [C] 43. [C] 44. [B] 45. [D]
46. [C] 47. [A] 48. [D] 49. [A] 50. [B]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [D] 52. [A] 53. [D] 54. [C] 55. [A]
56. [C] 57. [A] 58. [D] 59. [B] 60. [C]
61. [A] 62. [D] 63. [C] 64. [B] 65. [B]
66. [C] 67. [D] 68. [B] 69. [A] 70. [B]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. °Ñ±ê×¼»¯²âÊÔ×÷ΪÅê»÷Ä¿±êÊÇ´íÎóµÄ£¬ÒòΪÔÚÅê»÷ÕâÀà²âÊÔʱ£¬ÅúÆÀÕß²»¿¼ÂÇÆä±×²¡À´×ÔÈËÃǶԲâÊÔ²»ÉõÁ˽â»òʹÓò»µ±¡£
72. ÕâЩԤ²âÔÚ¶à´ó³Ì¶ÈÉÏΪºóÀ´µÄ±íÏÖËù֤ʵ£¬ÕâÈ¡¾öÓÚËù²ÉÓÃÐÅÏ¢µÄÊýÁ¿¡¢¿É¿¿ÐÔºÍÊÊÒËÐÔ£¬ÒÔ¼°½âÊÍÕâЩÐÅÏ¢µÄ¼¼ÄܺͲÅÖÇ¡£
73. Òò´Ë£¬ÔÚijһÌض¨Çé¿öÏ£¬¾¿¾¹ÊDzÉÓòâÊÔ»¹ÊÇÆäËûÖÖÀàµÄÐÅÏ¢£¬»òÊÇÁ½ÕßͬʱʹÓã¬ÐëƾÓйØÏà¶ÔЧ¶ÈµÄ¾­ÑéÒÀ¾Ý¶ø¶¨£¬Ò²È¡¾öÓÚÖîÈç·ÑÓúÍÓÐÎÞÀ´Ô´µÈÒòËØ¡£
74. Ò»°ãµØ˵£¬µ±ËùÒª²â¶¨µÄÌØÕ÷Äܾܺ«È·µØ½ç¶¨Ê±£¬²âÊÔ×îΪÓÐЧ£»¶øµ±ËùÒª²â¶¨»òÔ¤²âµÄ¶«Î÷²»ÄÜÃ÷È·µØ½ç¶¨Ê±£¬²âÊÔµÄЧ¹ûÔò×î²î¡£
75. ÀýÈ磬²âÊÔ²¢²»ÃÖ²¹Ã÷ÏÔµÄÉç»á²»¹«£»Òò´Ë£¬ËüÃDz»ÄÜ˵Ã÷Ò»¸öÎïÖÊÌõ¼þ²îµÄÄêÇáÈË£¬Èç¹ûÔڽϺõĻ·¾³Ï³ɳ¤µÄ»°£¬»áÓжà´ó²Å¸É¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ£¨ÂÔ£©

1994ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
Part A
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (5 points)
1. By the time you arrive in London, we ________ in Europe for two weeks.
[A] shall stay
[B] have stayed
[C] will have stayed
[D] have been staying
2. I appreciated ________ the opportunity to study abroad two years ago.
[A] having been given
[B] having given
[C] to have been given
[D] to have given
3. Living in the central Australian desert has its problems, ________ obtaining water is not the least.
[A] of which
[B] for what
[C] as
[D] whose
4. The heart is ________ intelligent than the stomach, for they are both controlled by the brain.
[A] not so
[B] not much
[C] much more
[D] no more
5. ________ the fact that his initial experiments had failed, Prof. White persisted in his research.
[A] Because of
[B] As to
[C] In spite of
[D] In view of
6. Jean Wagner¡¯s most enduring contribution to the study of Afro-American poetry is his insistence that it ________ in a religious, as well as worldly, frame of reference.
[A] is to be analyzed
[B] has been analyzed
[C] be analyzed
[D] should have been analyzed
7. The millions of calculations involved, had they been done by hand, ________ all practical value by the time they were finished.
[A] could lose
[B] would have lost
[C] might lose
[D] ought to have lost
8. No bread eaten by man is so sweet as ________ earned by his own labour.
[A] one
[B] that
[C] such
[D] what
9. It isn¡¯t cold enough for there ________ a frost tonight, so I can leave Jim¡¯s car out quite safely.
[A] would be
[B] being
[C] was
[D] to be
10. Scientists generally agree that the Earth¡¯s climate will warm up over the next 50 to 100 years ________ it has warmed in the 20,000 years since the Ice Age.
[A] as long as
[B] as much as
[C] as soon as
[D] as well as
Part B
Directions:
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (5 points)
11. Similar elements in the prehistoric remainsA from both areas suggestB that Indians and their neighbours had maintainedC distant but real connections everD before 1500 B. C.
12. It soon became obviouslyA that instead of being trainedB to sing she wouldC be trained asD the astronomer¡¯s assistant.
13. He also conceivedA that the solar system and the universe would comeB into existence byC a natural process and would disappearD one day.
14. The moon has a mass that is nearly one hundred times lessA than the earthB; in consequenceC,the force ofD gravity at the moon¡¯s surface is only one-sixth of that at the earth¡¯s surface.
15. ¡°The Bunsen burner is soA named because it is thoughtB to be inventedC by Robert Bunsen, who was German byD birth.
16. Much althoughA I have traveled, I have never seen anyone to equalB her in thoroughness, whateverC the jobD.
17. The weedsA and tall grass in that yard makesB the house lookC as if it had been vacantD for quite some time.
18. If onlyA the nature of the aging process isB better understood, the possibility of discoveringC a medicine that can block the fundamental process of aging seemsD very remote.
19. When I consider how talented he isA as a painterB, I cannot help but believingC that the publicD will appreciate his gift.
20. Allen has statedA that he has always hadB a great interestC and admiration forD the work of the British economist Keynes.
Part C
Directions:
Beneath each of the following sentences, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the one that best completes the sentence. Mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
21. Please do not be ________ by his bad manners since he is merely trying to attract attention.
[A] disregarded
[B] distorted
[C] irritated
[D] intervened
22. Craig assured his boss that he would ________ all his energies in doing this new job.
[A] call forth
[B] call at
[C] call on
[D] call off
23. Too much ________ to X-rays can cause skin burns, cancer or other damage to the body.
[A] disclosure
[B] exhibition
[C] contact
[D] exposure
24. When confronted with such questions, my mind goes ________, and I can hardly remember my own date of birth.
[A] dim
[B] blank
[C] faint
[D] vain
25. It is well known that knowledge is that ________ condition for expansion of mind.
[A] incompatible
[B] incredible
[C] indefinite
[D] indispensable
26. More than two hundred years ago the United States ________ from the British Empire and become an independent country.
[A] got off
[B] pulled down
[C] broke away
[D] dropped off
27. Care should be taken to decrease the length of time that one is ________ loud continuous noise.
[A] subjected to
[B] filled with
[C] associated with
[D] attached to
28. Some of the most important concepts in physics ________ their success to these mathematical systems.
[A] oblige
[B] owe
[C] contribute
[D] attribute
29. As your instructor advised, you ought to spend your time on something ________ researching into.
[A] precious
[B] worth
[C] worthy
[D] valuable
30. As a defense against air-pollution damage, many plants and animals ________ a substance to absorb harmful chemicals.
[A] relieve
[B] release
[C] dismiss
[D] discard
31. Without the friction between their feet and the ground, people would ________ be able to walk.
[A] in no time
[B] by all means
[C] in no way
[D] on any account
32. While typing, Helen has a habit of stopping ________ to give her long and flowing hair a smooth.
[A] occasionally
[B] simultaneously
[C] eventually
[D] promptly
33. One reason for the successes of Asian immigrants in the U.S. is that they have taken great ________ to educate their children.
[A] efforts
[B] pains
[C] attempts
[D] endeavours
34. If any man here does not agree with me, he should ________ his own plan for improving the living conditions of these people.
[A] put on
[B] put out
[C] put in
[D] put forward
35. I support your decision, but I should also make it clear that I am not going to be ________ to it.
[A] connected
[B] fastened
[C] bound
[D] stuck
36. The English language contains a(n) ________ of words which are comparatively seldom used in ordinary conversation.
[A] altitude
[B] latitude
[C] multitude
[D] attitude
37. In my opinion, you can widen the ________ of these improvements through your active participation.
[A] dimension
[B] volume
[C] magnitude
[D] scope
38. Your improper words will give ________ to doubts concerning your true intentions.
[A] rise
[B] reason
[C] suspicion
[D] impulse
39. The news item about the fire is followed by a detailed report made ________.
[A] on the spot
[B] on the site
[C] on the location
[D] on the ground
40. The remarkable ________ of life on the Galapagos Islands inspired Charles Darwin to establish his theory of evolution.
[A] classification
[B] variety
[C] density
[D] diversion
Section II Cloze Test
Directions:
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (10 points)
The first and smallest unit that can be discussed in relation to language is the word. In speaking, the choice of words is ´ó41¼Ò the utmost importance. Proper selection will eliminate one source of ´ó42¼Ò breakdown in the communication cycle. Too often, careless use of words ´ó43¼Ò a meeting of the minds of the speaker and listener. The words used by the speaker may ´ó44¼Ò unfavorable reactions in the listener ´ó45¼Ò interfere with his comprehension; hence, the transmission-reception system breaks down.
´ó46¼Ò, inaccurate or indefinite words may make ´ó47¼Ò difficult for the listener to understand the ´ó48¼Ò which is being transmitted to him. The speaker who does not have specific words in his working vocabulary may be ´ó49¼Ò to explain or describe in a ´ó50¼Ò that can be understood by his listeners.
41. [A] of
[B] at
[C] for
[D] on
42. [A] inaccessible
[B] timely
[C] likely
[D] invalid
43. [A] encourages
[B] prevents
[C] destroys
[D] offers
44. [A] pass out
[B] take away
[C] back up
[D] stir up
45. [A] who
[B] as
[C] which
[D] what
46. [A] Moreover
[B] However
[C] Preliminarily
[D] Unexpectedly
47. [A] that
[B] it
[C] so
[D] this
48. [A] speech
[B] sense
[C] message
[D] meaning
49. [A] obscure
[B] difficult
[C] impossible
[D] unable
50. [A] case
[B] means
[C] method
[D] way
Section III Reading Comprehension
Directions:
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on ANSWER SHEET 1 by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets with a pencil. (40 points)
Text 1
The American economic system is organized around a basically private-enterprise, market-oriented economy in which consumers largely determine what shall be produced by spending their money in the marketplace for those goods and services that they want most. Private businessmen, striving to make profits, produce these goods and services in competition with other businessmen; and the profit motive, operating under competitive pressures, largely determines how these goods and services are produced. Thus, in the American economic system it is the demand of individual consumers, coupled with the desire of businessmen to maximize profits and the desire of individuals to maximize their incomes, that together determine what shall be produced and how resources are used to produce it.
An important factor in a market-oriented economy is the mechanism by which consumer demands can be expressed and responded to by producers. In the American economy, this mechanism is provided by a price system, a process in which prices rise and fall in response to relative demands of consumers and supplies offered by seller-producers. If the product is in short supply relative to the demand, the price will be bid up and some consumers will be eliminated from the market. If, on the other hand, producing more of a commodity results in reducing its cost, this will tend to increase the supply offered by seller-producers, which in turn will lower the price and permit more consumers to buy the product. Thus, price is the regulating mechanism in the American economic system.
The important factor in a private-enterprise economy is that individuals are allowed to own productive resources (private property), and they are permitted to hire labor, gain control over natural resources, and produce goods and services for sale at a profit. In the American economy, the concept of private property embraces not only the ownership of productive resources but also certain rights, including the right to determine the price of a product or to make a free contract with another private individual.
51. In Line 8, Paragraph 1, ¡°the desire of individuals to maximize their incomes¡± means ________.
[A] Americans are never satisfied with their incomes
[B] Americans tend to overstate their incomes
[C] Americans want to have their incomes increased
[D] Americans want to increase the purchasing power of their incomes
52. The first two sentences in the second paragraph tell us that ________.
[A] producers can satisfy the consumers by mechanized production
[B] consumers can express their demands through producers
[C] producers decide the prices of products
[D] supply and demand regulate prices
53. According to the passage, a private-enterprise economy is characterized by ________.
[A] private property and rights concerned
[B] manpower and natural resources control
[C] ownership of productive resources
[D] free contracts and prices
54. The passage is mainly about ________.
[A] how American goods are produced
[B] how American consumers buy their goods
[C] how American economic system works
[D] how American businessmen make their profits
Text 2
One hundred and thirteen million Americans have at least one bank-issued credit card. They give their owners automatic credit in stores, restaurants, and hotels, at home, across the country, and even abroad, and they make many banking services available as well. More and more of these credit cards can be read automatically, making it possible to withdraw or deposit money in scattered locations, whether or not the local branch bank is open. For many of us the ¡°cashless society¡± is not on the horizon -- it¡¯s already here.
While computers offer these conveniences to consumers, they have many advantages for sellers too. Electronic cash registers can do much more than simply ring up sales. They can keep a wide range of records, including who sold what, when, and to whom. This information allows businessmen to keep track of their list of goods by showing which items are being sold and how fast they are moving. Decisions to reorder or return goods to suppliers can then be made. At the same time these computers record which hours are busiest and which employees are the most efficient, allowing personnel and staffing assignments to be made accordingly. And they also identify preferred customers for promotional campaigns. Computers are relied on by manufacturers for similar reasons. Computer-analyzed marketing reports can help to decide which products to emphasize now, which to develop for the future, and which to drop. Computers keep track of goods in stock, of raw materials on hand, and even of the production process itself.
Numerous other commercial enterprises, from theaters to magazine publishers, from gas and electric utilities to milk processors, bring better and more efficient services to consumers through the use of computers.
55. According to the passage, the credit card enables its owner to ________.
[A] withdraw as much money from the bank as he wishes
[B] obtain more convenient services than other people do
[C] enjoy greater trust from the storekeeper
[D] cash money wherever he wishes to
56. From the last sentence of the first paragraph we learn that ________.
[A] in the future all the Americans will use credit cards
[B] credit cards are mainly used in the United States today
[C] nowadays many Americans do not pay in cash
[D] it is now more convenient to use credit cards than before
57. The phrase ¡°ring up sales¡± (Line 3, Para. 2) most probably means ¡°________¡±.
[A] make an order of goods
[B] record sales on a cash register
[C] call the sales manager
[D] keep track of the goods in stock
58. What is this passage mainly about?
[A] Approaches to the commercial use of computers.
[B] Conveniences brought about by computers in business.
[C] Significance of automation in commercial enterprises.
[D] Advantages of credit cards in business.
Text 3
Exceptional children are different in some significant way from others of the same age. For these children to develop to their full adult potential, their education must be adapted to those differences.
Although we focus on the needs of exceptional children, we find ourselves describing their environment as well. While the leading actor on the stage captures our attention, we are aware of the importance of the supporting players and the scenery of the play itself. Both the family and the society in which exceptional children live are often the key to their growth and development. And it is in the public schools that we find the full expression of society¡¯s understanding -- the knowledge, hopes, and fears that are passed on to the next generation.
Education in any society is a mirror of that society. In that mirror we can see the strengths, the weaknesses, the hopes, the prejudices, and the central values of the culture itself. The great interest in exceptional children shown in public education over the past three decades indicates the strong feeling in our society that all citizens, whatever their special conditions, deserve the opportunity to fully develop their capabilities.
¡°All men are created equal.¡± We¡¯ve heard it many times, but it still has important meaning for education in a democratic society. Although the phrase was used by this country¡¯s founders to denote equality before the law, it has also been interpreted to mean equality of opportunity. That concept implies educational opportunity for all children -- the right of each child to receive help in learning to the limits of his or her capacity, whether that capacity be small or great. Recent court decisions have confirmed the right of all children -- disabled or not -- to an appropriate education, and have ordered that public schools take the necessary steps to provide that education. In response, schools are modifying their programs, adapting instruction to children who are exceptional, to those who cannot profit substantially from regular programs.
59. In Paragraph 2, the author cites the example of the leading actor on the stage to show that ________.
[A] the growth of exceptional children has much to do with their family and the society
[B] exceptional children are more influenced by their families than normal children are
[C] exceptional children are the key interest of the family and society
[D] the needs of the society weigh much heavier than the needs of the exceptional children
60. The reason that the exceptional children receive so much concern in education is that ________.
[A] they are expected to be leaders of the society
[B] they might become a burden of the society
[C] they should fully develop their potential
[D] disabled children deserve special consideration
61. This passage mainly deals with ________.
[A] the differences of children in their learning capabilities
[B] the definition of exceptional children in modern society
[C] the special educational programs for exceptional children
[D] the necessity of adapting education to exceptional children
62. From this passage we learn that the educational concern for exceptional children ________.
[A] is now enjoying legal support
[B] disagrees with the tradition of the country
[C] was clearly stated by the country¡¯s founders
[D] will exert great influence over court decisions
Text 4
¡°I have great confidence that by the end of the decade we¡¯ll know in vast detail how cancer cells arise,¡± says microbiologist Robert Weinberg, an expert on cancer. ¡°But,¡± he cautions, ¡°some people have the idea that once one understands the causes, the cure will rapidly follow. Consider Pasteur, he discovered the causes of many kinds of infections, but it was fifty or sixty years before cures were available.¡±
This year, 50 percent of the 910,000 people who suffer from cancer will survive at least five years. In the year 2000, the National Cancer Institute estimates, that figure will be 75 percent. For some skin cancers, the five-year survival rate is as high as 90 percent. But other survival statistics are still discouraging -- 13 percent for lung cancer, and 2 percent for cancer of the pancreas (ÒÈÏÙ).
With as many as 120 varieties in existence, discovering how cancer works is not easy. The researchers made great progress in the early 1970s, when they discovered that oncogenes, which are cancer-causing genes (»ùÒò), are inactive in normal cells. Anything from cosmic rays to radiation to diet may activate a dormant oncogene, but how remains unknown. If several oncogenes are driven into action, the cell, unable to turn them off, becomes cancerous.
The exact mechanisms involved are still mysterious, but the likelihood that many cancers are initiated at the level of genes suggests that we will never prevent all cancers. ¡°Changes are a normal part of the evolutionary process,¡± says oncologist William Hayward. Environmental factors can never be totally eliminated; as Hayward points out, ¡°We can¡¯t prepare a medicine against cosmic rays.¡±
The prospects for cure, though still distant, are brighter.
¡°First, we need to understand how the normal cell controls itself. Second, we have to determine whether there are a limited number of genes in cells which are always responsible for at least part of the trouble. If we can understand how cancer works, we can counteract its action.¡±
63. The example of Pasteur in the passage is used to ________.
[A] predict that the secret of cancer will be disclosed in a decade
[B] indicate that the prospects for curing cancer are bright
[C] prove that cancer will be cured in fifty to sixty years
[D] warn that there is still a long way to go before cancer can be conquered
64. The author implies that by the year 2000, ________.
[A] there will be a drastic rise in the five-year survival rate of skin-cancer patients
[B] 90 percent of the skin-cancer patients today will still be living
[C] the survival statistics will be fairly even among patients with various cancers
[D] there won¡¯ t be a drastic increase of survival rate of all cancer patients
65. Oncogenes are cancer-causing genes ________.
[A] that are always in operation in a healthy person
[B] which remain unharmful so long as they are not activated
[C] that can be driven out of normal cells
[D] which normal cells can¡¯t turn off
66. The word ¡°dormant¡± in the third paragraph most probably means ________.
[A] dead
[B] ever-present
[C] inactive
[D] potential
Text 5
Discoveries in science and technology are thought by ¡°untaught minds¡± to come in blinding flashes or as the result of dramatic accidents. Sir Alexander Fleming did not, as legend would have it, look at the mold (ù) on a piece of cheese and get the idea for penicillin there and then. He experimented with antibacterial substances for nine years before he made his discovery. Inventions and innovations almost always come out of laborious trial and error. Innovation is like soccer; even the best players miss the goal and have their shots blocked much more frequently than they score.
The point is that the players who score most are the ones who take most shots at the goal -- and so it goes with innovation in any field of activity. The prime difference between innovators and others is one of approach. Everybody gets ideas, but innovators work consciously on theirs, and they follow them through until they prove practicable or otherwise. What ordinary people see as fanciful abstractions, professional innovators see as solid possibilities.
¡°Creative thinking may mean simply the realization that there¡¯s no particular virtue in doing things the way they have always been done,¡± wrote Rudolph Flesch, a language authority. This accounts for our reaction to seemingly simple innovations like plastic garbage bags and suitcases on wheels that make life more convenient: ¡°How come nobody thought of that before?¡±
The creative approach begins with the proposition that nothing is as it appears. Innovators will not accept that there is only one way to do anything. Faced with getting from A to B, the average person will automatically set out on the best-known and apparently simplest route. The innovator will search for alternate courses, which may prove easier in the long run and are bound to be more interesting and challenging even if they lead to dead ends.
Highly creative individuals really do march to a different drummer.
67. What does the author probably mean by ¡°untaught mind¡± in the first paragraph?
[A] A person ignorant of the hard work involved in experimentation.
[B] A citizen of a society that restricts personal creativity.
[C] A person who has had no education.
[D] An individual who often comes up with new ideas by accident.
68. According to the author, what distinguishes innovators from non-innovators?
[A] The variety of ideas they have.
[B] The intelligence they possess.
[C] The way they deal with problems.
[D] The way they present their findings.
69. The author quotes Rudolph Flesch in Paragraph 3 because ________.
[A] Rudolph Flesch is the best-known expert in the study of human creativity
[B] the quotation strengthens the assertion that creative individuals look for new ways of doing things
[C] the reader is familiar with Rudolph Flesch¡¯s point of view
[D] the quotation adds a new idea to the information previously presented
70. The phrase ¡°march to a different drummer¡± (the last line of the passage) suggests that highly creative individuals are ________.
[A] diligent in pursuing their goals
[B] reluctant to follow common ways of doing things
[C] devoted to the progress of society
[D] concerned about the advance of society
Section IV English-Chinese Translation
Directions:
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. Your translation must be written neatly on ANSWER SHEET 2. (15 points)
According to the new school of scientists, technology is an overlooked force in expanding the horizons of scientific knowledge. (71) Science moves forward, they say, not so much through the insights of great men of genius as because of more ordinary things like improved techniques and tools. (72) ¡°In short,¡± a leader of the new school contends, ¡°the scientific revolution, as we call it, was largely the improvement and invention and use of a series of instruments that expanded the reach of science in innumerable directions.¡±
(73) Over the years, tools and technology themselves as a source of fundamental innovation have largely been ignored by historians and philosophers of science. The modern school that hails technology argues that such masters as Galileo, Newton, Maxwell, Einstein, and inventors such as Edison attached great importance to, and derived great benefit from, craft information and technological devices of different kinds that were usable in scientific experiments.
The centerpiece of the argument of a technology-yes, genius-no advocate was an analysis of Galileo¡¯s role at the start of the scientific revolution. The wisdom of the day was derived from Ptolemy, an astronomer of the second century, whose elaborate system of the sky put Earth at the center of all heavenly motions. (74) Galileo¡¯s greatest glory was that in 1609 he was the first person to turn the newly invented telescope on the heavens to prove that the planets revolve around the sun rather than around the Earth. But the real hero of the story, according to the new school of scientists, was the long evolution in the improvement of machinery for making eye-glasses.
Federal policy is necessarily involved in the technology vs. genius dispute. (75) Whether the Government¡¯s should increase the financing of pure science at the expense of technology or vice versa (·´Ö®) often depends on the issue of which is seen as the driving force.
Section V Writing
Directions:
[A] Title: ON MAKING FRIENDS
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence: ¡°As a human being, one can hardly do without a friend.¡±
[E] Your composition must be written clearly on the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. The need for friends
2. True friendship
3. My principle in making friends

1994Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (20 points)
Part A (5 points)
1. [C] 2. [A] 3. [A] 4. [D] 5. [C]
6. [C] 7. [B] 8. [B] 9. [D] 10. [B]
Part B (5 points)
11. [D] even 12. [A] obvious
13. [B] had come 14. [B] that of the earth
15. [C] to have been invented 16. [A] Much as »ò Much though
17. [B] make 18. [A] Unless (=if... not)
19. [C] ɾȥ but »ò½« believing ¸ÄΪ believe 20. [C] a great interest in
Part C (10 points)
21. [C] 22. [A] 23. [D] 24. [B] 25. [D]
26. [C] 27. [A] 28. [B] 29. [B] 30. [B]
31. [C] 32. [A] 33. [B] 34. [D] 35. [C]
36. [C] 37. [D] 38. [A] 39. [A] 40. [B]
Section II: Cloze Test (10 points)
41. [A] 42. [C] 43. [B] 44. [D] 45. [C]
46. [A] 47. [B] 48. [C] 49. [D] 50. [D]
Section III: Reading Comprehension (40 points)
51. [D] 52. [D] 53. [A] 54. [C] 55. [B]
56. [C] 57. [B] 58. [B] 59. [A] 60. [C]
61. [D] 62. [A] 63. [D] 64. [D] 65. [B]
66. [C] 67. [A] 68. [C] 69. [B] 70. [B]
Section IV: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ËûÃÇ(ÐÂѧÅÉ¿Æѧ¼ÒÃÇ)˵£¬¿ÆѧµÄ·¢Õ¹ÓëÆä˵ԴÓÚÌì²ÅΰÈ˵ÄÕæÖª×Æʶ£¬²»Èç˵ԴÓڸĽøÁ˵ļ¼ÊõºÍ¹¤¾ßµÈµÈ¸üΪÆÕͨµÄ¶«Î÷¡£
72. ÐÂѧÅɵÄһλÁìÐäÈËÎï¼á³Ö˵£º¡°¼ò¶øÑÔÖ®£¬ÎÒÃÇËù³ÆνµÄ¿Æѧ¸ïÃü£¬Ö÷ÒªÊÇָһϵÁÐÆ÷¾ßµÄ¸Ä½ø¡¢·¢Ã÷ºÍʹÓã¬ÕâЩ¸Ä½ø¡¢·¢Ã÷ºÍʹÓÃʹ¿Æѧ·¢Õ¹µÄ·¶Î§ÎÞËù²»¼°¡£¡±
73. ¹¤¾ßºÍ¼¼Êõ±¾Éí×÷Ϊ¸ù±¾ÐÔ´´ÐµÄԴȪ¶àÄêÀ´Ôںܴó³Ì¶ÈÉϱ»¿Æѧʷѧ¼ÒºÍ¿Æѧ˼Ïë¼ÒÃǺöÊÓÁË¡£
74. Ù¤ÀïÂÔµÄ×î¹â»ÔµÄÒµ¼¨ÔÚÓÚËûÔÚ1609ÄêµÚÒ»¸ö°Ñз¢Ã÷µÄÍûÔ¶¾µ¶Ô×¼Ìì¿Õ£¬ÒÔ֤ʵÐÐÐÇÊÇΧÈÆÌ«ÑôÐýת£¬¶ø²»ÊÇΧÈƵØÇò¡£
75. Õþ¸®¾¿¾¹ÊÇÒÔ¼õÉÙ¶Ô¼¼ÊõµÄ¾­·ÑͶÈëÀ´Ôö¼Ó¶Ô´¿ÀíÂÛ¿ÆѧµÄ¾­·ÑͶÈ룬»¹ÊÇÏà·´£¬ÕâÍùÍùÈ¡¾öÓÚ°ÑÄÄÒ»·½¿´×÷ÊÇÇý¶¯µÄÁ¦Á¿¡£
Section V: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ£¨ÂÔ£©

1993ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each sentence, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choices in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
1. The board deemed it urgent that these files ________ right away.
[A] had to be printed
[B] should have been printed
[C] must be printed
[D] should be printed
2. The local health organization is reported ________ twenty-five years ago when Dr. Audon became its first president.
[A] to be set up
[B] being set up
[C] to have been set up
[D] having been set up
3. The school board listened quietly as John read the demands that his followers ________ for.
[A] be demonstrating
[B] demonstrate
[C] had been demonstrating
[D] have demonstrated
4. Ted has told me that he always escapes ________ as he has got a very fast sports car.
[A] to fine
[B] to be fined
[C] being fined
[D] having been fined
5. More than one third of the Chinese in the United States live in California, ________ in San Francisco.
[A] previously
[B] predominantly
[C] practically
[D] permanently
6. Prof. Lee¡¯s book will show you ________ can be used in other contexts.
[A] that you have observed
[B] that how you have observed
[C] how that you have observed
[D] how what you have observed
7. All flights ________ because of the snowstorm, we decided to take the train.
[A] were canceled
[B] had been canceled
[C] having canceled
[D] having been canceled
8. The new secretary has written a remarkably ________ report only in a few pages but with all the details.
[A] concise
[B] clear
[C] precise
[D] elaborate
9. With prices ________ so much, it¡¯s hard for the company to plan a budget.
[A] fluctuating
[B] waving
[C] swinging
[D] vibrating
10. Experts say walking is one of the best ways for a person to ________ healthy.
[A] preserve
[B] stay
[C] maintain
[D] reserve
11. Expected noises are usually more ________ than unexpected ones of the like magnitude.
[A] manageable
[B] controllable
[C] tolerable
[D] perceivable
12. It isn¡¯t so much whether he works hard; the question is whether he works ________.
[A] above all
[B] in all
[C] at all
[D] after all
13. There is an incorrect assumption among scientists and medical people that everyone agrees ________ what constitutes a benefit to an individual.
[A] on
[B] with
[C] to
[D] in
14. All the information we have collected in relation to that case ________ very little.
[A] makes up for
[B] adds up to
[C] comes up with
[D] puts up with
15. A really powerful speaker can ________ the feelings of the audience to the fever of excitement.
[A] work out
[B] work over
[C] work at
[D] work up
16. Before the students set off, they spent much time setting a limit ________ the expenses of the trip.
[A] to
[B] about
[C] in
[D] for
17. According to the psychoanalyst Sigmund Freud, wisdom comes from the ________ of maturity.
[A] fulfillment
[B] achievement
[C] establishment
[D] accomplishment
18. From the tears in Nedra¡¯s eyes we can deduce that something sad ________.
[A] must have occurred
[B] would have occurred
[C] might be occurring
[D] should occur
19. You can arrive in Beijing earlier for the meeting ________ you don¡¯t mind taking the night train.
[A] provided
[B] unless
[C] though
[D] until
20. Hardly a month goes by without ________ of another survey revealing new depths of scientific illiteracy among U.S. citizens.
[A] words
[B] a word
[C] the word
[D] word
21. If you ________ Jerry Brown until recently, you¡¯d think the photograph on the right was strange.
[A] shouldn¡¯t contact
[B] didn¡¯t contact
[C] weren¡¯t to contact
[D] hadn¡¯t contacted
22. Some teenagers harbor a generalized resentment against society, which ________ them the rights and privileges of adults, although physically they are mature.
[A] deprives
[B] restricts
[C] rejects
[D] denies
23. I must go now. ________, if you want that book I¡¯ll bring it next time.
[A] Incidentally
[B] Accidentally
[C] Occasionally
[D] Subsequently
24. There is no reason they should limit how much vitamin you take, ________ they can limit how much water you drink.
[A] much more than
[B] no more than
[C] no less than
[D] any more than
25. Though ________ in San Francisco, Dave Mitchell had always preferred to record the plain facts of small-town life.
[A] raised
[B] grown
[C] developed
[D] cultivated
26. Most electronic devices of this kind, ________ manufactured for such purposes, are tightly packed.
[A] that are
[B] as are
[C] which is
[D] it is
27. As for the winter, it is inconvenient to be cold, with most of ________ furnace fuel is allowed saved for the dawn.
[A] what
[B] that
[C] which
[D] such
28. Achieving a high degree of proficiency in English as a foreign language is not a mysterious ________ without scientific basic.
[A] process
[B] practice
[C] procedure
[D] program
29. We cannot always ________ the wind, so new windmills should be so designed that they can also be driven by water.
[A] hang on
[B] count on
[C] hold on
[D] come on
30. The storm sweeping over this area now is sure to cause ________ of vegetables in the coming days.
[A] rarity
[B] scarcity
[C] invalidity
[D] variety
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Then mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (30 points)
Text 1
Is language, like food, a basic human need without which a child at a critical period of life can be starved and damaged? Judging from the drastic experiment of Frederick II in the thirteenth century, it may be. Hoping to discover what language a child would speak if he heard no mother tongue, he told the nurses to keep silent.
All the infants died before the first year. But clearly there was more than lack of language here. What was missing was good mothering. Without good mothering, in the first year of life especially, the capacity to survive is seriously affected.
Today no such severe lack exists as that ordered by Frederick. Nevertheless, some children are still backward in speaking. Most often the reason for this is that the mother is insensitive to the signals of the infant, whose brain is programmed to learn language rapidly. If these sensitive periods are neglected, the ideal time for acquiring skills passes and they might never be learned so easily again. A bird learns to sing and to fly rapidly at the right time, but the process is slow and hard once the critical stage has passed.
Experts suggest that speech stages are reached in a fixed sequence and at a constant age, but there are cases where speech has started late in a child who eventually turns out to be of high IQ. At twelve weeks a baby smiles and makes vowel-like sounds; at twelve months he can speak simple words and understand simple commands; at eighteen months he has a vocabulary of three to fifty words. At three he knows about 1,000 words which he can put into sentences, and at four his language differs from that of his parents in style rather than grammar.
Recent evidence suggests that an infant is born with the capacity to speak. What is special about man¡¯s brain, compared with that of the monkey, is the complex system which enables a child to connect the sight and feel of, say, a toy-bear with the sound pattern ¡°toy-bear.¡± And even more incredible is the young brain¡¯s ability to pick out an order in language from the mixture of sound around him, to analyze, to combine and recombine the parts of a language in new ways.
But speech has to be induced, and this depends on interaction between the mother and the child, where the mother recognizes the signals in the child¡¯s babbling (ßÞѽѧÓï), grasping and smiling, and responds to them. Insensitivity of the mother to these signals dulls the interaction because the child gets discouraged and sends out only the obvious signals. Sensitivity to the child¡¯s non-verbal signals is essential to the growth and development of language.
31. The purpose of Frederick II¡¯s experiment was ________.
[A] to prove that children are born with the ability to speak
[B] to discover what language a child would speak without hearing any human speech
[C] to find out what role careful nursing would play in teaching a child to speak
[D] to prove that a child could be damaged without learning a language
32. The reason some children are backward in speaking is most probably that ________.
[A] they are incapable of learning language rapidly
[B] they are exposed to too much language at once
[C] their mothers respond inadequately to their attempts to speak
[D] their mothers are not intelligent enough to help them
33. What is exceptionally remarkable about a child is that ________.
[A] he is born with the capacity to speak
[B] he has a brain more complex than an animal¡¯s
[C] he can produce his own sentences
[D] he owes his speech ability to good nursing
34. Which of the following can NOT be inferred from the passage?
[A] The faculty of speech is inborn in man.
[B] Encouragement is anything but essential to a child in language learning.
[C] The child¡¯s brain is highly selective.
[D] Most children learn their language in definite stages.
35. If a child starts to speak later than others, he will in future ________.
[A] have a high IQ
[B] be less intelligent
[C] be insensitive to verbal signals
[D] not necessarily be backward
Text 2
In general, our society is becoming one of giant enterprises directed by a bureaucratic (¹ÙÁÅÖ÷ÒåµÄ) management in which man becomes a small, well-oiled cog in the machinery. The oiling is done with higher wages, well-ventilated factories and piped music, and by psychologists and ¡°human-relations¡± experts; yet all this oiling does not alter the fact that man has become powerless, that he does not wholeheartedly participate in his work and that he is bored with it. In fact, the blue- and the white-collar workers have become economic puppets who dance to the tune of automated machines and bureaucratic management.
The worker and employee are anxious, not only because they might find themselves out of a job; they are anxious also because they are unable to acquire any real satisfaction or interest in life. They live and die without ever having confronted the fundamental realities of human existence as emotionally and intellectually independent and productive human beings.
Those higher up on the social ladder are no less anxious. Their lives are no less empty than those of their subordinates. They are even more insecure in some respects. They are in a highly competitive race. To be promoted or to fall behind is not a matter of salary but even more a matter of self-respect. When they apply for their first job, they are tested for intelligence as well as for the tight mixture of submissiveness and independence. From that moment on they are tested again and again -- by the psychologists, for whom testing is a big business, and by their superiors, who judge their behavior, sociability, capacity to get along, etc. This constant need to prove that one is as good as or better than one¡¯s fellow-competitor creates constant anxiety and stress, the very causes of unhappiness and illness.
Am I suggesting that we should return to the preindustrial mode of production or to nineteenth-century ¡°free enterprise¡± capitalism? Certainly not. Problems are never solved by returning to a stage which one has already outgrown. I suggest transforming our social system from a bureaucratically managed industrialism in which maximal production and consumption are ends in themselves into a humanist industrialism in which man and full development of his potentialities -- those of love and of reason -- are the aims of all social arrangements. Production and consumption should serve only as means to this end, and should be prevented from ruling man.
36. By ¡°a well-oiled cog in the machinery¡± the author intends to render the idea that man is ________.
[A] a necessary part of the society though each individual¡¯s function is negligible
[B] working in complete harmony with the rest of the society
[C] an unimportant part in comparison with the rest of the society, though functioning smoothly
[D] a humble component of the society, especially when working smoothly
37. The real cause of the anxiety of the workers and employees is that ________.
[A] they are likely to lose their jobs
[B] they have no genuine satisfaction or interest in life
[C] they are faced with the fundamental realities of human existence
[D] they are deprived of their individuality and independence
38. From the passage we can infer that real happiness of life belongs to those ________.
[A] who are at the bottom of the society
[B] who are higher up in their social status
[C] who prove better than their fellow-competitors
[D] who could keep far away from this competitive world
39. To solve the present social problems the author suggests that we should ________.
[A] resort to the production mode of our ancestors
[B] offer higher wages to the workers and employees
[C] enable man to fully develop his potentialities
[D] take the fundamental realities for granted
40. The author¡¯s attitude towards industrialism might best be summarized as one of ________.
[A] approval
[B] dissatisfaction
[C] suspicion
[D] tolerance
Text 3
When an invention is made, the inventor has three possible courses of action open to him: he can give the invention to the world by publishing it, keep the idea secret, or patent it.
A granted patent is the result of a bargain struck between an inventor and the state, by which the inventor gets a limited period of monopoly (¢¶Ï) and publishes full details of his invention to the public after that period terminates.
Only in the most exceptional circumstances is the lifespan of a patent extended to alter this normal process of events.
The longest extension ever granted was to Georges Valensi; his 1939 patent for color TV receiver circuitry was extended until 1971 because for most of the patent¡¯s normal life there was no colour TV to receive and thus no hope of reward for the invention.
Because a patent remains permanently public after it has terminated, the shelves of the library attached to the patent office contain details of literally millions of ideas that are free for anyone to use and, if older than half a century, sometimes even re-patent. Indeed, patent experts often advise anyone wishing to avoid the high cost of conducting a search through live patents that the one sure way of avoiding violation of any other inventor¡¯s right is to plagiarize a dead patent. Likewise, because publication of an idea in any other form permanently invalidates further patents on that idea, it is traditionally safe to take ideas from other areas of print. Much modern technological advance is based on these presumptions of legal security.
Anyone closely involved in patents and inventions soon learns that most ¡°new¡± ideas are, in fact, as old as the hills. It is their reduction to commercial practice, either through necessity or dedication, or through the availability of new technology, that makes news and money. The basic patent for the theory of magnetic recording dates back to 1886. Many of the original ideas behind television originate from the late 19th and early 20th century. Even the Volkswagen rear engine car was anticipated by a 1904 patent for a cart with the horse at the rear.
41. The passage is mainly about ________.
[A] an approach to patents
[B] the application for patents
[C] the use of patents
[D] the access to patents
42. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
[A] When a patent becomes out of effect, it can be re-patented or extended if necessary.
[B] It is necessary for an inventor to apply for a patent before he makes his invention public.
[C] A patent holder must publicize the details of his invention when its legal period is over.
[D] One can get all the details of a patented invention from a library attached to the patent office.
43. George Valensi¡¯s patent lasted until 1971 because ________.
[A] nobody would offer any reward for his patent prior to that time
[B] his patent could not be put to use for an unusually long time
[C] there were not enough TV stations to provide colour programmes
[D] the colour TV receiver was not available until that time
44. The word ¡°plagiarize¡± (Line 8, Para. 5) most probably means ¡°________.¡±
[A] steal and use
[B] give reward to
[C] make public
[D] take and change
45. From the passage we learn that ________.
[A] an invention will not benefit the inventor unless it is reduced to commercial practice
[B] products are actually inventions which were made a long time ago
[C] it is much cheaper to buy an old patent than a new one
[D] patent experts often recommend patents to others by conducting a search through dead patents
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. (15 points)
Although interior design has existed since the beginning of architecture, its development into a specialized field is really quite recent. Interior designers have become important partly because of the many functions that might be ´ó46¼Ò in a single large building.
The importance of interior design becomes ´ó47¼Ò when we realize how much time we ´ó48¼Ò surrounded by four walls. Whenever we need to be indoors, we want our surroundings to be ´ó49¼Ò attractive and comfortable as possible. We also expect ´ó50¼Ò place to be appropriate to its use. You would be ´ó51¼Ò if the inside of your bedroom were suddenly changed to look ´ó52¼Ò the inside of a restaurant. And you wouldn¡¯t feel ´ó53¼Ò in a business office that has the appearance of a school.
It soon becomes clear that the interior designer¡¯s most important basic ´ó54¼Ò is the function of the particular ´ó55¼Ò. For example, a theater with poor sight lines, poor sound-shaping qualities, and ´ó56¼Ò few entries and exits will not work for ´ó57¼Ò purpose, no matter how beautifully it might be ´ó58¼Ò. Nevertheless, for any kind of space, the designer has to make many of the same kind of ´ó59¼Ò. He or she must coordinate the shapes, lighting and decoration of everything from ceiling to floor. ´ó60¼Ò addition, the designer must usually select furniture or design built-in furniture, according to the functions that need to be served.
46. [A] consisted
[B] contained
[C] composed
[D] comprised
47. [A] obscure
[B] attractive
[C] appropriate
[D] evident
48. [A] spend
[B] require
[C] settle
[D] retain
49. [A] so
[B] as
[C] thus
[D] such
50. [A] some
[B] any
[C] this
[D] each
51. [A] amused
[B] interested
[C] shocked
[D] frightened
52. [A] like
[B] for
[C] at
[D] into
53. [A] correct
[B] proper
[C] right
[D] suitable
54. [A] care
[B] concern
[C] attention
[D] intention
55. [A] circumstance
[B] environment
[C] surroundings
[D] space
56. [A] too
[B] quite
[C] a
[D] far
57. [A] their
[B] its
[C] those
[D] that
58. [A] painted
[B] covered
[C] ornamented
[D] decorated
59. [A] solutions
[B] conclusions
[C] decisions
[D] determinations
60. [A] For
[B] In
[C] As
[D] With
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts marked [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and mark your answer on the ANSWER SHEET by blackening the corresponding letter in the brackets. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line on the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
A number ofA foreign visitors were takenB to the industrial exhibition whichC they sawD many new products.
Answer [C] is wrong because the sentence should read, ¡°A number of foreign visitors were taken to the industrial exhibition where they saw many new products.¡± So you should choose [C] and write the correction ¡°where¡± on the line.
Sample Answer
[A] [B] [¡ñ] [D] where
61. He cannot tell the difference between trueA praise and flatteringB statements makingC only to gainD his favor.
62. They want to expose those educationalA disadvantaged students to creative, enrichingB educational experiencesC for a five-yearD period.
63. The changes that tookA place in air travel duringB the last sixty years would have seemedC completely impossible to even the most brilliant scientists atD the turn of the 19th century.
64. I don¡¯t think itA advisable that he will be assignedB to the job since he has noC experience whatsoeverD.
65. Beethoven, the great musician, wroteA nine symphonies in his life, most of them were writtenB after he had lostC his hearingD.
66. Mr. Jankin regretted to blameA his secretary forB the mistake, forC he later discoveredD it was his own fault.
67. As forA the influence of computerization, nowhere we have seenB the results more clearly than in the U.S.C, which really have surprisedD us all.
68. At timesA, more care goes intoB the composition of newspaper and magazine advertisements than the writingC of featuresD and editorials.
69. It is required by law that a husband have to payA the debts of his wife untilB formal notice is given thatC he no longer has to pay herD.
70. OverA the years, a large number of overseas students have studiedB at that university in the resultC that it hasD acquired substantial experience in dealing with them.
Section V English-Chinese Translation
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. (15 points)
(71) The method of scientific investigation is nothing but the expression of the necessary mode of working of the human mind; it is simply the mode by which all phenomena are reasoned about and given precise and exact explanation. There is no more difference, but there is just the same kind of difference, between the mental operations of a man of science and those of an ordinary person, as there is between the operations and methods of a baker or of a butcher weighing out his goods in common scales, and the operations of a chemist in performing a difficult and complex analysis by means of his balance and finely graded weights. (72) It is not that the scales in the one case, and the balance in the other, differ in the principles of their construction or manner of working; but that the latter is a much finer apparatus and of course much more accurate in its measurement than the former.
You will understand this better, perhaps, if I give you some familiar examples. (73) You have all heard it repeated that men of science work by means of induction (¹éÄÉ·¨) and deduction, that by the help of these operations, they, in a sort of sense, manage to extract from Nature certain natural laws, and that out of these, by some special skill of their own, they build up their theories. (74) And it is imagined by many that the operations of the common mind can be by no means compared with these processes, and that they have to be acquired by a sort of special training. To hear all these large words, you would think that the mind of a man of science must be constituted differently from that of his fellow men; but if you will not be frightened by terms, you will discover that you are quite wrong, and that all these terrible apparatus are being used by yourselves every day and every hour of your lives.
There is a well-known incident in one of Moliere¡¯s plays, where the author makes the hero express unbounded delight on being told that he had been talking prose (É¢ÎÄ) during the whole of his life. In the same way, I trust that you will take comfort, and be delighted with yourselves, on the discovery that you have been acting on the principles of inductive and deductive philosophy during the same period. (75) Probably there is not one here who has not in the course of the day had occasion to set in motion a complex train of reasoning, of the very same kind, though differing in degree, as that which a scientific man goes through in tracing the causes of natural phenomena.
Section VI Writing
Directions:
[A] Title: ADVERTISEMENT ON TV
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence: ¡°Today more and more advertisements are seen on the TV screen.¡±
[E] Your composition must be written clearly on the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. Present state
2. Reasons
3. My comments

1993Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [D] 2. [C] 3. [C] 4. [C] 5. [B]
6. [D] 7. [D] 8. [A] 9. [A] 10. [B]
11. [C] 12. [C] 13. [A] 14. [B] 15. [D]
16. [A] 17. [B] 18. [A] 19. [A] 20. [D]
21. [D] 22. [D] 23. [A] 24. [D] 25. [A]
26. [B] 27. [A] 28. [A] 29. [B] 30. [B]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (30 points)
31. [B] 32. [C] 33. [C] 34. [B] 35. [D]
36. [C] 37. [D] 38. [D] 39. [C] 40. [B]
41. [D] 42. [C] 43. [B] 44. [A] 45. [A]
Section III: Cloze Test (15 points)
46. [B] 47. [D] 48. [A] 49. [B] 50. [D]
51. [C] 52. [A] 53. [C] 54. [B] 55. [D]
56. [A] 57. [B] 58. [D] 59. [C] 60. [B]
Section IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
61. [C] made 62. [A] educationally
63. [A] have taken 64. [B] (should) be assigned
65. [B] written 66. [A] having blamed
67. [B] have we seen 68. [C] into the writing
69. [D] to pay them 70. [C] with the result
Section V: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ¿ÆѧÑо¿µÄ·½·¨²»¹ýÊÇÈËÀà˼ά»î¶¯µÄ±ØÒª±í´ï·½Ê½£¬Ò²¾ÍÊǶÔÒ»ÇÐÏÖÏó½øÐÐ˼Ë÷²¢¸øÒÔ¾«È·¶øÑϽ÷½âÊ͵ıí´ï·½Ê½¡£
72. Õâ²¢²»ÊÇ˵Ãæ°üʦ»òÂôÈâÕßËùÓõİõ³ÓºÍ»¯Ñ§¼ÒËùÓõÄÌìƽÔÚ¹¹ÔìÔ­Àí»ò¹¤×÷·½Ê½ÉÏ´æÔÚ²î±ð£¬¶øÊÇ˵ÓëÇ°ÕßÏà±È£¬ºóÕßÊÇÒ»ÖÖ¸ü¾«ÃܵöàµÄ×°Öã¬Òò¶øÔÚ¼ÆÁ¿ÉϱØÈ»¸ü׼ȷµÃ¶à¡£
73. ÄãÃǶ¼¶à´ÎÌý˵¹ý£¬¿Æѧ¼ÒÊÇÓùéÄÉ·¨ºÍÑÝÒï·¨¹¤×÷µÄ£¬ËûÃÇÓÃÕâЩ·½·¨£¬ÔÚijÖÖÒâÒåÉÏ˵£¬Á¦Çó´Ó×ÔÈ»½çÕÒ³öijЩ×ÔÈ»¹æÂÉ£¬È»ºóËûÃǸù¾ÝÕâЩ¹æÂÉ£¬ÓÃ×Ô¼ºµÄijÖÖ·Çͬһ°ãµÄ±¾Á죬½¨Á¢ÆðËûÃǵÄÀíÂÛ¡£
74. Ðí¶àÈËÒÔΪ£¬ÆÕͨÈ˵Ä˼ά»î¶¯¸ù±¾ÎÞ·¨Óë¿Æѧ¼ÒµÄ˼ά¹ý³ÌÏà±È£¬ÈÏΪÕâЩ˼ά¹ý³Ì±ØÐë¾­¹ýijÖÖרÃÅѵÁ·²ÅÄÜÕÆÎÕ¡£
75. ÔÚ×ùµÄÖîλÖУ¬´ó¸Å²»»áÓÐÈËÒ»ÕûÌ춼ûÓлú»á½øÐÐÒ»Á¬´®¸´ÔÓµÄ˼¿¼»î¶¯£¬ÕâЩ˼¿¼»î¶¯Óë¿Æѧ¼ÒÔÚ̽Ë÷×ÔÈ»ÏÖÏóÔ­ÒòʱËù¾­ÀúµÄ˼¿¼»î¶¯£¬¾¡¹Ü¸´Ôӳ̶Ȳ»Í¬£¬µ«ÔÚÀàÐÍÉÏÊÇÍêÈ«Ò»ÑùµÄ¡£
Section VI: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ£¨ÂÔ£©

1992ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each sentence, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choices in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
1. I will give this dictionary to ________ wants to have it.
[A] whomever
[B] someone
[C] whoever
[D] anyone
2. After having gone ________ far, George did not want to turn back.
[A] enough
[B] much
[C] such
[D] that
3. ________ all our kindness to help her, Sarah refused to listen to us.
[A] At
[B] For
[C] In
[D] On
4. Richard doesn¡¯t think he could ever ________ what is called ¡°free-style¡± poetry.
[A] take on
[B] take over
[C] take to
[D] take after
5. In the past men generally preferred that their wives ________ in the home.
[A] worked
[B] would work
[C] work
[D] were working
6. I don¡¯t want to lend any more money to him; he¡¯s already in debt ________ me.
[A] to
[B] for
[C] of
[D] with
7. The business of each day, ________ selling goods or shipping them, went quite smoothly.
[A] it being
[B] be it
[C] was it
[D] it was
8. Carey didn¡¯t go to the party last night because she ________ the baby for her sister until 9:30.
[A] must have looked after
[B] would have to look after
[C] had to look after
[D] should have looked after
9. ________, he does get irritated with her sometimes.
[A] As he likes her much
[B] Much though he likes her
[C] Though much he likes her
[D] Much as he likes her
10. Californians and New Englanders speak the same language and ________ by the same federal laws.
[A] stand
[B] conform
[C] abide
[D] sustain
11. The vocabulary of any technical discussion may include words which are never used outside the subject or field ________.
[A] in view
[B] in question
[C] in case
[D] in effect
12. The long-awaited Hubble Space Telescope, ________ to orbit the Earth next March, will observe some of the oldest stars in the sky.
[A] subject
[B] owing
[C] available
[D] due
13. ________ of the burden of ice, the balloon climbed up and drifted to the South.
[A] To be free
[B] Freeing
[C] To free
[D] Freed
14. The patient has been ________ of the safety of the operation.
[A] assured
[B] guaranteed
[C] entrusted
[D] confirmed
15. Will you ________ this passage to see if there is any misprint?
[A] look up
[B] go over
[C] dwell on
[D] work out
16. The patients believe that the doctor knows exactly how to put them ________.
[A] correct
[B] straight
[C] right
[D] well
17. Although he thought he was helping us prepare the dinner, he was actually ________ the way.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] off
[D] on
18. If we believe something is good and true we should ________ to it.
[A] hold up
[B] keep on
[C] hold on
[D] keep up
19. ________, more than 200 houses and buildings are heated by solar energy, not to mention the big cities in the region.
[A] Alone in the small town
[B] In the small alone town
[C] In the alone small town
[D] In the small town alone
20. The bank is reported in the local newspaper ________ in broad daylight yesterday.
[A] to be robbed
[B] robbed
[C] to have been robbed
[D] having been robbed
21. The engineers are going through with their highway project, ________ the expenses have risen.
[A] even though
[B] just because
[C] now that
[D] as though
22. Although we had told them not to keep us waiting, they made no ________ to speed up deliveries.
[A] trial
[B] attempt
[C] action
[D] progress
23. Water will continue to be ________ it is today -- next in importance to oxygen.
[A] how
[B] which
[C] as
[D] what
24. Had Paul received six more votes in the last election, he ________ our chairman now.
[A] must have been
[B] would have been
[C] were
[D] would be
25. Stressful environments lead to unhealthy behaviors such as poor eating habits, which ________ increase the risk of heart disease.
[A] in turn
[B] in return
[C] by chance
[D] by turns
26. The tourist is prevented from entering a country if he does not have ________ passport.
[A] an operative
[B] a valid
[C] an efficient
[D] an effective
27. I like to go to the cinema when I am in the ________ for it.
[A] motive
[B] mind
[C] mood
[D] notion
28. The project requires more labor than ________.
[A] has been put in
[B] have been put in
[C] being put in
[D] to be put in
29. Circus tigers, although they have been tamed, can ________ attack their trainer.
[A] unexpectedly
[B] deliberately
[C] reluctantly
[D] subsequently
30. There seemed little hope that the explorer, ________ in the tropical forest, would find his way through it.
[A] to be deserted
[B] having deserted
[C] to have been deserted
[D] having been deserted
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question four answers are given. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (30 points)
Text 1
It is all very well to blame traffic jams, the cost of petrol and the quick pace of modern life, but manners on the roads are becoming horrible. Everybody knows that the nicest men become monsters behind the wheel. It is very well, again, to have a tiger in the tank, but to have one in the driver¡¯s seat is another matter altogether. You might tolerate the odd road-hog, the rude and inconsiderate driver, but nowadays the well-mannered motorist is the exception to the rule. Perhaps the situation calls for a ¡°Be Kind to Other Drivers¡± campaign, otherwise it may get completely out of hand.
Road politeness is not only good manners, but good sense too. It takes the most cool-headed and good-tempered of drivers to resist the temptation to revenge when subjected to uncivilized behavior. On the other hand, a little politeness goes a long way towards relieving the tensions of motoring. A friendly nod or a wave of acknowledgement in response to an act of politeness helps to create an atmosphere of goodwill and tolerance so necessary in modern traffic conditions. But such acknowledgements of politeness are all too rare today. Many drivers nowadays don¡¯t even seem able to recognize politeness when they see it.
However, misplaced politeness can also be dangerous. Typical examples are the driver who brakes violently to allow a car to emerge from a side street at some hazard to following traffic, when a few seconds later the road would be clear anyway; or the man who waves a child across a zebra crossing into the path of oncoming vehicles that may be unable to stop in time. The same goes for encouraging old ladies to cross the road wherever and whenever they care to. It always amazes me that the highways are not covered with the dead bodies of these grannies.
A veteran driver, whose manners are faultless, told me it would help if motorists learnt to filter correctly into traffic streams one at a time without causing the total blockages that give rise to bad temper. Unfortunately, modern motorists can¡¯t even learn to drive, let alone master the subtler aspects of boatmanship. Years ago the experts warned us that the car-ownership explosion would demand a lot more give-and-take from all road users. It is high time for all of us to take this message to heart.
31. According to this passage, troubles on the road are primarily caused by ________.
[A] people¡¯s attitude towards the road-hog
[B] the rhythm of modern life
[C] the behavior of the driver
[D] traffic conditions
32. The sentence ¡°You might tolerate the odd road-hog... the rule.¡± (Para. 1) implies that ________.
[A] our society is unjust towards well-mannered motorists
[B] rude drivers can be met only occasionally
[C] the well-mannered motorist cannot tolerate the road-hog
[D] nowadays impolite drivers constitute the majority of motorists
33. By ¡°good sense,¡± the writer means ________.
[A] the driver¡¯s ability to understand and react reasonably
[B] the driver¡¯s prompt response to difficult and severe conditions
[C] the driver¡¯s tolerance of rude or even savage behavior
[D] the driver¡¯s acknowledgement of politeness and regulations
34. Experts have long pointed out that in the face of car-ownership explosion, ________.
[A] road users should make more sacrifice
[B] drivers should be ready to yield to each other
[C] drivers should have more communication among themselves
[D] drivers will suffer great loss if they pay no respect to others
35. In the writer¡¯s opinion, ________.
[A] strict traffic regulations are badly needed
[B] drivers should apply road politeness properly
[C] rude drivers should be punished
[D] drivers should avoid traffic jams
Text 2
In the atmosphere, carbon dioxide acts rather like a one-way mirror -- the glass in the roof of a greenhouse which allows the sun¡¯s rays to enter but prevents the heat from escaping.
According to a weather expert¡¯s prediction, the atmosphere will be 3¡æ warmer in the year 2050 than it is today, if man continues to burn fuels at the present rate. If this warming up took place, the ice caps in the poles would begin to melt, thus raising sea level several metres and severely flooding coastal cities. Also, the increase in atmospheric temperature would lead to great changes in the climate of the northern hemisphere, possibly resulting in an alteration of earth¡¯s chief food-growing zones.
In the past, concern about a man-made warming of the earth has concentrated on the Arctic because the Antarctic is much colder and has a much thicker ice sheet. But the weather experts are now paying more attention to West Antarctic, which may be affected by only a few degrees of warming: in other words, by a warming on the scale that will possibly take place in the next fifty years from the burning of fuels.
Satellite pictures show that large areas of Antarctic ice are already disappearing. The evidence available suggests that a warming has taken place. This fits the theory that carbon dioxide warms the earth.
However, most of the fuel is burnt in the northern hemisphere, where temperatures seem to be falling. Scientists conclude, therefore, that up to now natural influences on the weather have exceeded those caused by man. The question is: Which natural cause has most effect on the weather?
One possibility is the variable behavior of the sun. Astronomers at one research station have studied the hot spots and ¡°cold¡± spots (that is, the relatively less hot spots) on the sun. As the sun rotates, every 27.5 days, it presents hotter or ¡°colder¡± faces to the earth, and different aspects to different parts of the earth. This seems to have a considerable effect on the distribution of the earth¡¯s atmospheric pressure, and consequently on wind circulation. The sun is also variable over a long term: its heat output goes up and down in cycles, the latest trend being downward.
Scientists are now finding mutual relations between models of solar-weather interactions and the actual climate over many thousands of years, including the last Ice Age. The problem is that the models are predicting that the world should be entering a new Ice Age and it is not. One way of solving this theoretical difficulty is to assume a delay of thousands of years while the solar effects overcome the inertia (¹ßÐÔ) of the earth¡¯s climate. If this is right, the warming effect of carbon dioxide might thus be serving as a useful counter-balance to the sun¡¯s diminishing heat.
36. It can be concluded that a concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere would ________.
[A] prevent the sun¡¯s rays from reaching the earth¡¯s surface
[B] mean a warming up in the Arctic
[C] account for great changes in the climate in the northern hemisphere
[D] raise the temperature of the earth¡¯s surface
37. The article was written to explain ________.
[A] the greenhouse effect
[B] the solar effects on the earth
[C] the models of solar-weather interactions
[D] the causes affecting weather
38. Although the fuel consumption is greater in the northern hemisphere, temperatures there seem to be falling. This is ________.
[A] mainly because the levels of carbon dioxide are rising
[B] possible because the ice caps in the poles are melting
[C] exclusively due to the effect of the inertia of the earth¡¯s climate
[D] partly due to variations in the output of solar energy
39. On the basis of their models, scientists are of the opinion that ________.
[A] the climate of the world should be becoming cooler
[B] it will take thousands of years for the inertia of the earth¡¯s climate to take effect
[C] the man-made warming effect helps to increase the solar effects
[D] the new Ice Age will be delayed by the greenhouse effect
40. If the assumption about the delay of a new Ice Age is correct, ________.
[A] the best way to overcome the cooling effect would be to burn more fuels
[B] ice would soon cover the northern hemisphere
[C] the increased levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere could warm up the earth even more quickly
[D] the greenhouse effect could work to the advantage of the earth
Text 3
Some people believe that international sport creates goodwill between the nations and that if countries play games together they will learn to live together. Others say that the opposite is true: that international contests encourage false national pride and lead to misunderstanding and hatred. There is probably some truth in both arguments, but in recent years the Olympic Games have done little to support the view that sports encourages international brotherhood. Not only was there the tragic incident involving the murder of athletes, but the Games were also ruined by lesser incidents caused principally by minor national contests.
One country received its second-place medals with visible indignation after the hockey (Çú¹÷Çò) final. There had been noisy scenes at the end of the hockey match, the losers objecting to the final decisions. They were convinced that one of their goals should not have been disallowed and that their opponents¡¯ victory was unfair. Their manager was in a rage when he said: ¡°This wasn¡¯t hockey. Hockey and the International Hockey Federation are finished.¡± The president of the Federation said later that such behavior could result in the suspension of the team for at least three years.
The American basketball team announced that they would not yield first place to Russia, after a disputable end to their contest. The game had ended in disturbance. It was thought at first that the United States had won, by a single point, but it was announced that there were three seconds still to play. A Russian player then threw the ball from one end of the court to the other, and another player popped it into the basket. It was the first time the USA had ever lost an Olympic basketball match. An appeal jury debated the matter for four and a half hours before announcing that the result would stand. The American players then voted not to receive the silver medals.
Incidents of this kind will continue as long as sport is played competitively rather than for the love of the game. The suggestion that athletes should compete as individuals, or in non-national teams, might be too much to hope for. But in the present organization of the Olympics there is far too much that encourages aggressive patriotism.
41. According to the author, recent Olympic Games have ________.
[A] created goodwill between the nations
[B] bred only false national pride
[C] barely showed any international friendship
[D] led to more and more misunderstanding and hatred
42. What did the manager mean by saying, ¡°... Hockey and the International Hockey Federation are finished¡±?
[A] His team would no longer take part in international games.
[B] Hockey and the Federation are both ruined by the unfair decisions.
[C] There should be no more hockey matches organized by the Federation.
[D] The Federation should be dissolved.
43. The basketball example implied that ________.
[A] too much patriotism was displayed in the incident
[B] the announcement to prolong the match was wrong
[C] the appeal jury was too hesitant in making the decision
[D] the American team was right in rejecting the silver medals
44. The author gives the two examples in Paragraphs 2 and 3 to show ________.
[A] how false national pride led to undesirable incidents in international games
[B] that sportsmen have been more obedient than they used to be
[C] that competitiveness in the games discourages international friendship
[D] that unfair decisions are common in Olympic Games
45. What conclusion can be drawn from the passage?
[A] The organization of the Olympic Games must be improved.
[B] Athletes should compete as individual in the Olympic Games.
[C] Sport should be played competitively rather than for the love of the game.
[D] International contests are liable for misunderstanding between nations.
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
The key to the industrialization of space is the U.S. space shuttle. ´ó46¼Ò it, astronauts will acquire a workhouse vehicle ´ó47¼Ò of flying into space and returning many times. ´ó48¼Ò by reusable rockets that can lift a load of 65, 000 pounds, the shuttle will carry devices for scientific inquiry, as ´ó49¼Ò as a variety of military hardware. ´ó50¼Ò more significantly, it will ´ó51¼Ò materials and machines into space for industrial purposes ´ó52¼Ò two decades ago when ¡°sputnik¡± (artificial satellite) was ´ó53¼Ò to the vocabulary. In short, the ´ó54¼Ò importance of the shuttle lies in its ´ó55¼Ò as an economic tool.
What makes the space shuttle ´ó56¼Ò is that it takes off like a rocket but lands like an airplane. ´ó57¼Ò, when it has accomplished its ´ó58¼Ò, it can be ready for ´ó59¼Ò trip in about two weeks.
The space shuttle, the world¡¯s first true spaceship, is a magnificent step ´ó60¼Ò making the impossible possible for the benefit and survival of man.
46. [A] In
[B] On
[C] By
[D] With
47. [A] capable
[B] suitable
[C] efficient
[D] fit
48. [A] Served
[B] Powered
[C] Forced
[D] Reinforced
49. [A] far
[B] well
[C] much
[D] long.
50. [A] Then
[B] Or
[C] But
[D] So
51. [A] supply
[B] introduce
[C] deliver
[D] transfer
52. [A] unimagined
[B] unsettled
[C] uncovered
[D] unsolved
53. [A] attributed
[B] contributed
[C] applied
[D] added
54. [A] general
[B] essential
[C] prevailing
[D] ultimate
55. [A] promise
[B] prosperity
[C] popularity
[D] priority
56. [A] exceptional
[B] strange
[C] unique
[D] rare
57. [A] Thus
[B] Whereas
[C] Nevertheless
[D] Yet
58. [A] venture
[B] mission
[C] commission
[D] responsibility
59. [A] new
[B] another
[C] certain
[D] subsequent
60. [A] for
[B] by
[C] in
[D] through
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts. These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
61. Young readers, more often than notA, find the novels ofB Dickens farC more exciting than ThackerayD.
62. People cannot butA feel puzzlingB, for they simply cannotC understand how he could have madeD such a stupid mistake.
63. Nowhere but in Europe we have seenA the results so clearlyB, which really have surprisedC us allD.
64. The amount of pressureA whichB the materials are subjectC to affectD the quality of the products.
65. I regret having leftA the work unfinishedB; I should planC everything aheadD carefully.
66. The problem of unemployment theA governments want solvedB is as serious as neverC in these underdevelopedD countries.
67. Many species can communicate an amazingA amount of information viaB sound, information whichC both the life of an individual and the continuedD existence of the species may depend.
68. It was not so muchA the many blows he received forB the lack of fightingC spirit that led to his losingD the game.
69. Those part-time students expected to offerA some jobs onB campus duringC the comingD summer vacation.
70. WithA production having goneB up steadily, the factory needs an ever-increasingC supply ofD raw materials.
Section V English-Chinese Translation
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. (15 points)
¡°Intelligence¡± at best is an assumptive construct -- the meaning of the word has never been clear. (71) There is more agreement on the kinds of behavior referred to by the term than there is on how to interpret or classify them. But it is generally agreed that a person of high intelligence is one who can grasp ideas readily, make distinctions, reason logically, and make use of verbal and mathematical symbols in solving problems. An intelligence test is a rough measure of a child¡¯s capacity for learning, particularly for learning the kinds of things required in school. It does not measure character, social adjustment, physical endurance, manual skills, or artistic abilities. It is not supposed to -- it was not designed for such purposes. (72) To criticize it for such failure is roughly comparable to criticizing a thermometer for not measuring wind velocity.
The other thing we have to notice is that the assessment of the intelligence of any subject is essentially a comparative affair.
(73) Now since the assessment of intelligence is a comparative matter we must be sure that the scale with which we are comparing our subjects provides a ¡°valid¡± or ¡°fair¡± comparison. It is here that some of the difficulties which interest us begin. Any test performed involves at least three factors: the intention to do one¡¯s best, the knowledge required for understanding what you have to do, and the intellectual ability to do it. (74) The first two must be equal for all who are being compared, if any comparison in terms of intelligence is to be made. In school populations in our culture these assumptions can be made fair and reasonable, and the value of intelligence testing has been proved thoroughly. Its value lies, of course, in its providing a satisfactory basis for prediction. No one is in the least interested in the marks a little child gets on his test; what we are interested in is whether we can conclude from his mark on the test that the child will do better or worse than other children of his age at tasks which we think require ¡°general intelligence.¡±
(75) On the whole such a conclusion can be drawn with a certain degree of confidence, but only if the child can be assumed to have had the same attitude towards the test as the others with whom he is being compared, and only if he was not punished by lack of relevant information which they possessed.
Section VI Writing
DIRECTIONS:
[A] Title: FOR A BETTER UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN PARENT AND CHILD
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence.
[E] Your composition must be written clearly in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. Present situation: Lack of communication between parent and child
2. Possible reasons:
1) Different likes and dislikes
2) Misunderstanding
3) Others
3. Suggestions:
1) For parents
2) For children

1992Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [C] 2. [D] 3. [B] 4. [C] 5. [C]
6. [A] 7. [B] 8. [C] 9. [D] 10. [C]
11. [B] 12. [D] 13. [D] 14. [A] 15. [B]
16. [C] 17. [A] 18. [C] 19. [D] 20. [C]
21. [A] 22. [B] 23. [D] 24. [D] 25. [A]
26. [B] 27. [C] 28. [A] 29. [A] 30. [D]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (30 points)
31. [C] 32. [D] 33. [A] 34. [B] 35. [B]
36. [D] 37. [D] 38. [D] 39. [A] 40. [D]
41. [C] 42. [B] 43. [A] 44. [C] 45. [A]
Section III: Cloze Test (15 points)
46. [D] 47. [A] 48. [B] 49. [B] 50. [C]
51. [C] 52. [A] 53. [D] 54. [D] 55. [A]
56. [C] 57. [A] 58. [B] 59. [B] 60. [C]
Section IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
61. [D] Thackery¡¯s 62. [B] puzzled
63. [A] have we seen 64. [D] affects
65. [C] should have planned 66. [C] ever
67. [C] on which 68. [B] as
69. [A] to be offered 70. [B] going
Section V: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ÈËÃǶÔÖÇÁ¦Õâ¸ö´ÊËùÖ¸µÄ²»Í¬±íÏÖÒâ¼û±È½ÏÒ»Ö£¬¶ø¶ÔÕâЩ±íÏÖÈçºÎ½âÊÍ»ò·ÖÀàÔòÓв»Í¬µÄ¿´·¨¡£
72. ÅúÆÀÖÇÁ¦²âÊÔ²»·´Ó³ÉÏÊöÇé¿ö£¬ÓÌÈçÅúÆÀζȼƲ»Äܲâ·çËÙÒ»Ñù¡£
73. ¼ÈÈ»¶ÔÖÇÁ¦µÄÆÀ¹ÀÊDZȽ϶øÑԵģ¬ÄÇôÎÒÃDZØÐëÈ·±££¬ÔÚ¶ÔÎÒÃǵĶÔÏó½øÐбȽÏʱ£¬ÎÒÃÇËùÓõij߶ÈÄÜÌṩ¡°ÓÐЧµÄ¡±»ò¡°¹«Æ½µÄ¡±±È½Ï¡£
74. Èç¹ûÒª´ÓÖÇÁ¦·½Ãæ½øÐÐÈκαȽϵĻ°£¬ÄÇô¶ÔËùÓб»±È½ÏÕßÀ´Ëµ£¬Ç°Á½¸öÒòËرØÐëÊÇÒ»ÑùµÄ¡£
75. ×ܵÄÀ´Ëµ£¬µÃ³öÕâÖÖ½áÂÛÊÇÓÐÒ»¶¨³Ì¶È°ÑÎյģ¬µ«ÊDZØÐë¾ß±¸Á½¸öÌõ¼þ£ºÄܹ»¼Ù¶¨Õâ¸öº¢×Ó¶Ô²âÊÔµÄ̬¶ÈºÍÓëËû±È½ÏµÄÁíÒ»¸öº¢×ÓµÄ̬¶ÈÏàͬ£»ËûҲûÓÐÒòΪȱ·¦±ðµÄº¢×ÓËù¾ßÓеÄÓйØ֪ʶ¶øÊÜÓ°Ïì¡£
Section VI: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ
For A Better Understanding Between Parent And Child
Nowadays, there is often a lack of understanding between parent and child. One generation often feels that its style of life is different from another generation¡¯s style. The feeling that each family unit should have a separate residence is characteristic. No one wants to intrude or be intruded upon. Both parents and child feel that the other¡¯s presence would upset and change the normal routine.
One of the reasons for present situation is that there are different likes and dislikes between parents and child. For example, the child likes glittering disco, rock-and-roll music or loves movies for his entertainment at night while the parents like peaceful environment and physical exercises. They would like to spend their evenings of life in happiness.
Secondly, there often exists misunderstanding between parent and child. The child doesn¡¯t know what his parent thinks and acts, while the parent doesn¡¯t understand what his children want to do. In general, young people enjoy a great deal of freedom, while their parents always keep their traditional style of life.
Thirdly, children often do not feel an equal share of responsibility toward their parents. For example, a brother sometimes feels that his sisters are responsible for physical care of their parents. One child may resent another¡¯s reluctance to help, provoking misunderstanding and bitterness. Not all of the children may be financially capable of contributing an equal share to the cost of their parent¡¯s care.
I argue that it is unfair to say that they are self-centered. Parent and child should often communicate each other. By discovering things about both sides, they can interact much better and help each other to deal with their problems for a better understanding between parents and child.

1991ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each sentence, decide which of the four choices given will suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
1. They lost their way in the forest, and ________ made matters worse was that night began to fall.
[A] that
[B] it
[C] what
[D] which
2. ________ my return, I learned that Professor Smith had been at the Museum and would not be back for several hours.
[A] At
[B] On
[C] With
[D] During
3. Anyone who has spent time with children is aware of the difference in the way boys and girls respond to ________ situations.
[A] similar
[B] alike
[C] same
[D] likely
4. There is not much time left; so I¡¯ll tell you about it ________.
[A] in detail
[B] in brief
[C] in short
[D] in all
5. In this factory, suggestions often have to wait for months before they are fully ________.
[A] admitted
[B] acknowledged
[C] absorbed
[D] considered
6. There is a real possibility that these animals could be frightened, ________ a sudden loud noise.
[A] being there
[B] should there be
[C] there was
[D] there having been
7. By the year 2000, scientists probably ________ a cure for cancer.
[A] will be discovering
[B] are discovering
[C] will have discovered
[D] have discovered
8. Jim isn¡¯t ________, but he did badly in the final exams last semester.
[A] gloomy
[B] dull
[C] awkward
[D] tedious
9. The boy slipped out of the room and headed for the swimming pool without his parents¡¯ ________.
[A] command
[B] conviction
[C] consent
[D] compromise
10. He had ________ on the subject.
[A] a rather strong opinion
[B] rather strong opinion
[C] rather the strong opinion
[D] the rather strong opinion
11. When Jane fell off the bike, the other children ________.
[A] were not able to help laughter
[B] could not help but laughing
[C] could not help laughing
[D] could not help to laugh
12. It is better to die on one¡¯s feet than ________.
[A] living on one¡¯s knees
[B] live on one¡¯s knees
[C] on one¡¯s knees
[D] to live on one¡¯s knees
13. The most important ________ of his speech was that we should all work wholeheartedly for the people.
[A] element
[B] spot
[C] sense
[D] point
14. This watch is ________ to all the other watches on the market.
[A] superior
[B] advantageous
[C] super
[D] beneficial
15. In a typhoon, winds ________ a speed greater than 120 kilometers per hour.
[A] assume
[B] accomplish
[C] attain
[D] assemble
16. ________ the English examination I would have gone to the concert last Sunday.
[A] In spite of
[B] But for
[C] Because of
[D] As for
17. Mary ________ my letter; otherwise she would have replied before now.
[A] has received
[B] ought to have received
[C] couldn¡¯t have received
[D] shouldn¡¯t have received
18. ________ to speak when the audience interrupted him.
[A] Hardly had he begun
[B] No sooner had he begun
[C] Not until he began
[D] Scarcely did he begin
19. Anna was reading a piece of science fiction, completely ________ to the outside world.
[A] being lost
[B] having lost
[C] losing
[D] lost
20. The policemen went into action ________ they heard the alarm.
[A] promptly
[B] presently
[C] quickly
[D] directly
21. The lost car of the Lees was found ________ in the woods off the highway.
[A] vanished
[B] abandoned
[C] scattered
[D] rejected
22. Dress warmly, ________ you¡¯ll catch cold.
[A] on the contrary
[B] or rather
[C] or else
[D] in no way
23. Our research has focused on a drug which is so ________ as to be able to change brain chemistry.
[A] powerful
[B] influential
[C] monstrous
[D] vigorous
24. Bob was completely ________ by the robber¡¯s disguise.
[A] taken away
[B] taken down
[C] taken to
[D] taken in
25. Difficulties and hardships have ________ the best qualities of the young geologist.
[A] brought out
[B] brought about
[C] brought forth
[D] brought up
26. Our modern civilization must not be thought of as ________ in a short period of time.
[A] being created
[B] to have been created
[C] having been created
[D] to be created
27. Even if they are on sale, these refrigerators are equal in price to, if not more expensive than, ________ at the other store.
[A] anyone
[B] the others
[C] that
[D] the ones
28. The bank manager asked his assistant if it was possible for him to ________ the investment plan within a week.
[A] work out
[B] put out
[C] make out
[D] set out
29. He knows little of mathematics, and ________ of chemistry.
[A] even more
[B] still less
[C] no less
[D] still more
30. The students expected there ________ more reviewing classes before the final exam.
[A] is
[B] being
[C] have been
[D] to be
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the passages below is followed by some questions. For each question four answers are given. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (30 points)
Text 1
A wise man once said that the only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing. So, as a police officer, I have some urgent things to say to good people.
Day after day my men and I struggle to hold back a tidal wave of crime. Something has gone terribly wrong with our once-proud American way of life. It has happened in the area of values. A key ingredient is disappearing, and I think I know what it is: accountability.
Accountability isn¡¯t hard to define. It means that every person is responsible for his or her actions and liable for their consequences.
Of the many values that hold civilization together -- honesty, kindness, and so on -- accountability may be the most important of all. Without it, there can be no respect, no trust, no law -- and, ultimately, no society.
My job as a police officer is to impose accountability on people who refuse, or have never learned, to impose it on themselves. But as every policeman knows, external controls on people¡¯s behavior are far less effective than internal restraints such as guilt, shame and embarrassment.
Fortunately there are still communities -- smaller towns, usually -- where schools maintain discipline and where parents hold up standards that proclaim: ¡°In this family certain things are not tolerated -- they simply are not done!¡±
Yet more and more, especially in our larger cities and suburbs, these inner restraints are loosening. Your typical robber has none. He considers your property his property; he takes what he wants, including your life if you enrage him.
The main cause of this break-down is a radical shift in attitudes. Thirty years ago, if a crime was committed, society was considered the victim. Now, in a shocking reversal, it¡¯s the criminal who is considered victimized: by his underprivileged upbringing, by the school that didn¡¯t teach him to read, by the church that failed to reach him with moral guidance, by the parents who didn¡¯t provide a stable home.
I don¡¯t believe it. Many others in equally disadvantaged circumstances choose not to engage in criminal activities. If we free the criminal, even partly, from accountability, we become a society of endless excuses where no one accepts responsibility for anything.
We in America desperately need more people who believe that the person who commits a crime is the one responsible for it.
31. What the wise man said suggests that ________.
[A] it¡¯s unnecessary for good people to do anything in face of evil
[B] it¡¯s certain that evil will prevail if good men do nothing about it
[C] it¡¯s only natural for virtue to defeat evil
[D] it¡¯s desirable for good men to keep away from evil
32. According to the author, if a person is found guilty of a crime, ________.
[A] society is to be held responsible
[B] modern civilization is responsible for it
[C] the criminal himself should bear the blame
[D] the standards of living should be improved
33. Compared with those in small towns, people in large cities have ________.
[A] less self-discipline
[B] better sense of discipline
[C] more mutual respect
[D] less effective government
34. The writer is sorry to have noticed that ________.
[A] people in large cities tend to excuse criminals
[B] people in small towns still stick to old discipline and standards
[C] today¡¯s society lacks sympathy for people in difficulty
[D] people in disadvantaged circumstances are engaged in criminal activities
35. The key point of the passage is that ________.
[A] stricter discipline should be maintained in schools and families
[B] more good examples should be set for people to follow
[C] more restrictions should be imposed on people¡¯s behavior
[D] more people should accept the value of accountability
Text 2
The period of adolescence, i.e., the period between childhood and adulthood, may be long or short, depending on social expectations and on society¡¯s definition as to what constitutes maturity and adulthood. In primitive societies adolescence is frequently a relatively short period of time, while in industrial societies with patterns of prolonged education coupled with laws against child labor, the period of adolescence is much longer and may include most of the second decade of one¡¯s life. Furthermore, the length of the adolescent period and the definition of adulthood status may change in a given society as social and economic conditions change. Examples of this type of change are the disappearance of the frontier in the latter part of the nineteenth century in the United States, and more universally, the industrialization of an agricultural society.
In modern society, ceremonies for adolescence have lost their formal recognition and symbolic significance and there no longer is agreement as to what constitutes initiation ceremonies. Social ones have been replaced by a sequence of steps that lead to increased recognition and social status. For example, grade school graduation, high school graduation and college graduation constitute such a sequence, and while each step implies certain behavioral changes and social recognition, the significance of each depends on the socio-economic status and the educational ambition of the individual. Ceremonies for adolescence have also been replaced by legal definitions of status roles, rights, privileges and responsibilities. It is during the nine years from the twelfth birthday to the twenty-first that the protective and restrictive aspects of childhood and minor status are removed and adult privileges and responsibilities are granted. The twelve-year-old is no longer considered a child and has to pay full fare for train, airplane, theater and movie tickets. Basically, the individual at this age loses childhood privileges without gaining significant adult rights. At the age of sixteen the adolescent is granted certain adult rights which increases his social status by providing him with more freedom and choices. He now can obtain a driver¡¯s license; he can leave public schools; and he can work without the restrictions of child labor laws. At the age of eighteen the law provides adult responsibilities as well as rights; the young man can now be a soldier, but he also can marry without parental permission. At the age of twenty-one the individual obtains his full legal rights as an adult. He now can vote, he can buy liquor, he can enter into financial contracts, and he is entitled to run for public office. No additional basic rights are acquired as a function of age after majority status has been attained. None of these legal provisions determine at what point adulthood has been reached but they do point to the prolonged period of adolescence.
36. The period of adolescence is much longer in industrial societies because ________.
[A] the definition of maturity has changed
[B] the industrialized society is more developed
[C] more education is provided and laws against child labor are made
[D] ceremonies for adolescence have lost their formal recognition and symbolic significance
37. Former social ceremonies that used to mark adolescence have given place to ________.
[A] graduations from schools and colleges
[B] social recognition
[C] socio-economic status
[D] certain behavioral changes
38. No one can expect to fully enjoy the adulthood privileges until he is ________.
[A] eleven years old
[B] sixteen years old
[C] twenty-one years old
[D] between twelve and twenty-one years old
39. Starting from 22, ________.
[A] one will obtain more basic rights
[B] the older one becomes, the more basic rights he will have
[C] one won¡¯t get more basic rights than when he is 21
[D] one will enjoy more rights granted by society
40. According to the passage, it is true that ________.
[A] in the late 19th century in the United States the dividing line between adolescence and adulthood no longer existed
[B] no one can marry without the permission of his parents until the age of twenty-one
[C] one is considered to have reached adulthood when he has a driver¡¯s license
[D] one is not free from the restrictions of child labor laws until he can join the army
Text 3
Most growing plants contain much more water than all other materials combined. C. R. Barnes has suggested that it is as proper to term the plant a water structure as to call a house composed mainly of brick a brick building. Certain it is that all essential processes of plant growth and development occur in water. The mineral elements from the soil that are usable by the plant must be dissolved in the soil solution before they can be taken into the root. They are carried to all parts of the growing plant and are built into essential plant materials while in a dissolved state. The carbon dioxide (CO2) from the air may enter the leaf as a gas but is dissolved in water in the leaf before it is combined with a part of the water to form simple sugars -- the base material from which the plant body is mainly built. Actively growing plant parts are generally 75 to 90 percent water. Structural parts of plants, such as woody stems no longer actively growing, may have much less water than growing tissues.
The actual amount of water in the plant at any one time, however, is only a very small part of what passes through it during its development. The processes of photosynthesis, by which carbon dioxide and water are combined -- in the presence of chlorophyll (Ò¶ÂÌËØ) and with energy derived from light -- to form sugars, require that carbon dioxide from the air enter the plant. This occurs mainly in the leaves. The leaf surface is not solid but contains great numbers of minute openings, through which the carbon dioxide enters. The same structure that permits the one gas to enter the leaf, however, permits another gas -- water vapor -- to be lost from it. Since carbon dioxide is present in the air only in trace quantities (3 to 4 parts in 10,000 parts of air) and water vapor is near saturation in the air spaces within the leaf (at 80¨H, saturated air would contain about 186 parts of water vapor in 10,000 parts of air), the total amount of water vapor lost is many times the carbon dioxide intake. Actually, because of wind and other factors, the loss of water in proportion to carbon dioxide intake may be even greater than the relative concentrations of the two gases. Also, not all of the carbon dioxide that enters the leaf is synthesized into carbohydrates (̼ˮ»¯ºÏÎï).
41. A growing plant needs water for all of the following except ________.
[A] forming sugars
[B] sustaining woody stems
[C] keeping green
[D] producing carbon dioxide
42. The essential function of photosynthesis in terms of plant needs is ________.
[A] to form sugars
[B] to derive energy from light
[C] to preserve water
[D] to combine carbon dioxide with water
43. The second paragraph uses facts to develop the essential idea that ________.
[A] a plant efficiently utilizes most of the water it absorbs
[B] carbon dioxide is the essential substance needed for plant development
[C] a plant needs more water than is found in its composition
[D] the stronger the wind, the more the water vapor loss
44. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
[A] The mineral elements will not be absorbed by the plant unless they are dissolved in its root.
[B] The woody stems contain more water than the leaves.
[C] Air existing around the leaf is found to be saturated.
[D] Only part of the carbon dioxide in the plants is synthesized.
45. This passage is mainly about ________.
[A] the functions of carbon dioxide and water
[B] the role of water in a growing plant
[C] the process of simple sugar formation
[D] the synthesis of water with carbon dioxide
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
When television first began to expand, very few of the people who had become famous as radio commentators were able to be equally effective on television. Some of the difficulties they experienced when they were trying to ´ó46¼Ò themselves to the new medium were technical. When working ´ó47¼Ò radio, for example, they had become ´ó48¼Ò to seeing on behalf of the listener.
This ´ó49¼Ò of seeing for others means that the commentator has to be very good at talking. ´ó50¼Ò all, he has to be able to ´ó51¼Ò a continuous sequence of visual images which ´ó52¼Ò meaning to the sounds which the listener hears. In the ´ó53¼Ò of television, however, the commentator sees everything with the viewer. His role, therefore, is ´ó54¼Ò different. He is there to make ´ó55¼Ò that the viewer does not miss some point of interest, to help him ´ó56¼Ò on particular things, and to ´ó57¼Ò the images on the television screen. ´ó58¼Ò his radio colleague, he must know the ´ó59¼Ò of silence and how to use it at those moments ´ó60¼Ò the pictures speak for themselves.
46. [A] turn
[B] adapt
[C] alter
[D] modify
47. [A] on
[B] at
[C] with
[D] behind
48. [A] experienced
[B] determined
[C] established
[D] accustomed
49. [A] efficiency
[B] technology
[C] art
[D] performance
50. [A] Of
[B] For
[C] Above
[D] In
51. [A] inspire
[B] create
[C] cause
[D] perceive
52. [A] add
[B] apply
[C] affect
[D] reflect
53. [A] occasion
[B] event
[C] fact
[D] case
54. [A] equally
[B] completely
[C] initially
[D] hardly
55. [A] definite
[B] possible
[C] sure
[D] clear
56. [A] focus
[B] attend
[C] follow
[D] insist
57. [A] exhibit
[B] demonstrate
[C] expose
[D] interpret
58. [A] Like
[B] Unlike
[C] As
[D] For
59. [A] purpose
[B] goal
[C] value
[D] intention
60. [A] if
[B] when
[C] which
[D] as
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts. These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
61. These is aA delicate balance of nature whichB many square miles of ocean and vegetation and clean air are neededC to maintain only a relatively fewD human beings.
62. The idea thatA learning is aB lifelong process has expressedC by philosophers and educationalists throughoutD the centuries.
63. Nobody besideA littleB children thinksC that a trip by bus is excitingD.
64. Just outsideA the ruins areB a magnificentC building surroundedD by tall trees.
65. In the teaching ofA mathematics, the way of instruction is generally traditional, withB teachers presenting formalC lectures and students takeD notes.
66. The teacher asked themA who had completedB their tests to leaveC the room as quietlyD as possible.
67. He wanted more out of lifeA, not just working atB high-paidC jobs or spending nights on the streets playing gamesD.
68. ManA has used metals for centuries in gradualB increasing quantities, but it was not until the Industrial Revolution thatC they came to be employedD in real vast quantities.
69. If you want your film to properly processA, you¡¯ll have to wait and pick it upB on Friday, whichC isD the day after tomorrow.
70. A man cannotA be really happy if thatB he enjoys doing is ignoredC by society as ofD no value or importance.
Section V English-Chinese Translation
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the underlined sentences into Chinese. (15 points)
The fact is that the energy crisis, which has suddenly been officially announced, has been with us for a long time now, and will be with us for an even longer time. Whether Arab oil flows freely or not, it is clear to everyone that world industry cannot be allowed to depend on so fragile a base. (71) The supply of oil can be shut off unexpectedly at any time, and in any case, the oil wells will all run dry in thirty years or so at the present rate of use.
(72) New sources of energy must be found, and this will take time, but it is not likely to result in any situation that will ever restore that sense of cheap and plentiful energy we have had in the times past. For an indefinite period from here on, mankind is going to advance cautiously, and consider itself lucky that it can advance at all.
To make the situation worse, there is as yet no sign that any slowing of the world¡¯s population is in sight. Although the birth-rate has dropped in some nations, including the United States, the population of the world seems sure to pass six billion and perhaps even seven billion as the twenty-first century opens.
(73) The food supply will not increase nearly enough to match this, which means that we are heading into a crisis in the matter of producing and marketing food.
Taking all this into account, what might we reasonably estimate supermarkets to be like in the year 2001?
To begin with, the world food supply is going to become steadily tighter over the next thirty years -- even here in the United States. By 2001, the population of the United States will be at least two hundred fifty million and possibly two hundred seventy million, and the nation will find it difficult to expand food production to fill the additional mouths. (74) This will be particularly true since energy pinch will make it difficult to continue agriculture in the high-energy American fashion that makes it possible to combine few farmers with high yields.
It seems almost certain that by 2001 the United States will no longer be a great food-exporting nation and that, if necessity forces exports, it will be at the price of belt-tightening at home.
In fact, as food items will tend to decline in quality and decrease in variety, there is very likely to be increasing use of flavouring additives. (75) Until such time as mankind has the sense to lower its population to the point where the planet can provide a comfortable support for all, people will have to accept more ¡°unnatural food¡±.
Section VI Writing
Directions:
[A] Title: WHERE TO LIVE -- IN THE CITY OR THE COUNTRY?
[B] Time limit: 40 minutes
[C] Word limit: 120-150 words (not including the given opening sentence)
[D] Your composition should be based on the OUTLINE below and should start with the given opening sentence.
[E] Your composition must be written clearly in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
OUTLINE:
1. Conveniences of the city
2. Attractions of the country
3. Disadvantages of both
4. My preference

1991Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [C] 2. [B] 3. [A] 4. [B] 5. [D]
6. [B] 7. [C] 8. [B] 9. [C] 10. [A]
11. [C] 12. [D] 13. [D] 14. [A] 15. [C]
16. [B] 17. [C] 18. [A] 19. [D] 20. [D]
21. [B] 22. [C] 23. [A] 24. [D] 25. [A]
26. [C] 27. [D] 28. [A] 29. [B] 30. [D]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (30 points)
31. [B] 32. [C] 33. [A] 34. [A] 35. [D]
36. [C] 37. [A] 38. [C] 39. [C] 40. [A]
41. [D] 42. [A] 43. [C] 44. [D] 45. [B]
Section III: Cloze Test (15 points)
46. [B] 47. [A] 48. [D] 49. [C] 50. [C]
51. [B] 52. [A] 53. [D] 54. [B] 55. [C]
56. [A] 57. [D] 58. [B] 59. [C] 60. [B]
Section IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
61. [B] in which 62. [C] has been expressed
63. [A] except/but 64. [B] is
65. [D] taking 66. [A] those
67. [C] highly-paid/high-paying 68. [B] gradually
69. [A] be properly processed 70. [B] what
Section V: English-Chinese Translation (15 points)
71. ʯÓ͹©Ó¦¿ÉÄÜ»áËæʱÖжϣ»²»¹ÜÔõÑù£¬ÒÔÄ¿Ç°ÕâÖÖÏû·ÑËٶȣ¬Ö»Ðè30Äê×óÓÒ£¬ËùÓеÄÓ;®¶¼»á¿Ý½ß¡£
72. ±ØÐëÕÒµ½ÐµÄÄÜÔ´£¬ÕâÐèҪʱ¼ä£»¶ø¹ýÈ¥ÎÒÃǸоõµ½µÄÄÇÖÖÄÜÔ´¼ÛÁ®¶ø³ä×ãµÄÇé¿ö½«²»¿ÉÄÜÔÙ³öÏÖÁË¡£
73. ʳƷ¹©Ó¦µÄÔö¼Ó½«¸Ï²»ÉÏÈË¿ÚµÄÔö³¤£¬Õâ¾ÍÒâζ×ÅÎÒÃÇÔÚÁ¸Ê³µÄÉú²úºÍ¹ºÏú·½ÃæÕýÏÝÈëΣ»ú¡£
74. ÕâÖÖÀ§¾³½«ÊÇÈ·¶¨ÎÞÒɵģ¬ÒòΪÄÜÔ´µÄØÑ·¦Ê¹Å©ÒµÎÞ·¨ÒÔ¸ßÄÜÁ¿ÏûºÄÕâÖÖÃÀ¹ú¸ûÖÖ·½Ê½¼ÌÐøÏÂÈ¥ÁË£¬¶øÕâÖÖ¸ûÖÖ·½Ê½Ê¹Í¶ÈëÉÙÊýÅ©Ãñ¾Í¿É»ñµÃ¸ß²ú³ÉΪ¿ÉÄÜ¡£
75. ³ý·ÇÈËÀàÖÕÓÚÒâʶµ½Òª°ÑÈË¿Ú¼õÉÙµ½ÕâÑùµÄ³Ì¶È£ºÊ¹µØÇòÄÜΪËùÓÐÈËÌṩ×ã¹»µÄÒûʳ£¬·ñÔòÈËÃǽ«²»µÃ²»½ÓÊܸü¶àµÄ¡°ÈËÔìʳƷ¡±¡£
Section VI: Writing (15 points)
76. ²Î¿¼·¶ÎÄ£¨ÂÔ£©

1990ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each question, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
EXAMPLE:
I was caught ________ the rain yesterday.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] with
[D] at
ANSWER: [A]
1. Those two families have been quarrelling ________ each other for many years.
[A] to
[B] between
[C] against
[D] with
2. There are many things whose misuse is dangerous, bur it is hard to think of anything that can be compared ________ tobacco products.
[A] in
[B] with
[C] among
[D] by
3. ¡°How often have you seen cases like this?¡± one surgeon asked another. ¡°Oh, ________ times, I guess,¡± was the reply.
[A] hundred of
[B] hundreds
[C] hundreds of
[D] hundred
4. Give me your telephone number ________ I need your help.
[A] whether
[B] unless
[C] so that
[D] in case
5. You sang well last night. We hope you¡¯ll sing ________.
[A] more better
[B] still better
[C] nicely
[D] best
6. Those people ________ a general understanding of the present situation.
[A] lack of
[B] are lacking of
[C] lack
[D] are in lack
7. Alone in a deserted house, he was so busy with his research work that he felt ________ lonely.
[A] nothing but
[B] anything but
[C] all but
[D] everything but
8. Grace ________ tears when she heard the sad news.
[A] broke in
[B] broke into
[C] broke off
[D] broke through
9. She refused to ________ the car keys to her husband until he had promised to wear his safety belt.
[A] hand in
[B] hand out
[C] hand down
[D] hand over
10. Michael found it difficult to get his British jokes ________ to American audiences.
[A] around
[B] over
[C] across
[D] down
11. The book contained a large ________ of information.
[A] deal
[B] amount
[C] number
[D] sum
12. Nowadays advertising costs are no longer in reasonable ________ to the total cost of the product.
[A] proportion
[B] correlation
[C] connection
[D] correspondence
13. When she saw the clouds she went back to the house to ________ her umbrella.
[A] carry
[B] fetch
[C] bring
[D] reach
14. We must ________ that the experiment is controlled as rigidly as possible.
[A] assure
[B] secure
[C] ensure
[D] issue
15. He was knocked down by a car and badly ________.
[A] injured
[B] damaged
[C] harmed
[D] ruined
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the three passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (20 points)
Text 1
In May 1989, space shuttle ¡°Atlantis¡± released in outer space the space probe ¡°Megallan,¡± which is now on her 15-month and one-billion-kilometer flight to Venus. A new phase in space exploration has begun.
The planet Venus is only slightly smaller than Earth; it is the only other object in the solar system, in fact, that even comes close to earth¡¯s size. Venus has a similar density, so it is probably made of approximately the same stuff, and it has an atmosphere, complete with clouds. It is also the closest planet to earth, and thus the most similar in distance from the sun. In short, Venus seems to justify its long-held nickname of ¡°earth¡¯s twin.¡±
The surface temperature of Venus reaches some 900F. Added to that is an atmospheric pressure about 90 times Earth¡¯s: High overhead in the carbon dioxide (CO2) that passes for air is a layer of clouds, perhaps 10 to 20 miles thick, whose little drops consist mostly of sulfuric acid (H2SO4). Water is all but nonexistent.
Born with so many fundamental similarities to earth, how did Venus get to be so radically different: It is not just an academic matter. For all its extremes, Venus is a valuable laboratory for researchers studying the weather and climate of earth. It has no earth¡¯s oceans, so the heat transport and other mechanisms are greatly simplified. In addition, the planet Venus takes 243 earth-days to turn once on its axis, so incoming heat from the sun is added and distributed at a more leisurely, observable pace.
16. Venus is similar to Earth in ________.
[A] size and density
[B] distance from the sun
[C] having atmosphere
[D] all of the above
17. The greatest value in studying Venus should be to ________.
[A] allow us to visit there
[B] understand Earth better
[C] find a new source of energy
[D] promote a new space program
18. The main idea of this passage is about ________.
[A] problems of space travel
[B] scientific methods in space exploration
[C] the importance of Venus to Earth
[D] conditions on Venus
Text 2
Tourists were surprised to see a woman driving a huge orange tractor down one of Rome¡¯s main avenues. Italy¡¯s political leaders and some of its male union chiefs are said to have been even more puzzled to see that the tractor was followed by about 200,000 women in a parading procession that took more than three hours to snake through central Rome.
Shouting slogans, waving flags and dancing to drumbeats, the women had come to the capital from all over Italy to demonstrate for ¡°a job for each of us, a different type of job, and a society without violence.¡± So far, action to improve women¡¯s opportunities in employment has been the province of collective industrial bargaining. ¡°But there is a growing awareness that this is not enough,¡± says a researcher on female labor at the government-funded Institute for the Development of Professional Training for Workers.
Women, who constitute 52 per cent of Italy¡¯s population, today represent only 35 per cent of Italy¡¯s total workforce and 33 per cent of the total number of Italians with jobs. However, their presence in the workplace is growing. The employment of women is expanding considerably in services, next to the public administration and commerce as their principal workplace. Official statistics also show that women have also made significant strides in self-employment. More and more women are going into business for themselves. Many young women are turning to business because of the growing overall in employment. It is also a fact that today many prejudices have disappeared, so that banks and other financial institutes make judgments on purely business considerations without caring if it is a man or a woman.
Such changes are occurring in the professions too. The number of women doctors, dentists, lawyers, engineers and university professors increased two to three fold. Some of the changes are immediately visible. For example, women have appeared on the scene for the first time as state police, railway workers and street cleaners.
However, the present situation is far from satisfactory though some progress has been made. A breakthrough in equal opportunities for women is now demanded.
19. The expression ¡°snake through central Rome¡± probably means ¡°to move ________
[A] quietly through central Rome.¡±
[B] violently through central Rome.¡±
[C] in a long winding line through central Rome.¡±
[D] at a leisurely pace through central Rome.¡±
20. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
[A] There are more women than men in Italy.
[B] In Italy, women are chiefly employed in services.
[C] In Italy, women are still at a disadvantage in employment.
[D] In Italy, about two-thirds of the jobs are held by men.
21. About 200,000 women in Rome demonstrated for ________.
[A] more job opportunities
[B] a greater variety of jobs
[C] ¡°equal job, equal pay¡±
[D] both A and B
22. The best title for this passage would be ________.
[A] The Role of Women is Society
[B] Women Demonstrate for Equality in Employment
[C] Women as Self-employed Professionals
[D] Women and the Jobs Market
Text 3
The old idea that talented children ¡°burn themselves out¡± in the early years, and, therefore, are subjected to failure and at worst, mental illness is unfounded. As a matter of fact, the outstanding thing that happens to bright kids is that they are very likely to grow into bright adults.
To find this out, l, 500 gifted persons were followed up to their thirty-fifth year with these results:
On adult intelligence tests, they scored as high as they had as children. They were, as a group, in good health, physically and mentally. 84 per cent of their group were married and seemed content with their lives.
About 70 per cent had graduated from college, though only 30 per cent had graduated with honors. A few had even dropped out, but nearly half of these had returned to graduate. Of the men, 80 per cent were in one of the professions or in business management or semiprofessional jobs. The women who had remained single had office, business, or professional occupations.
The group had published 90 books and 1,500 articles in scientific, scholarly, and literary magazines and had collected more than 100 patents.
In a material way they did not do badly either. Average income was considerably higher among the gifted people, especially the men, than for the country as a whole, despite their comparative youth.
In fact, far from being strange, most of the gifted were turning their early promise into practical reality.
23. The old idea that talented children ¡°burn themselves out¡± in the early years is ________.
[A] true in all senses
[B] refuted by the author
[C] medically proven
[D] a belief of the author
24. The survey of bright children was made to ________.
[A] find out what had happened to talented children when they became adults
[B] prove that talented children ¡°burn themselves out¡± in the early years
[C] discover the percentage of those mentally ill among the gifted
[D] prove that talented children never burn themselves out
25. Intelligence tests showed that ________.
[A] bright children were unlikely to be mentally healthy
[B] between childhood and adulthood there was a considerable loss of intelligence
[C] talented children were most likely to become gifted adults
[D] when talented children grew into adults, they made low scores
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Read the whole passage before making your choice. (10 points)
No one knows for sure what the world would be like in the year 2001. Many books have been written ´ó26¼Ò the future. But the 19th-century French novelist Jules Verne may be called a futurologist in the fullest ´ó27¼Ò of the word. In his fantastic novels ¡°A Trip to the Moon¡± and ¡°80 Days Around the World,¡± he described with detail the aeroplane and even the helicopter. These novels still have a great attraction ´ó28¼Ò young readers of today because of their bold imagination and scientific accuracy.
Below is a description of what our life will be in the year 2001 as predicted by a ´ó29¼Ò writer.
In 2001, in the home, cookers will be set so that you can cook a complete meal at the touch of a switch.
Television will provide information on prices at the ´ó30¼Ò shops as well as news and entertainment. Videophones will bring pictures as well as ´ó31¼Ò to telephone conversations.
Machines will control temperature, lighting, entertainment, security alarms, laundry and gardening.
Lighting will provide decoration as well as wallpaper.
At work, robots will take ´ó32¼Ò most jobs in the manufacturing industries. Working hours will fall to under 30 hours a week. Holidays will get longer; six weeks will be the normal annual holiday. Men and women will retire at the same age.
Our leisure will be different too. The home will become the center of entertainment through television and electronic games. More people will eat out in restaurants ´ó33¼Ò they do today; also they will have a much wider variety of food available. There will be a change of taste towards a more savoury-flavored menu. New synthetic foods will form a ´ó34¼Ò part of people¡¯s diets.
Foreign travel will ´ó35¼Ò; winter holidays will become more popular than summer ones.
Also non-stop flights from Britain to Australia and New Zealand will be easily available and much cheaper. Education will become increasingly more important than ever before.
26. [A] in
[B] of
[C] about
[D] for
27. [A] sense
[B] meaning
[C] detail
[D] implication
28. [A] for
[B] of
[C] on
[D] towards
29. [A] today
[B] nowadays
[C] present-day
[D] present
30. [A] near
[B] nearby
[C] nearly
[D] nearer
31. [A] noise
[B] sound
[C] tone
[D] tune
32. [A] to
[B] away
[C] off
[D] over
33. [A] than
[B] as
[C] when
[D] while
34. [A] usual
[B] popular
[C] daily
[D] regular
35. [A] add
[B] increase
[C] raise
[D] arise
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts. These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Identify the part of sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
You have to hurry up if you want to buy something becauseA there¡¯sB hardly somethingC leftD.
ANSWER: [C] anything
36. Alice was havingA trouble to controlB the children because there wereC so manyD of them.
37. We were very much surprisedA that theB village was suchC long way fromD the road.
38. John¡¯s chance of being electedA chairmanB of the committee is farC greater than DickD.
39. ¡°We have wonA aB great victory onC our enemyD,¡± the captain said.
40. There are many valuable servicesA which the public are willing to pay forB, but which does not bringC a return in moneyD to the community.
41. The law I am referringA requires that everyoneB who ownsC a car haveD accident insurance.
42. ¡°I considered itA a honorB to be invited to addressC the meeting of world-famousD scientists,¡± said Professor Leacock.
43. He was seeingA somebody creepingB into the house throughC the openD window last night.
44. The reason forA all theB changes being madeC has not explainedD to us yet.
45. Even thoughA the children pretended asleepB, the nurses were not deceivedC whenD they came into the room.
Section V Verb Forms
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given in the brackets. Put your answers in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It is highly desirable that a new president ________ (appoint) for this college.
ANSWER: (should) be appointed
46. Buying clothes ________ (be) very time-consuming as you rarely find things that fit you nicely.
47. They keep telling us it is of utmost importance that our representative ________ (send) to the conference on schedule.
48. I must call your attention to the directions. Read them carefully and act as ________ (instruct).
49. Emma said in her letter that she would appreciate ________ (hear) from you soon.
50. I ________ (call) to make an airline reservation, but I didn¡¯t.
51. If Greg had tried harder to reach the opposite shore, we ________ (not have) to pick him up in the boat.
52. After twenty years abroad, William came back only ________ (find) his hometown severely damaged in an earthquake.
53. The lecture ________ (begin), he left his seat so quietly that no one complained that his leaving disturbed the speaker.
54. The children were surprised when the teacher had them ________ (close) their books unexpectedly.
55. A new road will be built here, and therefore a number of existing houses ________ (have to destroy).
Section VI Chinese-English Translation
Translate the following sentences into English (15 points)
56. ÄãÓ¦¸Ã×ÐϸºË¶ÔÈ«²¿×ÊÁÏ£¬ÒÔ±ÜÃâÑÏÖØ´íÎó¡£
57. ¾¡¹ÜÕâ¸öʵÑ鸴ÔÓ£¬ËûÃǾöÐÄ°´Ê±°ÑËüÍê³É¡£
58. Ò»Çм£Ïó±íÃ÷Õâ¸öÈ˶ÔÕâÀï·¢ÉúµÄÇé¿öºÁÎÞËùÖª¡£
59. Ö»ÓÐÄÇЩ²»ÅÂÀ§ÄѵÄÈË£¬²ÅÓпÉÄÜÔÚ¹¤×÷ÖÐÈ¡µÃ׿ԽµÄ³É¹û¡£
60. Õâƪ×÷Æ·ÓëÆä˵ÊǶÌƪС˵£¬²»Èç˵¸üÏñÊÇÐÂÎű¨µ¼¡£
Section VII English-Chinese Translation
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the sentences underlined into Chinese. (20 points)
People have wondered for a long time how their personalities and behaviors are formed. It is not easy to explain why one person is intelligent and another is not, or why one is cooperative and another is competitive.
Social scientists are, of course, extremely interested in these types of questions. (61) They want to explain why we possess certain characteristics and exhibit certain behaviors. There are no clear answers yet, but two distinct schools of thought on the matter have developed. As one might expect, the two approaches are very different from each other. The controversy is often conveniently referred to as ¡°nature vs. nurture.¡±
(62) Those who support the ¡°nature¡± side of the conflict believe that our personalities and behavior patterns are largely determined by biological factors. (63) That our environment has little, if anything, to do with our abilities, characteristics and behavior is central to this theory.
Taken to an extreme, this theory maintains that our behavior is pre-determined to such a great degree that we are almost completely governed by our instincts.
Those who support the ¡°nurture¡± theory, that is, they advocate education, are often called behaviorists. They claim that our environment is more important than our biologically based instincts in determining how we will act. A behaviorist, B. F. Skinner, sees humans as beings whose behavior is almost completely shaped by their surroundings. (64) The behaviorists maintain that, like machines, humans respond to environmental stimuli as the basis of their behavior.
Let us examine the different explanations about one human characteristic, intelligence, offered by the two theories. (65) Supporters of the ¡°nature¡± theory insist that we are born with a certain capacity for learning that is biologically determined. Needless to say: They don¡¯t believe that factors in the environment have much influence on what is basically a predetermined characteristic. On the other hand, behaviorists argue that our intelligence levels are the product of our experiences. (66) Behaviorists suggest that the child who is raised in an environment where there are many stimuli which develop his or her capacity for appropriate responses will experience greater intellectual development.
The social and political implications of these two theories are profound. (67) In the United States, blacks often score below whites on standardized intelligence tests. This leads some ¡°nature¡± proponents to conclude that blacks are biologically inferior to whites. (68) Behaviorists, in contrast, say that differences in scores are due to the fact that blacks are often deprived of many of the educational and other environmental advantages that whites enjoy.
Most people think neither of these theories can yet fully explain human behavior.

1990Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [D] 2. [B] 3. [C] 4. [D] 5. [B]
6. [C] 7. [B] 8. [B] 9. [D] 10. [C]
11. [B] 12. [A] 13. [B] 14. [C] 15. [A]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (20 points)
16. [D] 17. [B] 18. [C] 19. [C] 20. [B]
21. [D] 22. [B] 23. [B] 24. [A] 25. [C]
Section III: Cloze Test (10 points)
26. [C] 27. [A] 28. [A] 29. [C] 30. [B]
31. [B] 32. [D] 33. [A] 34. [D] 35. [B]
Section IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
36. [B] controlling 37. [C] such a
38. [D] Dick¡¯s 39. [C] over
40. [C] do not bring 41. [A] referring to
42. [B] an honor 43. [A] saw
44. [D] has not been explained 45. [B] to be asleep
Section V: Verb Forms (10 points)
46. is 47. (should) be sent
48. instructed 49. hearing
50. should have called 51. would not have had
52. to find 53. having begun
54. close 55. will have to be destroyed
Section VI: Chinese-English Translation (15 points)
56. You should check all the data carefully so as to avoid serious mistakes.
57. Although the experiment is complicated, they are determined to finish it on time.
58. All signs showed that the man knew nothing of what had happened here.
59. Only those who are not afraid of any difficulties have the chance of achieving outstanding results in their work.
60. This piece of writing is more like a news report than a short story.
Section VII: English-Chinese Translation (20 points)
61. ËûÃÇÏëҪ˵Ã÷£¬ÎªÊ²Ã´ÎÒÃǾßÓÐijЩÐÔ¸ñÌØÕ÷ºÍ±íÏÖ³öijЩÐÐΪ¡£
62. ÔÚÕⳡÕùÂÛÖУ¬Ô޳ɡ°ÌìÐÔ¡±Ò»·½µÄÄÇЩÈËÈÏΪ£¬ÎÒÃǵÄÐÔ¸ñÌØÕ÷ºÍÐÐΪģʽ´ó¶àÊÇÓÉÉúÎïÒòËØËù¾ö¶¨µÄ¡£
63. ÕâÖÖÀíÂ۵ĺËÐÄÊÇ£¬ÎÒÃǵĻ·¾³Í¬ÎÒÃǵIJÅÄÜ¡¢ÐÔ¸ñÌØÕ÷ºÍÐÐΪ¼´Ê¹ÓÐʲô¹ØϵµÄ»°£¬Ò²ÊÇ΢²»×ãµÀµÄ¡£
64. ÐÐΪÖ÷ÒåÕß¼áÐÅ£¬ÈËÏó»úÆ÷Ò»Ñù£¬¶Ô»·¾³µÄ´Ì¼¤×÷³ö·´Ó¦£¬ÕâÊÇËûÃÇÐÐΪµÄ»ù´¡¡£
65. Ö§³Ö¡°ÌìÐÔ¡±ÂÛµÄÈ˼á³Ö˵£¬ÎÒÃÇÉúÀ´¾Í¾ßÓÐÒ»¶¨µÄѧϰ²ÅÄÜ£¬ÕâÊÇÓÉÉúÎïÒòËؾö¶¨µÄ¡£
66. ÐÐΪÖ÷ÒåÕߵĿ´·¨ÊÇ£¬Èç¹ûÒ»¸ö¶ùͯÔÚÓÐÐí¶à´Ì¼¤ÎïµÄ»·¾³Àï³É³¤£¬¶øÕâЩ´Ì¼¤ÎïÄܹ»·¢Õ¹Æä×÷³öÊʵ±·´Ó¦µÄÄÜÁ¦£¬ÄÇô£¬Õâ¸ö¶ùͯ½«»áÓиü¸ßµÄÖÇÁ¦·¢Õ¹¡£
67. ÔÚÃÀ¹ú£¬ºÚÈËÔÚ±ê×¼»¯ÖÇÁ¦²âÊÔÖеijɼ¨³£³£µÍÓÚ°×ÈË¡£
68. Ïà·´£¬ÐÐΪÖ÷ÒåÕßÈÏΪ£¬³É¼¨µÄ²îÒìÊÇÓÉÓÚºÚÈËÍùÍù±»°þ¶áÁË°×ÈËÔÚ½ÌÓý¼°ÆäËü»·¾³·½ÃæËùÏíÓеÄÐí¶àÓÐÀûÌõ¼þ¡£

1989ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each question, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choices in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
EXAMPLE:
I was caught ________ the rain yesterday.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] with
[D] at
ANSWER: [A]
1. Modern man faces dangers completely unknown ________ his predecessors.
[A] for
[B] to
[C] of
[D] by
2. The chances of seeing a helicopter in my hometown are one ________ a million.
[A] for
[B] to
[C] in
[D] against
3. ________ we have all the materials ready, we should begin the new task at once.
[A] Since that
[B] Since now
[C] By now
[D] Now that
4. We hope the measures to control prices, ________ taken by the government, will succeed.
[A] when
[B] as
[C] since
[D] after
5. The historical events of that period are arranged ________.
[A] in alphabetical order
[B] in an alphabetical order
[C] in the alphabetical orders
[D] in alphabetical orders
6. In some markets there may be only one seller. ________ is called a monopoly.
[A] Situation as this
[B] Such kind of situation
[C] Such a situation
[D] A situation of this
7. He is ________ to speak the truth.
[A] too much of a coward
[B] too much a coward
[C] so much a coward
[D] so much of a coward
8. He always gives ________ to his wife¡¯s demands and does whatever she tells him to.
[A] up
[B] away
[C] in
[D] out
9. It¡¯s ________ in the regulations that you can take 20 kilos of luggage with you.
[A] laid upon
[B] laid out
[C] laid up
[D] laid down
10. Look at all the corruption that¡¯s going on. It¡¯s time the city was ________.
[A] cleaned out
[B] cleaned down
[C] cleaned away
[D] cleaned up
11. Though he did not say so directly, the inspector ________ the man was guilty.
[A] declared
[B] implied
[C] disclosed
[D] said
12. The Prime Minister refused to ________ on the rumour that he had planned to resign.
[A] explain
[B] comment
[C] remark
[D] talk
13. I asked the tailor to make a small ________ to my trousers because they were too long.
[A] change
[B] variation
[C] revision
[D] alteration
14. Magnificent views over the countryside have often ________ people to write poems.
[A] excited
[B] inspired
[C] induced
[D] attracted
15. The food was divided ________ according to the age and size of the children.
[A] equally
[B] proportionately
[C] sufficiently
[D] adequately
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the three passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (20 points)
Text 1
A scientist once said: ¡°I have concluded that the earth is being visited by intelligently controlled vehicles from outer space.¡±
If we take this as a reasonable explanation for UFOs (unidentified flying objects), questions immediately come up.
¡°Why don¡¯t they get in touch with us, then? Why don¡¯t they land right on the White House lawn and declare themselves?¡± people asked.
In reply, scientists say that, while this may be what we want, it may not necessarily be what they want.
¡°The most likely explanation, it seems to me,¡± said Dr. Mead, ¡°is that they are simply watching what we are up to -- that responsible society outside our solar system is keeping an eye on us to see that we don¡¯t set in motion a chain reaction that might have unexpected effects for outside our solar system.¡±
Opinions from other scientists might go like this: ¡°Why should they want to get in touch with us? We may feel we¡¯re more important than we really are! They may want to observe us only and not interfere with the development of our civilization. They may not care if we see them but they also may not care to say ¡®hello¡¯.¡±
Some scientists have also suggested that Earth is a kind of zoo or wildlife reserve. Just as we set aside wilderness areas and wildlife reserves to allow animals and growing things to develop naturally while we observe them, so perhaps Earth was set aside ages ago for the same purpose.
Are we being observed by intelligent beings from other civilizations in the universe? Are they watching our progress in space travel? Do we live in a gigantic ¡°zoo¡± observed by our ¡°keepers,¡± but having no communication with them?
Never before in our history have we had to confront ideas like these. The simple fact is that we, who have always regarded ourselves as supreme in the universe, may not be so. Now we have to recognize that, among the stars in the heavens, there may very well be worlds inhabited by beings who are to us as we are to ants.
16. People who ask the question ¡°Why don¡¯t they get in touch with us... and declare themselves?¡± think that ________.
[A] there are no such things as UFOs
[B] UFOs are visitors from solar system
[C] there¡¯s no reason for UFOs sooner or later
[D] we are bound to see UFOs sooner or later
17. According to Dr. Mead, the attitude of beings from outer space toward us is one of ________.
[A] unfriendliness
[B] suspicion
[C] superiority
[D] hostility
18. The tone of the writer is that of ________.
[A] doubt
[B] warning
[C] indifference
[D] criticism
Text 2
The use of the motor is becoming more and more widespread in the twentieth century; as an increasing number of countries develop both technically and economically, so a larger proportion of the world¡¯s population is able to buy and use a car. Possessing a car gives a much greater degree of mobility, enabling the driver to move around freely. The owner of a car is no longer forced to rely on public transport and is, therefore, not compelled to work locally. He can choose from different jobs and probably changes his work more frequently as he is not restricted to a choice within a small radius. Travelling to work by car is also more comfortable than having to use public transport; the driver can adjust the heating in winter and the air conditioning in the summer to suit his own needs and preference. There is no irritation caused by waiting for trains, buses or underground trains, standing in long patient queues, or sitting on windy platforms, for as long as half an hour sometimes. With the building of good, fast motorways long distances can be covered rapidly and pleasantly. For the first time in this century also, many people are now able to enjoy their leisure time to the full by making trips to the country or seaside at the weekends, instead of being confined to their immediate neighbourhood. This feeling of independence, and the freedom to go where you please, is perhaps the greatest advantage of the car.
When considering the drawbacks, perhaps pollution is of prime importance. As more and more cars are produced and used, so the emission from their exhaust-pipes contains an ever larger volume of poisonous gas. Some of the contents of this gas, such as lead, not only pollute the atmosphere but cause actual harm to the health of people. Many of the minor illnesses of modern industrial society, headaches, tiredness, and stomach upsets are thought to arise from breathing polluted air; doctors¡¯ surgeries are full of people suffering from illnesses caused by pollution. It is also becoming increasingly difficult to deal with the problem of traffic in towns; most of the important cities of the world suffer from traffic congestion. In fact any advantage gained in comfort is often cancelled out in city driving by the frustration caused by traffic jams: endless queues of cars crawling one after another through all the main streets. As an increasing number of traffic regulation schemes are devised, the poor bewildered driver finds himself diverted and forced into one-way systems which cause even greater delays than the traffic jams they are supposed to prevent. The mounting cost of petrol and the increased license fees and road tax all add to the driver¡¯s worries. In fact, he must sometimes wonder if the motor car is such a blessing and not just a menace.
19. More and more people can afford to buy and use cars because ________.
[A] an increasing number of cars are being produced
[B] the cost of cars is getting cheaper with the development of technology
[C] lots of countries have become more developed
[D] the use of cars has proved to be more economical
20. The advantages of having a car are best experienced in the driver¡¯s ________.
[A] freedom in choosing his job
[B] comfort during the travels
[C] enjoyment of his leisure time
[D] feeling of self-reliance
21. What is considered by the writer as the greatest menace to the people caused by the widespread use of motor cars?
[A] air pollution
[B] traffic jams
[C] fatal diseases
[D] high cost
Text 3
Manners nowadays in metropolitan cities like London are practically non-existent. It is nothing for a big, strong schoolboy to elbow an elderly woman aside in the dash for the last remaining seat on the tube or bus, much less stand up and offer his seat to her, as he ought. In fact, it is saddening to note that if a man does offer his seat to an older woman, it is nearly always a Continental man or one from the older generation.
This question of giving up seats in public transport is much argued about by young men, who say that, since women have claimed equality, they no longer deserve to be treated with courtesy and that those who go out to work should take their turn in the rat race like anyone else. Women have never claimed to be physically as strong as men. Even if it is not agreed, however, that young men should stand up for younger women, the fact remains that courtesy should be shown to the old, the sick and the burdened. Are we really so lost to all ideals of unselfishness that we can sit there indifferently reading the paper or a book, saying to ourselves ¡°First come, first served,¡± while a grey-haired woman, a mother with a young child or a cripple stands? Yet this is all too often seen.
Conditions in travel are really very hard on everyone, we know, but hardship is surely no excuse. Sometimes one wonders what would have been the behaviour of these stout young men in a packed refugee train or a train on its way to a prison-camp during the War. Would they have considered it only right and their proper due to keep the best places for themselves then?
Older people, tired and irritable from a day¡¯s work, are not angels, either -- far from it. Many a brisk argument or an insulting quarrel breaks out as the weary queues push and shove each other to get on buses and tubes. One cannot commend this, of course, but one does feel there is just a little more excuse.
If cities are to remain pleasant places to live in at all, however, it seems imperative, not only that communications in transport should be improved, but also that communication between human beings should be kept smooth and polite. All over cities, it seems that people are too tired and too rushed to be polite. Shop assistants won¡¯t bother to assist, taxi drivers growl at each other as they dash dangerously round corners, bus conductor pull the bell before their desperate passengers have had time to get on or off the bus, and so on and so on. It seems to us that it is up to the young and strong to do their small part to stop such deterioration.
22. From what you have read, would you expect manners to improve among people ________?
[A] who are physically weak or crippled
[B] who once lived in a prison-camp during the War
[C] who live in big modern cities
[D] who live only in metropolitan cities
23. What is the writer¡¯s opinion concerning courteous manners towards women?
[A] Now that women have claimed equality, they no longer need to be treated differently from men.
[B] It is generally considered old-fashioned for young men to give up their seats to young women.
[C] ¡°Lady First¡± should be universally practiced.
[D] Special consideration ought to be shown them.
24. According to the author communication between human beings would be smoother if ________.
[A] people were more considerate towards each other
[B] people were not so tired and irritable
[C] women were treated with more courtesy
[D] public transport could be improved
25. What is the possible meaning of the word ¡°deterioration¡± in the last paragraph?
[A] worsening of general situation
[B] lowering of moral standards
[C] declining of physical constitution
[D] spreading of evil conduct
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Read the whole passage before making your choice. (10 points)
One day drought may be a thing of the past at least in coastal cities. Vast areas of desert throughout the world may for the first time ´ó26¼Ò and provide millions of hectares of land where now nothing grows.
By the end of this century this may not be mere ´ó27¼Ò. Scientists are already looking into the possibility of using some of the available ice in the Arctic and Antarctic. In these regions there are vast ice-caps formed by snow that has fallen over the past 50,000 years. Layer ´ó28¼Ò layer of deep snow means that, when melted, the snow water would be pure, not salty as sea-ice would be. There is so much ´ó29¼Ò pure water here that it would need only a fraction of it to turn much of the desert or poorly irrigated parts of the world into rich farmland. And what useful packages it would come in! It should be possible to cut off a bit of ice and transport it! Alternatively perhaps a passing iceberg could be ´ó30¼Ò. They are always breaking away from the main caps and floating around, pushed by currents, until they eventually melt and are wasted.
Many icebergs are, of course, far too small to be towed ´ó31¼Ò distance, and would melt before they reached a country that needed them anywhere. It would be necessary to locate one that was ´ó32¼Ò and that was big enough to provide a good supply of ice when it reached us. Engineers think that an iceberg up to seven miles long and one and a half miles wide could be transported if the tug pulling it was as big as a supertanker! Even then they would cover only twenty miles every day. However, ´ó33¼Ò the iceberg was at its destination, more that 7,000 million cubic metres of water could be taken from it! That would probably be more than enough for any medium-sized city even in the hottest summer! But no doubt a use could be found for it. ´ó34¼Ò, scientist say, there would not be too much wastage in such a journey. The larger the iceberg, the slower it melts, even if it is towed through the tropics. This is because when the sun has a bigger area to warm ´ó35¼Ò, less heat actually gets into the iceberg. The vast frozen centre would be unaffected.
26. [A] come to life
[B] come into existence
[C] come into activity
[D] come round
27. [A] speculation
[B] imagination
[C] computation
[D] expectation
28. [A] above
[B] of
[C] upon
[D] over
29. [A] essential
[B] potential
[C] claimable
[D] obtainable
30. [A] seized
[B] snatched
[C] grabbed
[D] captured
31. [A] much
[B] any
[C] some
[D] certain
32. [A] manageable
[B] manipulative
[C] operable
[D] controllable
33. [A] after
[B] while
[C] since
[D] once
34. [A] Apparently
[B] Noticeably
[C] Distinctly
[D] Notably
35. [A] round
[B] over
[C] up
[D] through
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts. These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
You have to hurry up if you want to buy something becauseA there¡¯sB hardly somethingC leftD.
ANSWER: [C] anything
36. NoA bank keeps enoughB cash payingC all its depositors in fullD at one time.
37. MagazinesA provide theB great variety of advertisementsC and entertainment as well asD information.
38. If it doesn¡¯tA rain withinB the next few weeks, the cropsC will have to be watered if they are to be survivedD.
39. This is the most important respect whichA civilized manB can be distinguished fromC primitive communitiesD.
40. AsA a bad-tempered man, he would not tolerateB having his lectures interrupted as ifC he were some obscure candidate makingD an election speech.
41. If you wereA awarded a prize of ten thousand dollars, what would you do withB it if you hadC to spendD in a day?
42. The boy is constantly being toldA not to scratch the paint offB the all, but he goes on to doC it all the sameD.
43. The parcel you post must be well packedA. Inadequate packing can meanB delay, damage orC loss at your expensesD.
44. The radio was of soA inferior quality thatB I took it backC and asked for a better oneD.
45. I can listen to Bruckner forA hours without getting bored, but if you haven¡¯t heardB much of his music before, you may findC it takes some getting usedD.
Section V Verb Forms
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given the brackets. Put your answers in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It is highly desirable that a new president ________ (appoint) for this college.
ANSWER: (should) be appointed
46. Byron is said ________ (live) on vinegar and potatoes.
47. You ________ (leave) a note. It was very inconsiderate of you to do so.
48. If the horse won today, he ________ (win) thirty races in five years.
49. Upon being questioned he denied ________ (write) the article.
50. I was so sick last night that I felt as if the room ________ (go) round.
51. Nowadays people usually prefer driving to ________ (drive).
52. I hope her health ________ (improve) greatly by the time we come back next year.
53. While we were in London that year, the London Bridge ________ (repair).
54. Lots of empty bottles were found under the old man¡¯s bed. He must have done nothing but ________ (drink).
55. Ford tried dividing the labour, each worker ________ (assign) a separate task.
Section VI Chinese-English Translation
Translate the following sentences into English. (15 points)
56. Çë³Ë¿ÍÃÇϵºÃ°²È«´ø£¬ÒÔ·ÀÅöÉË¡£
57. ³ý·Ç°²×°Ò»ÌõеÄ×°ÅäÏߣ¬·ñÔòÌá¸ß²úÁ¿ÊÇûÓÐÖ¸ÍûµÄ¡£
58. ÓÐÈËÌá³ö£¬Êî¼ÙÆڼ䰲ÅÅÒ»´Îµ½º£ÄϵºµÄ¿¼²ìÂÃÐС£
59. ΪÁË°Ñ¿ÎÎÄÖеÄÄѵã½âÊÍÇå³þ£¬Ëû¾ÙÁËÐí¶àÀý×Ó¡£
60. »¤Ê¿ÃÇͨ³£±ÏÉúÖÂÁ¦ÓÚÕչ˲¡ÈË¡£
Section VII English-Chinese Translation
Read the following passage carefully and then translate the sentences in heavy type into Chinese. (20 points)
When Jane Matheson started work at Advanced Electronics Inc. 12 years ago, (61) she laboured over a microscope, hand-welding tiny electronic computers and turned out 18 per hour. Now she tends the computerized machinery that turns out high capacity memory chips at the rate of 2,600 per hour. Production is up, profits are up, her income is up and Mrs. Matheson says the work is far less strain on her eyes.
But the most significant effect of the changes at AEI was felt by the workers who are no longer there. Before the new computerized equipment was introduced, there were 940 workers at the plant. Now there are 121. (62) A plant follow-up survey showed that one year after the layoffs only 38% of the released workers found new employment at the same or better wages. Nearly half finally settled for lower pay and more than 13% are still out of work. The AEI example is only one of hundreds around the country which forge intelligently ahead into the latest technology, but leave the majority of their workers behind.
(63) Its beginnings obscured by unemployment caused by the world economic slow-down, the new technological unemployment may emerge as the great socio-economic challenge of the end of the 20th century. One corporation economist says the growth of ¡°machine job replacement¡± has been with us since the beginning of the industrial revolution, but never at the pace it is now. The human costs will be astonishing. (64) ¡°It¡¯s humiliating to be done out of your job by a machine and there is no way to fight back, but it is the effort to find a new job that really hurts.¡± Some workers, like Jane Matheson, are retrained to handle the new equipment, but often a whole new set of skills is required and that means a new, and invariably smaller set of workers. (65) The old workers, trapped by their limited skills, often never regain their old status and employment. Many drift into marginal areas. They feel no pride in their new work. They get badly paid for it and they feel miserable, but still they are luckier than those who never find it.
(66) The social costs go far beyond the welfare and unemployment payments made by the government. Unemployment increases the chances of divorce, child abuse, and alcoholism, a new federal survey shows. Some experts say the problem is only temporary... that new technology will eventually create as many jobs as it destroys. (67) But futurologist Hymen Seymour says the astonishing efficiency of the new technology means there will be a simple and direct net reduction in the amount of human labor that needs to be done. ¡°We should treat this as an opportunity to give people more leisure. It may not be easy, but society will have to reach a new unanimity on the division and distribution of labor,¡± Seymour says. He predicts most people will work only six-hour days and four-day weeks by the end of the century. But the concern of the unemployed is for now. (68) Federally funded training and free back-to-school programs for laid-off workers are under way, but few experts believe they will be able to keep up with the pace of the new technology. For the next few years, for a substantial portion of the workforce, times are going to be very tough indeed.

1989Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [B] 2. [C] 3. [D] 4. [B] 5. [A]
6. [C] 7. [A] 8. [C] 9. [D] 10. [D]
11. [B] 12. [B] 13. [D] 14. [B] 15. [B]
II: Reading Comprehension (20 points)
16. [A] 17. [B] 18. [D] 19. [C] 20. [D]
21. [A] 22. [C] 23. [D] 24. [A] 25. [B]
III: Cloze Test (10 points)
26. [A] 27. [A] 28. [C] 29. [B] 30. [D]
31. [B] 32. [A] 33. [D] 34. [A] 35. [C]
IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
36. [C] to pay 37. [B] a
38. [D] to survive 39. [A] in which
40. [A] Being 41. [D] to spend it
42. [C] doing 43. [D] expense
44. [A] such 45. [D] getting used to
V: Verb Forms (10 points)
46. to have lived 47. should have left
48. would/should have won 49. having written
50. were/was going 51. being driven
52. will have improved 53. was being repaired
54. drink 55. assigned
VI: Chinese-English Translation (15 points)
56. All travellers are advised to fasten their safety-belts to avoid being bumped.
57. No increase in output can be expected unless a new assembly line is installed.
58. It is suggested that an exploration tour to the Hainan Island (should) be arranged during the summer vacation.
59. He gave lots of examples in order to get the difficult points in the text fully explained.
60. Nurses often devote their whole lives to tending the sick.
VII: English-Chinese Translation (20 points)
61. Ëý³ÔÁ¦µØ·üÔÚÏÔ΢¾µÉϸɻÊÖº¸Ìå»ýºÜСµÄµç×Ó¼ÆËã»ú£¬Ã¿Ð¡Ê±Äܺ¸ºÃ18¸ö¡£
62. Ò»¼Ò¹¤³§µÄ¸ú×Ùµ÷²é±íÃ÷£¬±»½â¹ÍµÄ¹¤ÈËÖÐÒ»ÄêºóÖ»ÓÐ38%µÄÈËÕÒµ½ÁËÓëÔ­¹¤×ÊÏàµÈ»òÓÅÓÚÔ­¹¤×ʵŤ×÷¡£
63. Ëü£¨Ð¼¼ÊõµÄ²ÉÓõ¼ÖÂʧҵÉÏÉý£©Ò»¿ªÊ¼±»È«ÇòÐԵľ­¼ÃË¥ÍËËùÒýÆðµÄʧҵËùÑڸǣ¬µ«µ½20ÊÀ¼ÍÄ©£¬Ð¼¼ÊõËùÒýÆðµÄʧҵÎÊÌâ¿ÉÄܻṹ³É¶ÔÉç»á¾­¼ÃµÄ¾Þ´óÌôÕ½¡£
64. ±»Ò»Ì¨»úÆ÷ÇÀ×ßÄãµÄ¹¤×÷ÊǺÜÉË×Ô×ðÐĵģ¬¿ÉÓÖû·¨»¹»÷£¬µ«ÕæÕýÉËÎÒÐĵÄÊÇÒª·ÑºÜ´óµÄ¾¢È¥Ñ°ÕÒÐµĹ¤×÷¡£
65. ÀϹ¤ÈËÓÉÓÚ´¦ÓÚ¼¼ÊõÕÆÎյúÜÓÐÏÞµÄÀ§¾³£¬ÍùÍù²»ÄÜÖØлñµÃÆäÔ­ÓеĵØλºÍ¾ÍÒµ»ú»á¡£
66. Òª¸¶³öµÄÉç»á´ú¼ÛÔ¶Ô¶³¬¹ýÕþ¸®ÔÚ¸£ÀûÓëʧҵ¾È¼Ã·½ÃæµÄ¿ªÖ§¡£
67. δÀ´Ñ§¼Òº£Âü?Î÷Ħ˵£¬Ð¼¼ÊõËù¾ßÓеľªÈËЧÂÊÒâζ×ÅËùÐèÒªµÄÀÍÁ¦½«³öÏÖÒ»¸ö¾ø¶ÔµÄºÍÖ±½ÓµÄ¾»¼õÊý¡£
68. Ϊʧҵ¹¤ÈËÌṩµÄÓÉÁª°îÕþ¸®°ïÖúµÄÅàѵ¼Æ»®ºÍÃâ·ÑÖØ·µÑ§Ð£Ñ§Ï°µÄ¼Æ»®Ä¿Ç°¶¼ÔÚʵʩÖУ¬µ«×¨¼ÒÖм¸ºõûÓÐÈÏΪÕâЩ¼Æ»®ÄܸúµÃÉÏм¼ÊõµÄ·¢Õ¹²½·¥¡£

1988ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each question, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choices in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
EXAMPLE:
I was caught ________ the rain yesterday.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] with
[D] at
ANSWER: [A]
1. I didn¡¯t buy the apples; she gave them to me ________ nothing.
[A] with
[B] as
[C] for
[D] by
2. It¡¯s ________ my power to make final decision on the matter.
[A] off
[B] outside
[C] above
[D] beyond
3. I should say Henry is not ________ much a writer as a reporter.
[A] that
[B] so
[C] this
[D] as
4. I won¡¯t pay 20 for the coat; it¡¯s not worth ________.
[A] all that much
[B] that much all
[C] that all much
[D] much all that
5. He didn¡¯t go into detail on the subject; he spoke ________.
[A] in common
[B] in general
[C] in particular
[D] in short
6. It¡¯s true that the old road is less direct and a bit longer. We won¡¯t take the new one, ________, because we don¡¯t feel as safe on it.
[A] somehow
[B] though
[C] therefore
[D] otherwise
7. When you are about through the story ________, try to make a guess how the plot will develop.
[A] half
[B] midway
[C] halfway
[D] one-half
8. Though already a teenager, Peter still finds it hard to ________ his favorite toys.
[A] part off
[B] part with
[C] part away
[D] part from
9. Strenuous efforts have been made to ________ government expenses to a desirable level.
[A] cut down
[B] cut short
[C] cut out
[D] cut off
10. When at a party, be sure not to ________ from the person who tries to engage you in conversation.
[A] turn down
[B] turn away
[C] turn off
[D] turn back
11. The survival ________ of some wild animals is not very high as they are ruthlessly hunted for their skins.
[A] rate
[B] degree
[C] ratio
[D] scale
12. He was ________ admittance to the theatre for not being properly dressed.
[A] denied
[B] rejected
[C] repelled
[D] deprived
13. When I ask you a question, I expect a ________ answer.
[A] punctual
[B] fast
[C] rapid
[D] prompt
14. If a man is legally separated from his wife, is he still ________ for her debts?
[A] answerable
[B] chargeable
[C] recoverable
[D] payable
15. At the meeting, Roland argued ________ in favor of the proposal.
[A] severely
[B] heavily
[C] forcefully
[D] warmly
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of the three passages below is followed by some questions. For each question there are four answers. Read the passages carefully and chose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (20 points)
Text 1
It doesn¡¯t come as a surprise to you to realize that it makes no difference what you read or study if you can¡¯t remember it. You just waste your valuable time. Maybe you have already discovered some clever ways to keep yourself from forgetting.
One dependable aid that does help you remember what you study is to have a specific purpose or reason for reading. You remember better what you read when you know why you¡¯re reading.
Why does a clerk in a store go away and leave you when your reply to her offer to help is, ¡°No, thank you. I¡¯m just looking¡±? Both you and she know that if you aren¡¯t sure what you want, you are not likely to find it. But suppose you say instead, ¡°Yes, thank you. I want a pair of sun glasses.¡± She says, ¡°Right this way, please.¡± And you and she are off -- both eager to look for exactly what you want.
It¡¯s quite the same with your studying. If you chose a book at random, ¡°just looking¡± for nothing in particular, you are likely to get just that -- nothing. But if you do know what you want, and if you have the right book, you are almost sure to get it. Your reasons will vary; they will include reading or studying ¡°to find out more about¡±, ¡°to understand the reasons for¡±, ¡°to find out how¡±. A good student has a clear purpose or reason for what he is doing.
This is the way it works. Before you start to study, you say to yourself something like this, ¡°I want to know why Stephen Vincent Benet happened to write about America. I¡¯m reading this article to find out.¡± Or, ¡°I¡¯m going to skim this story to see what life was like in medieval England.¡± Because you know why you are reading or studying, you relate the information to your purpose and remember it better.
Reading is not one single activity. At least two important processes go on at the same time. As you read, you take in ideas rapidly and accurately. But at the same time you express your own ideas to yourself as you react to what you read. You have a kind of mental conversation with the author. If you expressed your ideas orally, they might sound like this: ¡°Yes, I agree. That¡¯s my opinion too.¡± or ¡°Ummmm, I thought that record was broken much earlier. I¡¯d better check those dates,¡± or ¡°But there are some other facts to be considered!¡± You don¡¯t just sit there taking in ideas -- you do something else, and that something else is very important.
This additional process of thinking about what you read includes evaluating it, relating it to what you already know, and using it for your own purposes. In other words, a good reader is a critical reader. One part of critical reading, as you have discovered, is distinguishing between facts and opinions. Facts can be checked by evidence. Opinions are one¡¯s own personal reactions.
Another part of critical reading is judging sources. Still another part is drawing accurate inferences.
16. If you cannot remember what you read or study, ________.
[A] it is no surprise
[B] it means you have not really learned anything
[C] it means you have not chosen the right book
[D] you realize it is of no importance
17. Before you start reading, it is important ________.
[A] to make sure why you are reading
[B] to relate the information to your purpose
[C] to remember what you read
[D] to choose an interesting book
18. Reading activity involves ________.
[A] only two simultaneous processes
[B] primarily learning about ideas and evaluating them critically
[C] merely distinguishing between facts and opinions
[D] mainly drawing accurate inferences
19. A good reader is one who ________.
[A] relates what he reads to his own knowledge about the subject matter
[B] does lots of thinking in his reading
[C] takes a critical attitude in his reading
[D] is able to check the facts presented against what he has already known
Text 2
If you live in a large city, you are quite familiar with some of the problems of noise, but because of some of its harmful effects, you may not be aware of the extent of its influence on human behavior. Although everyone more or less knows what noise is, i.e., it is sounds that one would rather not hear, it is perhaps best to define it more precisely for scientific purposes. One such definition is that noise is sounds that are unrelated to the task at hand. Thus stimuli that at one time might be considered relevant will at another time be considered noise, depending on what one is doing at the moment. In recent years there has been a great deal of interest in the effects of noise on human behavior, and concepts such as ¡°noise pollution¡± have arisen, together with movements to reduce noise.
Exposure to loud noises can definitely produce a partial or complete loss of hearing, depending on the intensity, duration, and frequency composition of the noise. Many jobs present noise hazards, such as working in factories and around jet aircraft, driving farm tractors, and working (or sitting) in music halls where rock bands are playing. In general, continuous exposure to sounds of over 80 decibels (a measure of the loudness of sound) can be considered dangerous. Decibel values correspond to various sounds. Sounds above about 85 decibels may, if exposure is for a sufficient period of time, produce significant hearing loss. Actual loss will depend upon the particular frequencies to which one is exposed, and whether the sound is continuous or intermittent.
Noise can have unexpected harmful effects on performance of certain kinds of tasks, for instance, if one is performing a watch keeping task that requires vigilance, in which he is responsible for detecting weak signals of some kind (e.g., watching a radar screen for the appearance of aircraft).
Communicating with other people is unfavorably affected by noise. If you have ridden in the rear of a jet transport, you may have noticed that it was difficult to carry on a conversation at first, and that, eventually, you adjusted the loudness of your speech to compensate for the effect. The problem is noise.
20. Noise differs from sound in that ________.
[A] it is sounds that interfere with the task being done
[B] it is a special type of loud sound
[C] it is usually unavoidable in big cities
[D] it can be defined more precisely than the latter
21. One of the harmful effects of noise on human performance is that ________.
[A] it reduces one¡¯s sensitivity
[B] it renders the victim helpless
[C] it deprives one of the enjoyment of music
[D] it drowns out conversations at worksites
22. The purpose of this passage is ________.
[A] to define the effects of noise on human behavior
[B] to warn people of the danger of noise pollution
[C] to give advice as to how to prevent hearing loss
[D] to tell the difference between noise and sound
Text 3
The traditional belief that a woman¡¯s place is in the home and that a woman ought not to go out to work can hardly be reasonably maintained in present conditions. It is said that it is a woman¡¯s task to care for the children, but families today tend to be small and with a year or two between children. Thus a woman¡¯s whole period of childbearing may occur within five years. Furthermore, with compulsory education from the age of five or six her role as chief educator of her children soon ceases. Thus, even if we agree that a woman should stay at home to look after her children before they are of school age, for many women, this period would extend only for about ten years.
It might be argued that the house-proud woman would still find plenty to do about the home. That may be so, but it is certainly no longer necessary for a woman to spend her whole life cooking, cleaning, mending and sewing. Washing machines take the drudgery out of laundry, the latest models being entirely automatic and able to wash and dry a large quantity of clothes in a few minutes. Refrigerators have made it possible to store food for long periods and many pre-cooked foods are obtainable in tins. Shopping, instead of being a daily task, can be completed in one day a week. The new man-made fibers are more hardwiring than natural fibers and greatly reduce mending, while good ready-made clothes are cheap and plentiful.
Apart from women¡¯s own happiness, the needs of the community must be considered. Modern society cannot do well without the contribution that women can make in professions and other kinds of work. There is a serious shortage of nurses and teachers, to mention only two of the occupations followed by women. It is extremely wasteful to give years of training at public expense only to have the qualified teacher or nurse marry after a year or two and be lost forever to her profession. The training, it is true, will help her in duties as a mother, but if she continued to work, her service would be more widely useful. Many factories and shops, too, are largely staffed by women, many of them married. While here the question of training is not so important, industry and trade would be seriously short of staff if married women did not work.
23. The author holds that ________.
[A] the right place for all women, married or otherwise, is the home, not elsewhere
[B] all married women should have some occupation outside the home
[C] a married woman should give first priority to her duties as a mother
[D] it is desirable for uneducated married women to stay at home and take care of the family
24. A house-proud woman ________.
[A] would devote her whole life to her family
[B] would take her own happiness and that of her family as her chief concern
[C] would still need some special training at public expense to help her in her duties as a housewife
[D] would take full advantage of modern household appliances
25. According to the author, modern society ________.
[A] can operate just as well even without women participation
[B] has been greatly hampered in its development by the shortage of women nurses and women teachers
[C] cannot operate properly without the contribution of women
[D] will be seriously affected by the continuing shortage of working women in heavy industries and international trade
Section III Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Read the whole passage before making your choice. (10 points)
In 1620, a small sailboat named the Mayflower left England for the New World. The Mayflower headed for the Jamestown colony on the warm shore of Virginia. Its one hundred passengers were the Pilgrims. They were looking for a place where they could worship God ´ó26¼Ò. Because of strong winds and severe storms, the Mayflower lost its ´ó27¼Ò. The brave group of colonists finally had to land at Plymouth on the rocky coast of Massachusetts in December 1620. It was the middle of the stern northern winter. ´ó28¼Ò months of starvation, disease, and death were ahead of them. Only the strongest of the pilgrims ´ó29¼Ò that winter. Many women gave their own pitiful rations to their children and died for lack of food for themselves. Living ´ó30¼Ò began to improve in the spring of 1621. There were wild vegetables. There were berries and fruit. Fish and game were plentiful. Therefore, they were able to get enough fresh meat despite their lack of skill or experience in hunting and fishing. The colonists¡¯ health ´ó31¼Ò with the warm weather and their better diet.
In the fall, they look back ´ó32¼Ò the past year. They were both regretful and thankful. Only fifty of the original one hundred passengers remained. The price in human life and tragedy had been great. On the other hand, they saw new hope for the future. A splendid harvest was ´ó33¼Ò them. They were ready for the second winter with confidence. They had eleven crude houses for protection against the severe winter. Seven were for families, and four were for communal use. ´ó34¼Ò, they had established a treaty of friendship with their Indian neighbors under Chief Massasoit in the summer.
The woods and forests became safe. When the Mayflower returned to England that summer, there were no colonists ´ó35¼Ò. At the end of their first year in their new home, the Pilgrims wanted to celebrate with a real holiday. It was their first Thanks giving Day.
26. [A] in their own style
[B] in their own way
[C] on their own
[D] of their own
27. [A] course
[B] route
[C] passage
[D] channel
28. [A] Uncomfortable
[B] Bad
[C] Unfavourable
[D] Terrible
29. [A] passed
[B] sustained
[C] survived
[D] spent
30. [A] situations
[B] environments
[C] conditions
[D] circumstances
31. [A] strengthened
[B] regained
[C] recovered
[D] improved
32. [A] in
[B] of
[C] over
[D] at
33. [A] on
[B] behind
[C] for
[D] beyond
34. [A] Best of all
[B] For the best
[C] To their best
[D] All in all
35. [A] ashore
[B] around
[C] about
[D] aboard
Section IV Error-detection and Correction
Each of the following sentences has four underlined parts. These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Identify the part of the sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down your correction on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
You¡¯ve to hurry up if you want to buy something becauseA there¡¯sB hardly somethingC leftD.
ANSWER: [C] anything
36. The union and the management are having such a difficultA time agreeingB on a contract forC the forthcoming year that the workers may go on strikeD.
37. He got up, walked acrossA the room, and withB a sharp quick movement flungC the door widely openD.
38. His victory in the finalA was no moreB convincedC than I had expectedD.
39. Because there are lessA members present tonight thanB there wereC last night, we must wait until the next votingD.
40. We¡¯ve given him justA about everything he asked;B whatever elseC canD he want?
41. In note-takingA, a strict discipline has to be keptB and all inessential details ignoredC unnecessary words eliminatedD.
42. When the tank car carriedA the poisonous gas ran offB the rails, the firemen tried to isolate the village fromC all trafficD.
43. To beA frank, thatB is a great relief to have the task fulfilledC in so short a timeD.
44. AtA a minimum, the negotiators are hoping of achievingB an agreement in principleC with details to be worked outD later.
45. It is encouragingA to noteB that in recent years, cigarette smokers have been in the declineC, especially among olderD people.
Section V Verb Forms
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given in the brackets. Put your answer in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It is highly desirable that a new president ________ (appoint) for this college.
ANSWER: (should) be appointed
46. In the Middle Ages, in Rome, Venice and other Italian cities, there developed an intellectual movement ________ (call) humanism, which was the basis of the Renaissance.
47. If law and order ________ (be) not preserved, neither the citizen nor his property is safe.
48. The colonel was decorated for bravery, ________ (fight) off the enemy.
49. It¡¯s quite obvious that Paul won¡¯t sell his business now that he¡¯s got it ________ (run) so well.
50. ________ (Not wish) to disturb his baby sister, he tiptoed into the room.
51. I happened ________ (talk) with him when he was hit by a ball and collapsed.
52. The applicants ________ (interview) are required to bring all the necessary papers.
53. Victor obviously doesn¡¯t know what¡¯s happened, otherwise he ________ (not make) such a stupid remark.
54. Such ________ (be) the case, there are no grounds to justify your complaints.
55. The car shows no signs of ________ (repair); it looks like a new one.
Section VI Chinese-English Translation
Translate the following sentences into English. (15 points)
56. ¶ñÁÓµÄÌìÆøʹËûÎÞ·¨°´Ê±¶¯ÉíÈ¥±±¾©¡£
57. ÇëÏÈ°ÑʹʵÄÔ­Òò²éÇå³þÔÙÏòÖ÷Èλ㱨¡£
58. Ö±µ½ÑݳöÒѾ­¿ªÊ¼£¬Ëû²Å´Ò´Ò¸Ïµ½¡£
59. ¾­µ±µØÕþ¸®Åú×¼ºó£¬ËûÃÇÈ¡ÏûÁËÔ­¶¨µÄÏîÄ¿¡£
60. ËûÌýµ½ÕâÒâÍâÏûÏ¢£¬³Ô¾ªµÃÁ¬Ò»¾ä»°Ò²Ëµ²»³öÀ´¡£
Section VII English-Chinese Translation
Translate the following passage into Chinese. Only the underlined sentences are to be translated. (20 points)
Seated behind the front desk at a New York firm, the receptionist was efficient.
Stylishly dressed, the firm¡¯s newest employee had a pleasant telephone voice and a natural charm that put clients at ease. The company was pleased: (61) Clearly, this was a person who took considerable pride in personal appearance. David King, the receptionist, is unusual, but by no means unique. (62) Just as all truck drivers and construction workers are no longer necessarily men, all secretaries and receptionists are no longer automatically women. The number of men in women-dominated fields is still small and they haven¡¯t attracted the attention that has often followed women advancing into male-dominated fields, but men are moving into more and more jobs that have traditionally been held by women.
Strictly speaking, the phenomenon is not new. For the past several decades, men have been quietly entering fields such as nursing, social work and elementary education. But today no job seems off-limits. Men serve coffee in offices and meals on airplanes. (63) These changes are helping to influence some of the long-standing traditions about the types of work men and women can do -- but they also produce some undeniable problems for the men who are entering those fields formerly dominated by women.
What kinds of men venture into these so-called ¡°women¡¯s fields¡±? All kinds. (64) ¡°I don¡¯t know of any definite answers I¡¯d be comfortable with,¡± explains Joseph Pleck, Ph.D., of the Wellesley College Centre for Research on Women.
Sam Ormont, for example, a thirty-year-old nurse at a Boston hospital, went into nursing because the army had trained him as a medical worker. (65) ¡°I found that work very interesting.¡± he recalled, ¡°and when I got out of the service it just seemed natural for me to go into something medical. I wasn¡¯t really interested in becoming a doctor.¡± Thirty-five-year-old David King, an out-of-work actor, found a job as a receptionist because he was having trouble landing roles in Broadway plays and he needed to pay the rent.
(66) In other words, men enter ¡°female¡± jobs out of the same consideration for personal interest and economic necessity that motivates anyone looking for work. But similarities often end there. Men in female-dominated jobs are conspicuous. As a group, their work histories differ in most respects from those of their female colleagues, and they are frequently treated differently by the people with whom they are in professional contact.
The question naturally arises: Why are there still approximately ninety-nine female secretaries for every one male? There is also a more serious issue. Most men don¡¯t want to be receptionists, nurses, secretaries or sewing workers. Put simply, these are not generally considered very masculine jobs. (67) To choose such a line of work is to invite ridicule.
¡°There was kidding in the beginning,¡± recalls Ormont. ¡°Kids coming from school ask what I am, and when I say ¡®A nurse,¡¯ they laugh at me. I just smile and say, ¡®You know, there are female doctors, too.¡¯¡±
Still, there are encouraging signs. Years ago, male grade school teachers were as rare as male nurses. Today more than one elementary school teacher in six is male.
(68) Can we anticipate a day when secretaries will be an even mix of men and women -- or when the mention of a male nurse will no longer raise eyebrows? It¡¯s probably coming -- but not very soon.

1988Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
I: Structure and Vocabulary (15 points)
1. [C] 2. [D] 3. [B] 4. [A] 5. [C]
6. [B] 7. [C] 8. [B] 9. [A] 10. [C]
11. [A] 12. [A] 13. [D] 14. [A] 15. [C]
II: Reading Comprehension (20 points)
16. [B] 17. [A] 18. [B] 19. [C] 20. [A]
21. [A] 22. [A] 23. [B] 24. [D] 25. [C]
III: Cloze Test (10 points)
26. [B] 27. [A] 28. [D] 29. [C] 30. [C]
31. [D] 32. [C] 33. [B] 34. [A] 35. [D]
IV: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
36. [A] such a difficult 37. [D] wide open
38. [C] convincing 39. [A] fewer
40. [B] asked for 41. [B] kept to
42. [A] carrying 43. [B] it
44. [B] hoping to achieve 45. [C] on the decline
V: Verb Forms (10 points)
46. called 47. is
48. having fought 49. running
50. Not wishing 51. to be talking
52. to be interviewed 53. wouldn¡¯t have made
54. being 55. having been repaired
VI: Chinese-English Translation (15 points)
56. Bad weather prevented him from starting out for Beijing on time.
57. Please make sure of the cause of the accident and then report to the director.
58. He arrived in a hurry after the performance had already started.
59. With the approval of the local government, they cancelled the original project.
60. Upon hearing the unexpected news, he was so surprised that he couldn¡¯t utter a word.
VII: English-Chinese Translation (20 points)
61. ËûÏÔÈ»£¬ËûÊǸö¶Ô×Ô¼ºµÄÒDZí¸Ðµ½Ï൱×ÔºÀµÄÈË¡£
62. ÕýÏñ¿¨³µË¾»úºÍ½¨Öþ¹¤ÈËÔÙû±ØÒª¶¼ÊÇÄеÄÒ»Ñù£¬ÃØÊéºÍ½Ó´ýÔ±ÔÙÒ²²»Ò»¶¨¶¼ÊÇÅ®µÄ¡£
63. ÕâЩ±ä»¯ÕýÓ°Ïì×ų¤ÆÚ´æÔڵĴ«Í³¹ÛÄîÖйØÓÚÄÐÅ®¸÷¿ÉÒÔ¸ÉÄļ¸À๤×÷µÄ¿´·¨£¬µ«Õâ¶ÔÓÚ½øÈëÔ­ÏÈÒÔ¸¾Å®ÎªÖ÷µÄÄÇЩµÄÄÐÈËÀ´Ëµ£¬ÎÞÒÉÒ²´øÀ´Ò»Ð©ÎÊÌâ¡£
64. ÎÒ»¹Ã»Ìý˵¹ýÓÐÈκÎʹÎҸе½ÂúÒâµÄÈ·Çд𰸡£
65. Ëû»ØÒä˵£º¡°ÎÒ¾õµÃÄÇÖÖ¹¤×÷Ê®·ÖÓÐȤ£¬µ±ÎÒÍËÒÛʱ£¬¶ÔÎÒÀ´Ëµ£¬È¥¸ÉijÖÖÒ½Îñ¹¤×÷£¬ËƺõÊǼ«Æä×ÔÈ»µÄ¡£¡±
66. »»¾ä»°Ëµ£¬ÄÐÈ˸ÉÆðÁË¡°Å®È˸ɵġ±¹¤×÷£¬Æ䶯»úÊÇͬÈκÎÕÒ¹¤×÷¸ÉµÄÈËÒ»Ñù£¬¼È³öÓÚ¸öÈ˵ÄÐËȤ£¬Ò²³öÓÚ¾­¼ÃÉÏÐèÒªµÄ¿¼ÂÇ¡£
67. Ñ¡¶¨ÕâÒ»À๤×÷ÊÇ»áÈÇÈËЦ»°µÄ¡£
68. ÎÒÃÇÊÇ·ñÄÜÔ¤¼ûµ½ÕâôһÌ죺ÄÇʱµ±ÃØÊéµÄÄÐÅ®¸÷Õ¼Ò»°ë»òÓÐÈËÌᵽij¸öÄÐÈ˵±»¤Ê¿Ê±£¬ÈËÃDz»»áÔٸе½³Ô¾ª?

1987ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each question, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choice in the brackets on the left. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
I was caught ________ the rain yesterday.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] with
[D] at
ANSWER: [A]
1. The skyscraper stands out ________ the blue sky.
[A] in
[B] against
[C] under
[D] beneath
2. They have always been on good ________ with their next-door neighbors.
[A] friendship
[B] relations
[C] connection
[D] terms
3. Hello! Is that 21035? Please put me ________ to the manager.
[A] across
[B] up
[C] through
[D] over
4. Why do you look so ________? You never smile or look cheerful.
[A] miserable
[B] unfortunate
[C] sorry
[D] rude
5. Eggs, though nourishing, have ________ of fat content.
[A] large number
[B] a large number
[C] the high amount
[D] a high amount
6. Jim always ________ his classmates in a debate.
[A] backs out
[B] backs away
[C] backs up
[D] backs down
7. Most of the people who ________ two world wars are strongly against arms race.
[A] have lived out
[B] have lived through
[C] have lived on
[D] have lived off
8. There are many inconveniences that have to be ________ when you are camping.
[A] put up
[B] put up with
[C] put off
[D] put away
9. Is it true that those old houses are being pulled down ________ new office blocks?
[A] to accommodate
[B] to provide for
[C] to increase
[D] to make room for
10. Being in no great hurry, ________.
[A] we went the long route with scenery
[B] the long, scenic route was our preference
[C] we took the long scenic route
[D] our preference was taking the long, scenic route
Section II Reading Comprehension
Each of three passages below is followed by five questions. For each question there are four answers, read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. (15 points)
Text 1
For centuries men dreamed of achieving vertical flight. In 400 A.D. Chinese children played with a fan-like toy that spun upwards and fell back to earth as rotation ceased. Leonardo da Vinci conceive the first mechanical apparatus, called a ¡°Helix,¡± which could carry man straight up, but was only a design and was never tested.
The ancient-dream was finally realized in 1940 when a Russian engineer piloted a strange looking craft of steel tubing with a rotating fan on top. It rose awkwardly and vertically into the air from a standing start, hovered a few feet above the ground, went sideways and backwards, and then settled back to earth. The vehicle was called a helicopter.
Imaginations were fired. Men dreamed of going to work in their own personal helicopters. People anticipate that vertical flight transports would carry millions of passengers as do the airliners of today. Such fantastic expectations were not fulfilled.
The helicopter has now become an extremely useful machine. It excels in military missions, carrying troops, guns and strategic instruments where other aircraft cannot go. Corporations use them as airborne offices, many metropolitan areas use them in police work, construction and logging companies employ them in various advantageous ways, engineers use them for site selection and surveying, and oil companies use them as the best way to make offshore and remote work stations accessible to crews and supplies. Any urgent mission to a hard-to-get-to place is a likely task for a helicopter. Among their other multitude of used: deliver people across town, fly to and from airports, assist in rescue work, and aid in the search for missing or wanted persons.
11. People expect that ________.
[A] the airliners of today would eventually be replaced by helicopters
[B] helicopters would someday be able to transport large number of people from place to place as airliners are now doing
[C] the imaginations fired by the Russian engineer¡¯s invention would become a reality in the future
[D] their fantastic expectations about helicopters could be fulfilled by airliners of today
12. Helicopters work with the aid of ________.
[A] a combination of rotating devices in front and on top
[B] a rotating device topside
[C] one rotating fan in the center of the aircraft and others at each end
[D] a rotating fan underneath for lifting
13. What is said about the development of the helicopter?
[A] Helicopters have only been worked on by man since 1940.
[B] Chinese children were the first to achieve flight in helicopters.
[C] Helicopters were considered more dangerous than the early airplanes.
[D] Some people thought they would become widely used by average individuals.
14. How has the use of helicopters developed?
[A] They have been widely used for various purposes.
[B] They are taking the place of high-flying jets.
[C] They are used for rescue work.
[D] They are now used exclusively for commercial projects.
15. Under what conditions are helicopters found to be absolutely essential?
[A] For overseas passenger transportation.
[B] For extremely high altitude flights.
[C] For high-speed transportation.
[D] For urgent mission to places inaccessible to other kinds of craft.
Text 2
In ancient Greece athletic festivals were very important and had strong religious associations. The Olympian athletic festival held every four years in honor of Zeus, king of the Olympian Gods, eventually lost its local character, became first a national event and then, after the rules against foreign competitors had been abolished, international. No one knows exactly how far back the Olympic Games go, but some official records date from 776 B.C. The games took place in August on the plain by Mount Olympus. Many thousands of spectators gathered from all parts of Greece, but no married woman was admitted even as a spectator. Slaves, women and dishonored persons were not allowed to compete. The exact sequence of events uncertain, but events included boy¡¯s gymnastics, boxing, wrestling, horse racing and field events, though there were fewer sports involved than in the modern Olympic Games.
On the last day of the Games, all the winners were honored by having a ring of holy olive leaves placed on their heads. So great was the honor that the winner of the foot race gave his name to the year of his victory. Although Olympic winners received no prize money, they were, in fact, richly rewarded by their state authorities. How their results compared with modern standards, we unfortunately have no means of telling.
After an uninterrupted history of almost 1,200 years, the Games were suspended by the Romans in 394 A.D. They continued for such a long time because people believed in the philosophy behind the Olympics: the idea that a healthy body produced a healthy mind, and that the spirit of competition in sports and games was preferable to the competition that caused wars. It was over 1,500 years before another such international athletic gathering took place in Athens in 1896.
Nowadays, the Games are held in different countries in turn. The host country provides vast facilities, including a stadium, swimming pools and living accommodation, but competing courtiers pay their own athletes¡¯ expenses.
The Olympics start with the arrival in the stadium of a torch, lighted on Mount Olympus by the sun¡¯s rays. It is carried by a succession of runners to the stadium. The torch symbolized the continuation of the ancient Greek athletic ideals, and it burns throughout the Games until the closing ceremony. The well-known Olympic flag, however, is a modern conception: the five interlocking rings symbolize the uniting of all five continents participating in the Games.
16. In ancient Greece, the Olympic Games ________.
[A] were merely national athletic festivals
[B] were in the nature of a national event with a strong religious colour
[C] had rules which put foreign participants in a disadvantageous position
[D] were primarily national events with few foreign participants
17. In the early days of ancient Olympic Games ________.
[A] only male Greek athletes were allowed to participate in the games
[B] all Greeks, irrespective of sex, religion or social status, were allowed to take part
[C] all Greeks, with the exception of women, were allowed to compete in Games
[D] all male Greeks were qualified to compete in the Games
18. The order of athletic events at the ancient Olympics ________.
[A] has not definitely been established
[B] varied according to the number of foreign competitors
[C] was decided by Zeus, in whose honor the Games were held
[D] was considered unimportant
19. Modern athletes¡¯ results cannot be compared with those of ancient runners because ________.
[A] the Greeks had no means of recording the results
[B] they are much better
[C] details such as the time were not recorded in the past
[D] they are much worse
20. Nowadays, the athletes¡¯ expenses are paid for ________.
[A] out of the prize money of the winners
[B] out of the funds raised by the competing nations
[C] by the athletes themselves
[D] by contributions
Text 3
In science the meaning of the word ¡°explain¡± suffers with civilization¡¯s every step in search of reality. Science cannot really explain electricity, magnetism, and gravitation; their effects can be measured and predicted, but of their nature no more is known to the modern scientist than to Thales who first looked into the nature of the electrification of amber, a hard yellowish-brown gum. Most contemporary physicists reject the notion that man can ever discover what these mysterious forces ¡°really¡± are. ¡°Electricity,¡± Bertrand Russell says, ¡°is not a thing, like St. Paul¡¯s Cathedral; it is a way in which things behave. When we have told how things behave when they are electrified, and under what circumstances they are electrified, we have told all there is to tell.¡± Until recently scientists would have disapproved of such an idea. Aristotle, for example, whose natural science dominated Western thought for two thousand years, believed that man could arrive at an understanding of reality by reasoning from self-evident principles. He felt, for example, that it is a self-evident principle that everything in the universe has its proper place, hence one can deduce that objects fall to the ground because that¡¯s where they belong, and smoke goes up because that¡¯s where it belongs. The goal of Aristotelian science was to explain why things happen. Modern science was born when Galileo began trying to explain how things happen and thus originated the method of controlled experiment which now forms the basis of scientific investigation.
21. The aim of controlled scientific experiments is ________.
[A] to explain why things happen
[B] to explain how things happen
[C] to describe self-evident principles
[D] to support Aristotelian science
22. What principles most influenced scientific thought for two thousand years?
[A] the speculations of Thales
[B] the forces of electricity, magnetism, and gravity
[C] Aristotle¡¯s natural science
[D] Galileo¡¯s discoveries
23. Bertrand Russell¡¯s notion about electricity is ________.
[A] disapproved of by most modern scientists
[B] in agreement with Aristotle¡¯s theory of self-evident principles
[C] in agreement with scientific investigation directed toward ¡°how¡± things happen
[D] in agreement with scientific investigation directed toward ¡°why¡± things happen
24. The passage says that until recently scientists disagreed with the idea ________.
[A] that there are mysterious forces in the universe
[B] that man cannot discover what forces ¡°really¡± are
[C] that there are self-evident principles
[D] that we can discover why things behave as they do
25. Modern science came into being ________.
[A] when the method of controlled experiment was first introduced
[B] when Galileo succeeded in explaining how things happen
[C] when Aristotelian scientist tried to explain why things happen
[D] when scientists were able to acquire an understanding of reality of reasoning
Section III Structure and Vocabulary
Fill in the blanks with the words which best complete the sentence. Put your choices in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It was the largest experiment we have ever had, it ________ six hours.
[A] ended
[B] finished
[C] was
[D] lasted
ANSWER: [D]
26. As scheduled, the communications satellite went into ________ round the earth.
[A] circle
[B] orbit
[C] path
[D] course
27. When I saw Jane, I stopped and smiled, but she ________ me and walked on.
[A] refused
[B] ignored
[C] denied
[D] missed
28. It was a good game, and at the end the ________ was Argentina 3, West Germany 2.
[A] mark
[B] account
[C] record
[D] score
29. George took ________ of the fine weather to do a day¡¯s work in his garden.
[A] chance
[B] interest
[C] advantage
[D] charge
30. Is there anyone who ________ the plans put forward by the committee?
[A] differs
[B] opposes
[C] disagrees
[D] refuses
31. All too ________ it was time to go back to school after the summer vacation.
[A] often
[B] quick
[C] fast
[D] soon
32. In an accident when two cars run into each other, they ________.
[A] hit
[B] knock
[C] strike
[D] collide
33. The noise was caused by a boy ________ a cat through the garden.
[A] catching
[B] fighting
[C] following
[D] chasing
34. He drove fast and arrived an hour ________ of schedule.
[A] in advance
[B] ahead
[C] abreast
[D] in front
35. This ticket ________ you to a free meal in our new restaurant.
[A] gives
[B] entitles
[C] grants
[D] credits
Section IV Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Read the whole passage before making your choice. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
For instance, the automobile tunnel might ________ huge ventilation problems.
[A] make
[B] bring
[C] raise
[D] create
ANSWER: [D]
Cheques have ´ó36¼Ò replaced money as a means of exchange for they are widely accepted everywhere. Though this is very convenient for both buyer and seller, it should not be forgotten that cheques are not real money: they are quite valueless in themselves. A shop-keeper always runs a certain ´ó37¼Ò when he accepts a cheques and he is quite ´ó38¼Ò his rights if on occasion, he refuses to do so.
People do not always know this and are shocked if their good faith is called ´ó39¼Ò. An old and very wealthy friend of mine told me he had an extremely unpleasant experience. He went to a famous jewelry shop which keeps a large ´ó40¼Ò of precious stones and asked to be shown some pearl necklaces. After examining several trays, he decided to buy a particularly fine string of pearls and asked if he could pay by Cheques. The assistant said that this was quite ´ó41¼Ò but the moment my friend signed his name, he was invited into the manager¡¯s office.
The manager was very polite, but he explained that someone with exactly the same name had presented them with a worthless Cheque not long ago. My friend got very angry when he heard this and said he would buy a necklace somewhere else. When he got up to go, the manager told him that the police would arrive at any moment and he had better stay ´ó42¼Ò the wanted to get into serious trouble. ´ó43¼Ò, the police arrived soon afterwards. They apologized to my friend for the ´ó44¼Ò, but explained that a person who had used the same name as his was responsible for a number of recent robberies. Then the police asked my friend to copy out a note which had been used by the thief in a number of shops. The note ´ó45¼Ò: ¡°I have a gun in my pocket. Ask no questions and give me all the money in the safe.¡± Fortunately, my friend¡¯s handwriting was quite unlike the thief¡¯s. He was not only allowed to go without further delay, but to take the string of pearls with him.
36. [A] exactly
[B] really
[C] largely
[D] thoroughly
37. [A] danger
[B] chance
[C] risk
[D] opportunity
38. [A] within
[B] beyond
[C] without
[D] out of
39. [A] in difficulty
[B] in doubt
[C] in earnest
[D] in question
40. [A] amount
[B] stock
[C] number
[D] store
41. [A] in order
[B] in need
[C] in use
[D] in common
42. [A] whether
[B] if
[C] otherwise
[D] unless
43. [A] Really
[B] Sure enough
[C] Certainly
[D] However
44. [A] treatment
[B] manner
[C] inconvenience
[D] behaviour
45. [A] read
[B] told
[C] wrote
[D] informed
Section V Verb Forms
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given in the brackets. Put your answer in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It is highly desirable that a new president ________ (appoint) for this college.
ANSWER: (should) be appointed
46. With all factors ________ (consider) we think this program may excel all the others in achieving the goal.
47. They had been working round the clock for a couple of days ________ (hope) to get the design out before their competitors did.
48. There¡¯s a general understanding among the members of the Board of Directors that chief attention ________ (give) to the undertaking that is expected to bring in highest profit.
49. If we don¡¯t start out now, we must risk ________ (miss) the train.
50. This test ________ (intend) to reinforce what you have learnt in the past few weeks.
51. The members of the delegation were glad ________ (stay) longer than originally planned.
52. With full knowledge of his past experience, we knew all along that he ________ (succeed).
53. ________ (Know not) what appropriate measures to be taken to cope with the situation, he wrote to his lawyer for advice.
54. It¡¯s no good ________ (write) to him, he never answers letters. The only thing to do is to go and see him.
55. ________ (Come) what may, we¡¯re not going to make any concessions to his unreasonable demands.
Section VI Error-detection and Correction
Each question consists of a sentence with four underlined parts (words or phrases). These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the part of the sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the ANSWER SHEET. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down the correct word or phrase on the line in the ANSWER SHEET. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
You¡¯ve to hurry up if you want to buy something becauseA there¡¯sB hardly somethingC leftD.
ANSWER: [C] anything
56. InA his response toB the advertisement, Ed. replied that he was looking for a full-time positionC not a part-timeD one.
57. No one who has seenA him workB in the laboratory can denyC that William has great capabilities ofD research.
58. Neither of the alternatives that had been outlinedA at the last meetingB wereC acceptable toD the executive committee.
59. Airline companies today requireA that all luggage¡¯sB be inspectedC before passengers are admitted intoD the waiting rooms.
60. Although Alice has beenA to the mountains many timesB before, she stillC loves visiting itD.
61. An important function of the World Health Organization is to improveA the healthyB and living conditions for the sick and the poor ofC worldD.
62. The element carbon is widelyA foundB in natureC in many forms including both diamonds as well asD coal.
63. While still a young boyA Bizet knew to playB the piano well and asC he grew older, he wrote operas, the most famous of whichD is Carmen.
64. Despite the fact thatA the South Pole is as snow-coveredB and stormy-weatheredC as the North Pole, it is colderD than the North Pole.
65. ClimateA conditions vary widelyB from place to place and from season to season, but a certain order and patternC can be identifiableD.
Section VII Chinese-English Translation
Translate the following sentences into English (15 points)
66. ËùÓÐÄÇЩŬÁ¦¹¤×÷µÄÈ˶¼Ó¦µÃµ½¹ÄÀø¡£
67. ÎÒÃÇ¿ÒÇÐÏ£ÍûÄãÔçÈÕ¸øÎÒÃÇÒ»¸ö´ð¸´¡£
68. ¼´Ê¹Äã˵·þ²»ÁËËû£¬Ò²²»Òª»ÒÐÄÉ¥Æø¡£
69. Õâ¼þÊÂÖÁ½ñ»¹Ã»ÓеóöÕýÈ·µÄ½áÂÛ¡£
70. Äã½²Ó¢Óïʱ£¬·¢ÒôҪ׼£¬·ñÔòÈ˼ҾÍÌý²»¶®ÄãµÄÒâ˼¡£
Section VIII English-Chinese Translation
Translate the following passage into Chinese. Only the underlined sentences are to be translated. (20 points)
Have there always been cities? (71) Life without large urban areas may seem inconceivable to us, but actually cities are relatively recent development. Groups with primitive economics still manage without them. The trend, however, is for such groups to disappear, while cities are increasingly becoming the dominant mode of man¡¯s social existence. (72) Historically, city life has always been among the elements which form a civilization. Any high degree of human endeavor and achievement has been closely linked to life in an urban environment. (73) It is virtually impossible to imagine that universities, hospitals, large businesses or even science and technology could have come into being without cities to support them. To most people, cities have traditionally been the areas where there was a concentration of culture as well as of opportunity. (74) In recent years, however, people have begun to become aware that cities are also areas where there is a concentration of problems. What has happened to the modern American city? Actually, the problem is not such a new one. Long before this century started, there had begun a trend toward the concentration of the poor of the American society into the cities. Each great wave of immigration from abroad and from the rural areas made the problem worse. During this century, there has also been the development of large suburban areas surrounding the cities, for the rich prefer to live in these areas. Within the cities, sections may be sharply divided into high and low rent districts, the ¡°right side of town¡± and the slums.
Of course, everyone wants to do something about this unhappy situation. But there is no agreement as to goals. Neither is there any systematic approach or integrated program. Opinions are as diverse as the people who give them. (75) But one basic difference of opinion concerns the question of whether or not the city as such is to be preserved. Perhaps transportation and the means of communication have really made it possible for there to be an end to the big cities. Of course, there is the problem of persuading people to move out of them of their own free will. (76) And there is also the objection that the city has always been the core from which cultural advancement has radiated. Is this, however, still the case today in the presence of easy transportation and communication? Does culture arise as a result of people living together communally, or is it too the result of decisions made at the level of government and the communications industry?
It is probably true to say that most people prefer to preserve the cities. Some think that the cities could be cleaned up or totally rebuilt. This is easy to say; it would not be so easy to do. (77) To be sure, a great rebuilding project would give jobs to many of those people who need them. Living conditions could not help but improve, at least for a while. But would the problems return after the rebuilding was completed?
Nevertheless, with the majority of the people living in urban areas, the problem of the cities must be solved. (78) From agreement on this general goal, we have, unfortunately, in the past proceeded to disagreement on specific goals, and from there to total inaction. At the basis of much of this inaction is an old-fashioned concept -- the idea human conditions will naturally tend to regulate themselves for the general goal.

1987Ä꿼ÑÐÓ¢ÓïÕæÌâ´ð°¸
Section I: Structure and Vocabulary (10 points)
1. [B] 2. [D] 3. [C] 4. [A] 5. [D]
6. [C] 7. [B] 8. [B] 9. [D] 10. [C]
Section II: Reading Comprehension (15 points)
11. [B] 12. [B] 13. [D] 14. [A] 15. [D]
16. [B] 17. [A] 18. [A] 19. [C] 20. [B]
21. [B] 22. [C] 23. [C] 24. [B] 25. [A]
Section III: Structure and Vocabulary (10 points)
26. [B] 27. [B] 28. [D] 29. [C] 30. [B]
31. [D] 32. [D] 33. [D] 34. [B] 35. [B]
Section IV: Cloze Test (10 points)
36. [C] 37. [C] 38. [A] 39. [D] 40. [B]
41. [A] 42. [D] 43. [B] 44. [C] 45. [A]
Section V: Verb Forms (10 points)
46. considered 47. hoping
48. (should) be given 49. missing
50. is intended 51. to have stayed
52. would succeed 53. Not knowing
54. writing 55. come
Section VI: Error-detection and Correction (10 points)
56. [D] a part-time 57. [D] for
58. [C] was 59. [B] luggage
60. [D] visiting them 61. [B] health
62. [D] and 63. [B] how to play
64. [D] it is colder 65. [D] identified
Section VII: Chinese-English Translation (15 points)
66. All those who work hard should be encouraged.
67. We sincerely hope that you give us an early reply.
68. Don¡¯t feel discouraged even if you should fail in persuading him.
69. So far no correct conclusion has been drawn on the matter.
70. When you speak English, your pronunciation should be correct. Otherwise you can¡¯t make yourself understood.
Section VIII: English-Chinese Translation (20 points)
71. ¶ÔÎÒÃÇÀ´Ëµ£¬Éú»îÒªÊÇûÓйã´óµÄ³ÇÊеØÇøËƺõÊDz»¿ÉÏëÏóµÄ£¬µ«Êµ¼ÊÉϳÇÊл¹ÊDZȽϰ´Æڲŷ¢Õ¹ÆðÀ´µÄ¡£(2·Ö)
72. ´ÓÀúÊ·ÉÏ¿´£¬³ÇÊÐÉú»îʼÖÕÊÇÎÄÃ÷µÄÒ»¸ö×é³É²¿·Ö¡£(2·Ö)
73. Èç¹ûûÓгÇÊеÄÖ§³Ö£¬¼òÖ±ÄÑÒÔÏëÏó»áÓдóѧ£¬Ò½Ôº£¬´óÆóÒµ£¬ÉõÖÁÁ¬¿Æѧ¼¼ÊõÒ²²»»áÓС£(3·Ö)
74. ¿ÉÊÇ£¬½ü¼¸ÄêÀ´ÈËÃÇ¿ªÊ¼Òâʶµ½³ÇÊÐÒ²ÊÇÎÊÌâ³É¶ÑµÄµØ·½¡£(2·Ö)
75. µ«ÊÇ£¬Ò»¸ö×îÖ÷ÒªµÄ·ÖÆçÒâ¼ûÊÇ£¬ÏñÄ¿Ç°ÕâÑùµÄ³ÇÊÐÊÇ·ñ»¹Òª±£´æÏÂÈ¥¡£(3·Ö)
76. ͬʱҲÓÐÈË·´¶Ô˵£¬ÎÄ»¯·½ÃæµÄ½ø²½£¬Ê¼ÖÕÊÇÒÔ³ÇÊÐΪÖÐÐĶøÏòÍâ·øÉäµÄ¡£(3·Ö)
77. ³ÏÈ»£¬Ò»¸öºêΰµÄÖؽ¨¼Æ»®Ò²ÐíÄÜΪÐí¶àÐèÒª¹¤×÷µÄÈËÌṩ¾ÍÒµ»ú»á¡£(2·Ö)
78. Òź¶µÄÊÇ£¬¹ýÈ¥ÎÒÃÇÔÚ×ÜÄ¿±ê·½ÃæÒâ¼ûÊÇÒ»Öµģ¬µ«Éæ¼°µ½¸÷¸ö¾ßÌåÄ¿±êʱ£¬Òâ¼û¾Í²»Ò»Ö£¬Òò¶øÒ²¾Í¸ù±¾Ã»ÓÐʲôÐж¯¡£(3·Ö)

1986ÄêÈ«¹ú˶ʿÑо¿ÉúÈëѧͳһ¿¼ÊÔÓ¢ÓïÊÔÌâ
Section I Structure and Vocabulary
In each question, decide which of the four choices given will most suitably complete the sentence if inserted at the place marked. Put your choice in the brackets on the left. (15 points)
EXAMPLE:
I was caught ________ the rain yesterday.
[A] in
[B] by
[C] with
[D] at
ANSWER: [A]
1. No doctors could cure the patient ________ his strange disease.
[A] with
[B] of
[C] from
[D] off
2. He was ________ his wits¡¯ end what to do.
[A] in
[B] on
[C] at
[D] of
3. Prior ________ his departure, he addressed a letter to his daughter.
[A] to
[B] of
[C] in
[D] from
4. The driving instructor told me to pull ________ at the post office.
[A] up
[B] back
[C] round
[D] along
5. When there¡¯s a doubt, the chairman¡¯s decision is ________.
[A] right
[B] definite
[C] fixed
[D] final
6. We can rely on William to carry out this mission, for his judgment is always ________.
[A] unquestionable
[B] sound
[C] subtle
[D] healthy
7. The noise of the plane died ________ in the distance.
[A] away
[B] out
[C] down
[D] off
8. Hospital doctors don¡¯t go out very often as their work ________ all their time.
[A] takes away
[B] takes in
[C] takes over
[D] takes up
9. Attendances at football matches have ________ since the coming of television.
[A] dropped in
[B] dropped down
[C] dropped off
[D] dropped out
10. After the death of their parents, the sisters got well ________ and never quarreled.
[A] away
[B] in
[C] along
[D] out
11. They always give the vacant seats to ________ comes first.
[A] who
[B] whom
[C] whoever
[D] whomever
12. Advertising is distinguished from other forms of communication ________ the advertiser pays for the message to be delivered.
[A] in that
[B] in which
[C] in order that
[D] in the way
13. He is ________ of an actor.
[A] anybody
[B] anyone
[C] somebody
[D] something
14. The captain apologized ________ to tell us more about the accident.
[A] for to be unable
[B] that he was unable
[C] to be unable
[D] for being unable
15. ________ is no reason for discharging her.
[A] Because she was a few minutes late
[B] Owing to a few minutes being late
[C] The fact that she was a few minutes late
[D] Being a few minutes late
Section II Cloze Test
For each numbered blank in the following passage, there are four choices labeled [A], [B], [C] and [D]. Choose the best one and put your choice in the brackets below the passage. Read the whole passage before making your choices. (10 points)
On Wednesday afternoons Annie took the bus into town to shop in the market. For an hour or ´ó16¼Ò she would walk up and down between the stalls looking at everything, buying here and there, and ´ó17¼Ò a sharp lookout for the bargains that were sometimes to be had. And then, with all the things she needed ´ó18¼Ò she would leave the market for the streets of the town to spend another hour ´ó19¼Ò she liked best: looking in furniture shop windows.
One Wednesday she found a new shop full of the most delightful things, with a notice inviting anyone to walk in and look ´ó20¼Ò without feeling they had to buy something. Annie hesitated for a moment before stepping through the doorway where, almost at once, she stopped ´ó21¼Ò before a green armchair. There was a card on the chair which said: ¡°This fine chair is yours ´ó22¼Ò less than a pound a week,¡± and very small at the bottom, ¡°Cash price eighty-nine pounds fifty.¡± A pound a week... ´ó23¼Ò, she could almost pay that out of her housekeeping money and never miss it! A voice at her shoulder made her ´ó24¼Ò. ¡°Can I help you, Madam?¡± She looked round at the assistant who had come softly to her ´ó25¼Ò.
¡°Oh, well, no,¡± she said. ¡°I was just looking.¡± ¡°We¡¯ve chairs of all kinds in the showroom. If you¡¯ll just come up, you will find something to suit you.¡±
Annie, worried at the thought of being persuaded to buy something she didn¡¯t need, left the shop hurriedly.
16. [A] so
[B] more
[C] else
[D] another
17. [A] taking
[B] making
[C] fixing
[D] keeping
18. [A] buy
[B] bought
[C] buying
[D] to have bought
19. [A] in a way
[B] by the way
[C] in the way
[D] on the way
20. [A] behind
[B] round
[C] back
[D] on
21. [A] doubted
[B] wondered
[C] puzzled
[D] delighted
22. [A] at
[B] for
[C] with
[D] in
23. [A] Why
[B] When
[C] How
[D] What
24. [A] jump
[B] leap
[C] laugh
[D] wonder
25. [A] place
[B] back
[C] side
[D] front
Section III Reading Comprehension
Each of the two passages below is followed by five questions. For each question there are four answers. Read the passages carefully and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Put your choice in the brackets on the left. (10 points)
Text 1
There are a great many careers in which the increasing emphasis is on specialization. You find these careers in engineering, in production, in statistical work, and in teaching. But there is an increasing demand for people who are able to take in great area at a glance, people who perhaps do not know too much about any one field. There is, in other words, a demand for people who are capable of seeing the forest rather than the trees, of making general judgments. We can call these people ¡°generalists.¡± And these ¡°generalists¡± are particularly needed for positions in administration, where it is their job to see that other people do the work, where they have to plan for other people, to organize other people¡¯s work, to begin it and judge it.
The specialist understands one field; his concern is with technique and tools. He is a ¡°trained¡± man; and his educational background is properly technical or professional. The generalist -- and especially the administrator -- deals with people; his concern is with leadership, with planning, and with direction giving. He is an ¡°educated¡± man; and the humanities are his strongest foundation. Very rarely is a specialist capable of being an administrator. And very rarely is a good generalist also a good specialist in particular field. Any organization needs both kinds of people, though different organizations need them in different proportions. It is your task to find out, during your training period, into which of the two kinds of jobs you fit, and to plan your career accordingly.
Your first job may turn out to be the right job for you -- but this is pure accident. Certainly you should not change jobs constantly or people will become suspicious of your ability to hold any job. At the same time you must not look upon the first job as the final job; it is primarily a training job, an opportunity to understand yourself and your fitness for being an employee.
26. There is an increasing demand for ________.
[A] all round people in their own fields
[B] people whose job is to organize other people¡¯s work
[C] generalists whose educational background is either technical or professional
[D] specialists whose chief concern is to provide administrative guidance to others
27. The specialist is ________.
[A] a man whose job is to train other people
[B] a man who has been trained in more than one fields
[C] a man who can see the forest rather than the trees
[D] a man whose concern is mainly with technical or professional matters
28. The administrator is ________.
[A] a ¡°trained¡± man who is more a specialist than a generalist
[B] a man who sees the trees as well as the forest
[C] a man who is very strong in the humanities
[D] a man who is an ¡°educated¡± specialist
29. During your training period, it is important ________.
[A] to try to be a generalist
[B] to choose a profitable job
[C] to find an organization which fits you
[D] to decide whether you are fit to be a specialist or a generalist
30. A man¡¯s first job ________.
[A] is never the right job for him
[B] should not be regarded as his final job
[C] should not be changed or people will become suspicious of his ability to hold any job
[D] is primarily an opportunity to fit himself for his final job
Text 2
At the bottom of the world lies a mighty continent still wrapped in the Ice Age and, until recent times, unknown to man. It is a great land mass with mountain ranges whose extent and elevation are still uncertain. Much of the continent is a complete blank on our maps. Man has explored, on foot, less than one per cent of its area. Antarctica differs fundamentally from the Arctic regions. The Arctic is an ocean, covered with drifting packed ice and hemmed in by the land masses of Europe, Asia, and North America. The Antarctic is a continent almost as large as Europe and Australia combined, centered roughly on the South Pole and surrounded by the most unobstructed water areas of the world -- the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.
The continental ice sheet is more than two miles high in its centre, thus, the air over the Antarctic is far more refrigerated than it is over the Arctic regions. This cold air current from the land is so forceful that it makes the nearby seas the stormiest in the world and renders unlivable those regions whose counterparts at the opposite end of the globe are inhabited. Thus, more than a million persons live within 2,000 miles of the North Pole in an area that includes most of Alaska, Siberia, and Scandinavia -- a region rich in forest and mining industries. Apart from a handful of weather stations, within the same distance of the South Pole there is not a single tree, industry, or settlement.
31. The best title for this selection would be ________.
[A] Iceland
[B] Land of Opportunity
[C] The Unknown Continent
[D] Utopia at Last
32. At the time this article was written, our knowledge of Antarctica was ________.
[A] very limited
[B] vast
[C] fairly rich
[D] nonexistent
33. Antarctica is bordered by the ________.
[A] Pacific Ocean
[B] Indian Ocean
[C] Atlantic Ocean
[D] All three
34. The Antarctic is made uninhabitable primarily by ________.
[A] cold air
[B] calm seas
[C] ice
[D] lack of knowledge about the continent
35. According to this article ________.
[A] 2,000 people live on the Antarctic Continent
[B] a million people live within 2,000 miles of the South Pole
[C] weather conditions within a 2,000 mile radius of the South Pole make settlements impractical
[D] only a handful of natives inhabit Antarctica
Section IV Structure and Vocabulary
Fill in the blanks with the words which best complete the sentences. Put your choices in the brackets on the left. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It was the largest experiment we have ever had; it ________ six houses.
[A] ended
[B] finished
[C] was
[D] lasted
ANSWER: [D]
36. Music often ________ us of events in the past.
[A] remembers
[B] memorizes
[C] reminds
[D] reflects
37. If I take this medicine twice a day it should ________ my cold.
[A] heat
[B] cure
[C] treat
[D] recover
38. I could just see a car in the distance, but I couldn¡¯t ________ what colour it was.
[A] make out
[B] look to
[C] look out
[D] take in
39. I could tell he was surprised from the ________ on his face.
[A] appearance
[B] shock
[C] look
[D] sight
40. The toy boat turned over and sank to the ________ of the pool.
[A] base
[B] depth
[C] ground
[D] bottom
41. Mary never tells anyone what she does for a ________.
[A] job
[B] work
[C] profession
[D] living
42. That boy is such a good violinist he will probably make quite a ________ for himself.
[A] star
[B] credit
[C] name
[D] character
43. Old photographs give one a brief ________ of the past.
[A] glance
[B] glimpse
[C] sight
[D] look
44. The novelist is a highly ________ person.
[A] imaginable
[B] imaginative
[C] imaginary
[D] imagined
45. Although the pay is not good, people usually find social work ________ in other ways.
[A] payable
[B] respectful
[C] grateful
[D] rewarding
Section V Error-detection and Correction
Each question consists of a sentence with four underlined parts (words or phrases). These parts are labeled [A], [B], [C], and [D]. Choose the part of the sentence that is incorrect and put your choice in the brackets on the left. Then, without altering the meaning of the sentence, write down the correct word or phrase on the line following the brackets. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
You¡¯ve to hurry up if you want to buy something becauseA there¡¯sB hardly somethingC leftD.
ANSWER: [C] anything
46. The professor told the economicsA student that he didn¡¯t approveB inC his taking the advanced course beforeD he made a passing mark in Economics 1.
47. Although a great number of houses in that area are stillA in need of repairB there have beenC improvement in the facilitiesD.
48. Mr. Gilmore is one of those men who appearsA to be friendlyB however, it is very hard to dealC with himD.
49. To understand the situation completelyA requiresB more thought than has givenC thus farD.
50. A great manyA educators firmlyB believe that English is one of the poorestC taught subjects in high schools todayD.
51. Of all his outdoorA activities. Paul likes fishing best of allB but he doesn¡¯t enjoy cleaningC fishing rods afterwardsD.
52. I shouldA not have recognized theB man evenC you had toldD me his name.
53. In an hour¡¯sA time I had done the work withB my satisfaction; I got my hat inC hall and slipped out unnoticedD.
54. The new hotel has erectedA a beautiful building withB recreation areas and conference facilities on the top floor in whichC the finest view of the city can be obtainedD.
55. While inA Europe, the tourists enjoyed toB their heart¡¯sC content the weather, the food and going to the theatreD.
Section VI Verb Forms
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of verbs given in brackets. (10 points)
EXAMPLE:
It is highly desirable that a new president ________ (appoint) for this college.
ANSWER: (should) be appointed
56. The enemy retreated to the woods after they ________ (defeat).
57. I ________ (speak) to him for some time before I realized who he was. »°·Ñ/ÍøÓε㿨Èí¼þ£¨½ÝÒ×ͨ³ÏÕдúÀí£©×ÉѯQQ£º281174917
10GÅÝæ¤/ÔÁÓï/1000±¾¹ÉƱ/photoshopÊÓƵ½Ì³Ì£¬
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·http://item.taobao.com/item.htm?id=8103217393
ÌÔ±¦ÍøÖ·£ºhttp://281174917.taobao.com